Field Instructions for the Periodic Inventory Of

FIELD INSTRUCTIONS

FOR THE PERIODIC INVENTORY OF

HAWAII

2019 - 2021

FOREST INVENTORY AND ANALYSIS

RESOURCE MONITORING AND ASSESSMENT PROGRAM

PACIFIC NORTHWEST RESEARCH STATION

USDA FOREST SERVICE THIS MANUAL IS BASED ON:

FOREST INVENTORY AND ANALYSIS

NATIONAL CORE FIELD GUIDE

VOLUME I: FIELD DATA COLLECTION PROCEDURES

VERSION 8.0

Cover image by Gretchen Bracher pg.III Table of Contents CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION ...... 19 SECTION 1.1 ORGANIZATION OF THIS MANUAL...... 19 SECTION 1.2 THE INVENTORY ...... 20 SECTION 1.3 PRODUCTS ...... 20 SECTION 1.4 UNITS OF MEASURE ...... 20 SECTION 1.5 PLOT DESIGN GENERAL DESCRIPTION ...... 20 SUBSECTION 1.5.1 PLOT LAYOUT ...... 21 SUBSECTION 1.5.2 DATA ARE COLLECTED ON PLOTS AT THE FOLLOWING LEVELS . .21 SECTION 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL ...... 22 SUBSECTION 1.6.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION ...... 22 SECTION 1.7 SAFETY ...... 22 SUBSECTION 1.7.1 SAFETY IN THE WOODS...... 22 SUBSECTION 1.7.2 SAFETY ON THE ROAD...... 23 SUBSECTION 1.7.3 WHAT TO DO IF INJURED ...... 23

CHAPTER 2 LOCATING THE PLOT ...... 25 SECTION 2.1 LOCATING AN ESTABLISHED PLOT...... 25 SUBSECTION 2.1.1 NAVIGATING WITH PHOTOGRAPHY ...... 25 SUBSECTION 2.1.2 NAVIGATING WITH GPS ...... 25 SUBSECTION 2.1.3 NAVIGATING WITH REFERENCE POINT (RP) DATA...... 26 SUBSECTION 2.1.4 REVERSE REFERENCE POINT (RP) METHOD ...... 26 SECTION 2.2 ESTABLISHED PLOT ISSUES ...... 26 SUBSECTION 2.2.1 DIFFICULTY FINDING ESTABLISHED PLOTS ...... 26 SUBSECTION 2.2.2 INCORRECTLY INSTALLED PLOT ...... 27 SUBSECTION 2.2.3 INCORRECTLY INSTALLED SUBPLOT OR MICROPLOT ...... 27 SUBSECTION 2.2.4 PC STAKE OR SUBPLOT/MICROPLOT PIN MISSING OR MOVED . . .27 SUBSECTION 2.2.5 LOST SUBPLOT ...... 28 SUBSECTION 2.2.6 LOST PLOT (REPLACEMENT PLOT) ...... 28 SECTION 2.3 LOCATING NEW PLOTS ...... 28 SUBSECTION 2.3.1 INSTALLING A PLOT WITH TARGET (TGT) COORDINATES ...... 28 SECTION 2.4 CIRCUMSTANCES PRECLUDING PLOT ESTABLISHMENT/ MEASUREMENT...... 29

CHAPTER 3 PLOT LAYOUT AND REFERENCING...... 31

SECTION 3.1 PLOT DESIGN ...... 31 Table of Contents SUBSECTION 3.1.1 PLOT LAYOUT ...... 31 SUBSECTION 3.1.2 PLOT DIMENSIONS ...... 31 SECTION 3.2 PLOT ESTABLISHMENT ...... 32 SUBSECTION 3.2.1 PLOT ESTABLISHMENT GUIDELINES...... 32 SUBSECTION 3.2.2 PLOT INTEGRITY ...... 32 SUBSECTION 3.2.3 NEW PLOT ESTABLISHMENT TOLERANCES...... 33 pg.IV SECTION 3.3 MONUMENTING AND REFERENCING PLOT CENTER ...... 33 SUBSECTION 3.3.1 THE REFERENCE POINT ...... 33 SUBSECTION 3.3.2 WITNESS TREES/OBJECTS ...... 34 SUBSECTION 3.3.3 EXCEPTIONS TO MONUMENTING PLOT CENTER...... 35 SECTION 3.4 MONUMENTING AND REFERENCING SUBPLOTS 2 THROUGH 4 35 SUBSECTION 3.4.1 LOCATE AND MONUMENT SUBPLOT CENTER ...... 35 SUBSECTION 3.4.2 ESTABLISHING SUBPLOTS WHEN PLOT CENTER IS INACCESSIBLE ...... 35 SUBSECTION 3.4.3 LOCATE AND MONUMENT THE MICROPLOT...... 36 SECTION 3.5 MONUMENTING AND REFERENCING ENTIRELY NONFOREST PLOTS ...... 36 SUBSECTION 3.5.1 NONFOREST PLOTS WITH MEASURABLE NONFOREST ...... 36 SUBSECTION 3.5.2 NONFOREST PLOTS WITHOUT MEASURABLE NONFOREST ...... 36

CHAPTER 4 PLOT LEVEL DATA...... 37 SECTION 4.1 LOST PLOT/REPLACEMENT PLOT...... 37 SUBSECTION 4.1.1 LOST ANNUAL PLOT...... 37 SUBSECTION 4.1.2 REPLACEMENT PLOT...... 37 SECTION 4.2 PLOT LEVEL DATA DOWNLOADED TO THE PDR ...... 37 SUBSECTION 4.2.1 PLOT LEVEL DATA ITEMS ...... 38 ITEM 4.2.1.1 STATE OR COUNTRY (CORE 1.1) ...... 38 ITEM 4.2.1.2 ISLAND (PACI) ...... 38 ITEM 4.2.1.3 COUNTY (CORE 1.2) ...... 38 ITEM 4.2.1.4 PLOT NUMBER (CORE 1.3)...... 38 ITEM 4.2.1.5 CYCLE (PNW)...... 38 ITEM 4.2.1.6 SUBCYCLE (PNW) ...... 39 ITEM 4.2.1.7 FIELD GUIDE VERSION (CORE 1.12)...... 39 ITEM 4.2.1.8 PDR STARTING DATA RECORDER VERSION NUMBER (PNW) ...... 39 ITEM 4.2.1.9 PDR ENDING DATA RECORDER VERSION NUMBER (PNW) ...... 39 ITEM 4.2.1.10 DECLINATION (CORE OPTIONAL 1.14) ...... 40 ITEM 4.2.1.11 CHANGE MATRIX REQUIRED (PNW)...... 40 ITEM 4.2.1.12 P2 VEGETATION SAMPLING STATUS (CORE OPTIONAL 8.3.1) ...... 40 ITEM 4.2.1.13 LEVEL OF DETAIL (CORE OPTIONAL 8.3.2) ...... 40 ITEM 4.2.1.14 INVASIVE PLANT SAMPLING STATUS (CORE OPTIONAL 9.3) ...... 41 ITEM 4.2.1.15 INVASIVE PLANT SPECIMEN COLLECTION RULE (CORE OPTIONAL 9.12) ...... 41 ITEM 4.2.1.16 DWM SAMPLING STATUS (BASE) ...... 41 ITEM 4.2.1.17 SURVEY GRADE GPS SUBPLOT ROVER FILES COLLECTED (PNW) ...... 42 ITEM 4.2.1.18 YEAR OF PREVIOUS INVENTORY (PNW) ...... 42 ITEM 4.2.1.19 MONTH OF PREVIOUS INVENTORY (PNW) ...... 42 SECTION 4.3 PLOT LEVEL DATA COLLECTED IN THE FIELD ...... 43 SUBSECTION 4.3.1 CREW VISIT INFORMATION ...... 43 ITEM 4.3.1.1 SAMPLE METHOD CODE (PNW) ...... 43 ITEM 4.3.1.2 QA STATUS (CORE 1.17) ...... 43 ITEM 4.3.1.3 CREW NUMBER (CORE 1.18) ...... 43 SUBSECTION 4.3.2 CURRENT DATE OF INVENTORY...... 44 ITEM 4.3.2.1 YEAR (CORE 1.13.1) ...... 44 ITEM 4.3.2.2 MONTH (CORE 1.13.2)...... 44 ITEM 4.3.2.3 DAY (CORE 1.13.3) ...... 44 SUBSECTION 4.3.3 TIME SPENT ON PLOT ...... 44 ITEM 4.3.3.1 TRAVEL TIME TO PLOT (PNW)...... 44 ITEM 4.3.3.2 MEASUREMENT TIME ON PLOT (PNW) ...... 45 ITEM 4.3.3.3 TRAVEL TIME FROM PLOT (PNW) ...... 45 SUBSECTION 4.3.4 PLOT LEVEL FUNDAMENTALS ...... 45

Table of Contents pg.V ITEM 4.3.4.1 PLOT STATUS (CORE 1.4) ...... 45 ITEM 4.3.4.2 PLOT NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 1.7)...... 45 ITEM 4.3.4.3 NONFOREST SAMPLING STATUS (CORE 1.5) ...... 46 ITEM 4.3.4.4 NONFOREST PLOT STATUS (CORE 1.6)...... 46 ITEM 4.3.4.5 NONFOREST PLOT NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 1.8) ...... 46 ITEM 4.3.4.6 SUBPLOTS EXAMINED (CORE 1.9) ...... 47 ITEM 4.3.4.7 SAMPLE KIND (CORE 1.10)...... 48 ITEM 4.3.4.8 PREVIOUS PLOT MAPPING OR CONDITION ERROR (PNW)...... 48 ITEM 4.3.4.9 PREVIOUS PLOT NUMBER (CORE 1.11) ...... 49 SUBSECTION 4.3.5 ADDITIONAL ITEMS...... 49 ITEM 4.3.5.1 TOPOGRAPHIC POSITION (PNW) ...... 49 ITEM 4.3.5.2 HORIZONTAL DISTANCE TO IMPROVED ROAD (CORE 1.15)...... 50 ITEM 4.3.5.3 WATER ON PLOT (CORE 1.16)...... 50 ITEM 4.3.5.4 OHIA RUST SAMPLE COLLECTED (PACI)...... 50 ITEM 4.3.5.5 OHIA RUST PRESENT (PACI) ...... 51 ITEM 4.3.5.6 PLOT NOTES (CORE 1.21) ...... 51 SUBSECTION 4.3.6 REFERENCE POINT ATTRIBUTES ...... 51 ITEM 4.3.6.1 RP TYPE (PNW) ...... 52 ITEM 4.3.6.2 RP SPECIES (PNW) ...... 52 ITEM 4.3.6.3 RP DIAMETER (PNW) ...... 52 ITEM 4.3.6.4 RP AZIMUTH (PNW)...... 52 ITEM 4.3.6.5 RP HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (PNW) ...... 52 ITEM 4.3.6.6 RP AZIMUTH/DISTANCE TO SUBPLOT NUMBER (PNW) ...... 53 ITEM 4.3.6.7 RP NOTES (PNW) ...... 53 SUBSECTION 4.3.7 ITEMS RECORDED ON THE PLOT CARD ...... 53 SECTION 4.4 GPS COORDINATES ...... 54 SUBSECTION 4.4.1 SURVEY GRADE GPS SUBPLOT COORDINATES ...... 54 SUBSECTION 4.4.2 REALTIME PLOT CENTER GPS COORDINATES ...... 54 SUBSECTION 4.4.3 GPS UNIT SETTINGS, DATUM, AND COORDINATE SYSTEM ...... 55 ITEM 4.4.3.1 GPS UNIT TYPE (CORE 1.19.3) ...... 55 ITEM 4.4.3.2 GPS SERIAL NUMBER (CORE 1.19.4) ...... 55 ITEM 4.4.3.3 GPS ENTRY METHOD (CORE 1.19.5) ...... 55 ITEM 4.4.3.4 GPS DATUM (CORE 1.19.6) ...... 55 ITEM 4.4.3.5 COORDINATE SYSTEM (CORE 1.19.7) ...... 56 ITEM 4.4.3.6 GPS LOCATION TYPE (PNW) ...... 56 ITEM 4.4.3.7 UTM ZONE (CORE 1.19.10) ...... 57 ITEM 4.4.3.8 EASTING (X) UTM (CORE 1.19.11) ...... 57 ITEM 4.4.3.9 NORTHING (Y) UTM (CORE 1.19.12) ...... 57 ITEM 4.4.3.10 GPS ELEVATION (CORE 1.19.16)...... 57 ITEM 4.4.3.11 GPS ERROR (CORE 1.19.17) ...... 57 ITEM 4.4.3.12 NUMBER OF READINGS (CORE 1.19.18) ...... 57 ITEM 4.4.3.13 GPS FILENAME (CORE 1.19.19) ...... 58 ITEM 4.4.3.14 GPS NOTES (PNW) ...... 58 SUBSECTION 4.4.4 CORRECTION FOR OFFSET LOCATION ...... 58 ITEM 4.4.4.1 AZIMUTH TO PLOT CENTER (CORE 1.19.14) ...... 58 ITEM 4.4.4.2 DISTANCE TO PLOT CENTER (CORE 1.19.15) ...... 58 SUBSECTION 4.4.5 DOWNLOADED PLOT COORDINATES ...... 59 ITEM 4.4.5.1 PREVIOUS UTM ZONE (PACI, PFSL) ...... 59 ITEM 4.4.5.2 PREVIOUS EASTING (X) (PACI, PFSL)...... 59 ITEM 4.4.5.3 PREVIOUS NORTHING (Y) (PACI, PFSL) ...... 59 Table of Contents ITEM 4.4.5.4 PREVIOUS COORDINATES METHOD (PNW) ...... 59

CHAPTER 5 CONDITION CLASS ...... 61 SECTION 5.1 DETERMINATION OF CONDITION CLASS ...... 61 SECTION 5.2 CONDITION CLASS STATUS DEFINITIONS ...... 62 SUBSECTION 5.2.1 ACCESSIBLE FOREST LAND ...... 62 pg.VI SUBSECTION 5.2.2 NONFOREST LAND ...... 64 SUBSECTION 5.2.3 NONCENSUS WATER ...... 65 SUBSECTION 5.2.4 CENSUS WATER ...... 65 SUBSECTION 5.2.5 NONSAMPLED, POSSIBILITY OF FOREST ...... 66 SECTION 5.3 DELINEATING CONDITION CLASSES DIFFERING IN CONDITION CLASS STATUS ...... 67 SECTION 5.4 DELINEATING CONDITION CLASSES WITHIN ACCESSIBLE FOREST LAND ...... 70 SECTION 5.5 CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES ...... 72 SUBSECTION 5.5.1 ACCESSIBLE FOREST LAND ...... 72 SECTION 5.6 CONDITION REMEASUREMENT ...... 72 SUBSECTION 5.6.1 CORRECTING PREVIOUS CREW ERROR ...... 73 SUBSECTION 5.6.2 RECONCILE CURRENT WITH PREVIOUS CONDITIONS ...... 77 SECTION 5.7 GENERAL CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES...... 79 ITEM 5.7.0.1 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (CORE 2.4.1) ...... 79 ITEM 5.7.0.2 PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (PNW) ...... 79 ITEM 5.7.0.3 SUBPLOT CONDITION PROPORTION (PNW) ...... 79 ITEM 5.7.0.4 CONDITION CLASS STATUS (CORE 2.4.2) ...... 79 ITEM 5.7.0.5 PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS (PNW)...... 80 ITEM 5.7.0.6 CONDITION CLASS STATUS RECONCILE CODE (PNW) ...... 80 ITEM 5.7.0.7 CONDITION CLASS STATUS PROCEDURAL CHANGE REASON CODE (PNW)...... 80 ITEM 5.7.0.8 NONFOREST COVER MEETS THRESHOLD (AFSL, PACI)...... 80 ITEM 5.7.0.9 NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS (PNW) ...... 81 ITEM 5.7.0.10 NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS (CORE 2.4.4) ...... 81 ITEM 5.7.0.11 NONFOREST CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 2.4.5) ...... 81 SUBSECTION 5.7.1 ACCESSIBLE FOREST LAND DELINEATING DATA ITEMS ...... 82 ITEM 5.7.1.1 RESERVED STATUS (CORE 2.5.1)...... 82 ITEM 5.7.1.2 PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS (PNW) ...... 83 ITEM 5.7.1.3 RESERVED STATUS RECONCILE CODE (PNW) ...... 83 ITEM 5.7.1.4 RESERVED STATUS PROCEDURAL CHANGE REASON CODE (PNW) ...... 83 ITEM 5.7.1.5 OWNER GROUP (CORE 2.5.2) ...... 84 ITEM 5.7.1.6 PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP (PNW) ...... 84 ITEM 5.7.1.7 OWNER GROUP RECONCILE CODE (PNW) ...... 84 ITEM 5.7.1.8 OWNER GROUP PROCEDURAL CHANGE REASON CODE (PNW)...... 84 ITEM 5.7.1.9 FOREST TYPE (CORE 2.5.3)...... 85 ITEM 5.7.1.10 PREVIOUS FOREST TYPE (PNW) ...... 86 ITEM 5.7.1.11 STAND SIZE CLASS (CORE 2.5.4) ...... 87 ITEM 5.7.1.12 PREVIOUS STAND SIZE CLASS (PNW) ...... 87 ITEM 5.7.1.13 REGENERATION STATUS (CORE 2.5.5) ...... 88 ITEM 5.7.1.14 PREVIOUS REGENERATION STATUS (PNW) ...... 89 ITEM 5.7.1.15 TREE DENSITY (CORE 2.5.6) ...... 89 ITEM 5.7.1.16 PREVIOUS TREE DENSITY (PNW)...... 90 SUBSECTION 5.7.2 ANCILLARY (NON-DELINEATING) DATA ITEMS ...... 91 ITEM 5.7.2.1 OWNER CLASS (CORE OPTIONAL 2.5.8) ...... 91 ITEM 5.7.2.2 PREVIOUS OWNER CLASS (PNW)...... 91 ITEM 5.7.2.3 RESERVED AREA NAME (CORE 2.5.13) ...... 92 ITEM 5.7.2.4 ARTIFICIAL REGENERATION SPECIES (CORE 2.5.14) ...... 92 ITEM 5.7.2.5 PREVIOUS ARTIFICIAL REGENERATION SPECIES (PNW) ...... 92 ITEM 5.7.2.6 STAND AGE (CORE 2.5.15)...... 92 ITEM 5.7.2.7 PREVIOUS STAND AGE (PNW) ...... 93 ITEM 5.7.2.8 PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS (CORE 2.5.28)...... 94 ITEM 5.7.2.9 PREVIOUS PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS (PNW) ...... 95 ITEM 5.7.2.10 DOMINANT TREE SPECIES 1 (PACI) ...... 95 ITEM 5.7.2.11 PREVIOUS DOMINANT TREE SPECIES 1 (PACI) ...... 95

Table of Contents pg.VII ITEM 5.7.2.12 DOMINANT TREE SPECIES 2 (PACI) ...... 95 ITEM 5.7.2.13 PREVIOUS DOMINANT TREE SPECIES 2 (PACI) ...... 96 ITEM 5.7.2.14 DOMINANT TREE SPECIES 3 (PACI) ...... 96 ITEM 5.7.2.15 PREVIOUS DOMINANT TREE SPECIES 3 (PACI) ...... 96 ITEM 5.7.2.16 DISTURBANCE 1 (CORE 2.5.16)...... 96 ITEM 5.7.2.17 PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE 1 (PNW) ...... 98 ITEM 5.7.2.18 DISTURBANCE YEAR 1 (CORE 2.5.17) ...... 99 ITEM 5.7.2.19 PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE YEAR 1 (PNW) ...... 99 ITEM 5.7.2.20 DISTURBANCE 2 (CORE 2.5.18)...... 99 ITEM 5.7.2.21 PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE 2 (PNW) ...... 99 ITEM 5.7.2.22 DISTURBANCE YEAR 2 (CORE 2.5.19) ...... 99 ITEM 5.7.2.23 PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE YEAR 2 (PNW) ...... 99 ITEM 5.7.2.24 DISTURBANCE 3 (CORE 2.5.20)...... 99 ITEM 5.7.2.25 PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE 3 (PNW) ...... 100 ITEM 5.7.2.26 DISTURBANCE YEAR 3 (CORE 2.5.21) ...... 100 ITEM 5.7.2.27 PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE YEAR 3 (PNW) ...... 100 ITEM 5.7.2.28 TREATMENT 1 (CORE 2.5.22)...... 100 ITEM 5.7.2.29 PREVIOUS TREATMENT 1 (PNW) ...... 101 ITEM 5.7.2.30 TREATMENT YEAR 1 (CORE 2.5.23) ...... 101 ITEM 5.7.2.31 PREVIOUS TREATMENT YEAR 1 (PNW) ...... 101 ITEM 5.7.2.32 TREATMENT 2 (CORE 2.5.24)...... 101 ITEM 5.7.2.33 PREVIOUS TREATMENT 2 (PNW) ...... 101 ITEM 5.7.2.34 TREATMENT YEAR 2 (CORE 2.5.25) ...... 102 ITEM 5.7.2.35 PREVIOUS TREATMENT YEAR 2 (PNW) ...... 102 ITEM 5.7.2.36 TREATMENT 3 (CORE 2.5.26)...... 102 ITEM 5.7.2.37 PREVIOUS TREATMENT 3 (PNW) ...... 102 ITEM 5.7.2.38 TREATMENT YEAR 3 (CORE 2.5.27) ...... 102 ITEM 5.7.2.39 PREVIOUS TREATMENT YEAR 3 (PNW) ...... 102 ITEM 5.7.2.40 CHAINING CODE (CORE 2.5.37)...... 102 ITEM 5.7.2.41 COVER CLASS (CORE 2.5.29) ...... 103 ITEM 5.7.2.42 PLANT COMMUNITY ...... 104 SUBSECTION 5.7.3 DETERMINING CONDITION CLASSES ON NONFOREST LAND . . . 106 ITEM 5.7.3.1 PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE (CORE 2.5.30) ...... 106 ITEM 5.7.3.2 PREVIOUS NONFOREST LAND USE (PNW) ...... 108 SECTION 5.8 DETERMINATION OF CROWN COVER VALUES FOR LAND USE CLASSIFICATION ...... 109 SUBSECTION 5.8.1 INTRODUCTION ...... 109 ITEM 5.8.1.1 CANOPY COVER SAMPLE METHOD (CORE 2.5.31)...... 109 ITEM 5.8.1.2 LIVE CANOPY COVER (CORE 2.5.32) ...... 111 ITEM 5.8.1.3 LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER (CORE 2.5.33) ...... 111 ITEM 5.8.1.4 CURRENT AFFORESTATION CODE (CORE 2.5.34) ...... 112 ITEM 5.8.1.5 PREVIOUS AFFORESTATION CODE (CORE 2.5.35)...... 112 ITEM 5.8.1.6 TOTAL STEMS (CORE 2.5.36)...... 112 SECTION 5.9 NONSAMPLED CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES...... 112 ITEM 5.9.0.1 CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 2.4.3) ...... 112 ITEM 5.9.0.2 PREVIOUS CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON (PNW)...... 113 ITEM 5.9.0.3 NONSAMPLED FOREST TYPE (PNW) ...... 113 SECTION 5.10 CONDITION CLASS NOTES ...... 114 Table of Contents SUBSECTION 5.10.1 CONDITION CLASS NOTES ...... 114 ITEM 5.10.1.1 PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NOTES (PNW)...... 114 ITEM 5.10.1.2 CONDITION CLASS NOTES (PNW) ...... 114 ITEM 5.10.1.3 CHANGE MATRIX NOTES (PNW) ...... 114

CHAPTER 6 SUBPLOT INFORMATION ...... 115 SECTION 6.1 RECORDING SUBPLOT INFORMATION ...... 115 pg.VIII SUBSECTION 6.1.1 SUBPLOT INFORMATION ...... 115 ITEM 6.1.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE 3.1) ...... 115 ITEM 6.1.1.2 PREVIOUS SUBPLOT MAPPING ERROR (PNW)...... 115 ITEM 6.1.1.3 SUBPLOT STATUS (CORE 3.2)...... 115 ITEM 6.1.1.4 SUBPLOT NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 3.3) ...... 116 ITEM 6.1.1.5 NONFOREST SUBPLOT STATUS (CORE 3.4) ...... 116 ITEM 6.1.1.6 NONFOREST SUBPLOT NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 3.5) ...... 117 ITEM 6.1.1.7 PREVIOUS SUBPLOT CENTER CONDITION (PNW) ...... 117 ITEM 6.1.1.8 SUBPLOT CENTER CONDITION (CORE 3.6)...... 117 ITEM 6.1.1.9 SUBPLOT CONDITION LIST (CORE 3.11) ...... 117 ITEM 6.1.1.10 MICROPLOT CENTER CONDITION (CORE 3.7) ...... 118 ITEM 6.1.1.11 PREVIOUS MICROPLOT CENTER CONDITION (PNW)...... 118 ITEM 6.1.1.12 P2 VEG SUBPLOT SAMPLE STATUS (CORE OPTIONAL 8.4.2)...... 118 ITEM 6.1.1.13 VEGETATION NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE OPTIONAL 8.4.3)...... 118 ITEM 6.1.1.14 INVASIVE PLANT SUBPLOT SAMPLE STATUS (CORE OPTIONAL 9.5) ...... 119 ITEM 6.1.1.15 INVASIVE PLANT NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE OPTIONAL 9.6) ...... 119 SUBSECTION 6.1.2 PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS INFORMATION ...... 119 ITEM 6.1.2.1 SUBPLOT SLOPE (CORE 3.8)...... 119 ITEM 6.1.2.2 SUBPLOT ASPECT (CORE 3.9)...... 120 ITEM 6.1.2.3 SLOPE SHAPE (PACI) ...... 120 ITEM 6.1.2.4 SLOPE POSITION (PACI) ...... 121 ITEM 6.1.2.5 SNOW/WATER DEPTH (CORE 3.10) ...... 121 ITEM 6.1.2.6 SUBPLOT NOTES (PNW)...... 122 SECTION 6.2 PIG DAMAGE...... 122 ITEM 6.2.0.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER OF PIG DAMAGE (PACI) ...... 122 ITEM 6.2.0.2 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER OF PIG DAMAGE (PACI) ...... 122 ITEM 6.2.0.3 PERCENT OF PIG DAMAGE ON SUBPLOT (PACI) ...... 123

CHAPTER 7 BOUNDARY REFERENCES ...... 125 SECTION 7.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS...... 125 SECTION 7.2 REFERENCE PROCEDURE ...... 125 SUBSECTION 7.2.1 BOUNDARIES ON REMEASUREMENT PLOTS ...... 126 SUBSECTION 7.2.2 BOUNDARY DATA ...... 127 ITEM 7.2.2.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE 4.2.1) ...... 127 ITEM 7.2.2.2 PLOT TYPE (CORE 4.2.2) ...... 127 ITEM 7.2.2.3 PREVIOUS PLOT TYPE (PNW) ...... 127 ITEM 7.2.2.4 BOUNDARY CHANGE (CORE 4.2.3)...... 127 ITEM 7.2.2.5 CONTRASTING CONDITION (CORE 4.2.4) ...... 128 ITEM 7.2.2.6 PREVIOUS CONTRASTING CONDITION (PNW) ...... 128 ITEM 7.2.2.7 LEFT AZIMUTH (CORE 4.2.5) ...... 128 ITEM 7.2.2.8 PREVIOUS LEFT AZIMUTH (PNW) ...... 128 ITEM 7.2.2.9 CORNER AZIMUTH (CORE 4.2.6) ...... 128 ITEM 7.2.2.10 PREVIOUS CORNER AZIMUTH (PNW)...... 129 ITEM 7.2.2.11 CORNER DISTANCE (CORE 4.2.7)...... 129 ITEM 7.2.2.12 PREVIOUS CORNER DISTANCE (PNW) ...... 129 ITEM 7.2.2.13 RIGHT AZIMUTH (CORE 4.2.8) ...... 129 ITEM 7.2.2.14 PREVIOUS RIGHT AZIMUTH (PNW)...... 129 ITEM 7.2.2.15 BOUNDARY NOTES (PNW)...... 130

CHAPTER 8 TREE AND SAPLING DATA ...... 131 SECTION 8.1 DEFINITIONS ...... 131 SECTION 8.2 SELECTING TALLY TREES...... 131 SUBSECTION 8.2.1 WHERE TO TALLY ...... 131 SUBSECTION 8.2.2 WITHIN PLOT AREA CRITERIA...... 132

Table of Contents pg.IX SECTION 8.3 CONDUCTING THE TREE TALLY...... 133 SUBSECTION 8.3.1 SUBPLOT WITNESS TREES/OBJECTS ...... 133 SUBSECTION 8.3.2 SUBPLOTS/CONDITIONS WITHOUT TALLY TREES...... 133 SECTION 8.4 TREE TRACKING...... 134 SUBSECTION 8.4.1 TREE TRACKING DATA ITEMS...... 134 ITEM 8.4.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE 5.1) ...... 134 ITEM 8.4.1.2 TREE RECORD NUMBER (CORE 5.2) ...... 134 ITEM 8.4.1.3 TREE TAG NUMBER (PNW) ...... 134 ITEM 8.4.1.4 PREVIOUS TREE TAG NUMBER (PACI, PFSL) ...... 135 ITEM 8.4.1.5 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (CORE 5.3) ...... 135 ITEM 8.4.1.6 PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (PNW) ...... 136 ITEM 8.4.1.7 PREVIOUS TREE STATUS (CORE 5.6) ...... 136 ITEM 8.4.1.8 PRESENT TREE STATUS (CORE 5.7) ...... 137 ITEM 8.4.1.9 SUBPLOT TALLY TREE WITNESS (PNW) ...... 137 ITEM 8.4.1.10 STANDING DEAD (CORE 5.7.2) ...... 138 ITEM 8.4.1.11 RECONCILE (CORE 5.7.1)...... 139 ITEM 8.4.1.12 SPECIES (CORE 5.8) ...... 141 ITEM 8.4.1.13 AZIMUTH (CORE 5.4)...... 142 ITEM 8.4.1.14 HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (CORE 5.5)...... 143 ITEM 8.4.1.15 SLOPE DISTANCE TO WITNESS TREE OR OBJECT (PNW) ...... 143 SECTION 8.5 DIAMETER ...... 144 SUBSECTION 8.5.1 MARKING CURRENT DIAMETER ...... 144 SUBSECTION 8.5.2 DIAMETER ON STUMPS ...... 145 SUBSECTION 8.5.3 DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT ...... 145 ITEM 8.5.3.1 PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT (CORE 5.9.1)...... 156 ITEM 8.5.3.2 DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT (CORE 5.9.2) ...... 157 SUBSECTION 8.5.4 ADDITIONAL DIAMETER DATA ITEMS...... 157 ITEM 8.5.4.1 DIAMETER CHECK (CORE 5.12)...... 157 ITEM 8.5.4.2 LENGTH TO DIAMETER MEASUREMENT POINT (CORE 5.24) ...... 158 SECTION 8.6 TREE GROWTH ...... 158 SUBSECTION 8.6.1 TREE LENGTH ...... 158 ITEM 8.6.1.1 PREVIOUS ACTUAL LENGTH (PNW) ...... 158 ITEM 8.6.1.2 ACTUAL LENGTH (CORE 5.15)...... 158 ITEM 8.6.1.3 PREVIOUS TOTAL LENGTH (PNW) ...... 159 ITEM 8.6.1.4 TOTAL LENGTH (CORE 5.14) ...... 159 ITEM 8.6.1.5 LENGTH METHOD (CORE 5.16) ...... 160 ITEM 8.6.1.6 PREVIOUS LENGTH METHOD (PNW) ...... 160 SUBSECTION 8.6.2 TREE LIVE CROWN MEASUREMENTS ...... 161 ITEM 8.6.2.1 COMPACTED CROWN RATIO (CORE 5.19) ...... 161 ITEM 8.6.2.2 CROWN CLASS (CORE 5.17) ...... 163 SECTION 8.7 TREE DAMAGE ...... 165 ITEM 8.7.0.1 DAMAGE AGENT 1 (CORE 5.20.1) ...... 165 ITEM 8.7.0.2 DAMAGE AGENT 2 (CORE 5.20.2) ...... 169 ITEM 8.7.0.3 DAMAGE AGENT 3 (CORE 5.20.3) ...... 169 ITEM 8.7.0.4 PRIORITY DAMAGE (PACI) ...... 169 ITEM 8.7.0.5 PRIORITY DAMAGE SEVERITY (PACI) ...... 170 ITEM 8.7.0.6 EPIPHYTE LOADING (PACI) ...... 170 Table of Contents ITEM 8.7.0.7 ROTTEN/MISSING CULL (CORE 5.13) ...... 171 SUBSECTION 8.7.1 STANDING DEAD OR REMOVED ...... 173 ITEM 8.7.1.1 CAUSE OF DEATH (CORE 5.21) ...... 173 ITEM 8.7.1.2 DECAY CLASS (CORE 5.23) ...... 173 SECTION 8.8 CENTROID/SECOND DIAMETER ...... 174 ITEM 8.8.0.1 LENGTH TO CENTROID DIAMETER (PACI)...... 174 ITEM 8.8.0.2 ACTUAL LENGTH TO CENTROID DIAMETER (PACI) ...... 175 ITEM 8.8.0.3 CENTROID DIAMETER ON UPPER BOLE (PACI) ...... 175 pg.X SECTION 8.9 RAPID OHIA DEATH ...... 175 ITEM 8.9.0.1 RAPID OHIA DEATH (ROD) SAMPLE COLLECTED (PACI) ...... 175 ITEM 8.9.0.2 RAPID OHIA DEATH PATHOGEN PRESENT (PACI) ...... 176 SECTION 8.10 TREE NOTES ...... 176 SUBSECTION 8.10.1 TREE NOTES ...... 176 ITEM 8.10.1.1 TREE NOTES (CORE 5.27) ...... 176

CHAPTER 9 SEEDLING DATA...... 177 SECTION 9.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS...... 177 SUBSECTION 9.1.1 SEEDLING DATA ITEMS ...... 177 ITEM 9.1.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE 6.1) ...... 177 ITEM 9.1.1.2 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (CORE 6.3) ...... 177 ITEM 9.1.1.3 SPECIES (CORE 6.2) ...... 177 ITEM 9.1.1.4 SEEDLING COUNT (CORE 6.4) ...... 178 ITEM 9.1.1.5 SEEDLING NOTES (PNW) ...... 178

CHAPTER 10 DOWN WOODY MATERIALS ...... 179 SECTION 10.1 INTRODUCTION...... 179 SECTION 10.2 DEFINITION OF DOWN WOODY MATERIALS...... 179 SECTION 10.3 LOCATING AND ESTABLISHING LINE TRANSECTS ...... 180 SUBSECTION 10.3.1 CWD TRANSECTS ...... 181 SUBSECTION 10.3.2 FWD TRANSECTS ...... 181 SECTION 10.4 PLOT-LEVEL VARIABLES FOR DWM PROTOCOL...... 182 ITEM 10.4.0.1 DWM NUMBER OF SUBPLOTS (BASE 10.3.2)...... 182 ITEM 10.4.0.2 DWM NUMBER OF TRANSECTS ON SUBPLOT (BASE 10.3.3) ...... 182 ITEM 10.4.0.3 DWM TRANSECT LENGTH (BASE 10.3.4) ...... 182 ITEM 10.4.0.4 DWM NOTES (BASE 10.3.5) ...... 182 SECTION 10.5 TRANSECT LINE SEGMENTING ...... 182 ITEM 10.5.0.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (BASE 10.5.1) ...... 183 ITEM 10.5.0.2 TRANSECT (BASE 10.5.2) ...... 183 ITEM 10.5.0.3 SEGMENT NUMBER (PNW) ...... 183 ITEM 10.5.0.4 SEGMENT CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (BASE 10.5.3) ...... 184 ITEM 10.5.0.5 SEGMENT BEGINNING DISTANCE (BASE 10.5.4) ...... 184 ITEM 10.5.0.6 SEGMENT ENDING DISTANCE (BASE 10.5.5)...... 184 ITEM 10.5.0.7 DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS (BASE 10.5.6) ...... 184 ITEM 10.5.0.8 DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT NONSAMPLED REASON (BASE 10.5.7) ...... 185 SECTION 10.6 SAMPLING METHODS FOR COARSE WOODY DEBRIS (CWD) . 186 SUBSECTION 10.6.1 TALLY RULES FOR COARSE WOODY DEBRIS (CWD) ...... 186 SUBSECTION 10.6.2 MARKING CWD ...... 188 SUBSECTION 10.6.3 RECORDING PROCEDURES FOR CWD ...... 188 ITEM 10.6.3.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (BASE 10.6.3.1) ...... 188 ITEM 10.6.3.2 COARSE WOODY DEBRIS ID (PNW) ...... 188 ITEM 10.6.3.3 TRANSECT (BASE 10.6.3.2) ...... 189 ITEM 10.6.3.4 CWD CONDITION CLASS (BASE 10.6.3.3)...... 189 ITEM 10.6.3.5 PIECE ON SUBPLOT OR ANNULAR PLOT? (BASE 10.6.3.4) ...... 189 ITEM 10.6.3.6 CWD SLOPE DISTANCE (PNW) ...... 190 ITEM 10.6.3.7 CWD DECAY CLASS (BASE 10.6.3.6)...... 190 ITEM 10.6.3.8 SPECIES (BASE 10.6.3.7) ...... 191 SUBSECTION 10.6.4 DIAMETERS ...... 191 ITEM 10.6.4.1 DIAMETER AT POINT OF INTERSECTION (BASE) ...... 192 ITEM 10.6.4.2 DIAMETER OF HOLLOW AT POINT OF INTERSECTION (BASE 10.6.3.8.2) ...... 192

Table of Contents pg.XI SUBSECTION 10.6.5 LENGTH MEASUREMENTS ...... 193 ITEM 10.6.5.1 CWD LENGTH≥3 FEET (BASE 10.6.3.9.1) ...... 193 ITEM 10.6.5.2 IS THE PIECE HOLLOW? (OPTIONAL 10.6.3.10)...... 193 ITEM 10.6.5.3 PIECE INCLINATION (OPTIONAL 10.6.3.11) ...... 194 ITEM 10.6.5.4 CWD HISTORY (OPTIONAL 10.6.3.12) ...... 194 ITEM 10.6.5.5 PERCENT OF LOG CHARRED BY FIRE (OPTIONAL 10.6.3.13) ...... 195 ITEM 10.6.5.6 COARSE WOODY DEBRIS NOTES (AFSL, PFSL) ...... 195 SECTION 10.7 SAMPLING RESIDUE PILES...... 196 ITEM 10.7.0.1 PILE SUBPLOT NUMBER (BASE 10.7.1) ...... 197 ITEM 10.7.0.2 PILE NUMBER (PNW) ...... 198 ITEM 10.7.0.3 PILE TRANSECT (BASE 10.7.2) ...... 198 ITEM 10.7.0.4 PILE CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (BASE 10.7.3) ...... 198 ITEM 10.7.0.5 PILE BEGINNING DISTANCE (BASE 10.7.4) ...... 198 ITEM 10.7.0.6 PILE ENDING DISTANCE (BASE 10.7.5)...... 199 ITEM 10.7.0.7 COMPACTED HEIGHT OF CWD IN PILE (BASE 10.7.6) ...... 199 ITEM 10.7.0.8 PILE DECAY CLASS (BASE 10.7.7) ...... 199 ITEM 10.7.0.9 PILE SPECIES (BASE 10.7.8) ...... 200 ITEM 10.7.0.10 RESIDUE PILE NOTES (PNW)...... 200 SECTION 10.8 SAMPLING METHODS FOR FINE WOODY DEBRIS (FWD) . . . . 200 ITEM 10.8.0.1 FWD SUBPLOT NUMBER (BASE 10.8.1) ...... 201 ITEM 10.8.0.2 FWD TRANSECT (BASE 10.8.2) ...... 201 ITEM 10.8.0.3 FWD CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (BASE 10.8.3) ...... 201 ITEM 10.8.0.4 FWD TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS (BASE 10.8.4) ...... 202 ITEM 10.8.0.5 FWD TRANSECT SEGMENT NONSAMPLED REASON (BASE 10.8.5)...... 202 ITEM 10.8.0.6 SMALL FWD COUNT (BASE 10.8.6) ...... 202 ITEM 10.8.0.7 MEDIUM FWD COUNT (BASE 10.8.7)...... 202 ITEM 10.8.0.8 LARGE FWD COUNT (BASE 10.8.8) ...... 203 ITEM 10.8.0.9 HIGH COUNT REASON (BASE 10.8.9) ...... 203 ITEM 10.8.0.10 FINE WOODY DEBRIS NOTES (PNW) ...... 203 SECTION 10.9 DUFF AND LITTER DEPTH MEASUREMENTS ...... 203 SUBSECTION 10.9.1 DEFINITIONS ...... 203 SUBSECTION 10.9.2 OVERVIEW OF MEASUREMENTS ...... 204 ITEM 10.9.2.1 DUFF/LITTER SUBPLOT NUMBER (BASE 10.9.3) ...... 205 ITEM 10.9.2.2 DUFF/LITTER TRANSECT (BASE 10.9.4) ...... 205 ITEM 10.9.2.3 DUFF/LITTER CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (BASE 10.9.5)...... 205 ITEM 10.9.2.4 DUFF/LITTER SAMPLE STATUS (BASE 10.9.6)...... 205 ITEM 10.9.2.5 DUFF/LITTER NONSAMPLED REASON (BASE 10.9.7) ...... 206 ITEM 10.9.2.6 DUFF DEPTH (BASE 10.9.8) ...... 206 ITEM 10.9.2.7 LITTER DEPTH (BASE 10.9.9)...... 206 ITEM 10.9.2.8 DUFF AND LITTER METHOD (BASE 10.9.10) ...... 206 ITEM 10.9.2.9 DUFF AND LITTER NOTES (PNW) ...... 207

CHAPTER 11 VEGETATION PROFILE ...... 209 SECTION 11.1 VEGETATION SAMPLING DESIGN...... 209 SECTION 11.2 GENERAL DEFINITIONS ...... 209

SECTION 11.3 VEGETATION DATA COLLECTION LOCATION ...... 213 Table of Contents SUBSECTION 11.3.1 SUBPLOT - LEVEL DATA ITEMS...... 213 ITEM 11.3.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE OPTIONAL 8.4.1) ...... 213 ITEM 11.3.1.2 VEGETATION SUBPLOT NOTES (CORE OPTIONAL 8.4.5) ...... 213 SECTION 11.4 SPECIES COMPOSITION ...... 213 ITEM 11.4.0.1 SPECIES CODE (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.2) ...... 215 ITEM 11.4.0.2 UNIQUE SPECIES NUMBER (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.3) ...... 215 ITEM 11.4.0.3 SPECIES CODE TYPE (PNW) ...... 216 pg.XII ITEM 11.4.0.4 SPECIES CODE STATUS (PNW)...... 216 ITEM 11.4.0.5 SPECIMEN OFFICIALLY COLLECTED (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.6) ...... 216 ITEM 11.4.0.6 P2 SPECIMEN NOT COLLECTED REASON CODE (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.8) ...... 216 ITEM 11.4.0.7 SPECIMEN LABEL NUMBER (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.7)...... 217 ITEM 11.4.0.8 SPECIES GROWTH HABIT (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.1) ...... 217 ITEM 11.4.0.9 SPECIES VEGETATION LAYER (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.5) ...... 218 ITEM 11.4.0.10 SPECIES CANOPY COVER (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.4)...... 218 ITEM 11.4.0.11 VEGETATION SPECIES NOTES (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.9) ...... 218 SECTION 11.5 VEGETATION STRUCTURE ...... 219 ITEM 11.5.0.1 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (CORE OPTIONAL 8.4.4)...... 219 ITEM 11.5.0.2 TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 1 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.1)...... 220 ITEM 11.5.0.3 TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 2 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.2)...... 220 ITEM 11.5.0.4 TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 3 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.3)...... 220 ITEM 11.5.0.5 TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 4 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.4)...... 220 ITEM 11.5.0.6 TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER – AERIAL VIEW (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.5) ...... 220 ITEM 11.5.0.7 NON-TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 1 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.6) ...... 220 ITEM 11.5.0.8 NON-TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 2 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.7) ...... 221 ITEM 11.5.0.9 NON-TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 3 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.8) ...... 221 ITEM 11.5.0.10 NON-TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 4 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.9) ...... 221 ITEM 11.5.0.11 NON-TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER – AERIAL VIEW (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.2) . . . . . 221 ITEM 11.5.0.12 SHRUB AND WOODY VINE COVER LAYER 1 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.11) ...... 221 ITEM 11.5.0.13 SHRUB AND WOODY VINE COVER LAYER 2 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.12) ...... 221 ITEM 11.5.0.14 SHRUB AND WOODY VINE COVER LAYER 3 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.13) ...... 221 ITEM 11.5.0.15 SHRUB AND WOODY VINE COVER LAYER 4 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.14) ...... 221 ITEM 11.5.0.16 SHRUB AND WOODY VINE COVER—AERIAL VIEW (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.15)...... 221 ITEM 11.5.0.17 FORB COVER LAYER 1 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.16)...... 222 ITEM 11.5.0.18 FORB COVER LAYER 2 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.17)...... 222 ITEM 11.5.0.19 FORB COVER LAYER 3 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.18)...... 222 ITEM 11.5.0.20 FORB COVER LAYER 4 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.19)...... 222 ITEM 11.5.0.21 FORB COVER—AERIAL VIEW (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.20) ...... 222 ITEM 11.5.0.22 GRAMINOID COVER LAYER 1 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.21) ...... 222 ITEM 11.5.0.23 GRAMINOID COVER LAYER 2 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.22) ...... 222 ITEM 11.5.0.24 GRAMINOID COVER LAYER 3 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.23) ...... 222 ITEM 11.5.0.25 GRAMINOID COVER LAYER 4 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.24) ...... 223 ITEM 11.5.0.26 GRAMINOID COVER—AERIAL VIEW (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.25) ...... 223 ITEM 11.5.0.27 MOSS/BRYOPHYTE COVER LAYER 1 (PACI) ...... 223

CHAPTER 12 INVASIVE PLANTS ...... 225 SECTION 12.1 INVASIVE SPECIES SAMPLE DESIGN ...... 225 SECTION 12.2 SPECIES RECORDS ...... 225 SUBSECTION 12.2.1 INVASIVE SPECIES DATA ITEMS ...... 225 ITEM 12.2.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE OPTIONAL 9.4) ...... 225 ITEM 12.2.1.2 INVASIVE PLANT DATA NOTES (CORE OPTIONAL 9.7) ...... 226 ITEM 12.2.1.3 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (CORE OPTIONAL 9.8) ...... 226 ITEM 12.2.1.4 SPECIES CODE (CORE OPTIONAL 9.9)...... 226 ITEM 12.2.1.5 UNIQUE SPECIES NUMBER (CORE OPTIONAL 9.10) ...... 227 ITEM 12.2.1.6 SPECIES CODE TYPE (PNW) ...... 227 ITEM 12.2.1.7 SPECIES CODE STATUS (PNW)...... 227 ITEM 12.2.1.8 SPECIES CANOPY COVER (CORE OPTIONAL 9.11) ...... 227 ITEM 12.2.1.9 INVASIVE SPECIMEN COLLECTED (CORE OPTIONAL 9.13)...... 228 ITEM 12.2.1.10 SPECIMEN LABEL NUMBER (CORE OPTIONAL 9.14) ...... 228 ITEM 12.2.1.11 INVASIVE PLANT NOTES (CORE OPTIONAL 9.15)...... 228

CHAPTER 13 SOILS DATA - MEASUREMENTS AND SAMPLING ...... 229 SECTION 13.1 INTRODUCTION...... 229

Table of Contents pg.XIII SECTION 13.2 SUMMARY OF METHOD ...... 229 SECTION 13.3 DEFINITIONS ...... 229 SECTION 13.4 EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES ...... 229 SECTION 13.5 LABORATORY ANALYSES ...... 230 SECTION 13.6 SOIL SAMPLING LOCATION ...... 230 ITEM 13.6.0.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER ...... 231 ITEM 13.6.0.2 VISIT NUMBER...... 231 ITEM 13.6.0.3 CONDITION CLASS ...... 231 ITEM 13.6.0.4 SOIL SAMPLE STATUS CODE ...... 231 SECTION 13.7 ASSEMBLY OF SOIL SAMPLER...... 232 SECTION 13.8 SOIL SAMPLE COLLECTION ...... 232 ITEM 13.8.0.1 0-20 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE (PACI) ...... 233 ITEM 13.8.0.2 0-20 CM WET WEIGHT OF SAMPLE (PACI)...... 233 ITEM 13.8.0.3 0-20 CM SPECIMEN LABEL NUMBER (PACI) ...... 233 ITEM 13.8.0.4 20-40 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE (PACI) ...... 233 ITEM 13.8.0.5 20-40 CM WET WEIGHT OF SAMPLE (PACI)...... 233 ITEM 13.8.0.6 20-40 CM SPECIMEN LABEL NUMBER (PACI) ...... 234 ITEM 13.8.0.7 40-60 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE (PACI) ...... 234 ITEM 13.8.0.8 40-60 CM WET WEIGHT OF SAMPLE (PACI)...... 234 ITEM 13.8.0.9 40-60 CM SPECIMEN LABEL NUMBER (PACI) ...... 234 ITEM 13.8.0.10 60-80 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE (PACI) ...... 234 ITEM 13.8.0.11 60-80 CM WET WEIGHT OF SAMPLE (PACI)...... 235 ITEM 13.8.0.12 60-80 CM SPECIMEN LABEL NUMBER (PACI) ...... 235 ITEM 13.8.0.13 80-100 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE (PACI) ...... 235 ITEM 13.8.0.14 80-100 CM WET WEIGHT OF SAMPLE (PACI)...... 235 ITEM 13.8.0.15 80-100 CM SPECIMEN LABEL NUMBER (PACI) ...... 235 ITEM 13.8.0.16 SOIL NOTES ...... 236 SECTION 13.9 SAMPLE LABELS ...... 236 SECTION 13.10 SAMPLE DRYING ...... 236

APPENDIX A REFERENCE INFORMATION...... 239 SECTION A.1 COUNTY AND STATE FIPS CODES ...... 239 SECTION A.2 SLOPE CORRECTION TABLE ...... 241 SECTION A.3 METRIC EQUIVALENTS AND AIDS ...... 242

APPENDIX B TREE SPECIES LIST ...... 243 SECTION B.1 HAWAII TREE SPECIES BY SCIENTIFIC NAME ...... 243 SECTION B.2 HAWAII TREE SPECIES BY SPECIES CODE...... 250 Table of Contents SECTION B.3 HAWAII TREE SPECIES BY COMMON NAME ...... 257 SECTION B.4 PACIFIC ISLANDS TREE LIST ...... 264

APPENDIX C TREE CODING GUIDE ...... 285

APPENDIX D DAMAGE CODES ...... 289 pg.XIV SECTION D.1 DAMAGE CODES...... 289

APPENDIX E HAWAII INVASIVE SPECIES ...... 293 SECTION E.1 HAWAII INVASIVE SPECIES ...... 293

APPENDIX F HAWAIIAN PLANT COMMUNITY TYPES ...... 295 SECTION F.1 HAWAIIAN PLANT COMMUNITY TYPES ...... 295

APPENDIX G RESERVED AND ADMINISTRATIVELY WITHDRAWN STATUS BY OWNER AND LAND DESIGNATION ...... 299

APPENDIX H QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL (QA/QC)...... 301 SECTION H.1 QA/QC PLOT TYPES ...... 301 SECTION H.2 QA/QC CHECK PLOT SELECTION...... 301 SECTION H.3 CO-LOCATED BLIND AND COLD CHECK PROCEDURES...... 301 SUBSECTION 13.10.1 BLIND CHECK FIELD PROCEDURES ...... 301 SUBSECTION H.3.1 COLD CHECK PROCEDURES ...... 302 SUBSECTION H.3.2 INTEGRITY OF QA/QC CHECK PLOT DATA ...... 303 SECTION H.4 DOWNLOADING BLIND AND COLD CHECK DATA...... 303 SECTION H.5 COLD CHECK REVIEW SESSION ...... 303

APPENDIX I GPS OPERATING GUIDE ...... 305 SECTION I.1 OVERVIEW...... 305 SECTION I.2 TRIMBLE UNIT...... 305 SUBSECTION I.2.1 COLLECTING A SUBPLOT ROVER FILE WITH THE TRIMBLE UNIT 305 SUBSECTION I.2.2 DISPLAYING COORDINATES FOR PLOT CENTER (OPTIONAL) . . . 307 SUBSECTION I.2.3 NAVIGATING WITH WAYPOINTS ...... 307 SUBSECTION I.2.4 DOWNLOADING THE SUBPLOT TRIMBLE ROVER FILES TO A LAPTOP ...... 307 SUBSECTION I.2.5 CHARGING THE TRIMBLE BATTERY ...... 308 SECTION I.3 GARMIN GPSMAP 64ST ...... 308 SUBSECTION I.3.1 GPS KEYPAD LAYOUT AND COMMANDS ...... 308 SUBSECTION I.3.2 GPS SETUP OPTIONS ...... 309 SUBSECTION I.3.3 GPS UNIT SETUP ...... 309 SUBSECTION I.3.4 MAIN MENU PAGES ...... 309 SUBSECTION I.3.5 SETTING UP THE MAP SCREEN ...... 309 SUBSECTION I.3.6 OPERATING THE GPS ON PLOT...... 309 SUBSECTION I.3.7 CREATING A WAYPOINT (WHEN COORDINATES ARE PROVIDED) 310 SUBSECTION I.3.8 MARKING (STORING) CURRENT LOCATION AS A WAYPOINT . . . . 310 SUBSECTION I.3.9 NAMING WAYPOINTS...... 310 SUBSECTION I.3.10 NAVIGATING WITH THE GPS...... 310 SECTION I.4 RECORDING GPS INFORMATION ...... 311 SECTION I.5 BATTERIES ...... 311

Table of Contents pg.XV APPENDIX J CRITERION RD 1000 ELECTRONIC RELASKOP USER GUIDE 313 SECTION J.1 LOW BATTERY WARNING...... 313 SECTION J.2 BUTTONS ...... 313 SECTION J.3 KEY PAD ...... 314 SECTION J.4 OTHER BUTTONS ...... 315 SECTION J.5 DENDROMETER FUNCTIONS...... 315 SUBSECTION J.5.1 DIAMETER MODE ...... 315 SECTION J.6 ERROR CODES ...... 317

APPENDIX K TRUPULSE 200X OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ...... 319 SECTION K.1 TRUPULSE 200X OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ...... 319

APPENDIX L REFERENCE FIELD TECHNIQUES ...... 325 SECTION L.1 MEASURING HEIGHTS USING A CLINOMETER ...... 325 SECTION L.2 CALCULATING HORIZONTAL DISTANCE ...... 326 SECTION L.3 DETERMINING SCALES AND BASELINES FROM A MAP OR PHOTO ...... 327 SUBSECTION L.3.1 DETERMINING SCALE MEASURING OBJECT OF KNOWN SIZE ON MAP OR PHOTO...... 327 SUBSECTION L.3.2 DETERMINING SCALE BY COMPARING WITH ANOTHER MAP OR PHOTO OF KNOWN SCALE ...... 328 SUBSECTION L.3.3 CALCULATING A BASELINE ON A MAP OR PHOTO ...... 328

APPENDIX M PLOT JACKET ...... 329 SECTION M.1 PLOT LABELS ...... 329 SECTION M.2 PLOT CARD ...... 329 SUBSECTION M.2.1 HEADER...... 329 SUBSECTION M.2.2 RP DATA...... 329 SUBSECTION M.2.3 PLOT TRAVEL TIME ...... 330 SUBSECTION M.2.4 PLOT ACCESS DESCRIPTION...... 330 SUBSECTION M.2.5 PLOT NARRATIVE DESCRIPTION...... 330 SUBSECTION M.2.6 PLOT DIAGRAM ...... 332 SUBSECTION M.2.7 FIELD NOTES ...... 332 SUBSECTION M.2.8 LOCATION ...... 332 SUBSECTION M.2.9 PHOTO WORK FORMATTING ...... 332

SECTION M.3 LANDOWNER PERMISSION LETTER ...... 333 Table of Contents

APPENDIX N MAPER TABLE ...... 335 SECTION N.1 MAPER TABLE...... 335

APPENDIX O PLOT FORMS ...... 339 pg.XVI SECTION O.1 PLOT FORMS...... 339 SUBSECTION O.1.1 PLOT LEVEL DATA ...... 339 SUBSECTION O.1.2 GPS DATA ...... 340 SUBSECTION O.1.3 CONDITION CLASS DATA ...... 341 SUBSECTION O.1.4 SUBPLOT DATA...... 343 SUBSECTION O.1.5 BOUNDARY DATA...... 344 SUBSECTION O.1.6 SEEDLING COUNT ...... 344 SUBSECTION O.1.7 P2 VEGETATION PROFILE DATA...... 345 SUBSECTION O.1.8 INVASIVE PLANTS DATA ...... 346 SUBSECTION O.1.9 TREE & SAPLING DATA ...... 347 SUBSECTION O.1.10 SOIL DATA SHEET ...... 348 SUBSECTION O.1.11 DOWN WOODY MATERIAL...... 349 SUBSECTION O.1.12 COARSE WOODY DEBRIS DATA FORM ...... 350 SUBSECTION O.1.13 FINE WOODY DEBRIS ...... 350 SUBSECTION O.1.14 DUFF AND LITTER DEPTH MEASUREMENTS ...... 351 SUBSECTION O.1.15 RESIDUE PILES...... 351

APPENDIX P PLOT PHOTOGRAPHS...... 353 SECTION P.1 PLOT PHOTOGRAPHS ...... 353 SUBSECTION P.1.1 INTRODUCTION ...... 353 SUBSECTION P.1.2 WHEN COLLECTED...... 353 SUBSECTION P.1.3 PROCEDURE ...... 353 SUBSECTION P.1.4 TIPS FOR QUALITY PHOTOS ...... 354

APPENDIX Q OWNER CONTACT...... 357 SECTION Q.1 HELLO LETTER ...... 357 SECTION Q.2 LANDOWNER CONTACT LETTER/DATA CONFIDENTIALITY . . . 358 SECTION Q.3 RELEASE ...... 359

APPENDIX R OWNERSHIP PROCEDURES ...... 361 SECTION R.1 INTRODUCTION...... 361 SECTION R.2 OWNERSHIP DATA ITEMS ...... 361 ITEM 13.10.1.1 DELETE OWNER (AFSL, PACI)...... 361 ITEM 13.10.1.2 NAME (AFSL, PACI) ...... 361 ITEM 13.10.1.3 OWNER SUBNAME (AFSL, PACI) ...... 361 ITEM 13.10.1.4 OWNER CN (AFSL, PACI) ...... 361 ITEM 13.10.1.5 OWNER CODE (AFSL, PACI)...... 362 ITEM 13.10.1.6 OWNERSHIP CONDITION LIST (AFSL, PACI) ...... 362 ITEM 13.10.1.7 PLOT CENTER OWNER (AFSL, PACI) ...... 362 ITEM 13.10.1.8 PLOT LAND OWNER (AFSL, PACI)...... 362 ITEM 13.10.1.9 PROPERTY ACCESS DESCRIPTION (AFSL, PACI)...... 362 ITEM 13.10.1.10 OWNERSHIP REQUEST CONTACT (AFSL, PACI)...... 362 ITEM 13.10.1.11 KEY COMBO REQUIRED (AFSL, PACI) ...... 363 ITEM 13.10.1.12 LAND PERMIT REQUIRED (AFSL, PACI) ...... 363 ITEM 13.10.1.13 ACCESS GRANTED DAY (AFSL, PACI) ...... 363 ITEM 13.10.1.14 ACCESS GRANTED MONTH (AFSL, PACI) ...... 363 ITEM 13.10.1.15 ACCESS GRANTED YEAR (AFSL, PACI) ...... 363 ITEM 13.10.1.16 CONTACT FIRST NAME (AFSL, PACI) ...... 363 ITEM 13.10.1.17 CONTACT MIDDLE NAME (AFSL, PACI) ...... 363 ITEM 13.10.1.18 CONTACT LAST NAME (AFSL, PACI)...... 364

Table of Contents pg.XVII ITEM 13.10.1.19 CONTACT PHONE COUNTRY CODE (AFSL, PACI) ...... 364 ITEM 13.10.1.20 CONTACT PHONE AREA CODE (AFSL, PACI) ...... 364 ITEM 13.10.1.21 CONTACT PHONE EXCHANGE PREFIX (AFSL, PACI) ...... 364 ITEM 13.10.1.22 CONTACT PHONE NUMBER (AFSL, PACI) ...... 364 ITEM 13.10.1.23 CONTACT PHONE EXTENSION (AFSL, PACI)...... 364 ITEM 13.10.1.24 CONTACT PHONE TYPE (AFSL, PACI) ...... 364 ITEM 13.10.1.25 CONTACT EMAIL SERVER DOMAIN NAME (AFSL, PACI) ...... 365 ITEM 13.10.1.26 CONTACT EMAIL USERNAME (AFSL, PACI) ...... 365 ITEM 13.10.1.27 CONTACT ATTN C/O (AFSL, PACI)...... 365 ITEM 13.10.1.28 CONTACT MAIL NAME (AFSL, PACI) ...... 365 ITEM 13.10.1.29 CONTACT STREET ADDRESS LINE 1 (AFSL, PACI)...... 365 ITEM 13.10.1.30 CONTACT STREET ADDRESS LINE 2 (AFSL, PACI)...... 365 ITEM 13.10.1.31 CONTACT STREET ADDRESS LINE 3 (AFSL, PACI)...... 365 ITEM 13.10.1.32 CONTACT MAIL STATE (AFSL, PACI) ...... 365 ITEM 13.10.1.33 CONTACT MAIL CITY (AFSL, PACI) ...... 366 ITEM 13.10.1.34 CONTACT MAIL COUNTRY (AFSL, PACI) ...... 366 ITEM 13.10.1.35 CONTACT MAIL PROVINCE (AFSL, PACI) ...... 366 ITEM 13.10.1.36 CONTACT MAIL POSTAL CODE (AFSL, PACI) ...... 366 ITEM 13.10.1.37 REQUEST INFO (AFSL, PACI)...... 366 ITEM 13.10.1.38 TRS40 (AFSL, PACI) ...... 366

APPENDIX S EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST ...... 367 SECTION S.1 DATA RECORDING ITEMS ...... 367 SECTION S.2 PHOTO INTERPRETATION ITEMS ...... 367 SECTION S.3 PLOT MEASURING ITEMS ...... 367 SECTION S.4 PLOT REFERENCING ITEMS ...... 367 SECTION S.5 FIRST AID ITEMS ...... 367 SECTION S.6 PERSONAL AND SAFETY GEAR ...... 368 SECTION S.7 CAMPING GEAR WHEN APPLICABLE ...... 368

APPENDIX T RAPID OHIA DEATH SANITATION PROTOCOL FOR HAWAII . 369 SECTION T.1 INTRODUCTION ...... 369 SECTION T.2 WHEN TO APPLY THE ROD SANITATION PROCEDURES ...... 369 SECTION T.3 STANDARD SANITATION PROCEDURES...... 369

APPENDIX U SUMMARY OF MANUAL CHANGES ...... 371

APPENDIX V CORE 7.2 CHANGES ...... 377

APPENDIX W CORE 8.0 CHANGES...... 379 Table of Contents

GLOSSARY ...... 381 pg.XVIII

Table of Contents pg.19 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

This manual documents data collection procedures, codes, standards, and definitions used by the Pacific Northwest Research Station, Forest Inventory and Analysis (PNW-FIA) program in the 2019 forest inventory of Hawaii. PNW-FIA is one of four United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) Forest Service, FIA programs across the country which conducts forest inventories in most of the 50 states and in the Pacific Islands. PNW-FIA is responsible for inventorying the forest resources of Alaska, California, Hawaii, Oregon, Washington, and the Pacific Islands. Field data collection within PNW-FIA is completed by two data collection units: the Portland Forestry Sciences Laboratory (PFSL) and the Anchorage Forestry Sciences Laboratory (AFSL). PFSL is based in Portland, Oregon and is responsible for California, Oregon, and Washington. AFSL is based in Anchorage, Alaska and is responsible for Alaska, Hawaii and the U.S.- affiliated Pacific Islands. Nationally consistent and uniform Core data measurements are assured by following the procedures outlined in the Forest Inventory and Analysis National Core Field Guide. In addition to the Core data items required by the national FIA program, PNW-FIA measures regional data items that are of interest to the clients and customers of the PNW Research Station.

SECTION 1.1 ORGANIZATION OF THIS MANUAL This manual is structured primarily for use by field personnel. Each chapter corresponds either to a separate function that must be performed in locating and measuring a field plot, or to a particular aspect of data recording that must be completed. Procedures are ordered to coincide, as much as possible, with the order in which field data are collected and entered into the data recorder. Core field data collection procedures, listed in the Forest Inventory and Analysis National Core Field Guide, Version 8.0, have been incorporated into this manual. Instructions that are single underlined, tables that are shaded, and data item names followed by CORE and the Core chapter/section number in bold and parentheses, describe data items or field procedures included in the Core field guide. Any regional adjustments are noted in italic font within the underlined text or shaded table. Note: all scientific names are shown in italic font. Portions of this manual that are not underlined or shaded describe regional procedures which supplement national Core data. Regional data item names are followed, in bold and parentheses, by the specific inventory (i.e., PACI, AFSL, PFSL, INTAK) or by PNW if the data item applies to all three PNW inventories. When data items are referenced within chapter text, the data item name will appear in all capital letters (e.g., “Record the CONDITION CLASS NUMBER of the condition class in which each tree is located.”). Database codes have been included in brackets following the data item name. National Information Management System (NIMS) codes are listed for Core data items and regional database codes are listed for regional data items. Note: Core data items containing regional additions (e.g., values, codes) will list “CORE” as the source, but brackets will contain regional database codes; national database codes will be populated from the regional database. The following examples show how data items will be displayed depending on the source (i.e., Core or regional) of the data item: ITEM NUMBER; DATA ITEM NAME; (SOURCE); [TABLE.COLUMN NAME] ITEM X.X.X.X CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (CORE 5.3) [COND.CONDID]...... Core

ITEM X.X.X.X PRP TYPE (PNW) [TREE.PREV_HT_PNWRS]...... PACI, AFSL and PFSL Chapter 1: ITEM X.X.X.X ROAD ACCESS (PACI) [PLOT.RDUSECD]...... PACI only ITEM X.X.X.X TREE TAG NUMBER (PACI, PFSL) [TREE.TAG_NO_PNWRS]...... PACI and PFSL only In addition, the following information is given for each data item: When collected: Specific criteria for when data item is recorded

Field width: X digits INTRODUCTION Tolerance: Acceptable range of measurement Values: Legal values/codes for data items pg.20 SECTION 1.2 THE INVENTORY The national FIA program consists of three phases. Phase 1 (P1) is a remote sensing phase aimed at classifying all land into forest and nonforest. Phase 2 (P2) consists of a set of field sample locations distributed across the landscape with approximately one sample location (FIA plot) for every 6,000 acres at standard intensification. Forested sample locations are visited by field crews that collect a variety of forest ecosystem data. Nonforest locations are visited, as necessary, to quantify rates of land use change or to measure regional data items, when specified. This field manual describes the P2 process. Phase 3 (P3) consists of a subset of the phase 2 plots (approximately one every 96,000 acres), which are visited during the growing season in order to collect an extended suite of ecological data including full vegetation census, tree and crown condition, soil data, lichen diversity, coarse woody material, and ozone injury. Data are collected on a subset of plots in all states every year (i.e., annual inventory), as opposed to the historical FIA approach of sampling states sequentially in a cycle (i.e., periodic inventory).

SECTION 1.3 PRODUCTS PNW-FIA reports on the status and trends of forests in Alaska, Washington, Oregon, California, Hawaii and the Pacific Islands, and provides information sought by resource planners, policy analysts, and others involved in forest resource decision-making. Data collected in PNW-FIA inventories are summarized, interpreted, analyzed, and published in analytical reports and research articles of national, state, regional, and sub-regional scope. Information is presented by forest land and owner classes for land use change; timber volume, growth, mortality, and removals; potential forest productivity; opportunities for silvicultural treatment; and type and area of wildlife habitats. The data collected in these inventories represent a wealth of information that can answer questions about the status and trend of forest ecosystems, distribution of plant species and their relationship to the environment, the incidence of insects and disease in relation to forest type and condition, changes in forest structure and productivity resulting from disturbance, and improved prediction of forest growth and development on different sites and in response to management.

SECTION 1.4 UNITS OF MEASURE The PNW-FIA program uses ENGLISH units as the measurement system.

SECTION 1.5 PLOT DESIGN GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Core ground plot consists of four subplots approximately 1/24 acre in size with a radius of 24.0 feet horizontal. The center subplot is subplot 1. Subplots 2, 3, and 4 are located 120.0 feet horizontal at azimuths of 360, 120, and 240 degrees, respectively, from the center of subplot 1 (see Figure 1.1). Throughout this field guide, the use of the word ‘plot’ refers to the entire set of four subplots. ‘Plot center’ is defined as the center of subplot 1. Each subplot contains a microplot of approximately 1/300 acre in size with a radius of 6.8 feet horizontal. The center of the microplot is offset 90 degrees and 12.0 feet horizontal from each subplot center. Microplots are numbered in the same way as subplots. In the PNW-FIA annual inventory, the four subplots are laid out in the pattern shown in Figure 1.1; subplots are never “substituted” or “moved” in order to keep the entire subplot within a homogeneous condition. THE INVENTORY : Section 1.2 pg.21 SUBSECTION 1.5.1 PLOT LAYOUT

Figure 1.1: FIA Phase 2 plot diagram

SUBSECTION 1.5.2 DATA ARE COLLECTED ON PLOTS AT THE FOLLOWING LEVELS Plot- Data that describe the entire cluster of four subplots. Microplot - Data that describe a small area within a subplot. Subplot - Data that describe a single subplot of a cluster. Condition Class - A discrete combination of landscape attributes that describe the environment on all or part of the plot. These attributes include: 1. CONDITION CLASS STATUS 2. RESERVED STATUS 3. OWNER GROUP 4. FOREST TYPE 5. STAND SIZE CLASS 6. REGENERATION STATUS

7. TREE DENSITY Chapter 1: Boundary - An approximate description of the demarcation line between two condition classes that occur on a single subplot or microplot. There is no boundary recorded when the demarcation occurs beyond the fixed-radius plots. Tree - Data describing live or dead saplings with a diameter 1.0 inch through 4.9 inches, and live or dead

trees with diameter greater than or equal to 5.0 inches. INTRODUCTION Seedling - Data describing live trees with a diameter less than 1.0 inch and greater than or equal to 0.5 feet in length (conifers) or greater than or equal to 1.0 feet in length (hardwoods). Vegetation - Data describing plant composition and cover. Invasive Species - Data describing presence and abundance of invasive plant species. pg.22 SECTION 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL

SUBSECTION 1.6.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION The goal of the FIA Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) program is to ensure that all resource inventory data are scientifically sound, of known quality, and are thoroughly documented. Measurement quality objectives (MQO) are established as standards to define data quality. The PNW-FIA QA/QC staff works to continually improve the PNW-FIA inventory process by controlling, identifying, and documenting errors and sources of variability that could be detrimental to the quality of PNW-FIA inventory results. Emphasis is placed on extensive crew training, field inspections, and documentation of protocols and procedures used in the inventory. Measurement quality and consistency are assessed by using three methods: hot checks, cold checks, and blind plots (see Appendix H for inspection plot descriptions). Periodic on-site inspections of field locations are conducted to ensure that the field work is being performed with the required accuracy and precision. Specifically, objectives of field checking are: 1. To obtain uniform and consistent interpretation and application of field instructions among all field crews. 2. To minimize technique errors. 3. To check the performance of each individual crew member. 4. To reveal inadequacies in the instructions and in the training program. 5. To assess and document the quality (accuracy, precision, completeness) of field data.

SECTION 1.7 SAFETY Safety is the number one priority within the PNW-FIA program. Personnel working in the field are subject to many safety hazards. Each person must always be conscious of these hazards to avoid accidents: 1. Don't take chances! 2. Eliminate horseplay and carelessness! 3. Think safety! 4. No task is more important than personal safety! 5. Always make sure that someone else knows where you plan to work each day!

SUBSECTION 1.7.1 SAFETY IN THE WOODS • Wear protective clothing: Long-sleeved shirts, long pants, and gloves may protect you from contact with brush and rocks, poisonous plants, and stinging insects. Trouser legs should be loose enough to avoid binding or cramping, and should not have cuffs. Wear a hardhat at all times in the woods. During hunting seasons, wear bright red or orange clothing. • Wear good quality boots that provide good support and traction. For example: 8-inch high leather work boots with lug-soles (Vibram-type soles). • Walk, don't run in the woods. Take your time and plan your route. Avoid plunging through the brush. The best route of travel may not be the shortest. Routes across brushy, irregular terrain with rocks and down logs can be hazardous. • Be watchful of twigs and branches, which may cause eye injury. Be especially alert when stepping up to trees which retain their small dead twigs. Keep a sufficient distance behind the person ahead of you to avoid being slapped by branches. • Lift knees high to clear obstacles in heavy undergrowth or slash. Slow down and watch your step. • When contouring a steep slope, do not lean into the hill. This tends to loosen footing. Erect posture or slightly leaning out gives more secure footing. • Know how to fall to avoid hard impacts. Keep flexible with knees slightly bent. If you feel yourself QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL

: slipping, pick a landing spot. Do not stick your arms out to break a fall. Roll with the fall. Try to take the impact on the side of your body rather than your back. • Don't take chances by walking across ravines on small logs. Section 1.6 pg.23 • Bee aware. Keep an eye out for yellow jacket and hornet activity. Yellow jackets nest in the ground, often in well-decayed logs or in thick moss on trees or in snag cavities. Yellow jackets are particularly active (nasty) during late summer and early fall when forest conditions are very dry. Hornets nest above ground in "paper" nests that are suspended from branches; woe befalls those who unwittingly bump their head against a nest, or shake the sapling from which a nest is suspended. If allergic to insect stings, carry medication to counteract the effects of stings. Let co-workers know about your allergies and how they can assist in an emergency. • Keep hatchets in their sheath except when actually using them, and snap the sheath shut. • First Aid. Keep your individual first-aid kit completely supplied, and know how to use it. Treat all wounds promptly. • Carry plenty of water. Don't expect your partner to carry water for you. • Beware of lightning. Watch for approaching storms. Avoid prominent high exposed ground and tall/lone trees. Abandon field gear, especially that made of metal. Seek shelter in the vehicle if possible, otherwise in thick timber, large caves or in valley bottoms. Crouch on the balls of your feet with your head covered. Separate 100 feet from other crew members.

SUBSECTION 1.7.2 SAFETY ON THE ROAD It all pays the same, so drive with care, with courtesy (regardless of others' actions), and with common sense. Follow these tips: • Seat belt use is required in all government-owned or leased vehicles. Do not ride in the back of pickups. • Cell phone use is prohibited while driving a government vehicle; pull off the road and park in a safe location to use a cell phone. • Drive defensively! Expect the other person, whether a vehicle operator or a pedestrian, to do the worst thing and be prepared. Observe all speed regulations and traffic signs. • Do not drive when sleepy, taking medication, or when other personal conditions make it unsafe to drive a vehicle. Get someone else to drive or, if alone, stop driving and nap (out of the public view). • Always drive with your headlights on. This practice increases the visibility of your vehicle. It is particularly important when driving in fog, on dusty roads, traveling in and out of shadows, and any other low light/visibility situations. Turn lights off when you park the vehicle. • Do not operate a vehicle in an unsafe condition. Check your vehicle frequently to keep it in good mechanical condition. Lights, horn, steering, and brakes should be kept in proper adjustment at all times. Make necessary repairs as soon as unsafe condition develops. Report any unsafe conditions to your supervisor. • Keep the vehicle clean. Windows, mirrors, and lights should be kept clean and free of obstructions to increase visibility. Keep the cab and driver area clean so material is not rolling under pedals or distracting the driver.

SUBSECTION 1.7.3 WHAT TO DO IF INJURED • Treat the injury promptly. If immediate medical attention is required, go directly to a hospital emergency room. Try to make contact with your supervisor or the office to get instructions and assistance. Make sure the doctor fills out his/her part on the CA-1 form. • Inform your supervisor of all injuries and ask which, if any, forms need to be filled out. Supervisors must inform the office at the earliest opportunity. Chapter 1: • Fill out Federal accident forms completely with signatures. ALWAYS make a copy for your personal records. Give the completed forms to your supervisor. Have the supervisor check your entries for mistakes, fill out their section, and forward the completed forms to the appropriate person. • Gather Information. If you are in a multi-vehicle accident, provide the other parties with enough written information so that they can easily get in touch with you, your crew supervisor, and the office. In turn, INTRODUCTION you must get the following information from all involved parties and witnesses—names, addresses, phone numbers, vehicle license numbers, driver's license numbers, insurance company names and policy numbers, and police report numbers. If possible, do not admit responsibility without first contacting your supervisor. pg.24 SAFETY : Section 1.7 pg.25 CHAPTER 2 LOCATING THE PLOT This chapter describes the steps taken to locate and establish new FIA plots, and to locate and remeasure previously established FIA plots. Establishing the plot location is the crucial first step in collecting valid field data. While measurements at each location are used to compile statistical information for the entire inventory, each location is also compared to information derived from processing remotely sensed (e.g., satellite, aircraft) data for the same location. Because these two sampling layers must measure attributes on the same location, the ground sample must be located as accurately as possible.

SECTION 2.1 LOCATING AN ESTABLISHED PLOT Established plots include: • Annual inventory (P2) remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2, Item 4.3.4.7) The first step in relocating a previously established plot is to find the ground location of plot center (PC) marked on the photos; use resources such as photos, maps/drawings, written descriptions, GPS coordinates (Section 4.4), and reference point (RP) data. Each field crew should have a map with the location of the plots marked and identified with the plot number, and a plot jacket for each plot that may be visited. Use the available resources to reach the general vicinity of the plot. All previously established plots should have an RP from which a slope distance and azimuth to the plot center (PC) was recorded. This distance and azimuth can be followed from the RP to relocate the PC. When a previously established plot is difficult to find use the following procedures to re-establish the plot for remeasurement: • If no trees exist: Use photos, maps, and GPS to verify plot location and treat plot as remeasurement. • If a major disturbance has occurred with no trees or monumentation remaining: Use photos, maps, and GPS to verify the plot location and consider it a remeasurement plot. • If some monumentation is present, but not all the trees are found: The plot should be re-established and remeasurement protocol followed.

SUBSECTION 2.1.1 NAVIGATING WITH PHOTOGRAPHY The plot jacket for each field plot will usually contain photos, supplemental imagery, and maps. The plot center is pinpricked and circled on the old photos. Photo pinpricks must be transferred onto new photos without error. Use both new and old photos to proceed to the plot area when revisiting established plots. Some photos will be marked with a point-of-departure (POD). They are usually near a road and indicate how the crew approached the plot at a previous visit. In some cases, it may be easier to locate an established plot by heading directly to the plot rather than to the RP because within the plot area there may be numerous "signs" to detect (e.g., trees with reference tags, tree numbers, diameter nails). In searching for the plot, you may find a tagged/numbered tree on one of the subplots; use the plot data from previous visits to determine which subplot you are on.

SUBSECTION 2.1.2 NAVIGATING WITH GPS Chapter 2: Plots visited previously will, in most cases, have field collected GPS coordinates. When using GPS coordinates to navigate, ensure coordinates are entered accurately into the GPS unit using the correct datum and follow your progress on the photo. Compare the GPS navigation readings to other plot location data such as RP to PC distance and azimuth to confirm direction of travel. If during GPS navigation to the plot you encounter anything that could affect a future crew’s travel or safety LOCATING THE PLOT (e.g., passage around cliffs, shallow stream crossings, illicit activities, game trails, etc.) create a waypoint. Record the waypoint coordinates (Subsection 4.4.3) and provide an explanation in the electronic GPS NOTES. Refer to Appendix I, GPS Operating Guide, for operation instructions for specific GPS units. pg.26 SUBSECTION 2.1.3 NAVIGATING WITH REFERENCE POINT (RP) DATA Reference points have been established on most previously visited plots; slope distance and azimuth from the RP to the PC were recorded. On some plots, the previous RP referenced a subplot center other than subplot 1, the pinpricked location; on these plots, the plot center monument was still installed at the pinpricked location. See Section 3.3 for monumentation details. Species, diameter at breast height (DBH) (to the nearest centimeter on periodic PNW-FIA plots), azimuth from RP to PC, and slope distance from RP to PC, were recorded on the plot card and on the photo used at the previous visit, and will be in the previous data printout. The RP will be monumented with square aluminum tags (non-tree RP monumentation will vary). An RP tree will have three square aluminum tags; two at approximately six feet above ground (facing crew’s approach), and one below stump height (facing plot center). Though measuring the distance and azimuth from the RP to the PC may be time consuming, if done carefully, it is a reliable method for relocating field plots. Before measuring from the RP to the plot center, check photos to see if the azimuth and distance seem reasonable. If reliable GPS coordinates exist, GPS distance and azimuth can be compared to RP data distance and azimuth.

SUBSECTION 2.1.4 REVERSE REFERENCE POINT (RP) METHOD If the RP cannot be found, but the plot center is found, locate a new RP after remeasuring the plot (time permitting). The tree/object selected should be visible on the photo, preferably between the LZ and PC. Record new RP data using the following method: • If GPS coverage is very good, collect coordinates for the new RP. Use the ROUTE function on the GPS to determine the HD and AZ from RP to PC after both PC and RP coordinates have been collected and saved in the GPS unit. Use the navigation function on the GPS receiver to get an azimuth and horizontal distance from the new RP to the collected PC coordinates. Record all the usual RP data in the RP section of the plot card and label them “GPS” to indicate that azimuth and horizontal distance were not measured with a compass and tape. These data must also be entered into the data recorder. Pinprick the new RP on the best photo available and record the RP data on the back of the photo; label these data with the method (GPS) used to determine the azimuth and horizontal distance to the new RP.

SECTION 2.2 ESTABLISHED PLOT ISSUES See Section 2.1, Locating an Established Plot, for definition of established plots.

SUBSECTION 2.2.1 DIFFICULTY FINDING ESTABLISHED PLOTS If an established plot cannot be found, follow these steps: 1. Return to the last known point on the route to the plot. Plan a route to the pinpricked plot center; divide the route into stages with a physical feature at the end of each stage which can be identified on the photos and confirmed on the ground. Proceed stage by stage, confirming the endpoint of the previous stage before proceeding to the next. The endpoint of the last stage should correspond with the pinpricked location, and be monumented with a center stake and witness trees/snags/stumps/objects. If the plot cannot be found, continue with the following steps. 2. Look for stream confluences, ridges, openings, groups of large trees, old skid roads, large snags, etc. on the ground, to confirm you are at the pinpricked location. 3. Try to locate the area where previous crews might have been when they thought they were at the pinpricked location. Check the previous plot card for remarks providing insight on plot location such as: "Plot center moved back 20 feet on same azimuth to agree with photo pinprick". Look for other indicators such as: • Stand type and size of trees ESTABLISHED PLOT ISSUES ESTABLISHED

: • The size and species of the RP and subplot 1 witness trees • Direction of travel from the RP (it could be 180 degrees off) • Slope and aspect Section 2.2 pg.27 4. Previous plot access information (Route to RP and RP Information) should be compared with the original photo pinprick. If these two plot references do not correlate to the same location: • Begin a spiral search from where the RP to PC traverse ended; extend up to a 500-foot radius around the ground location. • At the same time, use all photos, drawings/maps, previous data, and/or GPS coordinates to aid in relocating. • If the end of the RP to PC measured distance does not appear to be at the PC photo pinprick, then use photos to find the pinprick location visually on the ground. If the ground location of the pinprick is found then begin a spiral search of that area, extending up to a 500-foot radius. 5. If no sign of the plot can be found after an extensive search (maximim 2 hours) using all the data and tools available, the plot will be considered lost. Search time is limited to allow for plot re-establishment on the same field day. See Section 4.1, Lost Plot/Replacement Plot.

SUBSECTION 2.2.2 INCORRECTLY INSTALLED PLOT Incorrectly installed plots will be relocated or remeasured based on the following criteria: • Remeasurement (SAMPLE KIND = 2): Plot is remeasured in its current location, regardless of location errors (i.e., incorrect initial plot location). In this situation, pinprick the actual plot center location on the photos and label the new pinprick on the back of the photo (e.g., “actual plot location”); draw an “X” over the previous pinprick and label (e.g., “initial pinprick location–plot not installed here“). Electronic PLOT NOTES (Item 4.3.5.6) must be recorded, and a written explanation/description included on the plot card.

SUBSECTION 2.2.3 INCORRECTLY INSTALLED SUBPLOT OR MICROPLOT Subplots and microplots are remeasured where they were installed at the previous annual visit, regardless of installation error (see Subsection 3.2.3, New Plot Establishment Tolerances). When a subplot or microplot center is determined to be installed incorrectly, electronic SUBPLOT NOTES (Item 6.1.2.6) must be recorded documenting why the installation was in error and a written explanation included on the plot card.

SUBSECTION 2.2.4 PC STAKE OR SUBPLOT/MICROPLOT PIN MISSING OR MOVED

If the PC stake or a subplot/microplot pin is missing or has moved, re-establish the PC stake, subplot pin, or microplot pin at the previously established location using all available information (e.g., previous crew's data sheets, plot card diagrams and descriptions, downloaded tree data in PDR, and any monumentation on the ground). The location of the plot center stake and subplot pins is critical for ensuring that trees do not arbitrarily move in or out of tally between surveys. When a crew has exhausted all efforts to find the PC stake or subplot/microplot pin, use the following guidelines to re-establish plot/subplot/microplot center and provide details of the reinstallation in electronic SUBPLOT NOTES and on the plot card: 1. If the PC stake or a subplot pin is not in the previous location (i.e., pulled out of ground or moved) or is missing: • Locate the witness trees and any trees that are located nearest to the limiting distances of 24.0 feet. Use the slope distances and horizontal distances of these trees to ensure proper stake or Chapter 2: pin re-establishment. • To ensure optimal precision, the crew should measure out the previous slope/horizontal distances along the back-azimuths from the trees nearest the limiting distances to where PC or subplot center should be. The location where the measured distances converge should be the re- established stake/pin position. • If the measured distances do not intersect at one point after verifying the distances and back- LOCATING THE PLOT azimuths, re-establish the stake/pin at the average point, and record the discrepancies in the electronic SUBPLOT NOTES. For example: Tree A has a horizontal distance of 23.4 feet and a back-azimuth of 270 degrees. Tree B has a horizontal distance of 23.2 feet and a back-azimuth of 90 degrees. Although the measuring tapes extending from the two trees should meet at center, there is a gap of 0.4 feet between them. Re-establish center at the average point between the two tapes, and record the details of the reinstallation in electronic SUBPLOT NOTES. pg.28 2. If the microplot pin is not in the previous location (i.e., pulled out of ground or has moved), or is missing: • Locate any previously tallied saplings using the printout and downloaded data in the PDR. Locate saplings on the edge of the 6.8-foot limiting distance and use them to re-establish the center of the microplot. • If there is only one tally sapling on the microplot, measure out 12 feet at 90-degrees from subplot center to temporarily mark the location of microplot center. Measure back to this location from the pith of the sapling using previous distance and azimuth and re-establish the microplot pin based on the temporary pin location and previous tally sapling data. • If there are no tally saplings on the microplot, re-establish microplot center 12 feet from subplot center at 90-degrees.

SUBSECTION 2.2.5 LOST SUBPLOT When an individual subplot is lost (cannot be relocated), re-establish the subplot center pin. CONDITION CLASS STATUS (Item 5.7.0.4) of the new subplot must be updated (if necessary) and previous tree data must be reconciled. See Section 8.4, Tree Tracking, for specific instructions for closing out downloaded tree records on lost subplots.Record details of the lost subplot and procedures used to reinstall the pin in electronic SUBPLOT NOTES and on the plot card. Record specific notes pertaining to the tree tally in the individual TREE NOTES. In cases where individual subplots are lost (cannot be located), use the following procedures: • Assign the appropriate present CONDITION CLASS STATUS Code(s) to the new subplot (usually CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or 2). • Assign TREE STATUS = 0 to all downloaded trees (i.e., incorrectly tallied at the previous survey). • Assign RECONCILE codes 3 or 4 (i.e., missed live or missed dead) to all trees on the new subplot.

SUBSECTION 2.2.6 LOST PLOT (REPLACEMENT PLOT) If a previously established annual inventory (4-subplot design) plot (SAMPLE KIND = 2) cannot be found following an extensive search (three hours) using all the data and tools available, the plot is considered lost; certain procedures must be followed to “close out” the old (lost) plot and replace it with a new plot. See Section 4.1, Lost Plot/Replacement Plot, for specific procedures.

SECTION 2.3 LOCATING NEW PLOTS Annual inventory plots installed for the first time where no periodic P2 plot previously existed should have new photos with the plot center marked—either pinpricked or marked with crosshairs. Some plots may also have coordinates obtained by digitizing USGS topographic maps. Some plots may contain photos and supplemental imagery, which can be used as an aid in locating plot center. When you arrive at the point you believe to be the PC, carefully check the location on the new photos/imagery against the surrounding terrain and pattern of tree crowns and vegetation to confirm the location on the photo/imagery and your location on the ground are the exact same spot. The new plot should be installed accurately: within +/- 10.0 feet of pinprick on a 1:12,000 or finer scale photo (e.g., 1:5,000), and within +/- 30.0 feet if the photo scale is 1:12,000 or broader (e.g., 1:15,840).

SUBSECTION 2.3.1 INSTALLING A PLOT WITH TARGET (TGT) COORDINATES Installing a plot with target (TGT) coordinates is the preferred method in the Pacific Islands. To establish a new plot with TGT Coordinates follow these steps: 1. Navigate to approximately 200 to 300 feet from the TGT Coordinates. 2. Choose an RP using the same selection criteria specified in Chapter 3 (Plot Layout and Referencing). 3. Create a waypoint at the RP. 4. Once the RP waypoint is created and saved after collecting at least 60 hits, one should use ROUTE LOCATING NEW PLOTS LOCATING

: screen to determine the HD and AZ from RP to PC. 5. Measure to the plot with compass and tape and laser as you would usually from the RP. Section 2.3 pg.29 SECTION 2.4 CIRCUMSTANCES PRECLUDING PLOT ESTABLISHMENT/ MEASUREMENT

Active Logging: If the plot area is being actively logged (timber is being felled, bucked, or yarded) or is unsafe to visit because of active logging, do not establish/measure the plot. Note the status of the logging operation on the plot jacket and return the plot to the unit coordinator. Proceed to an alternate plot if available. Plot center (subplot 1) cannot be physically occupied (e.g., Census water, noncensus water, denied access, or hazardous): The subplot will not be installed/measured or referenced; the entire subplot is classified as the subplot center condition, even though a portion of it may be in another condition class. Other subplots are installed/measured using normal procedures (see Subsection 3.4.2, Establishing Subplots When Plot Center is Inaccessible). • Note: If a subplot center (including subplot 1) lands in Census or noncensus water do not install or measure the subplot, even if it can be occupied safely. Chapter 2: LOCATING THE PLOT pg.30 CIRCUMSTANCES PRECLUDING PLOT ESTABLISHMENT/MEASUREMENT CIRCUMSTANCES : Section 2.4 pg.31 CHAPTER 3 PLOT LAYOUT AND REFERENCING This chapter describes the Forest Inventory and Analysis (FIA) plot design, establishment guidelines, tolerances and procedures used to monument and reference plots and subplots.

SECTION 3.1 PLOT DESIGN The Core ground plot consists of four subplots with a radius of 24.0 feet horizontal. The center subplot is subplot 1. Subplots 2, 3, and 4 are located 120.0 feet (horizontal) at azimuths of 360, 120, and 240 degrees, respectively, from the center of subplot 1 (see Figure 3.1: FIA Phase 2 plot diagram). Throughout this field manual, the use of the word ‘plot’ refers to the entire set of four subplots. ‘Plot center’ is defined as the center of subplot 1. Each subplot contains a microplot with a radius of 6.8 feet horizontal. The center of the microplot is offset 90 degrees and 12.0 feet horizontal from each subplot center. Microplots are numbered in the same way as subplots.

SUBSECTION 3.1.1 PLOT LAYOUT Chapter 3:

Figure 3.1: FIA Phase 2 plot diagram

The following table can assist in locating subplots 2 through 4 from a subplot other than subplot 1.

Subplot Numbers Azimuth Backsight Distance PLOT LAYOUT AND REFERENCING From To degrees feet 2 3 150 330 207.8 2 4 210 030 207.8 3 4 270 090 207.8

SUBSECTION 3.1.2 PLOT DIMENSIONS A. Subplot – for sampling landscape-level characteristics, assessing vegetation, tallying trees meeting a minimum diameter at breast height: • Radius = 24.0 feet • Area = 1,809.56 square feet or approximately 0.04 acre or approximately 1/24 acre B. Microplot – for counting tree seedlings and tallying tree saplings: • Radius = 6.8 feet • Area = 145.27 square feet or approximately 0.003 acre or approximately 1/300 acre pg.32 SECTION 3.2 PLOT ESTABLISHMENT

SUBSECTION 3.2.1 PLOT ESTABLISHMENT GUIDELINES Establish the ground plot at the location corresponding to the pinprick on the photo, as described in Section 3.1, Plot Design. In the annual inventory the four subplots are laid out in the pattern shown in Figure 3.1: FIA Phase 2 plot diagram. When the crew cannot occupy the plot center because safety hazards exist, or the plot center is inaccessible or out of the sample, the crew should check the other subplots. See Section 2.4 Circumstances Precluding Plot Establishment/Measurement, for installation instructions when a safety hazard exists. If any subplot centers can be occupied and are in the sample, the subplots that can be occupied should be established and sampled following normal procedures. When a subplot center or microplot center cannot be occupied, no measurements will be taken on that subplot or microplot; instead, the entire subplot or microplot should be classified according to the condition preventing occupancy. However, if a localized obstruction (e.g. tree stem, boulder) prevents subplot/microplot center occupancy, measure the subplot or microplot using best estimate distances for references and trees. Document the situation in Item 6.1.2.6, SUBPLOT NOTES (PNW). See Item 6.1.1.3, SUBPLOT STATUS (CORE 3.2) for examples of coding data items in specific situations. Note: If a subplot center (including subplot 1) is classified as noncensus water (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 3) or Census water (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 4), no measurements are taken on that subplot, even if it can be occupied safely (i.e., regardless of water level, a subplot center covered by noncensus or Census water cannot be “occupied”). If a remeasurement (SAMPLE KIND = 2) subplot or microplot was installed incorrectly at the previous visit, the current crew should remeasure the subplot or microplot in its present location (see Subsection 2.2.2, Incorrectly Installed Plot). Notes are required, both on the plot card and in SUBPLOT NOTES, when previously mislocated subplots are encountered. In cases where individual subplots are lost (cannot be relocated), see Subsection 2.2.5, Lost Subplot, for instructions.

SUBSECTION 3.2.2 PLOT INTEGRITY Each FIA unit is responsible for minimizing damage to current or prospective sample trees and for specifying how these trees are monumented for remeasurement. The following field procedures are permitted: • Nailing tags on witness trees so that subplot centers can be relocated. • Boring trees for age on subplots to determine tree age, site index, stand age, or for other reasons. • Nailing and tagging trees on microplots and subplots so that these trees can be identified and relocated efficiently and positively at times of remeasurement. • Nailing or painting microplot and subplot trees so that the point of diameter measurement can be accurately relocated and remeasured. All other potentially damaging procedures that may erode subplot integrity are prohibited. The following practices are specifically prohibited: • Boring and scribing some specific tree species that are known to be negatively affected (e.g., the initiation of infection or callusing). • Chopping vines from tally trees. When possible, vines should be pried off trunks to enable accurate measurement. If this is not possible, alternative tools (calipers, biltmore sticks) should be used. Note: Avoid becoming part of the problem! There is a risk that field crews walking into plot locations could pick up seeds along roadsides or other patches of invasive plants and spread them through the forest and on to the plot. Be aware of the vegetation you are traveling through and consider stopping and removing

PLOT ESTABLISHMENT seeds from boots and clothing before entering uninvaded lands, particularly remote areas that are rarely : visited. Section 3.2 pg.33 Note: Due to concerns about Rapid Ohia Death (ROD), no new nails will be used as part of the Hawaii Inventory. Where nails in previously measured trees are still present, they will be left in the tree but not moved or adjusted. New trees and old trees with no nail will be monumented with wire and paint sticks as described throughout this field manual. ROD sanitation protocols will be followed on a daily basis to prevent the spread of this disease as described in Appendix T, Rapid Ohia Death Sanitation Protocol for Hawaii.

SUBSECTION 3.2.3 NEW PLOT ESTABLISHMENT TOLERANCES Plot center (center of subplot 1): +/- 10.0 feet of pinprick on a 1:12,000 or finer scale photo (e.g., 1:5,000); +/- 30.0 feet if the photo scale is 1:12,000 or broader (e.g., 1:15,840) Subplot 2, 3, or 4: +/- 5 feet Microplot: +/- 0.5 feet

SECTION 3.3 MONUMENTING AND REFERENCING PLOT CENTER All ground visited plots are monumented at plot center and referenced by a reference point (RP) and two witness trees/objects. Install a white plot pin and a magnetized steel spike at the plot center (PC, center of subplot 1); see Subsection 3.3.3, Exceptions to Monumenting Plot Center, for valid exceptions to this rule. If previously established, the plot was monumented at last visit with a pin in the ground at PC and was referenced by an RP and two nearby witnesses—marked distinctively with square or round tags. Replace the previous plot pin with a new white plot pin and a magnetized steel spike at exactly the same location as the old pin (pack out plastic pins and discard), and update witness measurements. Note: Monumenting and referencing protocol for entirely nonforest plots differs from standard protocol; see Section 3.5 (Monumenting and Referencing Entirely Nonforest Plots) for monumenting and referencing guidelines. Special Note for Hawaii Only: No new nails will be placed into trees as part of the Hawaii inventory. When new witness tags need to be installed they should be affixed to the tree using a loosely wrapped piece of wire.

SUBSECTION 3.3.1 THE REFERENCE POINT The reference point references the plot center monument, a pin marking PC, on all field visited plots. It is an object (usually a tree) that is easily identified on the aerial photo and on the ground, and likely to be present at the next visit. Do not reference a subplot other than the one with the plot center monument just because that subplot is closer to the RP. The RP may reference a subplot other than subplot 1 only when there is a

significant obstacle or other obstruction between the RP and subplot 1, or when a subplot other than Chapter 3: subplot 1 has the center monumentation (see Subsection 3.3.3, Exceptions to Monumenting Plot Center). Select an RP: The RP should be distinctive both on the ground and on the aerial imagery. The previous RP tree may be reused, if it is still suitable. If the old RP tree is dead, missing, or difficult to identify on the ground or on the photo, select a new RP and leave the tags on the old RP. If possible, it should be a tree that is not likely to die or be cut before the next inventory, although a snag or other object may be selected

as an RP (e.g., a distinctive fence post, building corner). If such an RP is utilized, describe it in on the back PLOT LAYOUT AND REFERENCING of the plot photo and under Plot Access Description on the plot card. Tag the RP: Attach three square aluminum tags to the RP tree; old tags may be reused, if suitable. Nail two tags six feet above ground line; facing the direction(s) from which you expect future crews to approach the RP. Nail one square tag below stump height on the side of the tree facing the plot center monument. Nails should be driven in only enough to anchor them firmly into the wood. If the RP is a building, rock, or other item that should not be tagged, include a description in the Plot Access Description on the plot card and in the RP NOTES (Item 4.3.6.7). In addition to monumenting the RP, the following must be completed: • RP data and written description (to the RP and to the plot) recorded on the plot card. See Appendix M, Plot Jacket, for specific guidelines. • RP pinpricked on the plot photo, and the pinprick labeled with RP data on the back of the photo, noting any irregularities. See the Plot Jacket appendix for specific guidelines. • RP data recorded in the data recorder, noting any irregularities in the RP NOTES. See Subsection 4.3.6, Reference Point Attributes, for specific guidelines and data items. pg.34 Special Note for Hawaii Only: No new nails will be placed into trees as part of the Hawaii inventory. When new RP tags need to be installed they should be affixed to the tree using a loosely wrapped piece of wire, with one high tag and one low tag installed. High RP tags in Hawaii should face away from near-by roads or trails.

SUBSECTION 3.3.2 WITNESS TREES/OBJECTS All ground visited plots will have two witness trees/objects referencing plot center (see Subsection 3.3.3, Exceptions to Monumenting Plot Center, for exceptions to this rule). Witness the PC monument and subplot pins as follows: A. Selecting witnesses: Select two trees/objects near the subplot center which form, as closely as possible, a right angle with the center marker. Trees/objects within six feet of the subplot center are preferable. If live trees are not available, use similarly sturdy objects that have a low likelihood of moving or rapidly decaying. On previously established subplots, reuse the previous witnesses unless better trees/objects are available. B. Monumenting witnesses: Monumentation procedures vary depending on the subplot being witnessed; plot center (PC, center of subplot 1) has different monumentation than subplots 2 through 4 (Table 3.1: Hardware for subplot witness monumentation). When attaching a tag to a live witness tree, drive the nail into the tree only enough to anchor the nail firmly into the wood. On previously established subplots, renew old witness tags as needed. If a witness is replaced, remove old tags to avoid confusion at subsequent visits. Table 3.1:Hardware for subplot witness monumentation Subplot Hardware Plot Center (PC, Silver aluminum square tags. If the witnesses are also numbered tally trees, attach the Subplot 1) tree number tags with the same nails (i.e., numbered tag on top of square tag). Subplots 2 - 4 Two-color round aluminum tags with yellow side out.

Table 3.2:Standards for monumentation of various witness types Witness Type Standards Live tally tree greater Attach one tag below stump height facing subplot center, and attach tags six feet above than or equal to 3.0 ground height facing the direction of anticipated approach to the subplot. Note: avoid inches DBH using tally saplings unless no other trees are available. If saplings must be used, wire the tag to an ancillary branch. Dead tally tree Attach one tag below stump height facing subplot center, and attach tags six feet above ground height facing the direction of anticipated approach to the subplot. Pound nails flush with the bole of the snag. Non-tally tree Attach one tag below stump height facing subplot center, and attach tags six feet above ground height facing the direction of anticipated approach to the subplot. If the witness is a live tree greater than or equal to 3.0 inches DBH, attach an aluminum nail at the diameter measurement point. If saplings must be used, wire the tag to an ancillary branch facing subplot center. Stump (i.e., less than Attach a yellow round tag below stump height facing plot center. Attach another tag 4.5 feet tall) centered on the top/cut face of the stump. When nailing tags to stumps, pound nails flush to the bole. Tags nailed to stumps stay attached longer if bark is removed prior to nailing the tag. Shrub Nail or wire a yellow round tag to the base of the shrub facing subplot center. If possible, nail or wire additional rounds higher in the shrub facing the direction of expected approach to the subplot. Other objects Monument as appropriate for the object.

Note: Stump height is 0.5 feet above ground level. Note: PC always gets two tags six feet above ground level facing the direction of anticipated approach MONUMENTING AND REFERENCING PLOT CENTER MONUMENTING

: unless not possible; one or two tags should be placed up high on subplots 2-4 facing the direction of approach. Special Note for Hawaii Only: No new nails will be placed into trees as part of the Hawaii inventory. When new witness tags need to be installed they should be affixed to the tree using a loosely wrapped piece of wire, with one high tag and one low tag installed. Section 3.3 pg.35 SUBSECTION 3.3.3 EXCEPTIONS TO MONUMENTING PLOT CENTER The plot center monument is not placed at the center of subplot 1 (plot center) if either of the following situations occur: • The center of subplot 1 is too hazardous to visit (e.g., subplot center 1 is in the middle of a pond, the middle of a freeway, or on the side of a cliff) OR • Placing the plot center monument at the center of subplot 1 is likely to irritate a landowner (e.g., subplot 1 center is in the middle of someone's front lawn) THEN: Reference the center of the lowest-numbered subplot on which the above exceptions do not apply. Circle the pinprick on the back of the photo; write "RP to subplot X” (insert appropriate number) and required RP data near the circle. Record an electronic PLOT NOTE stating which subplot was monumented.

SECTION 3.4 MONUMENTING AND REFERENCING SUBPLOTS 2 THROUGH 4 Accessible subplots that have a forest land condition class present on the 24.0-foot fixed-radius subplot, and accessible subplots with an accessible, measurable nonforest condition class (NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS =1) present on the subplot, also require referencing (see Table 3.1: Hardware for subplot witness monumentation).

SUBSECTION 3.4.1 LOCATE AND MONUMENT SUBPLOT CENTER Subplots 2, 3 and 4 are located at 360, 120, 240 degrees respectively (see Subsection 3.1.1, Plot Layout). Mark subplot center: Place a white fiberglass pin and a magnetized steel spike at the ground location of subplot center. Tie a small piece of flagging to the pin. Reference witnesses: Reference the metal pin to two nearby witnesses (see Table 3.2: Standards for monumentation of various witness types). Special Note for Hawaii Only: No new nails will be placed into trees as part of the Hawaii inventory. When new witness tags need to be installed they should be affixed to the tree using a loosely wrapped piece of wire, with one high tag and one low tag installed.

SUBSECTION 3.4.2 ESTABLISHING SUBPLOTS WHEN PLOT CENTER IS INACCESSIBLE When plot center is inaccessible (e.g., hazardous due to cliffs, falls in census water), but one or more of the other subplot centers is accessible, establish all accessible subplots by using the offset procedures Chapter 3: described below. In the following example, plot center (PC) is inaccessible, but subplots 2 and 3 are in accessible forest land. All of subplots 1 and 4 are classified as CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5 (nonsampled). Subplot 2 and subplot 3 must be established since they are in accessible forest land (see Figure 3.2: Inaccessible plot

center). PLOT LAYOUT AND REFERENCING pg.36 Example: The course from RP to PC is 235 degrees for 230 feet. The cliff is encountered at 198 feet; 32 feet short of PC. To establish subplot 2, proceed 360 degrees for 120 feet, then proceed on the original azimuth (235 degrees) for the remaining 32 feet to the center of subplot 2. To establish subplot 3: start where the original course from RP to PC ended; go 120 degrees for 120 feet; then go 235 degrees for 32 feet to the center of subplot 3.

Figure 3.2: Inaccessible plot center

SUBSECTION 3.4.3 LOCATE AND MONUMENT THE MICROPLOT The center of each 6.8-foot fixed-radius microplot is located 12 feet horizontal from each subplot center at 90 degrees (see Subsection 3.1.1, Plot Layout). Place a yellow fiberglass pin at microplot center. Tie a small piece of flagging to the pin.

SECTION 3.5 MONUMENTING AND REFERENCING ENTIRELY NONFOREST PLOTS

SUBSECTION 3.5.1 NONFOREST PLOTS WITH MEASURABLE NONFOREST Plots with measurable nonforest that are entirely nonforest and are ground visited must be referenced on all four subplots. Follow the steps in Section 3.3 (Monumenting and Referencing Plot Center) and Section 3.4 (Monumenting and Referencing Subplots 2 through 4).

SUBSECTION 3.5.2 NONFOREST PLOTS WITHOUT MEASURABLE NONFOREST Plots that are entirely nonforest and are ground visited must be referenced at plot center. Follow the steps in Section 3.3 (Monumenting and Referencing Plot Center) to reference the plot center. Subplots 2 through

MONUMENTING AND REFERENCING ENTIRELY NONFOREST PLOTS AND REFERENCING ENTIRELY MONUMENTING 4 do not need to be referenced if the entire plot is nonforest. : Section 3.5 pg.37 CHAPTER 4 PLOT LEVEL DATA Plot attributes record information about the plot location, the field crew visit, and landowner contact/ requests. This information aids future crews in plot relocation, sets up date and inventory cycle information in the data recorder, and makes it possible to analyze the relationship of plot data to other mapped data (e.g., rivers). All data items listed in this chapter are collected on plots with at least one accessible forest land condition (PLOT STATUS = 1) and all nonforest/nonsampled plots (PLOT STATUS = 2 or PLOT STATUS = 3). In general, plot level data apply to the entire plot and are recorded from the center of subplot 1. A plot is considered nonforest if no part of it is currently located in forest land (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1). A plot is nonsampled if the entire plot is not sampled for one of the reasons listed in PLOT NONSAMPLED REASON. If a forest plot has been converted to nonforest or becomes a nonsampled plot, the previous data are reconciled and an attempt is made to visit the plot during the next inventory. If a nonforest plot becomes forest or access is gained to a previously nonsampled plot, a new forest ground plot is installed. All nonforest and nonsampled plots are visited if there is any reasonable chance that they might include some forest land condition class. Trees on previously forest land plots will be reconciled during data processing. There is a distinction between plots that have been clearcut, and plots that have been converted to another land use. A clearcut plot is considered forest land until it is actively converted to another land use.

SECTION 4.1 LOST PLOT/REPLACEMENT PLOT Plots that cannot be relocated by using the guidelines in Section 2.2, Established Plot Issues, are considered lost; certain procedures must be followed to “close out” the old (lost) plot and replace it with a new plot. • Remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2) - see Subsection 4.1.2, Replacement Plot for specific procedures.

SUBSECTION 4.1.1 LOST ANNUAL PLOT If a previously established annual inventory (four-subplot design) plot (SAMPLE KIND = 2) cannot be found, the plot is considered lost and the state coordinator must be notified. 1. Close out the lost annual plot: • If trees were recorded: Use coding procedures for lost plots listed under Item 4.3.4.2. • If trees were recorded and there is no evidence of disturbance: Document factors you believe contributed to the plot being lost on the plot card and in the electronic PLOT NOTES (Item 4.3.5.6). • If trees were recorded and there is evidence of disturbance: efforts to locate plot must be documented and the state coordinator notified. Document factors you believe contributed to the plot being lost on the plot card and in the electronic PLOT NOTES. An explicit description of the percentage of mortality and cause of death of trees must be recorded; the plot will be reviewed by analysts at the end of the season.

2. Install a replacement plot (see Subsection 4.1.2, Replacement Plot). Chapter 4:

SUBSECTION 4.1.2 REPLACEMENT PLOT Once a lost annual plot is closed out (see Subsection 4.1.1, Lost Annual Plot), a replacement plot must be installed at the ground location marked by the original PI photo pinprick or the digitized coordinates of that pinprick if there are no photos. Create a new plot file for the replacement plot (SAMPLE KIND = 3); a new PLOT LEVEL (or surrogate) PLOT NUMBER will be assigned (see Item 4.2.1.4). Locating and laying out a replacement plot should be performed as if installing the plot for the first time. Notify the data manager before sending any replacement plots to the office.

SECTION 4.2 PLOT LEVEL DATA DOWNLOADED TO THE PDR DATA Do not change the downloaded code for the following data items. If instructed, verify the code is correct and if it isn't, contact the PDR programmer. pg.38 SUBSECTION 4.2.1 PLOT LEVEL DATA ITEMS

Item 4.2.1.1 STATE or COUNTRY (CORE 1.1) [PLOT.STATECD] The unique Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) code identifying the STATE or country where the plot center is located. When collected: All plots Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Code State or Country 15 Hawaii 60 American Samoa 64 Federated States of Micronesia 66 Guam 68 Republic of the Marshall Islands 69 Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands 70 Palau

Item 4.2.1.2 ISLAND (PACI) [PLOT.PAC_ISLAND_PNWRS] Downloaded name identifying the island the plot is located on. This should also be printed on the plot jacket. When collected: All plots Field width: 20 Characters Tolerance: No errors Values: Appendix A.2

Item 4.2.1.3 COUNTY (CORE 1.2) [PLOT.COUNTYCD] The unique FIPS code identifying the county where the plot center is located. When collected: All plots Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Appendix A

Item 4.2.1.4 PLOT NUMBER (CORE 1.3) [PLOT.PLOT] The identification number, assigned to each plot, unique within a county or provincial unit. Note: If a replacement plot file needs to be created (see Subsection 4.1.2, Replacement Plot), the new plot number assigned by MIDAS (or 99999 as a surrogate) will be entered when opening the new plot file. Do not change the downloaded code within plot attributes. When collected: All plots Field width: 5 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 00001 to 99999

Item 4.2.1.5 CYCLE (PNW) [PLOT.CYCLE] PLOT LEVEL DATA DOWNLOADED TO THE PDR DOWNLOADED TO DATA PLOT LEVEL

: This code identifies the cycle number of the current plot. Section 4.2 pg.39 When collected: All Plots Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 01-99

Item 4.2.1.6 SUBCYCLE (PNW) [PLOT.SUBCYCLE] This code identifies the subcycle of the plot. When collected: All Plots Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 01-10

Item 4.2.1.7 FIELD GUIDE VERSION (CORE 1.12) [PLOT.MANUAL] This code identifies the version number of the Forest Inventory and Analysis National Core Field Guide that was used to collect the annual inventory data on this plot. This will be used to match collected data to the proper version of the field guide. Plots are measured using the field guide version that correlates to the year it is actually measured, which may not be the year it was originally scheduled to be visited (i.e., carry over plots are measured with the current year’s field guide). When collected: All plots Field width: 3 digits (x.y) Tolerance: No errors Values: 8.0

Item 4.2.1.8 PDR STARTING DATA RECORDER VERSION NUMBER (PNW) [PLOT.PDR_START_VERSION] A 30-digit field identifying the version number of the data recorder program used at the current visit to collect data on the plot on the day the plot was started, in the format a.b.c.d.REGION.e. The a signifies the national field guide version, and b signifies the minor national field guide version. The c represents the main national MIDAS build version, and the d represents the main national MIDAS revision number. The REGION code will be PNW for our region. The e represents the regional version number of MIDAS. As an example 6.0.1.3.PNW.5 represents version 6.0 of the national manual, and it is the first major build of MIDAS, and the 3rd national revision. It also signifies the 5th update of the MIDAS application for PNW. The regional version number will be recycled back to “0” when the main national field guide version is updated, for example, when Core Field Guide 8.0 is implemented. When collected: Generated for all plots Field width: 30 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: a.b.c.d.REGION.e (starting at 7.0.2.3.PNW.1)

Item 4.2.1.9 PDR ENDING DATA RECORDER VERSION NUMBER (PNW) Chapter 4: [PLOT.PDR_END_VERSION] A 30-digit field identifying the version number of the data recorder program used at the current visit to collect data on the plot on the day the plot was completed. See Item 4.2.1.8, PDR STARTING DATA RECORDER VERSION NUMBER, for a description of the naming convention of values for this data item.

When collected: Generated for all plots PLOT LEVEL Field width: 30 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: a.b.c.d.REGION.e (starting at 7.0.2.3.PNW.1) DATA pg.40 Item 4.2.1.10 DECLINATION (CORE OPTIONAL 1.14) [PLOT.DECLINATION] The azimuth correction used to adjust magnetic North to true North. All azimuths are assumed to be magnetic azimuths unless otherwise designated. This field carries a decimal place because the USGS corrections are provided to the nearest half degree. DECLINATION is defined as: DECLINATION = (TRUE NORTH - MAGNETIC NORTH) For Pacific Island plots, azimuths are always in relation to true North. The declination adjustment used for each plot will be downloaded/printed, and is listed by Island in Appendix A. This adjustment is made in the field by setting the declination for the plot to “East declination” on the compass. Do not change the downloaded/printed code. When collected: Downloaded for all plots Field width: 5 digits including sign (+xxx.y) Tolerance: No errors Values: Downloaded values

Item 4.2.1.11 CHANGE MATRIX REQUIRED (PNW) [PLOT.CHANGE_MATRIX_REQUIRED_PNWRS] A downloaded code, indicating if remeasurement protocol (Section 5.6) should be followed. This code cannot be changed in the field. When collected: All plots Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description N Change matrix not required Y Change matrix required

Item 4.2.1.12 P2 VEGETATION SAMPLING STATUS (CORE OPTIONAL 8.3.1) [PLOT.P2VEG_SAMPLING_STATUS_CD] This downloaded plot-level variable determines whether P2 Vegetation data will be recorded on the plot and the land condition class(es) on which it will be recorded If P2 VEGETATION SAMPLING STATUS = 0, no further data collection is required. Default value for Hawaii is 1, 2 for all other Island groups. When collected: All plots Field width: 1 digit Tolerances: At least 99 percent of the time Values: Code Definition 0 Not sampling P2 Vegetation 1 P2 Vegetation data collected only on accessible forest land conditions (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 and NONFOREST SAMPLING STATUS = 0) 2 P2 Vegetation data collected on all measured land conditions (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2)

Item 4.2.1.13 LEVEL OF DETAIL (CORE OPTIONAL 8.3.2) [PLOT.P2VEG_SAMPLING_LEVEL_DETAIL_CD] This downloaded plot-level variable determines whether data are collected for vegetation structure only or for Species Composition as well. If LEVEL OF DETAIL = 3, then a tree species could be recorded twice, but it would have two different species growth habits (see Item 11.4.0.8, SPECIES GROWTH HABIT (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.1)). Alaska, PFSL, and the Pacific Islands use LEVEL OF DETAIL = 3 for all plots where PLOT LEVEL DATA DOWNLOADED TO THE PDR DOWNLOADED TO DATA PLOT LEVEL

: vegetation data is collected When collected: On all plots where P2 vegetation is being sampled (P2 VEGETATION SAMPLING STATUS = 1 or 2) Field width: 1 digit Tolerances: At least 99 percent of the time Section 4.2 pg.41 Values: Code Definition 1 Collect data for vegetation structure only; total aerial canopy cover and canopy cover by layer for tally tree species (all sizes), non-tally tree species (all sizes), shrubs/woody vines, forbs, and graminoids. 2 Collect vegetation structure data (Level of Detail = 1) plus understory species composition data including up to four most abundant species per SPECIES GROWTH HABIT per subplot of: seedlings and saplings of any tree species (tally or non-tally) < 5 inches DBH, non-tally tree species ≥ 5 inches DBH, shrubs/woody vines, forbs, and graminoids. 3 Collect vegetation structure data, understory species composition data (Level of Detail = 2), plus up to four most abundant tree species (tally or non-tally) ≥ 5 inches DBH per SPECIES GROWTH HABIT per subplot.

Item 4.2.1.14 INVASIVE PLANT SAMPLING STATUS (CORE OPTIONAL 9.3) [PLOT.INVASIVE_SAMPLING_STATUS_CD] This downloaded plot-level variable determines whether invasive plant data will be recorded on the plot and the land class(es) on which it will be recorded. For most of the Pacific Islands (with the exception of non- experimental Forest Land in Hawaii) this data item will be downloaded as INVASIVE PLANT SAMPLING STATUS = 2. When collected: All plots Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 0 Not collecting invasive plant data 1 Invasive plant data collected only on accessible forest land conditions (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 and NONFOREST SAMPLING STATUS = 0) 2 Invasive plant data collected on all measured land conditions (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2)

Item 4.2.1.15 INVASIVE PLANT SPECIMEN COLLECTION RULE (CORE OPTIONAL 9.12) [PLOT.INVASIVE_SPECIMEN_RULE_CD] Downloaded code to indicate if collection of specimens of unknown (or suspected) invasive species is required. The Pacific Islands inventory will be downloaded with INVASIVE PLANT SPECIMEN COLLECTION RULE = 0. When collected: Downloaded on all plots where INVASIVE PLANT DATA SAMPLING STATUS = 1 or 2 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Value Description 0 FIA unit does not require specimen collection for invasive plants 1 FIA unit requires specimen collection for invasive plants Chapter 4: Item 4.2.1.16 DWM SAMPLING STATUS (BASE) [PLOT.P2DWM_SAMPLING_STATUS_CD] This downloaded code describes whether DWM data will be recorded and which variables will be recorded. If code = 0, no further data collection is required within this manual section. In the Pacific Islands, BASE biomass DWM variables are measured on all accessible forest land and accessible, measurable nonforest conditions (DWM SAMPLING STATUS = 1). PLOT LEVEL DATA pg.42 When collected: All plots Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Value Description 0 Not sampling DWM 1 BASE biomass DWM variables collected on measured land conditions (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2). 2 BASE biomass and wildlife/ecological package DWM variables collected on measured land conditions (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2). Required for P3 DWM 3 Rapid assessment DWM variables collected on measured land conditions (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2).

Item 4.2.1.17 SURVEY GRADE GPS SUBPLOT ROVER FILES COLLECTED (PNW) [PLOT.GPS_SAMPLING_STATUS_CD_PNWRS] Downloaded code identifying whether or not a Survey Grade GPS rover file should be collected on each subplot. When collected: All plots Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Definition 0 No, Survey Grade GPS Coordinates will not be collected on subplots 1 Yes, Survey Grade GPS Coordinates will be collected on subplots

Item 4.2.1.18 YEAR OF PREVIOUS INVENTORY (PNW) [PLOT.PREV_INV_YEAR_PNWRS] This code is downloaded if the plot was visited previously. It indicates the year of the previous annual inventory. Do not change the downloaded date. When collected: Downloaded if plot was visited previously Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Year

Item 4.2.1.19 MONTH OF PREVIOUS INVENTORY (PNW) [PLOT.PREV_INV_MONTH_PNWRS] This code is downloaded if the plot was visited previously. It indicates the month of the previous annual inventory. Do not change the downloaded date. When collected: Downloaded if plot was visited previously Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Month (1 to 12) PLOT LEVEL DATA DOWNLOADED TO THE PDR DOWNLOADED TO DATA PLOT LEVEL : Section 4.2 pg.43 SECTION 4.3 PLOT LEVEL DATA COLLECTED IN THE FIELD

SUBSECTION 4.3.1 CREW VISIT INFORMATION

Item 4.3.1.1 SAMPLE METHOD CODE (PNW) [PLOT.DATA_SOURCE_PNWRS] Record the code that describes the source for the data collected on the plot location. When collected: All plots Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Sample Core codes (office use Code Method Description only) 1 Ground All data collected from a ground visit by a field 1 crew. 2 Viewed from a Location was flown over or viewed from a 1 distance distance (e.g., viewed from a road or adjacent ridgeline). 3 Photo Information for the location was determined 2 Interpretation using photo interpretation. 4 Other–specify Specify source of data in PLOT NOTES and on 2 the plot card.

Item 4.3.1.2 QA STATUS (CORE 1.17) [PLOT.QA_STATUS] Electronic data files are automatically named by the data recorder using the PLOT NUMBER and File Name Code. Electronic data files for plots with QA STATUS 2 through 6 are saved as separate files so that the original standard production plot data is preserved and can be used for quality control and statistical analysis. Record the code to indicate the type of plot data collected, using the following codes. When collected: All plots Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Definition 1 Standard production plot 2 Cold check 3 Reference plot (off grid) 4 Training/practice plot (off grid) 5 Botched plot file (disregard during data processing) 6 Blind check 7 Hot check (production plot)

Item 4.3.1.3 CREW NUMBER (CORE 1.18) Chapter 4: [PLOT.CREWNBR1, CREWNBR2, CREWNBR3, CREWNBR4, CREWNBR5] Record up to five crew numbers as assigned to field crew; always record the crew leader first. The first 2 digits are for the responsible unit’s station number (NRS – 24XXXX, SRS – 33XXXX, RMRS – 22XXXX, and PNW – 26XXXX).

When collected: All plots PLOT LEVEL Field Width: 6 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Definition PNW 260001 - 269999 DATA pg.44 SUBSECTION 4.3.2 CURRENT DATE OF INVENTORY

Item 4.3.2.1 YEAR (CORE 1.13.1) [PLOT.MEASYEAR] Record the year in which the plot was completed. When collected: All plots Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: > 2019

Item 4.3.2.2 MONTH (CORE 1.13.2) [PLOT.MEASMON] Record the month in which the plot was completed. When collected: All plots Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Month Code Month Code Month Code January 1 May 5 September 9 February 2 June 6 October 10 March 3 July 7 November 11 April 4 August 8 December 12

Item 4.3.2.3 DAY (CORE 1.13.3) [PLOT.MEASDAY] Record the day of the month on which the plot was completed. When collected: All plots Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 31

SUBSECTION 4.3.3 TIME SPENT ON PLOT Basic information about time spent collecting plot data is needed. The time it takes to measure plots will help determine possible cost and time savings of changes or deletions to data collected, or cost and time expenditures of proposed new items. The following data items are recorded when a plot is field visited (SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1).

Item 4.3.3.1 TRAVEL TIME TO PLOT (PNW) [PLOT.TIME_TO_PLOT_PNWRS] Record the number of hours it took for the crew to reach and find the plot. Include time spent driving, flying, getting keys from landowners, changing flat tires, hiking, searching for the plot location, etc. If multiple days were required to reach the plot, include travel time from all days. If additional plots are measured from a single campsite, use travel time from the campsite for the additional plots. If time differs among crew members, use the crew leader’s travel time. If the plot was visited on subsequent days, only use travel time to reach the plot on the initial visit. Estimate travel time to the nearest half hour. When collected: When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1 Field width: 3 digits (xx.y) Tolerance: 1 hour Values: 00.0 to 99.5 PLOT LEVEL DATA COLLECTED IN THE FIELD DATA PLOT LEVEL : Section 4.3 pg.45 Item 4.3.3.2 MEASUREMENT TIME ON PLOT (PNW) [PLOT.TIME_ON_PLOT_PNWRS] Record the number of person-hours it took to measure all items on the plot (number of people on plot X number of hours on plot). If multiple days were required, add times for a total. Include all time on plot including breaks (if any), equipment repair, etc., as well as actual measurement time. Estimate measurement time on plot to the nearest half hour. When collected: When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1 Field width: 3 digits (xx.y) Tolerance: 1 hour Values: 00.0 to 99.5

Item 4.3.3.3 TRAVEL TIME FROM PLOT (PNW) [PLOT.TIME_FROM_PLOT_PNWRS] Record the number of hours you think it will take to travel back from the plot. Do not include time for anticipated stops or delays. Typically this will be from the plot to the lodging where you are staying. If multiple days are required to return, use total travel time anticipated. If additional plots have been measured from a single campsite, use only travel time to the campsite for the additional plots. Estimate travel time to the nearest half hour. When collected: When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1 Field width: 3 digits (xx.y) Tolerance: 1 hour Values: 00.0 to 99.5

SUBSECTION 4.3.4 PLOT LEVEL FUNDAMENTALS

Item 4.3.4.1 PLOT STATUS (CORE 1.4) [PLOT.PLOT_STATUS_CD] Record the code describing the sampling status of the plot. In cases where a plot is inaccessible, but obviously contains no forest land, record PLOT STATUS = 2. In cases where a plot is access-denied or hazardous land use, and has the possibility of forest, record PLOT STATUS = 3. All skipped plots that will be carried over to the following year will be coded as PLOT STATUS = 3, regardless of whether or not a forested condition exists or potentially exists. Skipped plots that are certain to not have a forested condition, have a measurable nonforest condition (NONFOREST SAMPLING STATUS = 1), and have been on the list of field plots for three years should be coded as PLOT STATUS = 2. When collected: All plots Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 1 Sampled – at least one accessible forest land condition present on plot 2 Sampled – no accessible forest land condition present on plot Chapter 4: 3 Nonsampled – possibility of forest land

Item 4.3.4.2 PLOT NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 1.7) [PLOT.PLOT_NONSAMPLE_REASN_CD] For entire plots that cannot be sampled, record one of the following reasons. PLOT LEVEL When collected: When PLOT STATUS = 3 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 02 Denied access – Access to the entire plot is denied by the legal owner, or by the owner of the only reasonable route to the plot. Because a denied-access DATA plot can become accessible in the future, it remains in the sample and is re- examined at the next occasion to determine if access is available. pg.46 03 Hazardous – Entire plot cannot be accessed because of a hazard or danger, for example cliffs, quarries, strip mines, illegal substance plantations, high water, etc. Although most hazards will not change over time, a hazardous plot remains in the sample and is re-examined at the next occasion to determine if the hazard is still present. 06 Lost plot – Entire plot cannot be found.Whenever this code is assigned, a replacement plot is required. The plot that is lost is assigned SAMPLE KIND = 2 and NONSAMPLED REASON = 6. The replacement plot is assigned SAMPLE KIND = 3. 08 Skipped visit – Entire plot skipped. Used for plots that are not completed prior to the time a panel is finished and submitted for processing. 10 Other – Entire plot not sampled due to a reason other than one of the specific reasons already listed. An electronic PLOT NOTE is required to describe the situation.

Item 4.3.4.3 NONFOREST SAMPLING STATUS (CORE 1.5) [PLOT.NF_SAMPLING_STATUS_CD] An auto-populated code that indicates whether this plot is part of a nonforest inventory. MIDAS will set NONFOREST SAMPLING STATUS = 1 when at least one nonforest land condition class present on plot qualifies as measurable nonforest (NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1). When collected: All plots Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 0 No nonforest land condition classes meeting criteria for measurement present on the plot 1 At least one nonforest land condition class meeting criteria for measurement present on the plot (regardless of accessibility)

Item 4.3.4.4 NONFOREST PLOT STATUS (CORE 1.6) [PLOT.NF_PLOT_STATUS_CD] Auto-populated code that describes the plot status of the nonforest plot, i.e., PLOT STATUS = 2. When collected: When PLOT STATUS = 2 and NONFOREST SAMPLING STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 1 Sampled - at least one accessible, measured nonforest land condition present on the plot 3 Nonsampled nonforest. None of the measurable nonforest land condition classes present on plot are accessible.

Item 4.3.4.5 NONFOREST PLOT NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 1.8) [PLOT.NF_PLOT_NONSAMPLE_REASON_CD] For entire nonforest plots that cannot be sampled, record one of the following reasons. When collected: When NONFOREST PLOT STATUS = 3 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 02 Denied access - Access to the entire plot is denied by the legal owner, or by the owner of the only reasonable route to the plot. Because a denied- PLOT LEVEL DATA COLLECTED IN THE FIELD DATA PLOT LEVEL

: access plot can become accessible in the future, it remains in the sample and is re-examined at the next occasion to determine if access is available. Section 4.3 pg.47 03 Hazardous - Entire plot cannot be accessed because of a hazard or danger, for example cliffs, quarries, strip mines, illegal substance plantations, high water, etc. Although most hazards will not change over time, a hazardous plot remains in the sample and is re-examined at the next occasion to determine if the hazard is still present. 08 Skipped visit - Entire plot skipped. Used for plots that are skipped for an entire inventory cycle. 10 Other - Entire plot not sampled due to a reason other than one of the specific reasons already listed. An electronic PLOT NOTE is required to describe the situation.

Item 4.3.4.6 SUBPLOTS EXAMINED (CORE 1.9) [PLOT.SUBP_EXAMINE_CD] Record the number of subplots examined. By default, PLOT STATUS = 1 plots have all 4 subplots examined. When collected: All plots Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Definition 1 Only subplot 1 center condition examined and all other subplots assumed (inferred) to be the same (remote sensing use only) 4 All four subplots fully described (no assumptions/inferences) (for field visited plots and plots viewed from a distance) Chapter 4: PLOT LEVEL DATA pg.48 Item 4.3.4.7 SAMPLE KIND (CORE 1.10) [PLOT.KINDCD] This is a downloaded code that describes the kind of plot being installed. When collected: All plots Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Definition 1 Initial 4-subplot plot establishment - the initial establishment and sampling of a national design plot (FIA Field Guide versions 1.1 and higher). SAMPLE KIND 1 is assigned under the following circumstances: ▪ Initial activation of a panel or subpanel ▪ Reactivation of a panel or subpanel that was previously dropped ▪ Resampling of established plots that were not sampled at the previous visit.

2 Remeasurement – remeasurement of a national design plot that was sampled at the previous inventory. 3 Replacement plot – a replacement plot for a previously established annual inventory plot. All attempts to locate the plot have failed. Crew collects all data as if this were a new plot.Assign SAMPLE KIND = 3 if a plot is re- installed at a location other than the original location (i.e., plots that have been lost, moved, or otherwise replaced). Note that replacement plots require a separate plot file for the replaced plot. Replaced (lost) plots are assigned PLOT STATUS = 3, PLOT NONSAMPLED REASON CODE = 6, and SAMPLE KIND = 2. Lost plots retain the original plot number. For the replacement (new) plot, open a new file in the PDR with a plot number generated by MIDAS (or 99999 until the replacement plot number can be generated); assign PLOT STATUS = 1 or 2, SAMPLE KIND = 3, and tie it to the replaced plot by entering the PREVIOUS PLOT NUMBER. Sample Kind Assignment Matrix Time X Time X+1 PLOT STATUS 1 or 2 1, 2 or 3 SAMPLE KIND 12 PLOT STATUS 3 1, 2 or 3 SAMPLE KIND 11 PLOT STATUS 3 1, 2 or 3 SAMPLE KIND 21 * Time X and Time X+1 refer to any two sequential, scheduled (on-panel) inventories. Initial Plot Establishment: For the purpose of assigning SAMPLE KIND, initial plot establishment is defined as the first scheduled on-panel sample, not the more literal interpretation of the first time a plot is installed on the ground. For example, a privately owned plot determined to be nonforest during the pre-field review at the first scheduled on-panel sample is coded SAMPLE KIND = 1. At the next on-panel sample, the plot is installed on the ground for the first time and is coded SAMPLE KIND = 2.

Item 4.3.4.8 PREVIOUS PLOT MAPPING OR CONDITION ERROR (PNW) [PLOT.PREV_COND_MAP_ERROR_PNWRS] Record a code to indicate whether or not a correctable previous mapping error exists on the plot (any of the four subplots), or if there are errors in any of the previous correctable condition class data items (PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER PLOT LEVEL DATA COLLECTED IN THE FIELD DATA PLOT LEVEL

: GROUP). PREVIOUS PLOT MAPPING OR CONDITION ERROR = Y if any previous errors exist.. When collected: When CHANGE MATRIX REQUIRED = Y Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Section 4.3 pg.49 Values: Code Description N No error in previous correctable plot mapping or condition class data items Y Error in previous correctable plot mapping or condition class data items

Item 4.3.4.9 PREVIOUS PLOT NUMBER (CORE 1.11) [PLOT.REPLACED_PLOT_NBR] Record the identification number for the plot that is being replaced. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 3 Field width: 5 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 00001 to 99999

SUBSECTION 4.3.5 ADDITIONAL ITEMS

Item 4.3.5.1 TOPOGRAPHIC POSITION (PNW) [PLOT.TOPO_POSITION_PNW] Record or update the 1-digit code for the TOPOGRAPHIC POSITION that best describes the plot area. Use the common shape of slope listed in the table below as a guide. Record the code that best fits the TOPOGRAPHIC POSITION (Figure 4.1). On remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2), this code should only be updated if there is a physical change or an obvious error by the previous crew. A related PLOT NOTE is required whenever this value is changed. If the plot straddles a canyon bottom or is on a narrow ridge top, but most of the area lies on one side hill, record the topographic position of the side hill. When collected: All plots with at least one measured land condition (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: One class for codes 3, 4, and 5. No errors for other codes. Values: Code Topographic Position Common shape of slope 1 Ridge top or mountain peak over 130 feet Flat 2 Narrow ridge top or peak less than 130 feet wide Convex 3 Side hill – upper 1/3 Convex 4 Side hill – middle 1/3 No rounding 5 Side hill – lower 1/3 Concave 6 Canyon bottom less than 660 feet wide Concave 7 Bench, terrace or dry flat Flat 8 Broad alluvial flat over 660 feet wide Flat 9 Swamp or wet flat Flat Chapter 4: PLOT LEVEL

Figure 4.1: Illustration of TOPOGRAPHIC POSITION codes DATA pg.50 Item 4.3.5.2 HORIZONTAL DISTANCE TO IMPROVED ROAD (CORE 1.15) [PLOT.RDDISTCD] Record the straight-line distance from plot center (subplot 1) to the nearest improved road. An improved road is a road of any width that is maintained as evidenced by pavement, gravel, grading, ditching, and/or other improvements. To qualify, a road must be currently maintained at the time of measurement, regardless of future intentions for maintenance. Straight-line distance should be measured regardless of potential barriers such as landforms, icefields, waterways, or developments. When collected: All plots with at least one measured land condition (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Definition 1 100 feet or less 2 101 to 300 feet 3 301 to 500 feet 4 501 to 1000 feet 5 1001 feet to 1/2 mile 6 1/2 to 1 mile 7 1 to 3 miles 8 3 to 5 miles 9 Greater than 5 miles

Item 4.3.5.3 WATER ON PLOT (CORE 1.16) [PLOT.WATERCD] Record the water source that has the greatest impact on the area within the accessible forest/nonforest land portion of any of the four subplots. The coding hierarchy is listed in order from large permanent water to temporary water. This variable can be used for recreation, wildlife, hydrology, and timber availabOhia Rust Sample Collectedility studies. When collected: All plots with at least one measured land condition (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Definition 0 None – no water sources within the accessible forest/nonforest land

1 Permanent streams or ponds too small to qualify as noncensus water 2 Permanent water in the form of deep swamps, bogs, tidally influenced mangrove swamps, marshes without standing trees present and less than 1.0 acre in size, or with standing trees 3 Ditch/canal – human-made channels used as a means of moving water, such as irrigation or drainage which are too small to qualify as noncensus water 4 Temporary streams 5 Flood zones – evidence of flooding when bodies of water exceed their natural banks 9 Other temporary water – specify in PLOT NOTES

Item 4.3.5.4 OHIA RUST SAMPLE COLLECTED (PACI) [PLOT.DISEASE_COLLECTED_PNWRS] Record the appropriate code to indicate when an ohia rust (Austropuccinia psidii) leaf sample has been

PLOT LEVEL DATA COLLECTED IN THE FIELD DATA PLOT LEVEL collected. Samples should be collected whenever rust disease symptoms are found on an ohia tree within : 400' of the plot center. Rust symptoms are typically indicated by yellow to reddish pustules on the lower leaf surface with a corresponding darker spot on the upper leaf surface, and may be most easily identified on Section 4.3 pg.51 young leaves. The visible urediniospores infect the lower surface of the leaf, so dark spots on the top of a leaf without any corresponding spot or pustule on the lower side are not an indication of ohia rust presence. For further identification guidelines see Disease Index for the Rust Puccinia psidii on 'Öhi'a (Metrosideros polymorpha) in Hawai'I, published by CTAHR at the University of Hawaii at Manoa and available online. When an ohia tree is found that is suspected of having a rust disease, collect sufficient leaf sample(s) to obtain at least 5 rust pustules. When in doubt, or if the pustules are old, collect a larger sample. Wrap the leaves in a dry paper towel and place in a sealed Ziploc bag labelled with the public plot number, the date of collection, and the specimen number. Samples taken from different trees should be bagged separately. To avoid contamination of samples, use wet wipes or an alcohol swab to clean your hands between sample collections. Samples will be sent to the Janice Uchida lab at the University of Hawaii at Manoa as soon as possible, within a week of sample collection at the latest. If samples are being stored for more than 3-4 days they should be placed in the refrigerator with extra paper towels to keep the samples dry. Tips for sample collection: • Positive identification is more likely if samples have fresh pustules with yellow spores. If older pustules are being collected, collect a larger number of samples. If only older leaf pustules are present, try to collect 10 branch/twig tips as well, as these often harbor dead spores. • Young tissue is more susceptible than mature leaves. • Parts of the tree with thick growth of leaves may be a good place to find the rust due to higher moisture levels. • Rose apple (Syzygium jambos) is highly susceptible to the rust. If infected rose apple trees are observed, check the ohia trees in the area for rust symptoms. When collected: In Hawaii only, when evidence of ohia rust is seen within 400' of plot center Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description N No evidence of ohia rust found within 400' of plot center Y Evidence of ohia rust found within 400' of plot center, sample collected

Item 4.3.5.5 OHIA RUST PRESENT (PACI) [DISEASE_PLOT_PNWRS.DISEASE_PRESENT_YN] Populated by the Crew Leader upon return of ohia rust samples from the lab. When collected: When OHIA RUST SAMPLE COLLECTED = Y Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description Y Sample tested positive for Austropuccinia psidii by the lab N Sample tested negative for Austropuccinia psidii by the lab

Item 4.3.5.6 PLOT NOTES (CORE 1.21) [PLOT.NOTES]

Use these fields to record notes pertaining to the entire plot. If the notes apply only to a specific subplot or Chapter 4: other specific aspect of the plot, then make that clear in the notes. When collected: All plots Field width: 2000 characters Tolerance: N/A Values: English language words, phrases and numbers PLOT LEVEL

SUBSECTION 4.3.6 REFERENCE POINT ATTRIBUTES Record the following items which describe the reference point (RP) and the course from the RP to the plot as described in the Subsection 3.3.1, The Reference Point. These data items should match what is recorded on the plot card and on the back of the photo. DATA Note: All ground visited plots (SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1) require an RP and two witness trees/objects (see Subsection 3.3.2, Witness Trees/Objects). pg.52 RP must be field visited and updated when PLOT STATUS = 2 or SAMPLE KIND = 1, otherwise the RP can be re-visited at the crew’s discretion. If an existing RP is not visited (acceptable when PLOT STATUS = 1 and SAMPLE KIND = 2), previous RP data must be entered, and an RP note should be entered to the effect "RP not visited at this cycle".

Item 4.3.6.1 RP TYPE (PNW) [PLOT.RP_TYPE_PNWRS] Record the type of object chosen as the reference point (RP). When collected: When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code RP Type 1 Tree or stump 2 Rock 3 Shrub 4 Other – specify in RP NOTES

Item 4.3.6.2 RP SPECIES (PNW) [PLOT.RP_SPCD_PNWRS] If the RP is a tree or stump record the species code. When collected: When RP TYPE = 1 Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: See APPENDIX B Tree Species List

Item 4.3.6.3 RP DIAMETER (PNW) [PLOT.RP_DIA_PNWRS] If the RP is a tree or a stump, measure and record the DBH to the nearest inch (see Section 8.5, Diameter). When collected: When RP TYPE = 1 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 10 percent Values: 001 to 999 to the nearest inch

Item 4.3.6.4 RP AZIMUTH (PNW) [PLOT.RP_AZIMUTH_PNWRS] Record, in degrees, the azimuth from the RP to the plot center. When azimuth is determined using a GPS, include this information in the electronic RP NOTES and on the back of the photo. When collected: When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1 and RP TYPE > 0 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 4 degrees Values: 001 to 360

Item 4.3.6.5 RP HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (PNW) [PLOT.RP_DIST_PNWRS] Record, to the nearest foot, the horizontal distance from the RP to the plot center; an RP should be within 5000 feet of plot center. When horizontal distance is collected using a GPS, include this information in the electronic RP NOTES and on the back of the photo. PLOT LEVEL DATA COLLECTED IN THE FIELD DATA PLOT LEVEL

: When collected: When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1 and RP TYPE > 0 Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: +/- 5 percent Values: 0000 to 5000 feet Section 4.3 pg.53 Item 4.3.6.6 RP AZIMUTH/DISTANCE TO SUBPLOT NUMBER (PNW) [PLOT.RP_SUBP_PNWRS] Record the 1-digit number of the subplot which is referenced from the RP. Always reference to subplot 1 unless it is inaccessible (e.g., hazardous, denied access, census/non-census water). If subplot 1 center is inaccessible, the PC stake should be installed at the lowest numbered subplot that is accessible. When collected: When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1 and RP TYPE > 0 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance; No errors Values: 1 to 4

Item 4.3.6.7 RP NOTES (PNW) [PLOT.RP_NOTES_PNWRS] Record notes to explain any special RP situation that may need clarification for future plot visits (e.g., shrub species, height/size of rock, RP not visited, RP AZIMUTH and RP HORIZONTAL DISTANCE collected with a GPS, etc.). Required if RP TYPE = 4 (other). When collected: When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1: as needed to describe a special situation with the plot RP; required when RP TYPE = 4 Field width: 2000 characters Tolerance: N/A Value: Single words or abbreviated sentences

SUBSECTION 4.3.7 ITEMS RECORDED ON THE PLOT CARD The following items are collected and recorded on the paper plot card; see Appendix M, Plot Jacket, for descriptions of these items and detailed instructions: • Plot Information (plot number, state, county, , crew) • RP Data (species, diameter, azimuth, horizontal distance, to subplot number) • Plot Access Description (travel route) • Plot Narrative Description (condition[s], disturbance[s], treatment[s], hazard[s], and issues not evident in the data) • Plot Diagram (landforms, hazards, special features) • Plot Access (location sketch map) Chapter 4: PLOT LEVEL DATA pg.54 SECTION 4.4 GPS COORDINATES Use a global positioning system (GPS) unit to determine the plot center coordinates and elevation of all plot locations, including nonforest and nonsampled plot locations when SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1, even if GPS has been used to locate the plot in the past. Additionally, when SURVEY GRADE GPS SUBPLOT ROVER FILES COLLECTED = 1, crews will also collect a 15 minute GPS rover file at each subplot center with more advanced survey grade GNSS (Global Navigation Satellite System) units that collect multiple-frequency (e.g., L1 and L2 code and carrier phase), multiple-constellation (e.g. GPS and GLONASS satellite) data. These rover files are post-processed in the office to obtain more accurate coordinates for each field subplot location. Multiple records per plot may exist in the GPS screen; records are differentiated by GPS LOCATION TYPE (Item 4.4.3.6). Typically a set of coordinates will only be collected for the PC and subplots when required; additional GPS records (i.e., waypoints) may be recorded and should include a brief description in GPS NOTES (Item 4.4.3.14).

SUBSECTION 4.4.1 SURVEY GRADE GPS SUBPLOT COORDINATES Survey Grade GPS rover files will be collected at each subplot when SURVEY GRADE GPS SUBPLOT ROVER FILES COLLECTED = 1. This data item will be updatable, and may be changed to 0 when no survey grade GPS subplot rover files can be collected on the plot. Note: This is not a substitute for realtime GPS plot center coordinates collected with either the recreational grade handheld units or the survey grade unit. Operation instructions for using the Survey Grade GPS units can be found in APPENDIX I. When to collect Survey Grade GPS rover files for each subplot: 1. When SURVEY GRADE GPS SUBPLOT ROVER FILES COLLECTED = 1 AND PLOT STATUS = 1 (sampled: at least one accessible forest land present on plot), coordinates should be taken at all subplots where the subplot center lands in accessible forest land or nonforest land (CONDITION CLASS STATUS 1 or 2). 2. When SURVEY GRADE GPS SUBPLOT ROVER FILES COLLECTED = 1 AND PLOT STATUS = 2 (sampled: no accessible forest land condition present on plot), coordinates should be taken on all subplots where the subplot center lands in an accessible, measurable nonforest condition class (NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2). 3. When SURVEY GRADE GPS SUBPLOT ROVER FILES COLLECTED = 1 and a subplot is nonsampled or if a subplot rover file is not collected for other reasons (e.g., safety, equipment failure), record GPS UNIT TYPE = 0 for the corresponding location (GPS LOCATION TYPE = 15, 16, 17, or 18) and record an explanation in GPS NOTES. If it is not possible to get suitable coordinates from subplot center, attempt to obtain them from a location within 30 feet of subplot center. Obtain the azimuth and horizontal distance from the "offset" location to subplot center, to the nearest tenth of a foot. Record the azimuth and horizontal distance to the subplot center as described in Item 4.4.4.1 and Item 4.4.4.2.

SUBSECTION 4.4.2 REALTIME PLOT CENTER GPS COORDINATES Collect at least 60 GPS readings at the plot center. These may be collected in a file for post-processing or averaged by the GPS unit. See Subsection I.2.2 for instructions for obtaining realtime position coordinates and elevation with the Trimble unit. Soon after arriving at plot center, use the GPS unit to attempt to collect coordinates. If suitable positions cannot be obtained, try again before leaving the plot center. If it is still not possible to get suitable coordinates from plot center, attempt to obtain them from a location within 200 feet of plot center. Obtain the azimuth and horizontal distance from the “offset” location to plot center. Record the azimuth and horizontal distance to the plot center as described in Item 4.4.4.1 and Item

GPS COORDINATES 4.4.4.2. : Coordinates may be collected further than 200 feet away from the plot center if a laser measuring device is used to determine the horizontal distance from the “offset” location to plot center. Record the azimuth and horizontal distance to plot center as described in Item 4.4.4.1 and Item 4.4.4.2. Section 4.4 pg.55 If suitable coordinates cannot be collected at plot center because condition 1 is inaccessible (e.g. access denied or hazardous), then collect at least 180 GPS readings at the lowest numbered satellite subplot center that is accessible. Use GPS Location Type 4, 5, or 6 to identify the subplot where the GPS readings are collected.

SUBSECTION 4.4.3 GPS UNIT SETTINGS, DATUM, AND COORDINATE SYSTEM Consult the GPS unit operating manual or other regional instructions to ensure that the GPS unit internal settings, including datum and coordinate system, are correctly configured. Use the WGS84 datum and the UTM coordinate system. See Appendix I, GPS Operating Guide, for instructions on setting up and using the GPS units.

Item 4.4.3.1 GPS UNIT TYPE (CORE 1.19.3) [GPS_PNWRS.GPS_TYPE] Record the kind of GPS unit used to collect coordinates. If suitable realtime coordinates cannot be obtained, record “0”. Record “3” for Survey Grade GPS units. Record “2” for most standard handheld GPS units used for collecting realtime plot center coordinates. Record “4” when using Survey Grade Trimble units for collecting realtime plot center coordinates. When collected: When SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 0 GPS coordinates not collected, realtime plot center coordinates not collected for nonsampled plots (requires GPS NOTES) 2 Models capable of field-averaging 3 Models capable of producing files that can be post-processed (including Trimble units when used for collecting subplot rover files) 4 Models not capable of field-averaging or post-processing (including Trimble units when used for collecting realtime plot center coordinates)

Item 4.4.3.2 GPS SERIAL NUMBER (CORE 1.19.4) [GPS_PNWRS.GPS_SERIAL_NBR] Record the last six digits of the serial number on the GPS unit used. For Survey Grade GPS units, select the serial number from the drop down list in the data recorder. When collected: When GPS UNIT TYPE > 0 Field width: 6 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 000001 to 999999

Item 4.4.3.3 GPS ENTRY METHOD (CORE 1.19.5) [GPS_PNWRS.GPS_ENTRY_METHOD_CD] Identify the method used to record GPS data. This will be set to “0” for all units, including Survey Grade Units. Chapter 4: When Collected: GPS UNIT TYPE > 0 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description

0 GPS data manually entered PLOT LEVEL 1 GPS data electronically transferred

Item 4.4.3.4 GPS DATUM (CORE 1.19.6) [GPS_PNWRS.GPS_DATUM] This is an auto-generated code indicating the map datum that the GPS coordinates are collected in (i.e., the map datum selected on the GPS unit to display the coordinates). DATA pg.56 When collected: When GPS UNIT TYPE = 2 or 4 Field width: 5 characters (cccnn) Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Definition WGS84 World Geodetic System of 1984

Item 4.4.3.5 COORDINATE SYSTEM (CORE 1.19.7) [GPS_PNWRS.GPS_COORD_SYS] This is an auto-generated code indicating the type of coordinate system used to obtain readings. When collected: When GPS UNIT TYPE = 2 or 4 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Definition 2 UTM coordinate system

Item 4.4.3.6 GPS LOCATION TYPE (PNW) [GPS_PNWRS.GPS_LOC_TYPE] Record the location type for coordinates collected on the ground. Record codes 1 - 7 for realtime coordinates. Record codes 15 - 18 for the survey grade rover file collected on each subplot (four total records required when SURVEY GRADE GPS SUBPLOT ROVER FILES COLLECTED = 1). • When realtime plot center coordinates cannot be collected record the following GPS information (additional GPS data is not required): GPS UNIT TYPE = 0 GPS LOCATION TYPE = 3 • When realtime coordinates are not collected at plot center, they must be collected at the lowest numbered subplot center that is accessible. In this situation, two GPS records are required; one for plot center and one for the satellite subplot where coordinates were actually collected. Enter the first record as the following: GPS UNIT TYPE = 0 GPS LOCATION TYPE = 3 Enter a second record with the GPS data collected at the other subplot center (GPS LOCATION TYPE = 4, 5 or 6). For the data items AZIMUTH TO PLOT CENTER and DISTANCE TO PLOT CENTER, record 000. When collected: All GPS records Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Type Description 1 LZ/TR Landing zone / Truck parking spot 2 RP Reference point 3 PC Plot center (PC) (required) 4 Subplot 2 Use only if PC not possible 5 Subplot 3 Use only if PC not possible 6 Subplot 4 Use only if PC not possible 7 Other Describe in GPS NOTES and on plot card 15 Subplot 1 Required when SURVEY GRADE GPS SUBPLOT ROVER FILES COLLECTED = 1 16 Subplot 2 Required when SURVEY GRADE GPS SUBPLOT GPS COORDINATES

: ROVER FILES COLLECTED = 1 17 Subplot 3 Required when SURVEY GRADE GPS SUBPLOT ROVER FILES COLLECTED = 1 18 Subplot 4 Required when SURVEY GRADE GPS SUBPLOT ROVER FILES COLLECTED = 1 Section 4.4 pg.57 Item 4.4.3.7 UTM ZONE (CORE 1.19.10) [GPS_PNWRS.UTM_ZONE] Record a 2-digit and 1 character field UTM ZONE as determined by GPS. See Appendix I, GPS Operating Guide to confirm setting and proper UTM Zone. When collected: When COORDINATE SYSTEM = 2 and GPS UNIT TYPE = 2 or 4 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: When GPS ENTRY METHOD = 0, No errors in data entry When GPS ENTRY METHOD = 1, not applicable Values: 5Q or 4Q

Item 4.4.3.8 EASTING (X) UTM (CORE 1.19.11) [GPS_PNWRS.UTM_EASTING_X] Record the Easting coordinate as determined by GPS. When collected: When COORDINATE SYSTEM = 2 and GPS UNIT TYPE = 2 or 4 Field width: 7 digits Tolerance: When GPS ENTRY METHOD = 0, no errors in data entry When GPS ENTRY METHOD = 1, not applicable Values: 0000000 – 9999999

Item 4.4.3.9 NORTHING (Y) UTM (CORE 1.19.12) [GPS_PNWRS.UTM_NORTHING_Y] Record the Northing coordinate as determined by GPS. When collected: When COORDINATE SYSTEM = 2 and GPS UNIT TYPE = 2 or 4 Field width: 7 digits Tolerance: When GPS ENTRY METHOD = 0, no errors in data entry When GPS ENTRY METHOD = 1, not applicable Values: 0000000 – 9999999

Item 4.4.3.10 GPS ELEVATION (CORE 1.19.16) [GPS_PNWRS.GPS_ELEV] Record the elevation above mean sea level, in feet, as determined by GPS. When collected: When GPS UNIT TYPE = 2 or 4 Field width: 6 digits (1st digit is + or -, last 5 digits are numeric) Tolerance: No errors Values: -00100 to +20000

Item 4.4.3.11 GPS ERROR (CORE 1.19.17) [GPS_PNWRS.GPS_ERROR] Record the error as shown on the GPS unit to the nearest foot up to 999 feet. See Subsection I.2.2,

Displaying Coordinates for Plot Center (optional) for instructions for obtaining realtime position precision Chapter 4: with the Trimble unit. When collected: When GPS UNIT TYPE = 2 or 4 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 000 – 999 PLOT LEVEL

Item 4.4.3.12 NUMBER OF READINGS (CORE 1.19.18) [GPS_PNWRS.GPS_NBR_READINGS] Record a 3-digit code indicating how many readings were averaged by the GPS unit to calculate the plot coordinates. Collect at least 60 readings if possible.

When the Trimble unit (GPS UNIT TYPE = 4) is used for realtime plot center coordinates, record 001. DATA pg.58 When collected: When GPS UNIT TYPE = 2 or 4 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 001 to 999

Item 4.4.3.13 GPS FILENAME (CORE 1.19.19) [GPS_PNWRS.FILENAME] For each subplot, record the rover filename that was entered in the GPS unit when the 15 minute rover file was collected. When collected: When GPS UNIT= 3 and GPS LOCATION TYPE = 15, 16, 17, 18 Field width: 16 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: st-cty-plot%-sp# (e.g. ca-029-05247-sp1 where st is the 2 character state code, cty is the 3 digit county code (including any leading zeros), plot% is the 5 digit plot number (including any leading zeros), sp# is "sp" followed by the 1 digit subplot number 1-4)

Item 4.4.3.14 GPS NOTES (PNW) [GPS_PNWRS.NOTES] Record any notes needed to clarify or explain a special situation in the particular GPS record being defined. When collected: As needed; required with GPS LOCATION TYPE = 7 or GPS UNIT TYPE = 0 Field width: 2000 characters Tolerance: N/A Values: Words and abbreviated sentences

SUBSECTION 4.4.4 CORRECTION FOR OFFSET LOCATION As described in Subsection 4.4.1 and Subsection 4.4.2, coordinates may be collected at a location other than the plot or subplot center (an “offset” location) (GPS LOCATION TYPE = 3, 15, 16, 17, or 18). If the GPS unit is capable of calculating plot center coordinates then AZIMUTH TO PLOT CENTER and DISTANCE TO PLOT CENTER both equal 000. Record the two data items below.

Item 4.4.4.1 AZIMUTH TO PLOT CENTER (CORE 1.19.14) [GPS_PNWRS.GPS_AZM] Record the azimuth from the location where coordinates were collected to actual plot or subplot center. If coordinates are collected at plot center or are corrected in the field to plot center, record 000. When realtime coordinates are not collected at plot center but are collected at another subplot center (GPS LOCATION TYPE = 4, 5 or 6), record 000. Offsets used to collect survey grade subplot rover files (GPS LOCATION TYPE = 15, 16, 17, or 18) are recorded in this data field. When collected: When GPS UNIT = 2, 3 or 4 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 3 degrees Values: 000 when coordinates are collected at plot/subplot center 001 to 360 when coordinates are not collected at plot/subplot center

Item 4.4.4.2 DISTANCE TO PLOT CENTER (CORE 1.19.15) [GPS_PNWRS.GPS_DIST] Record the horizontal distance from the location where coordinates were collected to the actual plot or subplot center. If coordinates are collected at plot center or are corrected in the field to plot center, record 000. When realtime coordinates are not collected at plot center but are collected at another subplot center

GPS COORDINATES (GPS LOCATION TYPE = 4, 5 or 6), record 000. As described in Subsection 4.4.2, if a laser range finder is : used to determine DISTANCE TO PLOT CENTER for realtime plot center coordinates, offset locations may Section 4.4 pg.59 be up to 999 feet from the plot center. If a range finder is not used, the offset location must be within 200 feet. Offsets are recorded in tenths of feet. Record to the nearest foot for realtime coordinates; to the nearest tenth of a foot for survey grade coordinates. Offsets used to collect survey grade subplot rover files (GPS LOCATION TYPE = 15, 16, 17 or 18) are recorded in this data field. When collected: When GPS UNIT = 2, 3 or 4 Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: +/- 6 feet for realtime coordinates, +/- 0.1 feet for survey grade GPS Values: 000.0 when coordinates are collected at plot/subplot center 000.1 to 200.0 when a Laser range finder is not used to determine distance 00.11 to 999.0 when a Laser range finder is used to determine distance

SUBSECTION 4.4.5 DOWNLOADED PLOT COORDINATES For most plots, previous estimates of plot coordinates (pinprick location) will be available. These estimates come from several sources and will be of undocumented accuracy, but can be used as an aid in plot location. If available, the approximate plot coordinates will be downloaded to the data recorder and will be printed on the previous plot data sheets (see note below). They can be saved as a waypoint on the GPS unit and used to help locate the plot. Do not change any of the downloaded/printed plot coordinates codes.

Item 4.4.5.1 PREVIOUS UTM ZONE (PACI, PFSL) [PLOT.HIST_PREV_UTM_ZONE] A 2-digit and 1 character field indicating in which UTM ZONE the plot is located. When collected: When COORDINATE SYSTEM = 2 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: See Appendix A.2 (Slope Correction Table)

Item 4.4.5.2 PREVIOUS EASTING (X) (PACI, PFSL) [PLOT.HIST_PREV_UTM_EASTING_X] This field indicates the Easting as determined from USGS maps, aerial photos, or a previous plot visit. When collected: When COORDINATE SYSTEM = 2 Field width: 7 digits Tolerance: +/- 140 feet Values: 0000000 – 9999999

Item 4.4.5.3 PREVIOUS NORTHING (Y) (PACI, PFSL) [PLOT.HIST_PREV_UTM_NORTHING_Y] This field indicates the Northing as determined from USGS maps, aerial photos, or a previous plot visit. When collected: When COORDINATE SYSTEM = 2 Field width: 7 digits Tolerance: +/- 140 feet Values: 0000000 – 9999999 Chapter 4:

Item 4.4.5.4 PREVIOUS COORDINATES METHOD (PNW) [PLOT.PREV_COORDINATE_METHOD_PNWRS] This field indicates the method by which previous plot coordinates were obtained.

When collected: Downloaded for most plots PLOT LEVEL Field width: 1 character Tolerance: No errors DATA pg.60 Values: Code Description D Digitized from USGS maps M Digitized (MDSD) from PI photography (usually small [broad] scale) P Coordinates taken from old PI tables - sometimes computer generated and plotted on maps or digitized from quad maps G Collected at the plot location using a GPS unit T Target (TGT) coordinates originally derived from Albers meters projection I Image (IMG) coordinates derived from ortho photo and rectified to match location of the pinprick S Digitized from SPOT imagery N Coordinates provided by national forests (R5 and R6) - of unknown origin C Hex center GPS COORDINATES : Section 4.4 pg.61 CHAPTER 5 CONDITION CLASS The Forest Inventory and Analysis (FIA) plot is a cluster of four subplots arranged in a fixed pattern. A plot may straddle more than one condition class; subplots are never moved or reconfigured in order to confine all four subplots to a single condition class. Every plot has at least one condition class: the condition class present at plot center (PC, the center of subplot 1). Condition class attributes record information about forest structure, composition, and disturbance. This information allows researchers to group and analyze similar forest types, understand management practices used by different landowners, examine the effects of disturbance, and classify land types. One of the core missions of the FIA program is to estimate and account for changes in forest land. Condition remeasurement protocol and associated data items are designed to allow PNW-FIA to develop change estimates for forest land and timberland by owner groups. PNW FIA reports on the current status of forest land by FOREST TYPE, STAND SIZE CLASS, REGENERATION STATUS and TREE DENSITY. Trends and changes are captured by reconciling CONDITION CLASS STATUS, OWNER GROUP, and RESERVED STATUS with previous measurements.

SECTION 5.1 DETERMINATION OF CONDITION CLASS Step 1. Delineate the plot area by CONDITION CLASS STATUS The first attribute considered when defining a condition class is CONDITION CLASS STATUS. The area sampled by a plot is assigned to condition classes based upon the following differences in CONDITION CLASS STATUS: 1. Accessible forest land 2. Nonforest land 3. Noncensus water 4. Census water 5. Nonsampled – possibility of forest land Forest land and measurable nonforest land define the population of interest for FIA purposes. These are the areas where most of the data collection is conducted. Step 2. Further subdivide accessible forest land by six delineation variables Any condition class sampled as accessible forest land must be further subdivided, in order of listed priority, into smaller condition classes if distinct, contrasting condition classes are present because of variation in any of the following attributes within the sampled area: 1. RESERVED STATUS 2. OWNER GROUP 3. FOREST TYPE 4. STAND SIZE CLASS 5. REGENERATION STATUS 6. TREE DENSITY At time of re-inventory, one additional attribute, PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE, is used to define Chapter 5: new condition classes if the sampled area on a plot has changed from accessible forest land to nonforest land. Conversions from forest to nonforest become new nonforest conditions whenever they occur regardless of size, except when a previously defined nonforest condition has expanded into an adjacent previously defined forest condition.This expanded condition will be captured through boundary changes on respective subplots and does not constitute a new separate condition. This allows tracking of land use changes without requiring mapping of all nonforest land condition classes on all plots. CONDITION CLASS No other attribute shall be the basis for recognizing contrasting accessible forest land condition classes. For each condition class recognized, several "ancillary attributes" that help describe the condition will be collected, but will not be used for delineation purposes. See Subsection 5.7.2, Ancillary (Non- Delineating) Data Items, for more information. Note: All condition classes delineated within the 24-foot fixed-radius are mapped on the plot card. See Chapter 7, Boundary References, for instruction on how to map condition class boundaries. pg.62 Step 3. Further subdivide nonforest land into measurable and non-measurable nonforest. A nonforest condition class within Experimental Forest boundaries in Hawaii is considered measureable (NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1). For all other Pacific Islands, a nonforest condition class that has vascular vegetation cover greater than or equal to 10 percent (NONFOREST COVER MEETS THRESHOLD = Y) and has PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE of 18-26, 42, or 45 is considered measurable (NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1). Certain data items are recorded in accessible NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1 condition classes which are not typically measured in nonforest condition classes; these are identified in the associated "when collected" field for individual data items. Step 4. Further subdivide measurable nonforest into accessible and nonsampled measurable nonforest. Step 5. Delineate accessible measurable Nonforest Land by 3 delineation variables. Any condition class sampled as measurable nonforest land must be further subdivided, in order of listed priority, into smaller condition classes if distinct, contrasting condition classes are present because of variation in any of the following attributes within the sampled area: 1. RESERVED STATUS 2. OWNER GROUP 3. PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE

SECTION 5.2 CONDITION CLASS STATUS DEFINITIONS

SUBSECTION 5.2.1 ACCESSIBLE FOREST LAND Accessible forest land is land that is within the population of interest, is accessible, is on a subplot that can be occupied at subplot center, can safely be visited, and meets the following criteria: Forest Land has at least 10 percent canopy cover of live tally tree species of any size or has had at least 10 percent canopy cover of live tally species in the past, based on the presence of stumps, snags (or other evidence) that appear to be less than 30 years old. Additionally, the condition is not subject to nonforest use(s) that prevent normal tree regeneration and succession, such as regular mowing, intensive grazing, or recreation activities. In the cases of land on which either forest is encroaching on adjacent nonforest land, or the land that was previously under a nonforest land use (e.g., agriculture or mining) is reverting to forest naturally, only the live cover criterion applies. In the case of deliberate afforestation - human-assisted conversion of other land use / land cover to forest land -- there must be at least 150 established trees per acre (all sizes combined) to qualify as forest land. Land that has been afforested at a density of less than 150 trees per acre is not considered forest land (see nonforest land below). If the condition experiences regeneration failure or is otherwise reduced to less than 150 survivors per acre after the time of planting / seeding but prior to achieving 10 percent canopy cover, then the condition should not be classified forest land. To qualify as forest land, the prospective condition must be at least 1.0 acre in size and 120.0 feet wide measured stem-to-stem from the outer-most edge. Forested strips must be 120.0 feet wide for a continuous length of at least 363.0 feet in order to meet the acre threshold. Forested strips that do not meet these requirements are classified as part of the adjacent nonforest land. When a forest land condition encroaches into a nonforest land condition, the border between forest and nonforest is often a gradual change in tree cover with no clear and abrupt boundary. In addition, it may be difficult to determine exactly where the forested area meets the minimum cover criteria and where it does not. For these situations, determine where the land clearly meets the 10 percent minimum canopy cover, and where it clearly is less than required cover; divide the zone between these points in half, and determine the side of the zone on which the subplot center is located. Classify the condition class of the subplot based on this line, using the class criteria above. CONDITION CLASS STATUS DEFINITIONS CONDITION CLASS STATUS : Section 5.2 pg.63 For example, at measurement time 1, a clear and distinct boundary existed between the forest and nonforest land condition classes. At time 2, however, there now exists a zone of regeneration or small diameter trees between the previous forest condition and where the nonforest clearly remains. If the zone of encroachment is clearly forest where it meets the nonforest, classify the entire zone as forest. If the zone is clearly nonforest up to the original stand, call it all nonforest. If the encroachment or transition zone is not clearly forest where it meets the nonforest, determine where it is clearly forest and where it is clearly nonforest; divide this zone in half, and classify the entire subplot based on which side of the line the subplot center falls. Treated strips - Occasionally, crews will come across plantations of trees, in which rows of trees alternate with strips of vegetation that have Figure 5.1: Example of classifying the condition class of been bulldozed, mowed, tilled, treated with the subplot in a transition zone with forest/nonforest herbicide, or crushed. Because these strip encroachment. treatments are conducted to optimize growth or to release the stand, the areas are considered forest land, and the treatment is considered a timber stand improvement operation. Do not confuse these practices with similar treatments on nonforest lands such as yards or rights-of-way. Contact with the landowner may help determine the intent of a treatment. Indistinct boundary due to the condition minimum-width definition - Do not subdivide subplots where a condition class may change due only to the forest vs. nonforest minimum width (120.0 feet) definition. Although the point where the definition changes from forest to nonforest creates an invisible "line" between conditions, this definitional boundary is not distinct and obvious. See Figure 5.2 and Figure 5.3. Where the point of the definition change occurs on the subplot, determine only if the subplot center is on the forest or nonforest side of that approximate boundary, and classify the entire subplot based on the condition of the subplot center. If the boundary crosses through the center of the subplot, classify the subplot as the condition it most resembles. If the boundary occurs between subplots, classify each subplot based on its relation to the definitional boundary. Chapter 5:

Figure 5.2: Forest condition narrows within a Figure 5.3: Nonforest land condition narrows nonforest land condition. Examine the location of within a forest condition. Examine the location of

the subplot center in reference to the approximate the subplot center in reference to the CONDITION CLASS line where the forest narrows to 120.0 feet wide. In approximate line where the nonforest narrows to this example the entire subplot is classified as 120.0 feet wide. In this example the entire forest. subplot is classified as forest.

Conditions that meet the 10-percent tree canopy cover threshold may be considered nonforest based on land use. Indications of nonforest use may include current extreme grazing, the absence of forest vegetation, and evidence of human habitation and use around maintained structures such as landscaping, gardens, fences, lawns, and play areas. The absence of forest vegetation means that some or all layers of pg.64 the species present – trees, shrubs, and forbs – differ from what one would expect on forest land undisturbed by nonforest use. For example, a fenced farm lot may have forest trees present, but if extreme sustained grazing has severely diminished or eliminated forest shrub and forb communities and tree regeneration is stifled, the farm lot is likely nonforest.

SUBSECTION 5.2.2 NONFOREST LAND Nonforest land is land that has less than 10 percent canopy cover of tally tree species of any size (live + missing) and, in the case of afforested land, fewer than 150 established trees per acre; OR land that has sufficient canopy cover or stems, but is classified as nonforest land use (the condition is subject to nonforest use(s) that prevent normal tree regeneration and succession, such as regular mowing, intensive grazing, or recreation activities). Nonforest includes areas that have sufficient cover or live stems to meet the Forest Land definition, but do not meet the dimensional requirements. All land conditions not meeting the requirements of forest land will be assigned a PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE CODE. Note: A nonforest condition class within Experimental Forest boundaries in Hawaii is considered measureable (NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1). For all other Pacific Islands, a nonforest condition class that has vascular vegetation cover greater than or equal to 10 percent (NONFOREST COVER MEETS THRESHOLD = Y) and has PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE of 18- 26, 42, or 45 is considered measurable (NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1). Certain data items are recorded in accessible NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1 condition classes which are not typically measured in nonforest condition classes; these are identified in the associated "when collected" field for individual data items. When collected: All measured land conditions (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2)

Delineate all nonforest condition classes on ground visited subplots when an accessible forest land condition or a accessible, measurable nonforest condition class is present within the 24.0-foot fixed-radius plot (see Subsection 5.7.3, Determining Condition Classes on Nonforest Land). Example: If accessible forest land, nonforest urban land, and nonforest cropland are all present within a 24.0-foot fixed-radius plot, map the forest land condition and map each nonforest land use as a separate condition class. If there is no accessible forest land or accessible measurable nonforest land condition class present within a subplot’s 24.0-foot radius, then the only nonforest condition class delineated will be the one present at the subplot center ignoring any other nonforest condition classes that may be present. Use normal procedures to map and measure other condition classes (i.e., Census water, noncensus water, and nonsampled conditions, CONDITION STATUS = 3, 4, or 5). When no accessible forest land condition or accessible, measurable nonforest condition classes exist within any of the 24.0-foot fixed-radius subplots, do not delineate nonforest condition classes. When no accessible forest land condition or accessible, measurable nonforest condition classes exist within any of the 24.0-foot fixed-radius subplots, do not delineate any other condition classes, including Census water, noncensus water, and nonsampled conditions. Record only one condition and designate the PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE that is located at plot center for all subplots. Plots that do not have accessible forest land or accessible, measurable nonforest condition classes that are entirely nonforest fall into one of the following three categories: 1. The plot is visited on the ground (SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 1) A plot file is created in the field data recorder. GPS coordinates are collected. Only one condition is recorded and the PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE at plot center is designated for each subplot center. 2. The plot is viewed from a distance (SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 2 or 4) CONDITION CLASS STATUS DEFINITIONS CONDITION CLASS STATUS : A plot file is created in the field data recorder. No GPS coordinates are collected. Only one condition is recorded and the PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE at plot center is designated for each subplot center. Section 5.2 pg.65 3. The plot is not field visited or viewed from a distance. (SAMPLE METHOD CODE = 3 or 4) A plot data file is created in the office. No GPS coordinates are collected. Only one condition is recorded and the PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE at plot center is designated for each subplot center.

SUBSECTION 5.2.3 NONCENSUS WATER Noncensus water includes lakes, reservoirs, ponds, and similar bodies of water 1.0 acre to 4.5 acres in size; and rivers, streams, canals, etc., 30.0 feet to 200.0 feet wide. Water levels fluctuate seasonally and annually; river/stream banks, shorelines, average high water marks, and the point where water prevents the establishment of trees (or woody vegetation/perennial terrestrial plants, where the water feature falls next to nonforest) can be used as guidelines to define the boundary of a water feature. When a noncensus water boundary falls close to a subplot or is mapped, crews must describe how the boundary was defined in the PLOT NARRATIVE DESCRIPTION (Subsection M.2.5) and on the PLOT DIAGRAM (Subsection M.2.6). If a subplot center (including subplot 1) lands in noncensus water do not install the point, even if it can be occupied safely. • No field measurements are made on that subplot. • Establish and measure other subplots following normal procedures (see Subsection 3.4.2, Establishing Subplots When Plot Center is Inaccessible, for instructions on how to install a plot without access to plot center). If the subplot has an accessible condition at subplot center and has noncensus water present anywhere else within its 24.0-foot fixed-radius boundary: • Map the noncensus water area as a separate condition class. • Use normal procedures to map and measure other condition classes. Exception: When a subplot falls within a mangrove forest community the subplot should be measured if the center pin falls on the forest side of the edge of the mangrove roots and the location can be safely occupied by the field crew. Boundaries between forest and noncensus water should be mapped at the outer edge of the mangrove roots.

SUBSECTION 5.2.4 CENSUS WATER Census water includes ocean, lakes, reservoirs, ponds, and similar bodies of water 4.5 acres in size and larger; and rivers, streams, canals, etc. more than 200 feet wide (1990 U.S. Census definition). Water levels fluctuate seasonally and annually; river/stream banks, shorelines, average high water marks, and the point where water prevents the establishment of trees (or woody vegetation/perennial terrestrial plants, where the water feature falls next to nonforest) can be used as guidelines to define the boundary of a water feature. When a census water boundary falls close to a subplot or is mapped, crews must describe how the boundary was defined in the PLOT NARRATIVE DESCRIPTION (Subsection M.2.5) and on the PLOT DIAGRAM (Subsection M.2.6). If a subplot center (including subplot 1) lands in Census water, do not install the point, even if it can be occupied safely. Chapter 5: • No field measurements are made on that subplot • Establish and measure other subplots following normal procedures (see Subsection 3.4.2, Establishing Subplots When Plot Center is Inaccessible, for instructions on how to install a plot without access to plot center). CONDITION CLASS If the subplot has an accessible condition at subplot center and has Census water present anywhere else within its 24.0-foot fixed-radius boundary: • Map the Census water area as a separate condition class. • Use normal procedures to map and measure other condition classes. pg.66 Exception: When a subplot falls within a mangrove forest community the subplot should be measured if the center pin falls on the forest side of the edge of the mangrove roots and the location can be safely occupied by the field crew. Boundaries between forest and census water should be mapped at the outer edge of the mangrove roots.

SUBSECTION 5.2.5 NONSAMPLED, POSSIBILITY OF FOREST See CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON (Item 5.9.0.1) for descriptions of land that qualifies as nonsampled. In cases where a condition is access-denied or hazardous land use, but obviously contains no forest land, record CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, 3 or 4. In cases where a condition is access-denied or hazardous land use and has the possibility of forest, record CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5. If a subplot center (including subplot 1) is located in any nonsampled area, as described in CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON, the entire subplot is considered to be nonsampled. Record the attributes as described in Section 5.9, Nonsampled Condition Class Attributes. Establish and measure other subplots following normal procedures. A plot, subplot, or portion of a subplot is hazardous according to the crew's judgment. If an entire plot is nonsampled, record only one nonsampled condition: the condition at plot center. If the center of a subplot is accessible, but there is a nonsampled area within the 24.0-foot fixed-radius boundary: • Map the nonsampled area as a separate condition class. • Use normal procedures to map and measure other condition classes. CONDITION CLASS STATUS DEFINITIONS CONDITION CLASS STATUS : Section 5.2 pg.67 SECTION 5.3 DELINEATING CONDITION CLASSES DIFFERING IN CONDITION CLASS STATUS The first step in delineating condition classes is to recognize differences in CONDITION CLASS STATUS. The most common difference is adjacent accessible forest land and nonforest land. Adjacent accessible forest land and nonforest land condition classes are recognized only if each of the two prospective condition classes is at least 1.0 acre in size, and each is at least 120.0 feet in width. These size and width minimums apply to both accessible forest land and nonforest land. Within an accessible forest land condition class, unimproved roads, rock outcrops, and natural nonforest openings less than 1.0 acre in size and less than 120.0 feet in width are considered forest land and are not delineated as a separate nonforest land condition class. Within a nonforest land condition class, forested areas or linear strips of trees less than 1.0 acre in size and less than 120.0 feet in width are considered part of the nonforest land condition class. Six exceptions to these size and width requirements apply: 1. Developed nonforest land condition: human-caused nonforest land condition classes such as homes or cabins that are less than 1.0 acre in size and 120.0 feet in width and are surrounded by forest land. There are three kinds of developed nonforest land conditions that do not have to meet area or width requirements (see Figure 5.4, Figure 5.5, and Figure 5.6).

Forest Strip <120.0 Feet Wide Forest Strip <120 Feet Wide

Improved Road, Development, or Improved Road, Development, or Right-of-Way R.O.W. <120.0 feet wide >=120 feet wide

Accessible Forest Land Condition Accessible Forest Land Condition

Figure 5.4: Example with a Figure 5.5: Example with a developed nonforest strip <120 developed nonforest strip ≥120 feet wide. Forest strip, while <120 feet wide. Forest strip is not part of feet wide, is still part of the the accessible forest land accessible forest land condition. condition.

A. Improved roads: paved roads, gravel roads, or improved dirt roads regularly maintained for long-term continuing use by normal passenger vehicles. Generally constructed using machinery. The area where the original topography has been disturbed by cutbanks and fill is considered part of the road, if that area is maintained. Unimproved traces and roads created for skidding logs are not considered improved roads. B. Maintained rights-of-way: corridors created for railroads, power lines, gas lines, and canals that are periodically treated to limit the establishment and growth of trees and shrubs. Areas under power Chapter 5: lines are considered maintained rights-of-way even if no current vegetation treatment is evident. CONDITION CLASS pg.68 C. Developments: structures and the maintained area next to a structure, all less Forest than 1.0 acre in size and surrounded by forest land. Examples of developments are >1acre and > 120.0 feet wide houses or trailers on very small lots, Improved Road communication installations in a small cleared area within forest land, and barns Area <120.0 feet wide between switchbacks and sheds. 2. Distinct, alternating strips of forest and <120.0 feet wide nonforest land: this situation occurs when a Area <120.0 feet wide between switchbacks plot or subplot samples a condition class that is less than 1.0 acre in size and less than 120.0 feet in width. The condition class is one of a series of parallel strips of forest and nonforest Forest land in which none of the strips meet the >1acre and > 120.0 feet wide minimum width requirement. This exception applies only to nonforest land conditions that are not listed under exception number 1, e.g., Figure 5.6: Example of a switchback road where the improved roads, maintained rights-of-way, and area between the switchbacks is still forest land. developments(Figure 5.7). A. Many small intermingled strips: For many small intermingled strips, determine the total area that the intermingled strips occupy, and classify according to the CONDITION CLASS STATUS (forest land or nonforest land) that occupies the greater area. If the area of intermingled strips is so large or indistinct as to make a total area determination impractical, then classify the sample as forest land. B. For two alternating strips of forest and nonforest between two qualifying areas of nonforest land and forest land, see Figure 5.7.This figure delineates the boundary between the forest and nonforest land condition classes for four different examples. The plot center defines the plot condition for all strips covered by the arrow. Any subplot that falls in the alternating strips uses this rule. Any subplot that falls in assigned nonforest / forest is assigned that type. Again, this Figure 5.7: Example of alternating strips of forested and nonforested exception applies only conditions. PC is the plot center (center of subplot 1). to nonforest land conditions that are not listed under exception number 1, e.g., improved roads, maintained rights-of- way, and developments. DELINEATING CONDITION CLASSES DIFFERING IN CLASS STATUS DELINEATING : Section 5.3 pg.69 3. The 120.0-foot minimum width for delineation does not apply when a corner angle is 90 degrees or greater (see Figure 5.8). 4. Linear water features: natural water features that are linear in shape such as streams and rivers. A linear water feature must meet the definition for Census or noncensus water to be a separate condition class. Therefore, a linear water feature must be at least 30.0 feet wide and cover at least 1.0 acre. The width of a linear water feature is measured according to the guidelines given in Subsection 5.2.3, Noncensus Water and Subsection 5.2.4, Census Water. To determine whether a linear water feature qualifies as a separate condition class, rely on all Figure 5.8: Illustration of the 90 degree corner rule. The dotted available information on hand such lines do not create nonforest land conditions. as aerial photos, topographic maps, past survey land calls, and ocular estimates at the current survey visit. Linear water features that do not meet the definition for Census or noncensus water should be classified as forest land only if bounded by forest land on both shores. Crews are not expected to measure the length of a linear water feature to determine if it meets the 1.0 acre requirement; use professional judgment and common sense on any linear water feature. A 30-foot wide stream needs to be 1452 feet long to be an acre in size. 5. Nonsampled conditions are delineated as a separate condition class regardless of size. 6. Areas that were sampled and classified at last inventory as accessible forest land and are now nonforest become new nonforest conditions whenever they occur, regardless of size, except when a previously defined nonforest condition has expanded into an adjacent previously defined forest condition. This expanded condition will be captured through boundary changes on respective subplots and does not constitute a new separate condition. Chapter 5: CONDITION CLASS pg.70 SECTION 5.4 DELINEATING CONDITION CLASSES WITHIN ACCESSIBLE FOR- EST LAND Accessible forest land is subdivided into condition classes that are based on differences in RESERVED STATUS, OWNER GROUP, FOREST TYPE, STAND SIZE CLASS, REGENERATION STATUS, and TREE DENSITY. Section 5.1, Determination of Condition Class, applies when delineating contrasting forest condition classes. Specific criteria apply for each of the six attributes and are documented by attribute in Item 5.7.1.1 (RESERVED STATUS) through Item 5.7.1.15 (TREE DENSITY). “Stands” are defined by the plurality of crown cover for all live trees, saplings, and seedlings that are not overtopped. Additionally, each separate forest condition class recognized within accessible forest land must be at least 1.0 acre in size and at least 120.0 feet in width. If prospective contrasting forest land condition classes do not each meet these minimum size and width requirements, the most similar prospective conditions should be combined until these minimums are attained. No other attribute shall be the basis for recognizing contrasting condition classes within accessible forest land. For each condition class recognized, many “ancillary attributes” that help describe the condition will be collected, but will not be used for delineation purposes (see Ancillary (Non-Delineating) Data Items, Subsection 5.7.2, pg.91). General instructions for delineating condition classes within accessible forest lands: 1. Distinct boundary within a subplot or microplot – Separate condition classes ARE recognized if, within a subplot or microplot, two (or more) distinctly different condition classes are present and delineated by a distinct, abrupt boundary. The boundary is referenced (see Boundary References, Chapter 7). 2. Indistinct boundary within a subplot – Separate condition classes are NOT recognized if the prospective condition classes abut along an indistinct transition zone, rather than on an abrupt, obvious boundary. Only one condition is recognized, and the subplot is classified entirely as the condition it most resembles. Example: The four subplots all sample only accessible forest land. Subplots 1, 3, and 4 sample what is clearly a stand of large-diameter trees. Subplot 2 falls in the middle of a stand-size transition zone. In the zone, the large-diameter stand phases into a sapling stand. Subplot 2 must not be divided into two condition classes on the basis of stand size. Instead, it is treated entirely as part of the large-diameter condition class or is assigned entirely to a new condition class that is classified as a seedling-sapling stand. The latter occurs only if the crew thinks the entire subplot is more like a stand of seedlings-saplings than a stand of large-diameter trees; then the boundary between the large- and small-diameter stands is assumed to occur between and not on the subplots. 3. A boundary or transition zone between fixed- radius subplots that sample distinctly different condition classes – Separate condition classes are recognized and recorded when a valid attribute obviously differs between two fixed-radius subplots, but a distinct boundary or indistinct transition zone exists outside the sampled (fixed-radius) area of the subplots. In such cases, a boundary, if present, is not referenced. Example: The northernmost subplot (2) samples entirely accessible forest land. The other three subplots (1, 3, and 4) fall clearly in a nonforest meadow. Between subplot 1 and 2 is a transition zone; the number of trees present goes from none to what clearly represents forest land. Two condition classes are sampled: accessible forest land sampled on subplot 2, and nonforest land sampled on the other subplots. 4. Riparian forest area – A riparian forest area is defined as a forest area between 30.0 and 120.0 feet wide, and 1.0 acre or more in size (cumulative) and adjacent to but not necessarily present on both sides of a naturally occurring or artificially created body of water or watercourse with continuous or intermittent flow. Riparian forest areas may be associated with but not limited to streams, rivers, lakes, sloughs, seeps, springs, marshes bogs, beaver ponds, sink holes, cypress domes and ponds, DELINEATING CONDITION CLASSES WITHIN ACCESSIBLE FOREST LAND CONDITION CLASSES WITHIN DELINEATING

: human-made ditches and canals. A riparian forest area must be associated “within forest” (i.e., must be surrounded by forest on at least one side) and contain at least one distinct and obvious change in a condition class delineation attribute from its adjacent accessible forest land condition class. Figure 5.9 through Figure 5.14 provide examples of when to delineate riparian forest area as a separate Section 5.4 pg.71 condition class. This special size allowance for an accessible riparian forest land condition class only applies if the riparian area would otherwise meet the definition for accessible forest land (i.e., the riparian area meets canopy cover requirements and is not subject to nonforest land uses as described in Subsection 5.7.3). Note: When the width of forest adjacent to a body of water or water course is between 120.0 feet and 150.0 feet and the width of the riparian forest is at least 30.0 feet wide, the rules for identifying the non-riparian forest (at least 30.0 feet but less than 120.0 feet) need to be modified. The non-riparian forest can be between 30.0 feet and 120.0 feet and mapped as a separate condition as long as it meets the criteria for delineating a separate condition class, otherwise it will be an inclusion in the riparian forest condition class. A riparian forest area (i.e., a band of alder trees along a creek within a Douglas-fir condition class) is typically different from the surrounding forest because of forest type. However, a change in any of the six condition class delineating variables may make it a candidate for a riparian area condition class. An area 30 feet wide needs to be 1452 feet long to be an acre in size. An area 60 feet wide needs to be 726 feet long, and an area 90 feet wide needs to be 484 feet long to be an acre in size.

Figure 5.9: (CORE) Forest type B is separate Figure 5.10: (CORE) Forest type B is a separate condition class (riparian) if the band of it is between condition class (riparian) if the band of it is between 30.0 feet and 120.0 feet wide, and is ≥ 1.0 acre in size. 30.0 feet and 120.0 feet wide, and is ≥ 1.0 acre in size.

Figure 5.11: (CORE) If the stream is < 30.0 feet wide, Figure 5.12: (CORE) If the stream is > 30.0 feet wide, forest type B is a separate condition class (riparian) if forest type B is a separate condition class (riparian) if the sum of the two widths of the bands including the either of the two widths of the bands falls between 30.0 stream falls between 30.0 feet and 120.0 feet wide, feet and 120.0 feet wide and is ≥ 1.0 acre in size. and is ≥ 1.0 acre in size. Chapter 5: CONDITION CLASS

Figure 5.13: (CORE) Forest type B is a separate Figure 5.14: (CORE) In a nonforested area, a band of condition class (riparian) if the band of it is between forest type B that is < 120.0 feet wide is NOT 30.0 feet and 120.0 feet wide, and is > 1.0 acre in size. considered a riparian area. It is not a separate condition class at all. pg.72 SECTION 5.5 CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES

SUBSECTION 5.5.1 ACCESSIBLE FOREST LAND A CONDITION CLASS NUMBER and a classification for CONDITION CLASS STATUS are required for every condition class sampled on a plot. For each condition class classified as accessible forest land, a classification is required for each of the following attributes: Item 5.7.1.1, RESERVED STATUS (CORE 2.5.1) Item 5.7.1.5, OWNER GROUP (CORE 2.5.2) ATTRIBUTES WHERE A CHANGE CAUSES Item 5.7.1.9, FOREST TYPE (CORE 2.5.3) Item 5.7.1.11, STAND SIZE CLASS (CORE 2.5.4) A SEPARATE ACCESSIBLE FOREST LAND Item 5.7.1.13, REGENERATION STATUS (CORE 2.5.5) CONDITION CLASS Item 5.7.1.15, TREE DENSITY (CORE 2.5.6)

Item 5.7.2.1, OWNER CLASS (CORE OPTIONAL 2.5.8) Item 5.7.2.4, ARTIFICIAL REGENERATION SPECIES (CORE 2.5.14) Item 5.7.2.6, STAND AGE (CORE 2.5.15) Item 5.7.2.10, DOMINANT TREE SPECIES 1 (PACI) Item 5.7.2.16, DISTURBANCE 1 (CORE 2.5.16) ANCILLARY - CHANGES DO NOT Item 5.7.2.18, DISTURBANCE YEAR 1 (CORE 2.5.17) DELINEATE A NEW ACCESSIBLE FOREST Item 5.7.2.28, TREATMENT 1 (CORE 2.5.22) LAND CONDITION CLASS Item 5.7.2.30, TREATMENT YEAR 1 (CORE 2.5.23) Item 5.7.2.40, CHAINING CODE (CORE 2.5.37) Item 5.7.2.41, COVER CLASS (CORE 2.5.29) Item 5.8.1.4, CURRENT AFFORESTATION CODE (CORE 2.5.34) Item 5.9.0.1, CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 2.4.3) All other data items including: FOREST TYPE, STAND SIZE CLASS, REGENERATION STATUS, STAND AGE, TREE DENSITY, DISTURBANCE, TREATMENT, and PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS, should be determined over the entire condition, including but not exclusive to what is encountered within the subplot/ microplot fixed-radius. Specific instructions for the classification of each attribute follow. Remeasurement plots: The downloaded condition class delineation data items should always be reviewed and updated as necessary. If changes have occurred, reassess the condition class boundaries mapped by the previous crew. On remeasurement plots use the boundary viewer in MIDAS to review the previous condition class layouts and assess whether any change has occurred.

SECTION 5.6 CONDITION REMEASUREMENT Identifying change between the previous and current inventories is a complex process that requires three steps. This process clearly separates previous crew error from physical change (on the ground) and procedural change. Step 1. Correcting previous crew error Verify that PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, and PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS had been correct at the last measurement. Review the previous mapping to determine if errors exist in the previous condition mapping. Identify and correct any boundary errors or condition status errors as early as possible. Refer to Subsection 5.6.1 for instructions regarding when to correct boundary errors. Do not change very small boundary changes or errors (less than 10 percent area differences). If any of the previous boundary mapping azimuths (left, right, or corner) or PREVIOUS CORNER DISTANCE are changed, the PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (Item 5.7.0.2) of the trees on that subplot will have to be verified and manually reassigned. Step 2. Map and record current conditions

CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES CONDITION CLASS Use the previous condition mapping (or corrected if changed in step 1) as a base for mapping the : current condition. Boundaries and condition classes can be added or deleted, and condition class attributes can be altered. Record current CONDITION CLASS STATUS, OWNER GROUP, and RESERVED STATUS. Step 3. Reconcile current with previous conditions Section 5.5 pg.73 If the previous and current conditions are different for CONDITION CLASS STATUS, OWNER GROUP, or RESERVED STATUS, reconcile them as either physical change or procedural change. No other delineating data items need to be reconciled. Previous crew errors should be changed in step 1. The data recorder will only prompt a change reconcile code if any of the above three data items are different.

SUBSECTION 5.6.1 CORRECTING PREVIOUS CREW ERROR Previous crew errors can be corrected at any time, however, it is easier to correct them as early as possible. Before mapping the current condition on any subplot, review: • All previous mapping • PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS • PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP • PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS Do not change any of these values if they were correct under the previous protocol; see Tables 5.1 and 5.2 for a list of procedural changes and manual clarifications. In addition, data item text from the previous inventory has been included for all condition class data items that must be updated if an error was found in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP; review the previous data item text before updating any data item values. For example, if the previous crew determined a condition to be forested based on the previous definition of forest as land with 5% or greater canopy cover, and the current condition has greater than 5% but less than 10% canopy cover, do not change the PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS to nonforest if it seems like the condition had 5% canopy cover at the time of previous inventory. In past years, procedures affecting CONDITION CLASS STATUS, OWNER GROUP and RESERVED STATUS have been clarified. For example, if a subplot center lands in noncensus or Census water, the entire subplot is considered noncensus or Census water. Sometimes field crews established the subplot when they could occupy the center because it was not covered by water at the time and potentially mapped other condition classes present on the subplot. This was clarified in a later manual as incorrect procedure; for the purpose of remeasurement, this is considered “crew error” and needs to be corrected. Chapter 5: CONDITION CLASS pg.74 Table 5.1: Procedural changes Relating to condition delineating data items: Procedural Change Description Affected species/parameters Manual year Chaining treatments only consider Live CONDITION CLASS STATUS 2013 Canopy Cover in the forest land definition 30 year rule implemented, to establish time CONDITION CLASS STATUS 2013 line for condition status changing disturbance RESERVED STATUS changed from being RESERVED STATUS 2010 collected only when accessible forest land (CONDITION STATUS = 1) or measured nonforest land on Forest Service administered lands (CONDITION STATUS = 2 and ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE = 1004 or 1005). Now it is collected on all conditions classes (CONDITION STATUS = 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5). Change in RESERVED STATUS definition Excluding all private lands (e.g. Nature 2013 Conservancy) and providing a list of State and Federal agency lands considered reserved (Appendix G). Wilderness Study Areas are not considered reserved. If land was previously managed by a OWNER GROUP = 10, 20 OR 30 2010 different agency, the owner group of the agency was recorded. Now the owner group of the owner is recorded. Two STAND SIZE CLASS rule dropped STAND SIZE CLASS had to be two size classes 2004 away from initial size class to delineate a new condition class Added new NONFOREST LAND USE Code 42: Vegetated Wetlands 2010 codes Added new NONFOREST LAND USE Codes 16: Maintained Wildlife Opening, 17: 2011 codes Windbreak/Shelterbelt, 34: Mining, 43: Beach Changed forest land definition from CONDITION STATUS = 1 and 2 2012 minimum 5% cover to minimum 10% cover Relating to non-delineating data items: STAND AGE codes 997, 998, and 999 no All forest land condition classes 2010 longer have “embedded” meaning; they can be recorded as true age values.

Table 5.2: Manual clarifications that must be corrected Manual clarifications Manual year If subplot center is in noncensus or Census water, the entire subplot is classified as 2003 noncensus or Census water and no mapping is done. Areas under power lines are considered maintained rights-of-way 2002 Nonforest structures or buildings and hazardous cliffs are mapped using a “wedge” (Informal 2006 clarification) Strips of forest area between switchbacks is not considered nonforest land 2008 Census Water (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 4) is considered state owned and should be 2016 recorded as OWNER GROUP = 30

Adding or deleting previous conditions The data recorder allows entire conditions to be added or deleted in order to correct a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS

CONDITION REMEASUREMENT OWNER GROUP only. If a condition is added, all previous condition data items (such as PREVIOUS : FOREST TYPE and PREVIOUS STAND SIZE CLASS) need to be updated to reflect the condition as it was at the previous measurement. Section 5.6 pg.75 For example, if the previous crew missed that subplot 2 belonged to a different OWNER GROUP, add another condition in the previous condition class screen. Update the PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, PREVIOUS OWNER CLASS, to reflect correct owner information at the time of the previous inventory. All of the other condition data item values may be copied from the original condition if they are correct. If any of them are incorrect, update to reflect what it should have been at the time of the previous inventory. Include detailed notes explaining changes to any previous condition data items in PREVIOUS CONDITION NOTES. Changing PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS from nonforest to forest If PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS changes from nonforest to forest, the suite of delineating and non-delineating data items associated with forest conditions will need to be added for the previous data items (e.g. PREVIOUS FOREST TYPE) to reflect the correct values at the time of the previous measurement. Reconcile all trees on this condition that should have been measured previously as either “missed live” or “missed dead” (Item 8.4.1.11, RECONCILE (CORE 5.7.1)). Reconcile trees that grew enough to be a tally tree now but previously too small as either “ingrowth/reversions” or “through-growth.” Changing PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS from forest to nonforest If PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS changes from forest to nonforest, the suite of delineating and non-delineating data items associated with nonforest conditions will need to be added for the previous data items (e.g. PREVIOUS NONFOREST LAND USE) to reflect the correct values at the time of the previous measurement. If the previous crew call is changed from forest to non-measurable nonforest, reconcile all trees on that condition as “cruiser error” (Item 8.4.1.11, RECONCILE (CORE 5.7.1)). Changing previous boundary mapping If the boundary mapped at the previous inventory (azimuths or PREVIOUS CORNER DISTANCE) is edited by the current crew, the data recorder will automatically delete the PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NUMBER for the trees tallied on that subplot. The current crew will have to manually assign those tallied trees to a PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NUMBER. If the subplot center PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NUMBER or PREVIOUS CONTRASTING CONDITION is changed, the data recorder will automatically update the PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NUMBER for trees tallied at the previous inventory on that subplot. If only condition level attributes are changed, the PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NUMBER does not have to be updated at all. Minor changes of previous azimuths and PREVIOUS CORNER DISTANCE should be avoided. If the azimuth and distance are edited, the data recorder will automatically display a warning if the difference between previous crew mapping and edited mapping is less than 10 percent. A boundary (or boundaries) should only be corrected if the correction results in a 10 percent or greater difference in the area of a condition class on the radius being mapped. There is one exception: • The previous boundary should be corrected if the correction results in a condition class presence/ absence due to an error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP. Do not add or delete boundaries based on previous errors in any other condition class delineating variable. Chapter 5: Example 1: A road goes through the middle of a subplot. The previous crew boundaries for the road were mapped to the edge of the pavement. You know the cutbanks should have been included as road area. Correcting the boundary on one side of the road results in a 6 percent increase in the area of the road condition. Correcting the boundary on the other side of the road results in a 5 percent increase in the area of the road condition. Considered together, the

corrections increase the road area by 11 percent, so the corrections should be made. CONDITION CLASS Example 2: The previous crew did not map any boundaries on the subplot. You decide that a sliver of forest is present on the subplot and should have been mapped. The area of the forest sliver is only 2 percent. However, since it is a presence/absence scenario, the previous boundary must be added. If a tree is tallied and is assigned to the forest condition class, the data recorder will generate an error if the forest condition is not mapped on the subplot. pg.76 Explanatory Notes If the current crew corrects any previous data items, an explanation describing why values were changed is required in the PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NOTES (Item 5.10.1.1). Include what was determined to be wrong and describe, in detail, the reason the current crew knows a previous error was made. If a previous condition class is added, an explanation describing the reason for the addition is required in Item 5.10.1.2, CONDITION CLASS NOTES (PNW). Describe, in detail, the reason the current crew knows a previous error was made. If a previous condition class is deleted, an explanation describing the reason for the deletion is required in Item 4.3.5.6, PLOT NOTES (CORE 1.21). Describe, in detail, the reason the current crew knows a previous error was made. If any previous condition class variables other than PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP are incorrect, do not change the previous data, but make a note in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NOTES indicating the errors and the correct values if they are known. CONDITION REMEASUREMENT : Section 5.6 pg.77 SUBSECTION 5.6.2 RECONCILE CURRENT WITH PREVIOUS CONDITIONS The purpose of the reconciliation is to distinguish physical (on the ground) change from any procedural change. For each subplot, the data recorder will calculate a change matrix that includes percent subplot area for each previous – current condition combination. If the previous and current condition values for CONDITION CLASS STATUS, OWNER GROUP, and RESERVED STATUS are not the same, the field crew must reconcile them as either physical or procedural change by recording the appropriate code for OWNER GROUP RECONCILE CODE, CONDITION CLASS STATUS RECONCILE CODE, RESERVED STATUS RECONCILE CODE. If they are the same, nothing has to be reconciled by the field crew. When RECONCILE CODES other than 0 are recorded, a detailed note describing the physical or procedural change is required in Item 5.10.1.3, CHANGE MATRIX NOTES (PNW). Any changes (procedural or physical) for data items other than CONDITION STATUS, OWNER GROUP, and RESERVED STATUS are not reconciled. Reconciliation example: At time 1, the entire subplot is forested. At time 2 the field crew notices a recently built road.

Table 5.3: Condition change matrix

PLOT SUBPLOT CONDITION SUBPLOT CONDITION CLASS OWNER GROUP RESERVED STATUS TYPE NUMBER CLASS NUMBER CONDITION STATUS PROPORTION

t1 t2 t1 t2 reconcile t1 t2 reconcile t1 t2 reconcile 1 1 1 1 0.92 1 1 0 40 40 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 0.08 1 2 1 40 40 0 0 0 0

Table 5.4: Condition change matrix key Chapter 5: t1: time 1 t2: time 2 Reconcile codes: 0 no change (auto-filled by data recorder)

1 physical change CONDITION CLASS 3 procedural change After mapping the current condition, the field crew reconciles the condition change. As displayed in the condition change matrix, the field crew only has to fill in the CONDITION CLASS STATUS RECONCILE CODE for the change from forest to road. All previous / current condition combinations with percent area of the plot are calculated by the data recorder. OWNER GROUP and RESERVED STATUS as well as the CONDITION CLASS STATUS for CONDITION CLASS NUMBER 1 (at time 1) to 1 (at time 2) are automatically reconciled by the data recorder with “0” (no change). pg.78 Example 1: Previous mapping • At time 1, the entire plot was mapped as one forested condition on private land. Current situation • The entire plot is still forested. On subplot 2 the current crew maps a separate condition because part of that subplot has OWNER GROUP = 10 (Forest Service). At the reconciliation step, the data recorder prompts the crew to reconcile the change as either procedural or physical change. The crew determines that the Forest Service owned this land at the time of the previous visit. What should you do? • The crew needs to go back to step 1 and edit the previous (incorrect) condition class data items and boundary mapping. After editing the previous information, the data recorder will not prompt to reconcile any changes. Since a boundary was added, the PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NUMBER for trees tallied at time 1 will have to be manually entered. Example 2: Previous mapping • On subplot 2, the previous crew mapped a meadow (less than 1 acre) that is surrounded by forest as a nonforest condition. Current situation • Nothing has changed on the plot. What should you do? • The previous mapping was incorrect because the meadow does not meet the size requirements to be considered a separate condition. It should have been included as part of the “forested condition”. The current crew should correct the previous crew error by deleting the nonforest condition (if not present and valid elsewhere on plot), deleting the boundary, and assigning the entire subplot to the forested condition. CONDITION REMEASUREMENT : Section 5.6 pg.79 SECTION 5.7 GENERAL CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES General attributes such as CONDITION CLASS NUMBER and a classification for CONDITION CLASS STATUS are required for every condition class sampled on a plot.

Item 5.7.0.1 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (CORE 2.4.1) [COND.CONDID][CHANGE_MATRIX_PNWRS.CONDID] On a plot, assign and record a number for each condition class. The condition class at plot center (the center of subplot 1) is designated condition class 1. Number condition classes sequentially as encountered going from subplot 1 through 4, numerically. For remeasurement plots retain the previous CONDITION CLASS NUMBER assignments whenever possible, even if they were assigned in the wrong order. When collected: All condition classes Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 9

Item 5.7.0.2 PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.CONDID][CHANGE_MATRIX_PNWRS.PREV_CONDID] A downloaded value that may be updated if an error was made by the previous crew. If updated, change the number for that condition class. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 9

Item 5.7.0.3 SUBPLOT CONDITION PROPORTION (PNW) [CHANGE_MATRIX_PNWRS.PERCENT_AREA] Proportion of /subplot condition for all previous and current condition class combinations, see Reconcile Current With Previous Conditions, Subsection 5.6.2, pg.77 and Table 5.3, “Condition change matrix,” on page 77. This data item is calculated by the data recorder and displayed to the user. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 and condition change occurred Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: No errors Values:001 - 100

Item 5.7.0.4 CONDITION CLASS STATUS (CORE 2.4.2) [COND.COND_STATUS_CD][CHANGE_MATRIX_PNWRS.COND_STATUS_CD] Record the code that describes the status of the condition. The instructions in Delineating Condition Classes Differing in Condition Class Status (Section 5.3) and Condition Class Attributes (Section 5.5) apply when delineating condition classes that differ by CONDITION CLASS STATUS. In situations where a condition is denied access or hazardous, but obviously contains no forest land, record CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, 3 or 4. In cases where a condition is access-denied or hazardous land use and has the Chapter 5: possibility of forest, record CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5. When collected: All condition classes Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors

Values: Code Description CONDITION CLASS 1 Accessible forest land 2 Nonforest land 3 Noncensus water 4 Census water 5 Nonsampled - possibility of forest land pg.80 Item 5.7.0.5 PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS (PNW) [COND.PREV_COND_STATUS_CD_PNWRS] [CHANGE_MATRIX_PNWRS.PREV_COND_STATUS_CD_PNWRS] [PREV_COND_PNWRS.COND_STATUS_CD] A downloaded value that may be updated if an error was made by the previous crew. If updated, record the code that describes the status of the condition at the previous measurement. Note: PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS has already been updated to current codes. When collected: Downloaded when SAMPLE KIND = 2 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 1 Accessible forest land 2 Nonforest land 3 Noncensus water 4 Census water 5 Nonsampled

Item 5.7.0.6 CONDITION CLASS STATUS RECONCILE CODE (PNW) [CHANGE_MATRIX_PNWRS.COND_STATUS_RECONCILE] Record a code indicating which type of change to CONDITION CLASS STATUS occurred, physical or procedural. If a change occurred, CHANGE MATRIX NOTES must be recorded to describe what the change is (e.g., new road construction). Changes from "nonsampled" to “sampled” or from “sampled” to “nonsampled” are automatically reconciled by the data recorder with code 1 (physical change). When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 and condition change occurred Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Change 0 No change (reconciled by data recorder, not a valid code for field crew) 1 Physical change 3 Procedural change

Item 5.7.0.7 CONDITION CLASS STATUS PROCEDURAL CHANGE REASON CODE (PNW) [CHANGE_MATRIX_PNWRS.COND_STATUS_PRCD_CHNG_REASN_CD] Record a code indicating which procedural change occurred. When collected: CONDITION CLASS STATUS RECONCILE CODE = 3 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Change 02 Species no longer qualifies as tree species 04 Forest land definition change from 5% canopy cover to 10% canopy cover 99 Other (explanatory CHANGE MATRIX NOTES required)

Item 5.7.0.8 NONFOREST COVER MEETS THRESHOLD (AFSL, PACI) [COND.NF_COV_MEETS_THRESHOLD] For nonforest condition classes, record a code that indicates whether the condition has greater than or equal to 10% vascular plant cover. When collected: When CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 Field width: 1 digit

GENERAL CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES GENERAL CONDITION CLASS Tolerance: No errors : Values: Code Description Y The condition class has greater than or equal to 10% vascular plant cover N The condition class has less than 10% vascular plant cover Section 5.7 pg.81 Item 5.7.0.9 NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS (PNW) [COND.NF_COND_SAMPLE_STATUS_PNWRS] An auto-populated code that indicates whether this nonforest condition class (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) is part of a nonforest inventory. A nonforest condition class within Experimental Forest boundaries in Hawaii is considered measureable (NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1). For all other Pacific Islands, a nonforest condition class that has vascular vegetation cover greater than or equal to 10 percent (NONFOREST COVER MEETS THRESHOLD = Y) and has PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE of 18-26, 42, or 45 is considered measurable (NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1). Certain data items are recorded in accessible NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1 condition classes which are not typically measured in nonforest condition classes; these are identified in the associated "when collected" field for individual data items. When collected: When CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 0 Nonforest condition is not measurable 1 Nonforest condition is measurable (Experimental Forest boundaries in Hawaii; or STATE = 60, 64, 66, 68, 69, 70 and = NONFOREST COVER MEETS THRESHOLD = Y PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE of 18-26, 42, or 45)

Item 5.7.0.10 NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS (CORE 2.4.4) [COND.NF_COND_STATUS_CD] Record the code that describes the sampling status of the condition class (see the NONFOREST CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON codes below for additional information). When collected: When NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 2 Accessible nonforest land 5 Nonsampled nonforest

Item 5.7.0.11 NONFOREST CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 2.4.5) [COND.NF_COND_NONSAMPLE_REASN_CD] For portions of plots that are measurable nonforest land and can not be sampled (NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5), record one of the following reasons. When collected: When NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Chapter 5: CONDITION CLASS pg.82 Values: Code Description 02 Denied access - Any area within the sampled area of a plot to which access is denied by the legal owner, or to which an owner of the only reasonable route to the plot denies access. There are no minimum area or width requirements for a condition class delineated by denied access. Because a denied-access condition can become accessible in the future, it remains in the sample and is re-examined at the next occasion to determine if access is available. 03 Hazardous situation - Any area within the sampled area on plot that cannot be accessed because of a hazard or danger, for example cliffs, quarries, strip mines, illegal substance plantations, temporary high water, etc. Although the hazard is not likely to change over time, a hazardous condition remains in the sample and is re-examined at the next occasion to determine if the hazard is still present. There are no minimum size or width requirements for a condition class delineated by a hazardous condition. 10 Other - This code is used whenever a condition class is not sampled due to a reason other than one of the specific reasons listed. An electronic CONDITION CLASS NOTE is required to describe the situation.

SUBSECTION 5.7.1 ACCESSIBLE FOREST LAND DELINEATING DATA ITEMS Data items described in this subsection determine if accessible forest land qualifies to be subdivided into separate condition classes. Section 5.1, Determination of Condition Class, applies when delineating contrasting forest condition classes based on these data items. Some of these data items are collected regardless of condition status (e.g., RESERVED STATUS and OWNER GROUP are collected on all conditions).

Item 5.7.1.1 RESERVED STATUS (CORE 2.5.1) [COND.RESERVCD][CHANGE_MATRIX_PNWRS.RESERVCD] Record the code that identifies the reserved designation for the condition. Reserved land is withdrawn by law(s) prohibiting the management of land for the production of wood products (not merely controlling or prohibiting wood-harvesting methods). Such authority is vested in a public agency or department, and supersedes rights of ownership. The prohibition against management for wood products cannot be changed through decision of the land manager (management agency) or through a change in land management personnel, but rather is permanent in nature. Ownership and the name (designation) of an area are critical for determining reserved status. All private lands (OWNGRPCD = 40) are considered not reserved (due to difficulty in determining legal status); this includes in-holdings, where they can be identified. FIA has adopted a default national list of federal land designations which are considered reserved (seeAppendix G). All federally-owned lands managed by the National Park Service or Fish and Wildlife Service (OWNCD = 21 or 23) are considered reserved. Some lands owned by State or local governments are considered reserved, even in the absence of specific laws covering them, if the agency mandate for that land designation precludes management to produce wood products (e.g., most State Parks). In the absence of State-specific lists of reserved areas, any State or local government land area that includes "park", "wilderness", "wild river", "reserve", or "preserve" in the name is by default considered reserved. There are less common designations that are not on the CORE list and may add exceptions to the list for specific areas that are managed under different legal guidance than is usual for that designation. All designations must be documented using the RESERVED AREA NAME field. Note that harvest can occur in reserved areas, for example for restoration, safety, or recreation. Nonforest areas are reserved if forest lands in the same designated area are considered reserved, or if the area would be considered reserved if forestland was present. Note: The value for this data item may be downloaded (at least for condition class 1) for all plots. However, when field visited, check to be sure the value is correct for the condition. GENERAL CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES GENERAL CONDITION CLASS : Section 5.7 pg.83 When collected: All condition classes Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 0 Not reserved 1 Reserved

Item 5.7.1.2 PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.RESERVCD][CHANGE_MATRIX_PNWRS.PREV_RESERVCD] A downloaded value that may not match the code on the printout from the previous visit. Some codes were updated in the office to reflect the status at the time of the previous inventory using the Core 6.0 definition of RESERVED STATUS. The primary changes are that all National Recreation Areas and National Monuments are considered reserved, while Research Natural Areas, Wilderness Study Areas and privately owned lands are now considered not reserved. However, the downloaded value may be incorrect due to the imprecision of the GIS layers or the plot-center coordinate. For example, the downloaded value may be 1 (reserved), but in reality the plot is located just outside a park boundary. If corrected, record the code that identifies the reserved designation for the condition at the previous measurement using the Core 6.0 RESERVED STATUS definition. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Previous Reserved Status 0 Not reserved 1 Reserved

Item 5.7.1.3 RESERVED STATUS RECONCILE CODE (PNW) [CHANGE_MATRIX_PNWRS.RESERVCD_RECONCILE] Record a code indicating which type of change to RESERVED STATUS occurred, physical or procedural. If a change occurred, CHANGE MATRIX NOTES must be recorded to describe what the change is (e.g., new wilderness area). When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 and condition change occurred Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Change 0 No change (reconciled by data recorder, not a valid code for field crew) 1 Physical change 3 Procedural change

Item 5.7.1.4 RESERVED STATUS PROCEDURAL CHANGE REASON CODE (PNW) [CHANGE_MATRIX_PNWRS.RESERV_PRCD_CHNG_REASN_CD] This code describes the reason a procedural change in RESERVE STATUS occurred. Chapter 5: When collected: CONDITION CLASS STATUS RECONCILE CODE = 3 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 01 Change in definition of RESERVED STATUS (Core 6.0, 2013) excluding all

private lands (e.g. Nature Conservancy) and providing a list of State and CONDITION CLASS Federal agency lands considered reserved (Appendix G) 99 Other (explanatory CHANGE MATRIX NOTES required) pg.84 Item 5.7.1.5 OWNER GROUP (CORE 2.5.2) [COND.OWNGRPCD] Record the OWNER GROUP code identifying the ownership of the land in the condition class. Separate conditions because of changes in OWNER GROUP are recognized only where differences can be clearly identified on the ground when visiting the plot (e.g., blazed trees or posted boundary signs). Census Water (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 4) is considered state owned and should be recorded as OWNER GROUP = 30. When collected: All condition classes Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Value: Code Description 10 Forest Service 20 Other Federal 30 State and Local Government 40 Private

Item 5.7.1.6 PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP (PNW) [CHANGE_MATRIX_PNWRS.PREV_OWNGRPCD][PREV_COND_PNWRS.OWNGRPCD] Examine the PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP field and determine if it was correctly coded at the previous visit. If the OWNER GROUP of the condition actually changed, do not update this field; change will be captured by comparing OWNER GROUP at the prior visit to OWNER GROUP at the current visit. If the OWNER GROUP recorded at the previous inventory (i.e., PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP) was coded incorrectly use codes 10 through 40 to correct the downloaded code (indicating an error was made at the previous visit). An update to this field requires an explanatory note in the electronic PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NOTES. When collected: Downloaded when SAMPLE KIND = 2 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Value: Code Description 10 PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP should be 10 (Forest Service) 20 PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP should be 20 (Other Federal) 30 PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP should be 30 (State and Local) 40 PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP should be 40 (Private)

Item 5.7.1.7 OWNER GROUP RECONCILE CODE (PNW) [CHANGE_MATRIX_PNWRS.OWNGRPCD_RECONCILE] Record a code indicating which type of change to OWNER GROUP occurred, physical or procedural. If a change occurred, a CHANGE MATRIX NOTE must be recorded to describe what the change is (e.g., new road construction). When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Change 0 No change (reconciled by data recorder, not a valid code for field crew) 1 Physical change 3 Procedural change

Item 5.7.1.8 OWNER GROUP PROCEDURAL CHANGE REASON CODE (PNW) [CHANGE_MATRIX_PNWRS.OWN_GRPCD_PRCD_CHNG_REASN_CD]

GENERAL CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES GENERAL CONDITION CLASS Record a code indicating which procedural change occurred. Use code 99 (other) only if the procedural : change defined in code 01 does not apply. Section 5.7 pg.85 When collected: OWNER GROUP RECONCILE CODE = 3 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 99 Other (explanatory CHANGE MATRIX NOTES required)

Item 5.7.1.9 FOREST TYPE (CORE 2.5.3) [COND.FLDTYPCD][COND.FOREST_COMMUNITY_PNWRS] Record the code corresponding to the FOREST TYPE that best describes the species with the plurality of crown cover for all live trees in the condition class that are not overtopped. The Pacific Island FOREST TYPES are taken from Mueller-Dombois and Fosberg, 1998. The instructions in Sections 5.1, 5.3, and 5.4 apply when delineating, within accessible forest land, contrasting conditions based on differences in FOREST TYPE. If STAND SIZE CLASS is nonstocked, then FOREST TYPE is determined by the following hierarchy: For SAMPLE KIND = 2 plots, record the FOREST TYPE of the condition at the previous inventory. For all other plots: 1. Evaluate any seedlings available to determine the FOREST TYPE. 2. If no seedlings exist, use adjacent stands and your best professional judgment to determine FOREST TYPE. The instructions in Section 5.1, Determination of Condition Class and Section 5.5, Condition Class Attributes apply when delineating, within accessible forest land, contrasting conditions based on differences in FOREST TYPE. Chapter 5: CONDITION CLASS pg.86 When collected: All accessible forestland condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: No errors in group or type Values: Code Description Core code (for office use only) 1 Strand or halophytic vegetation - vegetation near the shore 989 containing species adapted to high rates of evaporation by Other wind and to high salt concentrations from windblown ocean Tropical Hardwoods spray or inundation by salt water. 2 Mangrove swamps – trees with high salt tolerance growing on 982 tidally inundated shores and in landlocked depressions. Many Mangrove species have pneumatophores, adaptive structures for aeration of waterlogged root systems. 3 Lowland tropical rainforest – multistoried forest with many 987 canopy-dwelling epiphytes, open ground, and shrub layers. Lower This forest community can extend up the lower slopes with Montane Wet and windward rainy exposures. Rain Forest 4 Montane rainforest –the predominant type on moist hilltops and 987 mountain slopes in many tropical islands. Forests of low stature Lower that are rich in shrubs and epiphytes. Montane Wet and Rain Forest 5 Cloud forest - These forests are covered with clouds or fog 988 much of the time. The trees have low canopies and are often Cloud dripping with moisture. The trees are typically small-leafed and Forest covered with masses of epiphytic mosses and liverworts, which also form a deep ground cover. 6 Mesophytic or moist forest – seasonally dry evergreen forests 985 on leeward, drier slopes. Moist Forest 7 Xerophytic – forests found on truly dry, rain-shadow, leeward 984 mountain slopes and lowlands. Dry Forest 8 Agroforestry – tree species are included in crop or animal 989 production agricultural ecosystems. Other Tropical Hardwoods 9 Plantations – an area planted with tree species for the purpose 989 of timber production. Species planted are mainly eucalypt, Other mahogany, and pine species that replace indigenous forests Tropical Hardwoods and savannas.

Item 5.7.1.10 PREVIOUS FOREST TYPE (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.FLDTYPCD] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland condition class is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a PREVIOUS FOREST TYPE must be added. If added, record the code corresponding to the FOREST TYPE that best describes the species with the plurality of crown cover for all live trees in the condition class that were not overtopped at the previous measurement. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 and PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: No errors in group, 100 percent of the time; no errors in type, at least 95 percent of GENERAL CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES GENERAL CONDITION CLASS

: the time Values: See Item 5.7.1.9, FOREST TYPE (CORE 2.5.3) Section 5.7 pg.87 Item 5.7.1.11 STAND SIZE CLASS (CORE 2.5.4) [COND.FLDSZCD] Record the code that best describes the predominant size class of all live trees, seedlings, and saplings in the condition class. The instructions in Section 5.1 and Section 5.5 apply when delineating, on accessible forest land, contrasting conditions based on differences in STAND SIZE CLASS. Within the sampled area on a microplot or subplot, recognize only very obvious contrasting stands of different mean diameter with an abrupt boundary. Example: an obvious abrupt boundary exists within the sampled (fixed-radius) area of a subplot and demarcates a STAND SIZE CLASS change. When in doubt, do not split conditions. Use tree crown cover of all live trees, seedlings, and saplings that are not overtopped to differentiate between stand-size classes. When collected: All accessible forestland condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Stand Size Class Definition 0 Nonstocked Meeting the definition of accessible forest land, and the following applies: less than 10 percent crown cover by trees, seedlings, and saplings, and not classified as cover trees. 1 < 4.9 inches At least 10 percent crown cover in trees, seedling or (seedling, sapling) saplings; and at least 2/3 of the canopy cover is in trees less than 5.0 inches DBH. 2 5.0 - 8.9 inches At least 10 percent crown cover in trees, seedlings, (softwoods) and saplings; and at least 1/3 of the canopy cover is 5.0 - 10.9 inches in trees greater than or equal to 5.0 inches DBH and (hardwoods) the plurality of the canopy cover is in softwoods between 5.0 - 8.9 inches diameter and/or hardwoods between 5.0 - 10.9 inches DBH. 3 9.0 - 19.9 inches At least 10 percent crown cover in trees, seedlings, (softwoods) and saplings; and at least 1/3 of the canopy cover is 11.0 - 19.9 inches in trees greater than or equal to 5.0 inches DBH and (hardwoods) the plurality of the canopy cover is in softwoods between 9.0 - 19.9 inches diameter and/or hardwoods between 11.0 - 19.9 inches DBH. 4 20.0 - 39.9 inches At least 10 percent crown cover in trees, seedlings, and saplings; and at least 1/3 of the canopy cover is in trees greater than or equal to 5.0 inches DBH and the plurality of the canopy cover is in trees between 20.0 - 39.9 inches DBH. 5 40.0 + inches At least 10 percent crown cover in trees, seedlings, and saplings; and at least 1/3 of the canopy cover is in trees greater than or equal to 5.0 inches DBH and

the plurality of the canopy cover is in trees > 40.0 Chapter 5: inches DBH.

Item 5.7.1.12 PREVIOUS STAND SIZE CLASS (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.FLDSZCD] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER CONDITION CLASS GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland condition class is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a PREVIOUS STAND SIZE CLASS must be added. If added, record the code that best describes the predominant size class of all live trees in the condition class that were not overtopped at the previous measurement. pg.88 The following table was part of the Islands field manual through 2003. Do not correct previous mapping if it was correct using these rules. If no other condition class defining data items are different between accessible forest conditions, map on differences in STAND SIZE CLASS only for the following combinations: If STAND SIZE CLASS of initial Then, the STAND SIZE CLASS of a second condition is: condition must be one of the following to delineate as a separate condition based on STAND SIZE CLASS: 0 (Nonstocked) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (stocked forest land) 1 3, 4, 5 2 4, 5 35 6 (Chaparral) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (stocked forest land)

When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 and PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Stand Size Class Definition 0 Nonstocked Meeting the definition of accessible forest land, and one of the following applies: (a) less than 10 percent stocked by trees of any size, and not classified as chaparral, or (b) for forest types where stocking standards are not available, less than 5 percent crown cover of trees of any size. 1 < 5.0 inches At least 10 percent stocking (or 5 percent crown cover if stocking (seedling, sapling) tables are not available) in trees of any size; and at least 1/3 of the crown cover is in trees less than 5.0 inches DBH. 2 5.0 - 8.9 inches At least 10 percent stocking (or 5 percent crown cover if stocking (softwoods) tables are not available) in trees of any size; and at least 1/3 of the 5.0 - 10.9 inches crown cover is in trees greater than 5.0 inches DBH and the plurality of (hardwoods) the crown cover is in softwoods between 5.0 - 8.9 inches diameter and/or hardwoods between 5.0 - 10.9 inches DBH. 3 9.0 - 19.9 inches At least 10 percent stocking (or 5 percent crown cover if stocking (softwoods) tables are not available) in trees of any size; and at least 1/3 of the 11.0 - 19.9 inches crown cover is in trees greater than 5.0 inches DBH and the plurality of (hardwoods) the crown cover is in softwoods between 9.0 - 19.9 inches diameter and/or hardwoods between 11.0 - 19.9 inches DBH. 4 20.0 - 39.9 inches At least 10 percent stocking (or 5 percent crown cover if stocking tables are not available) in trees of any size; and at least 1/3 of the crown cover is in trees greater than 5.0 inches DBH and the plurality of the crown cover is in trees between 20.0 - 39.9 inches DBH. 5 40.0 + inches At least 10 percent stocking (or 5 percent crown cover if stocking tables are not available) in trees of any size; and at least 1/3 of the crown cover is in trees greater than 5.0 inches DBH and the plurality of the crown cover is in trees > 40.0 inches DBH. 6 Cover trees (trees Less than 10 percent stocking by trees of any size, and greater than 5 not on species list, percent crown cover of species that comprise cover trees. used for plots classified as nonforest)

Item 5.7.1.13 REGENERATION STATUS (CORE 2.5.5) [COND.STDORGCD] GENERAL CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES GENERAL CONDITION CLASS

: Record the code that best describes the artificial regeneration that occurred in the condition. The instructions in Section 5.1, Determination of Condition Class and Section 5.3, Delineating Condition Classes Differing in Condition Class Status apply when delineating, within accessible forest land, contrasting conditions based on differences in REGENERATION STATUS. Section 5.7 pg.89 For a forest land condition to be delineated and/or classified as artificially regenerated, the condition must show distinct evidence of planting or seeding. If it is difficult to determine whether or not a stand has been planted or seeded, then use code 0. If no distinct boundary exists within the sampled (fixed-radius) area on any subplot, then do not recognize separate conditions. In many regions of the West, trees are not planted in rows, and planted stands do not differ in physical appearance from natural conditions. In these cases, there is no need to differentiate conditions based on regeneration status. Note: Plot records or verbal evidence from landowner are acceptable criteria for determining regeneration status. When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Regeneration Description 0 Natural Present stand shows no clear evidence of artificial regeneration. Includes unplanted, recently cut lands. 1 Artificial Present stand shows clear evidence of artificial regeneration.

Item 5.7.1.14 PREVIOUS REGENERATION STATUS (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.STDORGCD] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland condition class is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a PREVIOUS REGENERATION STATUS must be added. If added, record the code that best describes the degree of evidence of artificial regeneration which occurred in the condition at the previous measurement. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 and PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: See Item 5.7.1.13, REGENERATION STATUS (CORE 2.5.5)

Item 5.7.1.15 TREE DENSITY (CORE 2.5.6) [COND.MAPDEN] Record a code to indicate the relative tree density classification. Base the classification on the number of stems/unit area, basal area, tree coverof all live trees, seedlings, and saplings in the condition that are not overtopped, compared to any other condition class TREE DENSITY recorded on the plot. The instructions in Section 5.1, Determination of Condition Class and Section 5.4, Delineating Condition Classes Within Accessible Forest Land apply when delineating, within accessible forest land, contrasting conditions based on differences in TREE DENSITY. Codes 2 and higher are used ONLY when all other attributes used to delineate separate condition classes are homogenous, i.e., when a change in density is the ONLY difference within what would otherwise be treated as only one forest condition. Otherwise, code 1 for all condition classes. Codes 2 and higher are Chapter 5: usually, but not always, used to demarcate areas that differ from an adjacent area due to forest disturbance, e.g., a partial harvest or heavy, but not total tree mortality due to a ground fire. Delineation by density should only be done when the less-dense condition is 50 percent or less as dense as the more dense condition. Do not distinguish between low-stocked stands or stands of sparse and patchy forest.

In order to qualify as a separate condition based on density, there MUST be a distinct, easily observed CONDITION CLASS change in the density of an area's tree cover or basal area. Examples of valid contrasting conditions defined by differences in tree density are: • the eastern half of an otherwise homogeneous, 20-acre stand has many trees killed by a bark beetle outbreak • one portion of a stand is partially cut over (with 40 square feet basal area per acre) while the other portion is undisturbed (with 100 square feet basal area per acre) pg.90 Note: In these examples, RESERVED STATUS, OWNER GROUP, FOREST TYPE, STAND SIZE CLASS, and REGENERATION STATUS are the same. When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 1 Initial density class 2 Density class 2 - density different than 1 3 Density class 3 - density different than 1 and 2

Item 5.7.1.16 PREVIOUS TREE DENSITY (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.MAPDEN] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland condition class is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a PREVIOUS TREE DENSITY must be added. If added, record a code to indicate the relative tree density classification at the previous measurement. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 and PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: See Item 5.7.1.15, TREE DENSITY (CORE 2.5.6) GENERAL CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES GENERAL CONDITION CLASS : Section 5.7 pg.91 SUBSECTION 5.7.2 ANCILLARY (NON-DELINEATING) DATA ITEMS

Item 5.7.2.1 OWNER CLASS (CORE OPTIONAL 2.5.8) [COND.OWNCD_PNWRS] Record the OWNER CLASS code that best corresponds to the ownership of the land in the condition class. Conditions will NOT be delineated based on changes in OWNER CLASS. If multiple OWNER CLASSes occur within a condition class (i.e., within an OWNER GROUP) record the OWNER CLASS closest to the center of the lowest numbered subplot in the condition. Note: When federal land is owned and administered by two separate entities (e.g., BLM and Forest Service), this data item records the legal owner of the land, not the administrator. When collected: All condition classes Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Core code Code Description (office use only) Owner Classes within Forest Service lands (OWNER GROUP = 10): 11 National Forest 11 12 National Grassland and/or Prairie 12 13 Other Forest Service land 13 Owner Classes within Other Federal lands (OWNER GROUP = 20): 21 National Park Service 21 22 Bureau of Land Management 22 23 Fish and Wildlife Service 23 24 Departments of Defense/Energy 24 25 Other Federal 25 Owner Classes within State and Local Government lands (OWNER GROUP = 30): 31 State including state public universities 31 32 Local (County, Municipality, etc.) including water authorities 32 33 Other Non Federal Public 33 34 Village or communal property (Regional) 32 Owner Classes within Private lands (OWNER GROUP = 40): 41 Corporate 41 42 Non Governmental Conservation / Natural Resources Organization – 42 Examples: Nature Conservancy, National Trust for Private Lands, Pacific Forest Trust, Boy Scouts of America, etc. 43 Unincorporated Partnerships / Associations / Clubs – examples: Hunting 43 Clubs that own, not lease property, recreation associations, 4H, churches,etc. 44 Native American (Indian) - within reservation boundaries 44 45 Individual and Family, including trusts, estates, and family partnerships 45

Item 5.7.2.2 PREVIOUS OWNER CLASS (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.OWNCD] Chapter 5: A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous condition is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a PREVIOUS OWNER CLASS must be added. If added, record the OWNER CLASS code that best

corresponds to the ownership of the land in the condition class at the previous measurement. CONDITION CLASS When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: See OWNER CLASS pg.92 Item 5.7.2.3 RESERVED AREA NAME (CORE 2.5.13) [COND.RESERVED_AREA_NAME] Record the specific name of the area that identifies the reserved designation for the condition. This will be downloaded for CONDITION CLASS NUMBER 1 and should be verified; for all other conditions, select from the drop-down list in the PDR or type in the correct name. When collected: All conditions with RESERVED STATUS = 1 Field width: Alphanumeric character field Tolerance: No errors Values: English language words, phrases and numbers

Item 5.7.2.4 ARTIFICIAL REGENERATION SPECIES (CORE 2.5.14) [COND.STDORGSP] Record the species code of the predominant tree species for which evidence exists of artificial regeneration in the stand. This attribute is ancillary; that is, contrasting condition classes are never delineated based on variation in this attribute. When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) with evidence of artificial regeneration (REGENERATION STATUS = 1) Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: See Appendix B, Tree Species List

Item 5.7.2.5 PREVIOUS ARTIFICIAL REGENERATION SPECIES (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.STDORGSP] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland condition class is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, and PREVIOUS REGENERATION STATUS = 1, a PREVIOUS ARTIFICIAL REGENERATION SPECIES must be added. If added, record the species code of the predominant tree species for which evidence existed of artificial regeneration in the stand at the previous measurement. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 and PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 and PREVIOUS REGENERATION STATUS = 1 Field width: 3digits Tolerance: No errors Values: See Appendix B, Tree Species List

Item 5.7.2.6 STAND AGE (CORE 2.5.15) [COND.FLDAGE_PNWRS] Record the average total age, to the nearest year, of the overstory trees (plurality of all live trees not overtopped in the predominant STAND SIZE CLASS of the condition, determined using local procedures. Record ”000” for non-stocked stands. The crew botanist should be able to provide an estimate of stand age given that the trees in the stand originated at approximately the same time. In tropical forests, the continuous process of gap phase dynamics often prevails, where individuals die, form a gap, and are replaced by lower-canopy individuals. Often you cannot determine stand age in stands that are not characterized by stand replacing disturbance. The trees on typhoon-prone islands would be expected to re-initiate growth following disturbance at approximately the same time. An estimate of STAND AGE is required for every forest land condition class defined on a plot. Stand age is usually highly correlated with stand size and should reflect the average age of all trees that are not GENERAL CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES GENERAL CONDITION CLASS

: overtopped. Estimates of STAND AGE should estimate the time of tree establishment (i.e., not age at the point of diameter measurement). Note: For planted stands, estimate age based on the year the stand was planted (i.e., do not add in the age of the planting stock). Developmental stage and known dates of disturbance are likely to be the only guides to estimating stand age. Section 5.7 pg.93 If continuous tree replacement by gap phase dynamics appears to characterize a stand, record code 996. Record 997 if you are unable to get a reasonable estimate of stand age and it is not a continuous tree replacement stand. When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 10 percent Values: 000 to 000 to 995 (actual stand age estimate), 996 (gap phase dynamics (regional)), 997 (unable to get a reasonable estimate (regional))

Item 5.7.2.7 PREVIOUS STAND AGE (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.FLDAGE] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland condition class is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a PREVIOUS STAND AGE must be added. If added, record the average total age, to the nearest year, of the trees (plurality of all live trees not overtopped) in the predominant STAND SIZE CLASS of the condition at the previous measurement, determined using local procedures. Record 000 for previously nonstocked stands. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 and PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 10 percent Values: See STAND AGE Chapter 5: CONDITION CLASS pg.94 Item 5.7.2.8 PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS (CORE 2.5.28) [COND.PHYSCLCD] Record the code that best describes the PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS of the condition within the plot area; land form, topographic position, and soil generally determine physiographic class. When collected: All measured land conditions (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Xeric - Sites that are normally low or deficient in moisture available to support vigorous tree growth. These areas may receive adequate precipitation, but experience a rapid loss of available moisture due to runoff, percolation, evaporation, etc. 11 Dry Tops Ridge tops with thin rock outcrops and considerable exposure to sun and wind. 12 Dry Slopes Slopes with thin rock outcrops and considerable exposure to sun and wind. Includes most mountain/steep slopes with a southern or western exposure. 13 Deep Sands Sites with a deep, sandy surface subject to rapid loss of moisture following precipitation. Typical examples include sand hills, sites along the beach and shores of lakes and streams and many deserts. 19 Other Xeric All dry physiographic sites not described above. Mesic - Sites that have moderate but adequate moisture available to support vigorous tree growth except for periods of extended drought. These sites may be subjected to occasional flooding during periods of heavy or extended precipitation. 21 Flatwoods Flat or fairly level sites outside flood plains. Excludes deep sands and wet, swampy sites. 22 Rolling Uplands Hills and gently rolling, undulating terrain and associated small streams. Excludes deep sands, all hydric sites, and streams with associated floodplains. 23 Moist Slopes and Coves Moist slopes and coves with relatively deep, fertile soils. Often these sites have a northern or eastern exposure and are partially shielded from wind and sun. Includes moist mountain tops and saddles. 24 Narrow Floodplains/ Flood plains and bottomlands less than 1/4-mile in width along rivers and Bottomlands streams. These sites are normally well drained but are subjected to occasional flooding during periods of heavy or extended precipitation. Includes associated levees, benches, and terraces within a 1/4 mile limit. Excludes swamps, sloughs, and bogs 25 Broad Floodplains Flood plains and bottomlands 1/4 mile or wider in width along rivers and streams. These sites are normally well drained but are subjected to occasional flooding during periods of heavy or extended precipitation. Includes associated levees, benches, and terraces. Excludes swamps, sloughs, and bogs with year-round water problems. 29 Other Mesic All moderately moist physiographic sites not described above. Hydric - Sites that generally have a year-round abundance or over-abundance of moisture. Hydric sites are very wet sites where excess water seriously limits both growth and species occurrence. 31 Swamps/Bogs Low, wet, flat forested areas usually quite extensive that are flooded for long periods of time except during periods of extreme drought. Excludes cypress ponds and small drains. Includes mangrove swamps in the Pacific Islands. 32 Small Drains Narrow, stream-like, wet strands of forest land often without a well-defined stream channel. These areas are poorly drained or flooded throughout most of the year and drain the adjacent higher ground. 33 Bays and Wet Pocosins Low, wet, boggy sites characterized by peaty or organic soils. May be somewhat dry during periods of extended drought. Examples include the Carolina bays in the southeast US. 34 Beaver Ponds 35 Cypress Ponds

GENERAL CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES GENERAL CONDITION CLASS 39 Other Hydric All other hydric physiographic sites : Section 5.7 pg.95 Item 5.7.2.9 PREVIOUS PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.PHYSCLCD] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a PREVIOUS PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS must be added. If added, record the code that best describes the PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS of the condition at the previous measurement; land form, topographic position, and soil generally determine physiographic class. A related PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NOTE is required when correcting a previous crew error. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 and PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1; or PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and ADFORCD = 500 - 699 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: See PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS (CORE 2.5.28), pg. 94

Item 5.7.2.10 DOMINANT TREE SPECIES 1 (PACI) [COND.DOMINANT_SPECIES1_PNWRS] Record the code corresponding to the TREE SPECIES (Appendix B) with the plurality of cover for all live trees in the condition class that are not overtopped. For example, if a forested condition class contains 30% species A, 30% species B, and 40 % species C, then the DOMINANT TREE SPECIES will be the code for species C. When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: see APPENDIX B Tree Species List

Item 5.7.2.11 PREVIOUS DOMINANT TREE SPECIES 1 (PACI) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.DOMINANT_SPECIES1_PNWRS] On remeasurement plots this item will be populated directly from previous visit. The downloaded code for the tree species with the plurality of cover for all live trees in the condition class that are not overtopped. When collected: SAMPLE KIND = 2 and previous accessible forest land condition classes (PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: see APPENDIX B Tree Species List

Item 5.7.2.12 DOMINANT TREE SPECIES 2 (PACI) [COND.DOMINANT_SPECIES2_PNWRS] Record the code for the second most abundant tree species in each condition class. Chapter 5: See Dominant Tree Species 1 for coding instructions. If a second species does not exist, record 0000. When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: No errors

Values: see APPENDIX B Tree Species List, 0000 (no second tree species present) CONDITION CLASS pg.96 Item 5.7.2.13 PREVIOUS DOMINANT TREE SPECIES 2 (PACI) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.DOMINANT_SPECIES2_PNWRS] On remeasurement plots this item will be populated directly from previous visit. The downloaded code for the tree species with the plurality of cover for all live trees in the condition class that are not overtopped. If a second species does not exist, record 0000. When collected: SAMPLE KIND = 2 and previous accessible forest land condition classes (PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: see APPENDIX B Tree Species List, 0000 (no second tree species present)

Item 5.7.2.14 DOMINANT TREE SPECIES 3 (PACI) [COND.DOMINANT_SPECIES3_PNWRS] Record the code for the third most abundant tree species in each condition class. See Dominant Tree Species 1 for coding instructions. If a third species does not exist, record 0000. When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: see APPENDIX B Tree Species List, 0000 (no third tree species present)

Item 5.7.2.15 PREVIOUS DOMINANT TREE SPECIES 3 (PACI) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.DOMINANT_SPECIES3_PNWRS] On remeasurement plots this item will be populated directly from previous visit. The downloaded code for the tree species with the plurality of cover for all live trees in the condition class that are not overtopped. If a third species does not exist, record 0000. When collected: SAMPLE KIND = 2 and previously accessible forest land condition classes (PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: see APPENDIX B Tree Species List, 0000 (no second tree species present)

Item 5.7.2.16 DISTURBANCE 1 (CORE 2.5.16) [COND.DSTRBCD1] Record the code corresponding to the presence of the following disturbances. Disturbance can connote positive or negative effects. The area affected by any natural or human-caused disturbance must be at least 1.0 acre in size. Record up to three different disturbances per condition class from most important to least important. This attribute is ancillary; that is, contrasting conditions are never delineated based on variation in this attribute. For initial plot establishment (SAMPLE KIND = 1 or 3), the disturbance must be within the last 5 years. For remeasured plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2) recognize only those disturbances that have occurred since the previous inventory. Disturbance codes require "significant threshold" damage, which implies mortality and/or damage to 25 percent of all trees in a stand or 50 percent of an individual species' count. Additionally, some disturbances affect land and/or vegetation, but initially may not affect vegetation growth or health (e.g., grazing, browsing, flooding). In these cases, a disturbance should be coded when at least 25 percent of the soil surface or understory vegetation has been affected. Use the general disturbance codes (i.e., 10, 20, etc) only if one of the more specific codes (i.e., 41, 42, etc) does not apply. When coding fire (30), it is important to distinguish ground fire (31) from crown fire (32) GENERAL CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES GENERAL CONDITION CLASS

: where possible. Code “00” if no DISTURBANCE 1 is observed. Section 5.7 pg.97

When collected: All measured land conditions (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2)( Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Core Code (office use Code Disturbance Definition only) 00 None No observable disturbance 00 10 Insect damage 10 11 Insect damage to understory vegetation 11 12 Insect damage to trees, including seedlings and saplings 12 20 Disease Damage 20 21 Disease damage to understory vegetation 21 Disease (including mistletoe) damage to trees, including seedlings 22 and saplings 22 30 Fire Crown or ground fire, either prescribed or natural 30 31 Ground fire 31 32 Crown fire 32 40 Animal Damage 40 41 Beaver – Includes flooding caused by beaver 41 42 Porcupine 42 43 Deer/Ungulate 43 44 Bear 44 45 Rabbit 45 Domestic animal or livestock – Includes grazing (including feral 46 cattle) 46 47 Pigs, wild boars 40 50 Weather 50 51 Ice 51 52 Wind – Includes hurricane, tornado 52 53 Flooding – weather induced 53 54 Drought 54 56 Erosion 50 60 Vegetation Suppression, competition, vines 60 Unknown/ unsure/ 70 other 70 Any significant threshold of human caused damage not described Human caused in the DISTURBANCE codes listed or in the TREATMENT codes 80 damage listed. Must include a plot-level note to describe further. 80 90 Geological Disturbances 90 Chapter 5: 91 Landslide 91 92 Avalanche Track 92 93 Volcanic Blast Zone 93 94 Other Geologic Event 94 CONDITION CLASS 95 Earth movements/avalanches 95 96 Tsunami 90 pg.98 Item 5.7.2.17 PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE 1 (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.DSTRBCD1] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland condition class is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a previous disturbance must be added for the new condition. Note: some of the 2001 codes were less specific. Do not substitute more specific codes. PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE values have already been updated to the current codes (i.e., erosion). When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 and previously accessible forest land condition classes (PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) or previously accessible nonforest condition classes when nonforest is being sampled (NONFOREST SAMPLING STATUS = 1 and PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 and NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Disturbance Definition 00 None No observable disturbance 10 Insect damage 11 Insect damage to understory vegetation 12 Insect damage to trees, including seedlings and saplings 20 Disease Damage 21 Disease damage to understory vegetation 22 Disease damage to trees, including seedlings and saplings 30 Fire Crown or ground fire, either prescribed or natural 31 Ground fire 32 Crown fire 40 Animal Damage 41 Beaver – Includes flooding caused by beaver 42 Porcupine 43 Deer/Ungulate 44 Bear 45 Rabbit 46 Domestic animal or livestock – Includes grazing 47 Pigs, wild boar 50 Weather 51 Ice 52 Wind – Includes hurricane, tornado 53 Flooding – weather induced 54 Drought 56 Erosion 60 Vegetation Suppression, competition, vines 70 Unknown/ unsure/other 80 Human Any significant threshold of human caused damage not caused described in the DISTURBANCE codes listed or in the damage TREATMENT codes listed. 91 Landslide 92 Avalanche Track 93 Volcanic Blast Zone

GENERAL CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES GENERAL CONDITION CLASS 94 Other Geologic Event : 95 Earth movement/avalanches Section 5.7 pg.99 Item 5.7.2.18 DISTURBANCE YEAR 1 (CORE 2.5.17) [COND.DSTRBYR1] Record the year in which DISTURBANCE 1 occurred. If the disturbance occurs continuously over a period of time, record 9999. When collected: When DISTURBANCE 1 > 00 Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: +/- 1 year for measurement cycles of 5 years +/- 2 years for measurement cycles of > 5 years

Item 5.7.2.19 PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE YEAR 1 (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.DSTRBYR1] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland condition class is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a previous disturbance year can be added for the new condition. If added, record the year in which PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE 1 occurred at the previous measurement. If the disturbance occurs continuously over a period of time, record 9999. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 and PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE 1 > 00 Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Since the last periodic or within the 5 years prior to the first annual inventory, 9999

Item 5.7.2.20 DISTURBANCE 2 (CORE 2.5.18) [COND.DSTRBCD2] Record the second disturbance here. See DISTURBANCE 1 for coding instructions. Code “00” if no DISTURBANCE 2 is observed.

Item 5.7.2.21 PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE 2 (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.DSTRBCD2] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland condition class is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a previous disturbance can be added for the new condition. See PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE 1 for coding instructions.

Item 5.7.2.22 DISTURBANCE YEAR 2 (CORE 2.5.19) [COND.DSTRBYR2] Record the year in which DISTURBANCE 2 occurred. See DISTURBANCE YEAR 1 for coding instructions.

Item 5.7.2.23 PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE YEAR 2 (PNW) Chapter 5: [PREV_COND_PNWRS.DSTRBYR2] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland condition class is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS OWNER GROUP, a previous disturbance year can be added for the new condition. See PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE YEAR 1 for coding instructions.

Item 5.7.2.24 DISTURBANCE 3 (CORE 2.5.20) [COND.DSTRBCD3] Record the third disturbance here. See DISTURBANCE 1 for coding instructions. Code “00” if no DISTURBANCE 3 is observed. pg.100 Item 5.7.2.25 PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE 3 (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.DSTRBCD3] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland condition class is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a previous disturbance can be added for the new condition. See PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE 1 for coding instructions.

Item 5.7.2.26 DISTURBANCE YEAR 3 (CORE 2.5.21) [COND.DSTRBYR3] Record the year in which DISTURBANCE 3 occurred. See DISTURBANCE YEAR 1 for coding instructions.

Item 5.7.2.27 PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE YEAR 3 (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.DSTRBYR3] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland condition class is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a previous disturbance year can be added for the new condition. See PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE YEAR 1 for coding instructions.

Item 5.7.2.28 TREATMENT 1 (CORE 2.5.22) [COND.TRTCD1_PNWRS] Forestry treatments are a form of disturbance. These human caused disturbances are recorded separately here for ease of coding and analysis. The term treatment further implies that a silvicultural application has been prescribed. This does not include occasional stumps of unknown origin or sparse removals for firewood, Christmas trees, or other miscellaneous purposes. The area affected by any treatment must be at least 1.0 acre in size. Record up to three different treatments per condition class from most important to least important as best as can be determined. This attribute is ancillary; that is, contrasting conditions are never delineated based on variation in this attribute. For initial plot establishment (SAMPLE KIND = 1 or 3), the treatment must be within the last five years. For remeasured plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2) recognize only those treatments that have occurred since the previous inventory. In the Pacific Islands, plots with FOREST COMMUNITY = 8 (agroforestry) may have human treatments present that are not associated with timber production. If they meet the threshold, these treatments should be coded as TREATMENT = 50 with a CONDITION NOTE describing the type of treatment. Code “00” if no TREATMENT 1 is observed. When collected: All accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Treatment Description 00 None No observable treatment. 10 Cutting The removal of one or more trees from a stand. 20 Site Clearing, slash burning, chopping, disking, bedding, or other practices clearly preparation intended to prepare a site for either natural or artificial regeneration. 30 Artificial Following a disturbance or treatment (usually cutting), a new stand where at regeneration least 50 percent of the live trees present resulted from planting or direct seeding. 40 Natural Following a disturbance or treatment (usually cutting), a new stand where at

GENERAL CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES GENERAL CONDITION CLASS regeneration least 50 percent of the live trees present (of any size) were established through : the growth of existing trees and/or natural seeding or sprouting. 50 Other The use of fertilizers, herbicides, girdling, pruning or other activities designed to silvicultural improve the commercial value of the residual stand, or chaining, which is a treatment practice used on woodlands to encourage wildlife forage. Section 5.7 pg.101 Item 5.7.2.29 PREVIOUS TREATMENT 1 (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.TRTCD1] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland condition class is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a previous treatment must be added for the new condition. If added, record the code corresponding to the presence of a treatment since the last periodic inventory or within the 5 years prior to the first annual inventory. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 and PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: see TREATMENT 1

Item 5.7.2.30 TREATMENT YEAR 1 (CORE 2.5.23) [COND.TRTYR1] Record the year in which TREATMENT 1 occurred. When collected: When TREATMENT 1 > 00 Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: +/- 1 year for measurement cycles of 5 years +/- 2 years for measurement cycles of > 5 years Values: Year that is the same or since the previous annual inventory plot visit, or within the past five years for plots visited for the first time

Item 5.7.2.31 PREVIOUS TREATMENT YEAR 1 (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.TRTYR1] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland condition class is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a previous treatment year can be added for the new condition. If added, record the year in which PREVIOUS TREATMENT 1 occurred. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 and PREVIOUS TREATMENT 1 > 00 Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Since the last periodic or within the 5 years prior to the first annual inventory

Item 5.7.2.32 TREATMENT 2 (CORE 2.5.24) [COND.TRTCD2_PNWRS] If a stand has experienced more than one treatment, record the second treatment here. See TREATMENT 1 for coding instructionsCode ”00” if no TREATMENT 2 is observed. Chapter 5:

Item 5.7.2.33 PREVIOUS TREATMENT 2 (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.TRTCD2] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER

GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland condition class is added to correct previous crew CONDITION CLASS error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a previous treatment can be added for the new condition. If added, record the code corresponding to the presence of a treatment since the last periodic inventory or within the 5 years prior to the first annual inventory. See PREVIOUS TREATMENT 1 for coding instructions, code 00 if none. pg.102 Item 5.7.2.34 TREATMENT YEAR 2 (CORE 2.5.25) [COND.TRTYR2] Record the year in which TREATMENT 2 occurred. See TREATMENT YEAR 1 for coding instructions.

Item 5.7.2.35 PREVIOUS TREATMENT YEAR 2 (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.TRTYR2] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland condition class is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a previous treatment year can be added for the new condition. If added, record the year in which PREVIOUS TREATMENT 2 occurred.

Item 5.7.2.36 TREATMENT 3 (CORE 2.5.26) [COND.TRTCD3_PNWRS] If a stand has experienced more than two treatments, record the third treatment here. See TREATMENT 1 for coding instructionsCode”00”if no TREATMENT 3 is observed.

Item 5.7.2.37 PREVIOUS TREATMENT 3 (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.TRTCD3] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland condition class is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a previous treatment can be added for the new condition. If added, record the code corresponding to the presence of a treatment since the last periodic inventory or within the 5 years prior to the first annual inventory. See PREVIOUS TREATMENT 1 for coding instructions, code 00 if none.

Item 5.7.2.38 TREATMENT YEAR 3 (CORE 2.5.27) [COND.TRTYR3] Record the year in which TREATMENT 3 occurred. See TREATMENT YEAR 1 for coding instructions.

Item 5.7.2.39 PREVIOUS TREATMENT YEAR 3 (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.TRTYR3] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous accessible forestland condition class is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a previous treatment year can be added for the new condition. If added, record the year in which PREVIOUS TREATMENT 3 occurred.

Item 5.7.2.40 CHAINING CODE (CORE 2.5.37) [COND.CHAINING_CD] Record the code identifying if a condition has been chained, shear bladed, roller chopped, etc., for the purpose of increased forage production. These treatments contrast with silvicultural removals in that little or none of the woody material is removed from the site and there are few residual live trees. When collected: When CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or 2 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors GENERAL CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES GENERAL CONDITION CLASS

: Values: 0 No 1 Yes Section 5.7 pg.103 Item 5.7.2.41 COVER CLASS (CORE 2.5.29) [COND.LAND_COVER_CLASS_CD] Record this variable for all mapped conditions. As with CONDITION CLASS STATUS, COVER CLASSes must meet the minimum area and width requirements (except those cases where the condition has been defined due to one of the exceptions to the size and width requirements. If the condition is less than 1 acre, then apply the key to the condition. In order to assign a single cover class to a mapped condition that contains more than one candidate cover class, proceed as follows: if no prospective cover classes meet the minimum width and area requirements, apply the key to the acre area that is within the condition being evaluated and closest to the lowest numbered subplot center associated with the condition. If multiple cover classes (i.e., those which meet minimum area and width requirements) exist in the condition, assign the first cover class that is encountered to the condition. As with other condition attributes, inclusions (of less than 1 acre) within the condition should be ignored when assigning the COVER CLASS. Therefore, areas of the inclusion within the acre area are ignored when making the relative cover assessments. Apply the key as a guide and/or to verify the COVER CLASS selection. Assignment of COVER CLASS code is hierarchical in nature, and should be performed using the following hierarchical key. Following the guidance of the key, codes should be examined in succession, and the first definition that describes the area of the condition should be chosen. For example, if an area has 15% tree cover that is taller than the 50% shrub cover, it is classified as class 01 (Tree Cover). Note: Tree Cover is not equivalent to Forestland (e.g., a recent clearcut could be Forestland, but would not be Tree Cover). Vegetative cover, as used below, includes the area of ground covered by the vertical projection of the live plant canopy (or other vegetation components like flowers, basal structures or vines) on the area defined by the condition. If foliage is absent due to senescence or dormancy, the cover should be estimated based on the position of plant remains or other evidence of the foliar distribution during the growing season. If vegetation rooted outside of a condition is hanging over the condition being evaluated, it is considered in the cover calculations. If burned, then classify based on the remaining live vegetation, including the canopy cover of remaining live trees and shrubs. When the surface of a condition is covered by deep non- permanent snow, ice, or water, and/or a condition is defined as CONDITION CLASS STATUS 5 (denied access or hazardous), field crews should use aerial imagery, local knowledge, and field observations to best determine COVER CLASS. For entirely nonsampled plots: Assess COVER CLASS for the condition class that would be defined at plot center if ground visited. Full Cover Class Definitions • Dominant: Refers to the highest (tallest) life form present, typically trees, then shrubs, then herbaceous layers. • Predominant: Refers to the cover class with the highest percent cover in the condition. • Vegetated: Contains at least 10% live vegetation cover. • Sparsely Vegetated: Does not contain at least 10% live vegetation cover. Cover Classification Key Follow the key in sequence. If a class described the condition, then look no further. 1. >10% live vegetative Cover = Vegetated, else 2.

1. 1. Areas on which trees provide 10% or greater canopy cover and are part of the dominant Chapter 5: (uppermost) vegetation layer, including areas that have been planted to produce woody crops = 01 Tree Cover 1. 2. Areas on which live shrubs provide 10% or greater cover and are part of the dominant (uppermost) vegetation layer = 02 Shrub Cover

1. 3. Areas on which live herbaceous vegetation (including seasonally senescent cover) provide 10% or CONDITION CLASS greater cover and are part of the dominant (uppermost) vegetation layer = 03 Herbaceous Cover 1. 4. Areas on which non-vascular vegetation provide 10% or greater cover and are part of the dominant vegetation layer = 04 Non-vascular Vegetation Cover 1. 5. Areas with 10% or greater live vegetative cover but no one life form has 10% or more cover = 05 Mixed Vegetation Cover 2. <10% live vegetative cover = Sparsely Vegetated pg.104 2. 1. Areas persistently and predominantly covered by water (census and noncensus water, permanent snow and ice) and with less than 10% cover of emergent vegetation. = 10 Water 2. 2. Areas predominantly covered with constructed materials with limited plant life = 09 Impervious 2. 3. Areas predominantly covered by bare rock, gravel, sand, silt, clay, or other earthen material, which contains <10% vegetation cover regardless of its inherent ability to support life = 08 Barren When collected: All condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5) Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Codes are >10% vegetative cover: 01 Tree Cover Areas on which live trees provide 10% or greater canopy cover and are part of the dominant (uppermost) vegetation layer, including areas that have been planted to produce woody crops, Christmas trees, orchards, etc. Only include tree species that can be tallied in the region, i.e., that are on the regional species list. Example areas include forests, forest plantations, reverting fields with >10% tree canopy cover, clearcuts with >10% tree canopy cover. This category includes cypress swamps and mangroves (not to be confused with aquatic vegetation). 02 Shrub Cover Areas on which live shrubs or subshrubs provide 10% or greater cover and are part of the dominant (uppermost) vegetation layer, provided these areas do not qualify as Tree Cover. Shrub/Subshrub — a woody plant that generally has several erect, spreading, or prostrate stems which give it a bushy appearance. This includes dwarf shrubs, and low or short woody vines (NVCS 2008) and excludes any species on FIA’s tree list. Examples include cranberry bogs, berry crops, and other shrub-dominated wetlands, chaparral, and sagebrush. 03 Herbaceous Areas on which live herbaceous vegetation (including seasonally senescent cover) Cover provides 10% or greater cover and are part of the dominant (uppermost) vegetation layer, provided these areas do not qualify as Tree Cover or Shrub Cover. This includes herbs, forbs, and graminoid species. Examples include meadows, prairies, croplands, and improved pasture. This category also includes emergent wetland vegetation like seasonally flooded grasslands, cattail marshes, etc. 04 Non-vascular Areas on which non-vascular vegetation provides 10% or greater cover and are part of Vegetation the dominant vegetation layer, provided these areas do not qualify as Tree Cover, Cover Shrub Cover, or Herbaceous Cover. Examples include mosses, sphagnum moss bogs, liverworts, hornworts, lichens, and algae. 05 Mixed Areas with 10% or greater live vegetative cover but no one life form has 10% or more Vegetation cover. That is, these areas do not qualify as Tree Cover, Shrub Cover, Herbaceous Cover Cover, or Non-vascular Vegetation Cover, and thus are a mixture of plant life forms. Examples can include early stages of reverting fields and high deserts. Codes are < 10% live vegetation cover: 08 Barren Areas predominately covered by bare rock, gravel, sand, silt, clay, or other earthen material, which contains <10% vegetation cover regardless of its inherent ability to support life. Examples include naturally barren areas such as lava fields, gravel bars, sand dunes, salt flats, deserts, playas, and rock outcroppings as well as areas of bare soil exposed by land clearing, wildfire and other forms of disturbance. Also includes minerals and other geologic materials exposed by surface mining and roads made of dirt and gravel 09 Impervious Areas predominantly covered with constructed materials that contain< 10% vegetation cover. Examples include paved roads, parking lots, driveways, sidewalks, rooftops and other man-made structures. 10 Water Areas persistently covered and predominated by water and have <10% emergent vegetative cover. Examples include census and noncensus water and permanent snow and ice. For example, only the open water portion of a bog is to be included.

Item 5.7.2.42 PLANT COMMUNITY [COND.HABTYPCD1] Record the PLANT COMMUNITY that best describes the predominant vegetation of the condition class. Plant communities are based on the principal community types described in The Manual of the Flowering

GENERAL CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES GENERAL CONDITION CLASS Plants of Hawaii (Volume 1) (Wagner et al. 1999). These community types are classified based on : elevation, moisture, and physiognomy, using a nested system. The 5 elevational bands are: Coastal (0- 1000'), Lowland (50-6500'), Montane (1600-9000'), Subalpine (5500-10,000'), and Alpine (Over 10,000'). Within these zones, 3 moisture regimes are distinguished: Dry (Less than 47" annual rainfall), Mesic (47- 98" annual rainfall), and Wet (More than 98" annual rainfall). Finally, 5 physiognomic classes are recognized: Herblands, Grasslands (or Sedgelands), Shrublands, Forests, and Mixed Communities. These Section 5.7 pg.105 classes are based on percentage cover of the dominant plant life form in the uppermost vegetation layer: Herblands have >40% cover in herbaceous species, Grasslands/Sedgelands have >40% cover in grasses or sedges, Shrublands have >40% cover in shrubs, Forests have >25% cover in trees, and Mixed Communities have >40% combined cover of plants of different physiognomic classes, with no one class abundant enough to qualify independently. Note that the definition of forest under this classification system is different than the FIA definition of forest that is used for condition class determination, which only requires 10% live plus missing canopy cover. This means that there will be situations where a forested CONDITION CLASS is assigned to a nonforest PLANT COMMUNITY. When assigning PLANT COMMUNITY, refer to Appendix F and The Manual of the Flowering Plants of Hawaii (Volume 1) for specific plant community types with descriptions that will aid in the classification of a condition class into one of the principal community types listed below. If it is not possible to assign a plant community type due to severe disturbance or other factors, use the unknown code. When collected All measured land conditions in Hawaii (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) Field width 5 alpha-numeric characters Tolerance No errors Values Code Description HUNKN Not possible to assign a plant community, unknown HCDHE Coastal Dry Herblands HCDGR Coastal Dry Grasslands HCDMC Coastal Dry Mixed Communities HCDSH Coastal Dry Shrublands HCDFO Coastal Dry Forests HCMFO Coastal Mesic Forests HCWHE Coastal Wet Herblands HCWSE Coastal Wet Sedgelands HCWSH Coastal Wet Shrublands HCWFO Coastal Wet Forests HLDHE Lowland Dry Herblands HLDGR Lowland Dry Grasslands HLDMC Lowland Dry Mixed Communities HLDSH Lowland Dry Shrublands HLDFO Lowland Dry Forests HLMGR Lowland Mesic Grasslands HLMSH Lowland Mesic Shrublands HLMFO Lowland Mesic Forests HLWHE Lowland Wet Herblands HLWGS Lowland Wet Grasslands and Sedgelands HLWMC Lowland Wet Mixed Communities HLWSH Lowland Wet Shrublands HLWFO Lowland Wet Forests HMDGR Montane Dry Grasslands Chapter 5: HMDSH Montane Dry Shrublands HMDFO Montane Dry Forests HMMFO Montane Mesic Forests HMWHE Montane Wet Herblands HMWSE Montane Wet Sedgelands

HMWMC Montane Wet Mixed Communities CONDITION CLASS HMWSH Montane Wet Shrublands HMWFO Montane Wet Forests HSDSH Subalpine Dry Shrublands HSDFO Subalpine Dry Forests HSMGR Subalpine Mesic Grasslands HSMSH Subalpine Mesic Shrublands HSWMC Subalpine Wet Mixed Communities HADSH Alpine Dry Shrublands pg.106 SUBSECTION 5.7.3 DETERMINING CONDITION CLASSES ON NONFOREST LAND Within measurable nonforest (NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2), nonforest land may be subdivided into condition classes that are based on differences in OWNER GROUP, RESERVED STATUS, and NONFOREST LAND USE. See Subsection 5.2.2, Nonforest Land, for information on plots that are entirely nonforest.

Item 5.7.3.1 PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE (CORE 2.5.30) [COND.PRESNFCD_PNWRS] Record this attribute for every nonforest condition class sampled. When areas that were sampled and classified at last inventory as accessible forest land have changed from forest to nonforest, this variable is used to track land use change. Conversions from forest to nonforest become new nonforest conditions whenever they occur, except when a previously defined nonforest condition has expanded into an adjacent previously defined forest condition.This expanded condition will be captured through boundary changes on respective subplots and does not constitute a new separate condition. If a subplot has an accessible forest land or accessible, measurable nonforest land condition class present within the 24.0-foot radius, map each nonforest land condition class present. Do not combine nonforest condition classes. Use normal procedures to map and measure other condition classes (i.e., Census water, noncensus water, and nonsampled conditions, CONDITION STATUS = 3, 4, or 5). Example: If accessible forest land, nonforest urban land, and nonforest cropland are all present within a 24.0-foot fixed-radius plot, map the forest land condition and map each nonforest land use as a separate condition class (size and width requirements for condition class delineation must be met, or one of five exceptions to the delineation rules must apply). If there is no accessible forest land or accessible, measurable nonforest land condition class present within a subplot’s 24.0-foot radius, then the only nonforest condition class delineated will be the one present at the subplot center ignoring any other nonforest condition classes that may be present. Use normal procedures to map and measure other condition classes (i.e., Census water, noncensus water, and nonsampled conditions, CONDITION STATUS = 3, 4, or 5). Example: If both nonforest urban land and nonforest cropland make up the entirety of a 24.0-foot fixed- radius subplot, record only the condition class which occupies the subplot center. When no accessible forest land condition or accessible, measurable nonforest condition classes exist within any of the 24.0-foot fixed-radius subplots, do not delineate nonforest condition classes. Record only one condition and designate the PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE that is located at plot center for all subplots. Note: Gradations of agroforestry will be present on the islands and will be coded with code 18. The following paragraph does NOT pertain to the Hawaiian Islands, but rather to the other Pacific Islands Inventories: On all visited plots with an accessible forest land and grass, forb or shrub land condition classes, map all nonforest condition classes present on the 4-subplot standard layout. Example: if nonforest – urban land and nonforest – cropland are both present within a 24 feet radius subplot, map each land class as a separate condition class. When collected: All nonforest conditions (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Core Code Land Use Definition Code 10 Agricultural land Land managed for crops, pasture, or other agricultural use; the area must be at least 1.0 acre in size and 120.0 feet wide (with the exception of windbreak/shelterbelt, which has no minimum width). Use code 10 only for cases not better described by one of the following: 10

GENERAL CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES GENERAL CONDITION CLASS 11 Cropland 11 : 12 Pasture Improved through cultural practices such as grading and mowing 12 13 Idle farmland 13 14 Orchard 14 Section 5.7 pg.107 15 Christmas tree plantation 15 16 Maintained wildlife opening 16 17 Windbreak/ Shelterbelt 17 18 Low density Agro-forest with less than 10 percent cover of tree species) agro-forest 10 20 Rangeland Land primarily composed of grasses, forbs, or shrubs. This includes lands vegetated naturally or artificially to provide a plant cover managed like native vegetation and does not meet the definition of pasture, vegetated wetlands or chaparral. The area must be at least 1.0 acre in size and 120.0 feet wide 20 21 Grass lands Dominant vegetation is grasses, including Miscanthus floridulus,Pennisetum polystachion, Saccharum spontaneum, Sporobolus diander, Eragrostis spp., Digitaria spp, and Cenchrus echinatus 20 22 Montane Found on mountains that reach above the heavy cloud belt. Mostly grassland/ grassland mixed with xerophytic shrubs and small trees savannah 20 23 Montane bogs Sedges, grasses and reeds growing at elevations where they are covered with clouds or fog most of the time. These bogs are on gently sloping or level areas with impeded drainage. 20 24 Alpine vegetation Dwarfed vegetation of grasses and cushion-plants growing at high altitudes 20 25 Fernland Dense tangles of Dicranopteris growing on steep slopes usually below 600 m (1,900 feet) 20 26 Subxerophytic/ Vegetation found on truly dry, rain-shadow, leeward mountain slopes sclerophyllous and lowlands, consisting of primarily shrub species scrub 20 30 Developed Land used primarily by humans for purposes other than forestry or agriculture. Use the code 30 only for land not better described by one of the following: 30 31 Cultural or Business (industrial/commercial), residential, and other places of Urban: intense human activity 31 32 Rights-of-way: Improved roads, railway, power lines, maintained canal 32 33 Recreation: Parks, skiing, golf courses 33 34 Mining 34 40 Other Land parcels greater than 1.0 acre in size and greater than 120.0 feet wide, which do not fall into one of the uses described above. Examples include undeveloped beaches, barren land (rock, sand), marshes, bogs, ice, and snow. Use the 40 code only for cases not better described by one of the following: 40 41 Naturally Barren rock, sand, lava, glaciers (ice), undeveloped beaches, glacial nonvegetated outwash 41 Chapter 5: 42 Vegetated Vegetated lands where at some period in the year, the water table is wetland usually at or near the surface, or the land is covered by shallow water. Includes: swamps, peatlands (bogs, fens, muskegs), marshes, and tidal flats 42 43 Beach 43 45 Nonforest- CONDITION CLASS Chaparral 45 pg.108 Item 5.7.3.2 PREVIOUS NONFOREST LAND USE (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.PRESNFCD_PNWRS][PREV_COND_PNWRS.PRESNFCD] A downloaded value that can only be updated by the current crew when a previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP is corrected. If a previous nonforest condition class is added to correct previous crew error in PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS, PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS, or PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP, a PREVIOUS NONFOREST LAND USE must be added. If added, record the PREVIOUS NONFOREST LAND USE for all nonforest conditions (Condition Status 2). Use the codes and classifications listed in NONFOREST LAND USE. There are five new NONFOREST LAND USE codes that would not have been in the previous inventories. Do not update previous information with new codes that were added in later years. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 and PREVIOUS CONDITION STATUS = 2 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: See NONFOREST LAND USE, excluding codes 16, 17, 34, 42, 43 and 45 GENERAL CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES GENERAL CONDITION CLASS : Section 5.7 pg.109 SECTION 5.8 DETERMINATION OF CROWN COVER VALUES FOR LAND USE CLASSIFICATION

SUBSECTION 5.8.1 INTRODUCTION This section describes the procedures and data items needed to populate the condition-level canopy cover variables (Item 5.8.1.2, LIVE CANOPY COVER (CORE 2.5.32), Item 5.8.1.3, LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER (CORE 2.5.33), and Item 5.8.1.6, TOTAL STEMS (CORE 2.5.36)). The procedures should be used whenever LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER is not obviously less than 5 percent or not obviously greater than 10 percent. The procedures are also needed for a sensitivity analysis that will assess the differences between a crown cover and a stocking definition of accessible forest land. Therefore, this study will also be conducted on plots when it is questionable whether the condition is 10 percent stocked. Note: The MIDAS program has a function to help compute the percent cover. From the CONDITION screen press CTRL+C to access the Crown Cover Calculator. Enter the dimensions of the crown of each tree or group of trees: Diam 1 – long diameter; Diam 2 – perpendicular to long diameter; count of trees with these dimensions; and L (live) or M (missing). Then press the Add button. The crown contribution will be computed. Continue until all trees are added or you reach 10 percent LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER - which ever comes first. Two sets of data will be collected for the study: 1. Cover plot information 2. Stocking tree data

Item 5.8.1.1 CANOPY COVER SAMPLE METHOD (CORE 2.5.31) [COND.CANOPY_CVR_SAMPLE_METHOD_CD] Tree cover and stocking data will be collected on the following plot configurations: 1. A single, fixed-area one acre plot that is a 118-foot radius circle 2. Four fixed-area quarter acre subplots that are 58.9-foot radius circles These cover plot configurations must be entirely within one condition class. When there is only one condition class present on the plot either the single, fixed-area one acre plot should be established from the center of subplot 1 on the FIA annual plot layout or the four fixed area quarter acre subplots should be established from the center of subplots 1, 2, 3, and 4 on the FIA annual plot layout. When multiple condition classes occur on the plot, only use the four fixed-area subplot configuration to collect cover data. Locate “phantom” cover subplots following the installation instructions below so they are completely within one condition class until you have four of them, or you reach 25 percent cover. Do not move phantom subplots to better represent the condition in question if phantom subplots fall in sparsely- treed areas or heavier-treed areas. Make sure to note the location of each cover subplot on the plot diagram on the plot card. Record the CANOPY COVER SAMPLE METHOD used to determine LIVE CANOPY COVER and, LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER for the condition. If the ocular method is not used, the appropriate plot-

based method should be selected according to the condition's dimensions and shape. Chapter 5: Ocular method - The Ocular method is only used in areas that are obviously less than 5 percent LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER or obviously greater than 10 percent LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER, or when CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5. In addition to visual inspections of what is on the ground, crews can also use various types of aerial imagery to help determine LIVE CANOPY COVER and LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER values using this method. The Ocular method may also be used on

CONDITION STATUS 2 conditions where access to the nonforest landcover area may be limited, or the CONDITION CLASS nonforest condition is a developed non-forest land use. Note that when the Ocular method is used, it is likely to be easier for the observer to ignore subplot boundaries and assess the percentage of tree canopy cover over the condition in question, without regard to the locations of the stems supporting the canopy over the plot. pg.110 Acre and subplot method - When the ocular method is not appropriate, refer to data items Item 5.8.1.2, LIVE CANOPY COVER (CORE 2.5.32), Item 5.8.1.3, LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER (CORE 2.5.33), and Item 5.8.1.6, TOTAL STEMS (CORE 2.5.36). If LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER appears to be greater than 5 percent but not obviously greater than 10 percent, trees must be tallied and crowns measured to determine cover. The acre method refers to the use of a single 1 acre plot or four 1/4 acre subplots. Phantom plot installation - Install phantom subplots as necessary to yield four 1/4-acre sample areas that fall entirely within the questionable condition. Record the location of these phantom or temporary subplots on your four point plot sketch and monument. Establish phantom plots using the following protocol (Figure 5.15): a. Begin by locating the phantom subplots using the "highest" numbered regular subplot that falls entirely in the questionable condition (e.g., 4 is the highest numbered regular subplot, next 3 and then 2). The phantom subplots are located in the following fashion: (1) 120.0 feet at 360 degrees, (2) 120.0 feet at 120 degrees, then (3) 120.0 feet at 240 degrees. b. If this fails to yield 4 subplots that fall entirely within the questionable condition, install the remaining phantom subplots off the next highest numbered regular subplot that falls in the questionable condition. c. If this fails to produce a suitable location, rotate the phantom subplot off the other phantom subplots in the attempted order of installation until 4 subplots have been located in the questionable condition.

CONDITION 2 5 QUESTIONABLE FOREST WITH =10%TREE CANOPY COVER

7 1

CONDITION 1 3 4 FOREST WITH 40% TREE CANOPY COVER

Figure 5.15: Example of the subplot method phantom subplots.

The general guide for installing phantom cover subplots is: Install the next phantom cover subplot off the highest FIA subplot entirely within the condition, until all the FIA subplots have been exhausted. Then put in the next phantom cover subplot off the last established phantom cover subplot. For narrow, linear conditions, phantom subplots should be placed methodically within the condition (e.g. divide the length of the strip by 5 to determine the distance between subplots). If the condition in question is too small to establish 4 phantom subplots, (e.g. 236 feet x 236 feet) then use the acre method and install the one phantom 118 foot radius plot in the center of the condition. Use this method as a last resort only. If establishing one phantom 118 foot radius plot at a new location, record COVER SUBPLOT as 1 and take GPS coordinates at the radius center. Enter the coordinates in the

DETERMINATION OF CROWN COVER VALUES FOR LAND USE CLASSIFICATION CROWN COVER VALUES OF DETERMINATION electronic plot notes. Record the location of this phantom plot on your four point plot sketch . Make detailed : plot notes describing the location of phantom plot. Section 5.8 pg.111 When collected: CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, 2, or 5 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: None Values: Core codes (office use Code Description only) 1 Ocular method 1 3 Acre method (one 118 foot radius plot installed) 3 5 Acre method (four 58.9 foot radius plots installed) 3

Item 5.8.1.2 LIVE CANOPY COVER (CORE 2.5.32) [COND.LIVE_CANOPY_CVR_PCT] Record the percentage of LIVE CANOPY COVER for the condition. Include live tally trees, saplings, and seedlings that cover the sample area. For conditions where the LIVE CANOPY COVER is low and there is a question whether it meets 10 percent LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER, the crew will measure every crown width within the canopy cover sample area and enter the Total Live Canopy Cover percent from the stocking/cover calculator (always round down to the nearest percent). LIVE CANOPY COVER can be based on an ocular estimate when the condition in question is certain to contain less than 5 percent or greater than 10 percent LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER or CURRENT AFFORESTATION CODE =1 and TOTAL STEMS greater than or equal to 150. For LIVE CANOPY COVER <1 percent (trace), record 01.Do not include the crown portion of trees, saplings, or seedlings that are vertically overtopped by other trees, saplings or seedlings. For entirely nonsampled plots: Use imagery to determine LIVE CANOPY COVER of the condition class that would be defined at plot center if ground visited. When collected: All CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 2 or 5 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: 0 - 12% - No errors 13 - 20% - 10% error 21 - 100% - 25% error Values: 00 - 99 (where 99 = 99-100%)

Item 5.8.1.3 LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER (CORE 2.5.33) [COND.LIVE_MISSING_CANOPY_CVR_PCT] Record the percentage of LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER for the condition by adding the LIVE CANOPY COVER plus the estimated missing canopy cover that existed prior to disturbance (harvesting, fire,etc). Include live and dead and removed tally trees, saplings, and seedlings. Dead trees and dead portions of live trees are not considered as missing unless it is part of the condition disturbance treatment, historical disturbance, or historical treatment. Only include dead or removed tally trees, saplings, and seedlings that appear to have died or been removed within the last 30 years. When a disturbance or treatment is coded that caused the current LIVE CANOPY COVER to be greater than the LIVE CANOPY COVER which existed prior to disturbance or treatment (e.g., dense regeneration following stand- replaceing fire), LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER should equal LIVE CANOPY COVER. When CANOPY COVER SAMPLE METHOD > 1, enter the Total Live Plus Missing Cover percent from the

stocking/cover calculator. Otherwise, base the estimate on field observations, aerial photos, historical aerial Chapter 5: imagery, and similar evidence of undisturbed conditions. The total of the LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER cannot exceed 100 percent. For entirely nonsampled plots: Use current and historical imagery to determine LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER of the condition class that would be defined at plot center if ground visited.

When collected: All CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, 2 or 5 CONDITION CLASS Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: 0 - 12% - No errors 13 - 20% - 10% error 21 - 100% - 25% error Values: 00 - 99 (where 99 = 99-100%) pg.112 Item 5.8.1.4 CURRENT AFFORESTATION CODE (CORE 2.5.34) [COND.AFFORESTATION_CD] Record the code identifying a condition that has no evidence of prior forest, but does have evidence suggesting deliberate afforestation attempts (planted or prepared to promote tree establishment) to convert to forest in the current inventory cycle or since the last measurement. When collected: When CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or 2 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 0 No 1 Yes

Item 5.8.1.5 PREVIOUS AFFORESTATION CODE (CORE 2.5.35) [COND.PREV_AFFORESTATION_CD] Record the code identifying a condition that has no evidence of prior forest, but does have evidence suggesting deliberate afforestation attempts (planted or prepared to promote tree establishment) to convert to forest the prior inventory cycle or prior to the last measurement. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 and CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or 2 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 0 No 1 Yes

Item 5.8.1.6 TOTAL STEMS (CORE 2.5.36) [COND.NBR_LIVE_STEMS] Record TOTAL STEMS/acre when CURRENT AFFORESTATION CODE = 1 or PREVIOUS AFFORESTATION CODE = 1. When collected: CURRENT AFFORESTATION CODE = 1 or PREVIOUS AFFORESTATION CODE = 1 Field width: 5 digits Tolerance: 10% Values: 00000 - 99999

SECTION 5.9 NONSAMPLED CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES When encountering an area where CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON (Item 5.9.0.1) is constant but attributes differ, record attributes that apply to the greater part of the area within the nonsampled condition class. For entirely nonsampled plots with multiple nonsampled reasons, code the nonsampled reason that applies to the majority of the area of the plot footprint. Example: Subplot center is accessible forestland, but there is a hazardous area delineated on the subplot. RESERVED STATUS, OWNER GROUP, GROUND LAND CLASS, and NONSAMPLED FOREST TYPE will be recorded for the nonsampled condition. If there is an ownership boundary between two OWNER GROUPS on plot within the nonsampled area, the difference in OWNER GROUP is ignored and the OWNER GROUP is assigned based on the condition that covers more area on the subplot.

Item 5.9.0.1 CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 2.4.3) [COND.COND_NONSAMPLE_REASN_CD] For portions of plots that cannot be sampled (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5), record one of the

NONSAMPLED CONDITION CLASS ATTRIBUTES NONSAMPLED CONDITION CLASS following reasons. : Section 5.9 pg.113 When collected: When CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 02 Denied access area – Any area within the sampled area of a plot to which access is denied by the legal owner, or to which an owner of the only reasonable route to the plot denies access. There are no minimum area or width requirements for a condition class delineated by denied access. Because a denied-access condition can become accessible in the future, it remains in the sample and is re-examined at the next occasion to determine if access is available. 03 Hazardous situation – Any area within the sampled area on plot that cannot be accessed because of a hazard or danger, for example cliffs, quarries, strip mines, illegal substance plantations, temporary high water, etc. Although the hazard is not likely to change over time, a hazardous condition remains in the sample and is re-examined at the next occasion to determine if the hazard is still present. There are no minimum size or width requirements for a condition class delineated by a hazardous condition. 06 Lost plot - Entire plot cannot be found. Used for the single condition that is required for this plot. Used only in conjunction with PLOT NONSAMPLED REASON code 06. Can be either generated by the data recorder or in the office. 08 Skipped visit - Entire plot skipped. Used for the single condition that is required for this plot. Applied at the time of processing and used only in conjunction with PLOT NONSAMPLED REASON code 08. 10 Other – This code is used whenever a plot or condition class is not sampled due to a reason other than one of the specific reasons listed. An electronic CONDITION CLASS NOTE is required to describe the situation.

Item 5.9.0.2 PREVIOUS CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.COND_NONSAMPLE_REASN_CD] A downloaded value that may be updated if an error was made by the previous crew. If updated, record one of the following reasons for portions of the plot which could not be sampled at the previous measurement (PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5). Note: PREVIOUS CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON values have already been updated to current codes. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 and PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: see CONDITION NONSAMPLED REASON

Item 5.9.0.3 NONSAMPLED FOREST TYPE (PNW) [COND.FLDTYPCD_NON_SAMP_PNWRS] Record the forest type of the nonsampled condition with the potential to be forest land. Chapter 5: For entirely nonsampled plots: If multiple condition classes would be delineated if ground visited, assess FOREST TYPE of the forested/potentially forested condition class (that would be delineated if ground visited) with the majority of area on the plot footprint using current and historical imagery, previous data, and local knowledge. When collected: When CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5 CONDITION CLASS Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: No errors Values:Item 5.7.1.9, FOREST TYPE (CORE 2.5.3) pg.114 SECTION 5.10 CONDITION CLASS NOTES

SUBSECTION 5.10.1 CONDITION CLASS NOTES

Item 5.10.1.1 PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NOTES (PNW) [PREV_COND_PNWRS.NOTES] Record any notes needed to clarify or explain changes to previous condition class data items or condition class mapping. If the current crew corrects any previous crew errors, an explanation describing why values were changed is required. Include what was determined to be wrong and describe, in detail, the reason the current crew knows a previous error was made. When collected: All plots when previous crew incorrectly recorded condition class variables and previous values were changed by current crew Field width: 2000 characters Tolerance: N/A Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences

Item 5.10.1.2 CONDITION CLASS NOTES (PNW) [COND.NOTES] Record any notes needed to clarify or explain a special situation in the particular condition class being defined. When collected: All plots, use when clarification is needed Field width: 2000 characters Tolerance: N/A Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences

Item 5.10.1.3 CHANGE MATRIX NOTES (PNW) [CHANGE_MATRIX_PNWRS.NOTES] Record any notes needed to explain physical or procedural change in CONDITION CLASS STATUS, RESERVED STATUS, and OWNER GROUP. When collected: CONDITION CLASS STATUS RECONCILE CODE = 1 or 3, CONDITON CLASS STATUS PROCEDURAL CHANGE REASON CODE = 99, RESERVED STATUS RECONCILE CODE = 1 or 3, RESERVED STATUS PROCEDURAL CHANGE REASON CODE = 99, and OWNER GROUP RECONCILE CODE = 1 or 3, OWNER GROUP PROCEDURAL CHANGE REASON CODE = 99. Field width: 2000 characters Tolerance: N/A Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences CONDITION CLASS NOTES : Section 5.10 pg.115 CHAPTER 6 SUBPLOT INFORMATION Each subplot is described by a series of area parameters relating to topographic features and existing cover type. These data also relate to the microplot, since the microplot is contained within the subplot perimeter. This information is used for a variety of topics, including: identifying potential limits to management (e.g., topography), and relating physical site features to forest composition and productivity.

SECTION 6.1 RECORDING SUBPLOT INFORMATION

SUBSECTION 6.1.1 SUBPLOT INFORMATION

Item 6.1.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE 3.1) [SUBPLOT.SUBP] Record the code corresponding to the number of the subplot. When Collected: All subplots Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 Center subplot 2 North subplot 3 Southeast subplot 4 Southwest subplot

Item 6.1.1.2 PREVIOUS SUBPLOT MAPPING ERROR (PNW) [SUBPLOT.PREV_COND_MAP_ERROR_PNWRS] Record a code to indicate whether or not a previous mapping error exists on a subplot or if an error exists in PREVIOUS SUBPLOT CENTER CONDITION or PREVIOUS MICROPLOT CENTER CONDITION. If PREVIOUS SUBPLOT MAPPING ERROR = Y, a note must be entered in SUBPLOT NOTES explaining why the crew knows an error was made previously. When collected: SAMPLE KIND = 2 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description N No error on subplot Y Error on subplot

Item 6.1.1.3 SUBPLOT STATUS (CORE 3.2) [SUBPLOT.SUBP_STATUS_CD] Indicate whether or not this subplot currently has at least one accessible forest land condition class. In

situations where PLOT STATUS = 1 or 2 and subplot is denied access or hazardous, but obviously contains Chapter 6: no forest land, record SUBPLOT STATUS = 2. In cases where a subplot is access-denied or hazardous land use and has the possibility of forest, record SUBPLOT STATUS = 3. When collected: All subplots Field width: 1 digit

Tolerance: No errors SUBPLOT INFORMA Values: Code Definition 1 Sampled – at least one accessible forest land condition present on subplot

2 Sampled – no accessible forest land condition present on subplot 3 Nonsampled – possibility of forest land 4 Sampled – QA crew only measured condition, boundary and some subplot level data. For use only on check plots (QA STATUS = 2 through 6). Not a legal entry on production plots (QA STATUS = 1 or 7). TION pg.116 Item 6.1.1.4 SUBPLOT NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 3.3) [SUBPLOT.POINT_NONSAMPLE_REASN_CD] For entire subplots that cannot be sampled, record one of the following reasons. When collected: When SUBPLOT STATUS = 3 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Definition 02 Denied access area – Any area within the sampled area of a plot to which access is denied by the legal owner, or to which an owner of the only reasonable route to the plot denies access. There are no minimum area or width requirements for a condition class delineated by denied access. Because a denied-access condition can become accessible in the future, it remains in the sample and is re-examined at the next occasion to determine if access is available. 03 Hazardous situation – Any area within the sampled area on plot that cannot be accessed because of a hazard or danger, for example cliffs, quarries, strip mines, illegal substance plantations, temporary high water, etc. Although the hazard is not likely to change over time, a hazardous condition remains in the sample and is re-examined at the next occasion to determine if the hazard is still present. There are no minimum size or width requirements for a condition class delineated by a hazardous condition. 04 Time limitation – This code applies to full subplots that cannot be sampled due to a time restriction. This code is reserved for areas with limited access, and in situations where it is imperative for the crew to leave before the plot can be completed (e.g., scheduled helicopter rendezvous). Use of this code requires notification to the field supervisor. This code should not be used for an entire plot (use code 8 [skipped visit] when an entire plot is skipped; see Chapter 4, Plot Level Data). 06 Lost plot - Entire plot cannot be found. Used for the four subplots that are required for this plot. Used only in conjunction with PLOT NONSAMPLED REASON code 06. Can be either generated by the data recorder or in the office. 08 Skipped visit - Entire plot skipped. Used for the four subplots that are required for this plot. Applied at the time of processing and used only in conjunction with PLOT NONSAMPLED REASON code 08. 10 Other – This code is used whenever a plot or condition class is not sampled due to a reason other than one of the specific reasons already listed. An electronic SUBPLOT NOTE is required to describe the situation.

Item 6.1.1.5 NONFOREST SUBPLOT STATUS (CORE 3.4) [SUBPLOT.NF_SUBP_STATUS_CD] Record the code that describes the sampling status of the other-than-forest subplot, i.e., SUBPLOT STATUS = 2. In cases where subplot is denied access or hazardous, but obviously contains no nonforest land, i.e., subplot is either noncensus water or Census water, record NONFOREST SUBPLOT STATUS = 2. When collected: When NONFOREST SAMPLING STATUS = 1 and SUBPLOT STATUS = 2 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 1 Sampled - at least one accessible nonforest land condition present on the subplot.

RECORDING SUBPLOT INFORMATION 2 Sampled - no nonforest land condition present on subplot, i.e., subplot is : either census and/or noncensus water. 3 Nonsampled nonforest Section 6.1 pg.117 Item 6.1.1.6 NONFOREST SUBPLOT NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE 3.5) [SUBPLOT.NF_SUBP_NONSAMPLE_REASN_CD] For entire nonforest subplots that can not be sampled, record one of the following reasons. When collected: When NONFOREST SUBPLOT STATUS = 3 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 02 Denied access - A subplot to which access is denied by the legal owner, or to which an owner of the only reasonable route to the plot denies access. Because a denied-access subplot can become accessible in the future, it remains in the sample and is re-examined at the next occasion to determine if access is available. 03 Hazardous situation - A subplot that cannot be accessed because of a hazard or danger, for example cliffs, quarries, strip mines, illegal substance plantations, temporary high water, etc. Although the hazard is not likely to change over time, a hazardous condition remains in the sample and is re- examined at the next occasion to determine if the hazard is still present. 04 Time limitation – This code applies to full subplots that cannot be sampled due to a time restriction. This code is reserved for areas with limited access, and in situations where it is imperative for the crew to leave before the plot can be completed (e.g., scheduled helicopter rendezvous). Use of this code requires notification to the field supervisor 10 Other - This code is used whenever a subplot is not sampled due to a reason other than one of the specific reasons already listed. An electronic SUBPLOT NOTE is required to describe the situation.

Item 6.1.1.7 PREVIOUS SUBPLOT CENTER CONDITION (PNW) [SUBPLOT.PREV_SUBPCOND_PNWRS] A downloaded value that may be updated if an error was made by the previous crew. If updated, record the CONDITION CLASS NUMBER of the condition class at the subplot center as it existed at the previous measurement. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 9

Item 6.1.1.8 SUBPLOT CENTER CONDITION (CORE 3.6) [SUBPLOT.SUBPCOND] Record the CONDITION CLASS NUMBER of the condition class at the subplot center. Chapter 6: When collected: All subplots Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 9

Item 6.1.1.9 SUBPLOT CONDITION LIST (CORE 3.11) SUBPLOT INFORMA [SUBPLOT.CONDLIST] This is a listing of all condition classes located within the 24.0-foot radius around the subplot center.A maximum of four conditions is permitted at any individual subplot (a maximum of nine condition classes can be recorded on a plot. If a condition class has already been defined at a previously completed subplot, use the same condition class number whenever that condition is encountered. Define new condition classes as they are encountered. If more than one condition class is listed here, boundary data are required. If only one condition class is listed, this condition is automatically assigned to the subplot center and microplot center. If fewer than four condition classes occur on this subplot, complete the remainder of this field with

zeros. For example, if condition 1 is the only condition class on a subplot, record 1000. TION pg.118 When collected: All plots Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: No errors Values:1000 to 9876

Item 6.1.1.10 MICROPLOT CENTER CONDITION (CORE 3.7) [SUBPLOT.MICRCOND] Record the CONDITION CLASS NUMBER of the condition class at the microplot center. When collected: All microplots Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 9

Item 6.1.1.11 PREVIOUS MICROPLOT CENTER CONDITION (PNW) [SUBPLOT.PREV_MICRCOND] A downloaded value that may be updated if an error was made by the previous crew. If updated, record the CONDITION CLASS NUMBER of the condition class at the microplot center as it existed at the previous measurement. When collected: SAMPLE KIND = 2 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 9

Item 6.1.1.12 P2 VEG SUBPLOT SAMPLE STATUS (CORE OPTIONAL 8.4.2) [SUBPLOT.P2VEG_SUBP_STATUS_CD] Record the code to indicate if the subplot was sampled for P2 vegetation. A subplot may be sampled for P2 Vegetation but not have any vascular plants present. If there is any part of an accessible portion of the subplot where other plot measurements are made but all the P2 Vegetation measurements cannot be completed on the subplot (for example, deep snow or water, hazardous weather, time limitation), enter code 2 and do not record any P2 Vegetation measurements. When collected: On all subplots where P2 vegetation is being sampled on accessible forest land (P2 VEGETATION SAMPLING STATUS = 1) and at least one accessible forest land condition (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) exists within the 24-foot radius subplot, or P2 Vegetation is being sampled on all accessible land conditions (P2 VEGETATION SAMPLING STATUS = 2) and at least one accessible forest condition or accessible, measurable nonforest condition (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) exists within the 24-foot radius subplot. Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Definition 1 Subplot sampled for P2 Vegetation 2 Subplot not sampled for P2 Vegetation

Item 6.1.1.13 VEGETATION NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE OPTIONAL 8.4.3) [SUBPLOT.P2VEG_SUBP_NONSAMPLE_REASN_CD] Record the reason why P2 vegetation on a subplot cannot be sampled. When collected: On all subplots where P2 VEG SUBPLOT SAMPLE STATUS = 2 Field width: 2 digits RECORDING SUBPLOT INFORMATION

: Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Definition 05 Lost data (for office use only) 10 Other (for example, snow or water covering vegetation that is supposed to be sampled). Record an explanation in SUBPLOT NOTES. Section 6.1 pg.119 Item 6.1.1.14 INVASIVE PLANT SUBPLOT SAMPLE STATUS (CORE OPTIONAL 9.5) [SUBPLOT.INVASIVE_SUBP_STATUS_CD] Record the code to indicate whether the subplot was sampled for invasive plants. A subplot may be sampled but not have any invasive plants present. If there is any part of an accessible portion of the subplot where other plot measurements are made but invasive plants can't be assessed (e.g., because of snow, water), enter code 3 and do not record any invasive plant measurements.

When collected: On all subplots where invasive species are being sampled on accessible forest land (INVASIVE PLANT SAMPLING STATUS = 1) and at least one accessible forest land condition (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) exists within the 24-foot radius subplot or invasive species are being sampled on all accessible land conditions (INVASIVE PLANT SAMPLING STATUS = 2) and at least one accessible forest condition or accessible, measurable nonforest condition (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) exists within the 24-foot radius subplot Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 Subplot sampled, invasive plants present 2 Subplot sampled, no invasive plants present 3 Subplot not sampled for invasive plants

Item 6.1.1.15 INVASIVE PLANT NONSAMPLED REASON (CORE OPTIONAL 9.6) [INVASIVE_PLOT_SPECIES.SPECIMEN_NOT_COLLECTED_REASON] Record the reason why a subplot cannot be sampled for invasive plants. When collected: On all subplots where INVASIVE PLANT SUBPLOT SAMPLE STATUS = 3

Field width: 2 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Location 5 Lost Data (office use only) 10 Other (for example, snow or water covering vegetation that is supposed to be sampled, explanation required in SUBPLOT NOTES)

SUBSECTION 6.1.2 PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS INFORMATION

Item 6.1.2.1 SUBPLOT SLOPE (CORE 3.8) [SUBPLOT.SLOPE] Record the angle of slope across the 24.0-foot radius subplot to the nearest 1-percent. SUBPLOT SLOPE is determined by sighting the clinometer along a line parallel to the average incline (or decline) of each subplot. This angle is measured along the shortest pathway down slope before the drainage direction Chapter 6: changes. To measure SUBPLOT SLOPE, Observer 1 should stand at the uphill edge of the subplot and sight Observer 2, who stands at the downhill edge of the subplot. Sight Observer 2 at the same height as the eye-level of Observer 1. Read the slope directly from the percentage scale of the clinometer: • If slope changes gradually across the subplot, record an average slope. • If slope changes across the subplot but the slope is predominantly of one direction, code the predominant slope percentage rather than the average. SUBPLOT INFORMA • If the subplot falls directly on or straddles a canyon bottom or narrow ridge top, code the average slope of the side hill(s). • If the subplot falls on a canyon bottom or on a narrow ridge top, but most of the area lies on one side hill, code the slope of the side hill where most of the area lies. TION pg.120 When collected: All subplots with at least one accessible forest land condition class present on subplot (SUBPLOT STATUS = 1); or All subplots with at least one accessible nonforest condition class present on the subplot when nonforest is being sampled (NONFOREST SUBPLOT STATUS = 1) Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 10 percent Values: 000 to 155

Item 6.1.2.2 SUBPLOT ASPECT (CORE 3.9) [SUBPLOT.ASPECT] Record the aspect across the 24.0-foot radius subplot, to the nearest 1 degree. SUBPLOT ASPECT is determined along the direction of slope for land surfaces with at least 5- percent slope in a generally uniform direction. SUBPLOT ASPECT is measured with a hand compass along the same direction used to determine slope. • If aspect changes gradually across the subplot, record an average aspect. • If aspect changes across the subplot but the aspect is predominately of one direction, code the predominate direction rather than the average. • If the subplot falls on or straddles a canyon bottom or narrow ridge top, code the aspect of the ridge line or canyon bottom. • If the subplot falls on a canyon bottom or on a narrow ridge top, but most of the area lies on one side hill, code the aspect of the side hill. When collected: All subplots with at least one accessible forest land conditionclass present on subplot (SUBPLOT STATUS = 1); or All subplots with at least one accessible nonforest condition class present on the subplot when nonforest is being sampled (NONFOREST SUBPLOT STATUS = 1) Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 10 degrees Values: Code Definition 000 no aspect, slope < 5- percent 001 1 degree 002 2 degrees ...... 360 360 degrees, due north

Item 6.1.2.3 SLOPE SHAPE (PACI) [SUBPLOT.SLOPE_SHAPE_PNWRS] Record the slope shape over the subplot under consideration. RECORDING SUBPLOT INFORMATION : Section 6.1 pg.121 When collected: All subplots with at least one accessible forest land condition class present on subplot (SUBPLOT STATUS = 1); or All subplots with at least one accessible nonforest condition class present on the subplot when nonforest is being sampled (NONFOREST SUBPLOT STATUS = 1) Field width: 2 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 00 Flat 10 Concave 20 Convex

Item 6.1.2.4 SLOPE POSITION (PACI) [SUBPLOT.SLOPE_POSITION_PNWRS] Record the slope position over the subplot under consideration. To more accurately measure the moisture-related effects of topography on vegetation, two separate, calculated indices will be computed in the lab from data gathered in the field: 1.) an index of moisture demand and 2.) an index of moisture supply. For moisture demand, the aspect, slope and elevation at each plot is used to approximate annual moisture demand from “Potential Solar Beam Irradiation on Slopes” tables or equations (Frank and Lee 1966). Moisture supply is estimated from an additive, modified, topographic relative moisture index (TRMI; Parker 1982) constructed using slope shape, percent slope and slope position. Higher moisture supply values occur on footslopes, gentle slopes and/or sites exhibiting slope concavities. When collected: All subplots with at least one accessible forest land condition class present on subplot (SUBPLOT STATUS = 1); or All subplots with at least one accessible nonforest condition class present on the subplot when nonforest is being sampled (NONFOREST SUBPLOT STATUS = 1) Field width: 2 digit Tolerance: +/- one class for codes 10-30 Values: Code Description 00 No Slope 10 Uppershoulder 20 Midslope 30 Footslope 40 Valleybottom 50 Ridgetop

Item 6.1.2.5 SNOW/WATER DEPTH (CORE 3.10) [SUBPLOT.WATERDEP] Record, to the nearest 0.1 foot, the average approximate depth of water or snow covering the 24.0-foot

radius subplot at the time of data collection. This data item is used to indicate subplots where some data Chapter 6: items (e.g., seedling count, total lengths) may be measured with less certainty because of conditions at the time of measurement. This item is intended for water/snow/ice which covers substantial portions of subplots. Record “00” for streams contained within their banks and not affecting any measurements. In the Pacific Islands, mangrove swamps generally should receive a snow and water depth value of 0.0 regardless of water depth at time of visit, as tidally-influenced water depths will vary dramatically with time of visit. SUBPLOT INFORMA When collected: All subplots with at least one accessible forest land condition class present on subplot (SUBPLOT STATUS = 1); or All subplots with at least one accessible nonforest condition class present on the subplotwhen nonforest is being sampled (NONFOREST SUBPLOT STATUS = 1) Field width: 2 digits (x.y) Tolerance: +/- 0.5 feet Values: 0.0 to 9.9 TION pg.122 Item 6.1.2.6 SUBPLOT NOTES (PNW) [SUBPLOT.NOTES] Record any notes needed to clarify or explain a special situation encountered on the subplot. When collected: All plots: as needed Field width: 2000 characters Tolerance: N/A Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences

SECTION 6.2 PIG DAMAGE Wild pigs were introduced to the Pacific Islands by humans centuries ago. They were farmed loosely and became wild on the islands. These animals have no non-human predators and have subsequently expanded their populations. These populations have caused a lot of destruction to forests and other vegetated habitats. The following are examples of wild pig damage that may be encountered: rooting (sometimes called grubbing) where pigs dig up the soil and vegetation, compacted trails, wallows in wet soils, and rubbing on trees and shrubs. Because of this problem crews will be assessing pig damage for each sampled condition on all subplots. Crews will record the percentage of the entire subplot (as viewed from above) that has noticeable pig damage to the ground and ground vegetation for each sampled condition. It is important that this value is always estimated as a percent of an entire subplot. Code the following data items as described.

Item 6.2.0.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER OF PIG DAMAGE (PACI) [SUBP_COND_ROOT_DIS_PNWRS.SUBP] Record the code corresponding to the number of the subplot. When Collected: All subplots with at least one accessible forest land condition present on subplot (SUBPLOT PLOT STATUS = 1); or All subplots with at least one accessible nonforest condition class present on the subplot when nonforest is being sampled (NONFOREST SUBPLOT STATUS = 1) Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 Center subplot 2 North subplot 3 Southeast subplot 4 Southwest subplot

Item 6.2.0.2 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER OF PIG DAMAGE (PACI) [SUBP_COND_ROOT_DIS_PNWRS.CONDID] Record the CONDITION CLASS NUMBER corresponding to the instance of pig damage. When collected: All subplots with at least one accessible forest land condition present on subplot (SUBPLOT PLOT STATUS = 1); or All subplots with at least one accessible nonforest condition class present on the subplot when nonforest is being sampled (NONFOREST SUBPLOT STATUS = 1) Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 9 PIG DAMAGE : Section 6.2 pg.123 Item 6.2.0.3 PERCENT OF PIG DAMAGE ON SUBPLOT (PACI) [SUBP_COND_ROOT_DIS_PNWRS.PIG_DAMAGE_PCT] Record the estimated percentage of area of the subplot covered by pig damage for each sampled condition class found on subplot. When collected: All subplots with at least one accessible forest land condition present on subplot (SUBPLOT PLOT STATUS = 1); or All subplots with at least one accessible nonforest condition class present on the subplot when nonforest is being sampled (NONFOREST SUBPLOT STATUS = 1) Field width: 3 digit Tolerance: +/- 10 percent Values: 000 to 100 Chapter 6: SUBPLOT INFORMA TION pg.124 PIG DAMAGE : Section 6.2 pg.125 CHAPTER 7 BOUNDARY REFERENCES

SECTION 7.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Boundary reference data are used to compute the area for the condition classes sampled on a plot and to remeasure plots. Record all boundaries between condition classes that occur within the sampled (fixed- radius) area on subplots and microplots. Boundaries outside sampled (fixed-radius) areas are not referenced. In addition to using the recording procedures described herein, sketch maps of condition class boundaries onto the pre-printed plot diagrams on the plot card, accurately representing the shape of each boundary as it is on the ground (boundary data recorded in the PDR should represent the condition class area, but may not accurately represent the shape).

SECTION 7.2 REFERENCE PROCEDURE Within the sampled area on each microplot and subplot, reference the approximate boundary of each condition class that differs from the condition class at the center. Trees selected on these fixed-radius plots are assigned to the actual condition in which they lie regardless of the recorded approximate boundary delineated. Boundary referencing is done by recording azimuths and distances from subplot or microplot center to the reference points (Figure 7.1 and Figure 7.2). Each boundary is marked by a maximum of three points –two where the boundary intersects the respective fixed-radius plot circumference, and one "corner" point between the two end points, if necessary. Only the corner point requires a distance, since the distance from the center to the circumference is always equal to the fixed plot radius. Chapter 7:

Figure 7.1: How to measure a straight boundary on a Figure 7.2: How to measure a boundary with a corner fixed-radius plot. on a fixed-radius plot.

Microplot boundaries are referenced to the microplot center. Note that the larger the fixed-radius plot, the BOUNDARY greater likelihood of a need for a boundary corner to record boundaries that are not straight lines. Refer to Section 5.1 and Section 5.3 for general condition class delineation guidelines. The following additional rules apply when referencing a boundary within a fixed-radius plot: 1. When a boundary between accessible forest land and nonforest land or between two contrasting

accessible forest land condition classes is clearly marked, use that feature to define the boundary. REFERENCES Examples of clear demarcation are a fence line, plowed field edge, sharp ridge line, defined stem line, and water's edge along a stream course, ditch, or canal. 2. When a boundary between forest land and nonforest land is not clearly marked by an obvious feature, the boundary should follow the nonforest side of the stems of the trees at the forest edge. pg.126 3. When a boundary between two contrasting forest land condition classes is not clearly marked, map along the stems of the contrasting condition. When the boundary between two contrasting forest land condition classes is separated by a narrow linear inclusion (creek, fire line, narrow meadow, unimproved road), establish the boundary at the far edge of the inclusion relative to subplot center. 4. Although individual tolerances are specified for the azimuths and distances, in practice a crew will be considered ‘correct’ when the difference in areas as mapped by the original crew and by the QA crew is less than 10 percent of the fixed-radius plot area. This allows for slight variations in azimuths or distances due to the approximate nature of mapping procedures. 5. Small developed nonforest land conditions and Nonsampled conditions (see Section 5.4) that are too small to represent accurately given electronic mapping limitations (e.g. only one corner) are diagramed using a 'wedge.' On the plot card, draw them as they actually exist on the ground. Boundary reference data should then be collected to map a wedge that accurately represents the area of the condition on each fixed-radius plot on which it exists. The outer edge of the wedge shall face the direction of the actual location of the nonforest or nonsampled condition on each fixed- radius plot.

Figure 7.3: How to map subplot 1. Macroplot is not mapped in Pacific Islands

SUBSECTION 7.2.1 BOUNDARIES ON REMEASUREMENT PLOTS When a plot is remeasured, the crew will examine the boundaries referenced at last inventory and reassess the condition class delineating data items. If no change has occurred, the current crew will retain the boundary data that were recorded at last inventory. If a boundary has changed, a new boundary is present, a procedural change has altered the boundary, or the previous crew made an obvious error; record new or updated boundary data. See Section 5.6, Condition Remeasurement for guidance on when to correct previous mapping error. Record the reason for the change in BOUNDARY CHANGE (Item 7.2.2.4). Delete boundaries that are no longer distinct. If in doubt about whether or not a boundary change has occurred, leave boundary as delineated at the previous inventory. REFERENCE PROCEDURE : Section 7.2 pg.127 SUBSECTION 7.2.2 BOUNDARY DATA Record the appropriate values for each boundary mapped on the subplot or microplot as follows:

Item 7.2.2.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE 4.2.1) [BOUNDARY.SUBP] Generated code corresponding to the number of the subplot. When collected: All boundaries Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 Center subplot 2 North subplot 3 Southeast subplot 4 Southwest subplot

Item 7.2.2.2 PLOT TYPE (CORE 4.2.2) [BOUNDARY.SUBPTYP] Record the code to specify whether the boundary data are for a subplot or microplot. When collected: All boundaries Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Plot Type Null No boundaries are recorded for the subplot 1 Subplot boundary 2 Microplot boundary

Item 7.2.2.3 PREVIOUS PLOT TYPE (PNW) [PREV_BOUNDARY_PNWRS.SUBPTYP] A downloaded value that may be updated if an error was made by the previous crew. If updated, record the code to specify whether the boundary data were recorded for a subplot, or microplot. When collected: SAMPLE KIND = 2 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Plot Type Null No boundaries are recorded for the subplot 1 Subplot boundary 2 Microplot boundary Chapter 7: Item 7.2.2.4 BOUNDARY CHANGE (CORE 4.2.3) [BOUNDARY.BNDCHG] Remeasurement (SAMPLE KIND = 2) locations only. Record the appropriate code to indicate the relationship between previously recorded and current boundary information.

When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 BOUNDARY Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 0 No change boundary is the same as indicated on plot map and/or data collected by a previous crew. 1 New boundary, or boundary data has been changed to reflect an actual on- the-ground physical change resulting in a difference from the boundaries REFERENCES recorded. 2 Boundary has been changed to correct an error from previous crew. 3 Boundary has been changed to reflect a change in variable definition. pg.128 Item 7.2.2.5 CONTRASTING CONDITION (CORE 4.2.4) [BOUNDARY.CONTRAST] Record the CONDITION CLASS NUMBER of the condition class that contrasts with the condition class located at the subplot center (for boundaries on the subplot) or at the microplot center (for boundaries on the microplot), i.e., the condition class present on the other side of the boundary line. When collected: All boundaries Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 9

Item 7.2.2.6 PREVIOUS CONTRASTING CONDITION (PNW) [PREV_BOUNDARY_PNWRS.CONTRAST] A downloaded value that may be updated if an error was made by the previous crew. If updated, record the CONDITION CLASS NUMBER of the condition class that contrasted with the condition class located at the subplot center at the previous measurement (for boundaries on the subplot or microplot), e.g., the condition class present on the other side of the boundary line. When collected: SAMPLE KIND = 2 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 9

Item 7.2.2.7 LEFT AZIMUTH (CORE 4.2.5) [BOUNDARY.AZMLEFT] Record the azimuth from the subplot or microplot center to the farthest left point (facing the contrasting condition) where the boundary intersects the circumference. When collected: All boundaries Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 10 degrees Values: 001 to 360

Item 7.2.2.8 PREVIOUS LEFT AZIMUTH (PNW) [PREV_BOUNDARY_PNWRS.AZMLEFT] A downloaded value that may be updated if an error was made by the previous crew. If updated, record the azimuth from the subplot or microplot center to the farthest left point (facing the contrasting condition class) where the boundary intersected the subplot or microplot circumference at the previous measurement. When collected: SAMPLE KIND = 2 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 10 degrees Values: 001 to 360

Item 7.2.2.9 CORNER AZIMUTH (CORE 4.2.6) [BOUNDARY.AZMCORN] Record the azimuth from the subplot or microplotcenter to a corner or curve in a boundary. If a boundary is best described by a straight line between the two circumference points, then record 000 for CORNER AZIMUTH (000 = none). When collected: All boundaries Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 10 degrees

REFERENCE PROCEDURE Values: 000 to 360 : Section 7.2 pg.129 Item 7.2.2.10 PREVIOUS CORNER AZIMUTH (PNW) [PREV_BOUNDARY_PNWRS.AZMCORN] A downloaded value that may be updated if an error was made by the previous crew. If updated, record the azimuth from the subplot or microplot center to a corner or curve in a boundary at the previous measurement. When collected: SAMPLE KIND = 2 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 10 degrees Values: 000 to 360

Item 7.2.2.11 CORNER DISTANCE (CORE 4.2.7) [BOUNDARY.DISTCORN] Record the horizontal distance, to the nearest 1 foot, from the subplot or microplot center to a boundary corner point. When collected: All boundaries when CORNER AZIMUTH > 000 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 1 foot Values:Plot Type Values for Corner Distance Microplot 001 to 007 feet (actual limiting distance is 6.8 feet) Subplot 001 to 024 feet

Item 7.2.2.12 PREVIOUS CORNER DISTANCE (PNW) [PREV_BOUNDARY_PNWRS.DISTCORN] A downloaded value that may be updated if an error was made by the previous crew. If updated, record the horizontal distance as it should have been measured, to the nearest 1 foot, from the subplot or microplot center to a boundary corner point. When collected: SAMPLE KIND = 2 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 1 foot Values:Plot Type Values for Corner Distance Microplot 001 to 007 feet (actual limiting distance is 6.8 feet) Subplot 001 to 024 feet

Item 7.2.2.13 RIGHT AZIMUTH (CORE 4.2.8) [BOUNDARY.AZMRIGHT] Record the azimuth from the subplot or microplot center to the farthest right point (facing the contrasting condition) where the boundary intersects the circumference. Chapter 7: When collected: All boundaries Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 10 degrees Values: 001 to 360

Item 7.2.2.14 PREVIOUS RIGHT AZIMUTH (PNW) BOUNDARY [PREV_BOUNDARY_PNWRS.AZMRIGHT] A downloaded value that may be updated if an error was made by the previous crew. If updated, record the azimuth from the subplot or microplot center to the farthest right point (facing the contrasting condition class) where the boundary intersected the subplot or microplot circumference at the previous

measurement. REFERENCES When collected: SAMPLE KIND = 2 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 10 degrees Values: 001 to 360 pg.130 Item 7.2.2.15 BOUNDARY NOTES (PNW) [BOUNDARY.NOTES] Record electronic BOUNDARY NOTES, if needed, to clarify or explain a special situation in the boundary being defined. When collected: As needed Field width: 2000 characters Tolerance: N/A Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences REFERENCE PROCEDURE : Section 7.2 pg.131 CHAPTER 8 TREE AND SAPLING DATA This chapter describes how and where to tally live trees, standing dead trees (snags), and saplings. Determining which measurements are required is based on tree size, tree status, condition class status, and regional location, as well as land ownership. Tree and sapling data yield information on tree volume, growth, mortality, and removals; wildlife habitats; forest structure and composition; biomass; and carbon sequestration. This chapter also describes how to record witness trees/stumps/objects. Witness information is recorded alongside the tree tally information (as witness trees and tally trees can be one in the same). Witness information assists the next field crew in relocating the center of a previously established plot/subplot.

SECTION 8.1 DEFINITIONS Trees meeting specific criteria for diameter at breast height (DBH), are included in the sample. General definitions are listed below, followed by a table containing specific requirements. Tree: An individual tree is categorized as a live tree, a standing dead tree (snag), or a sapling based on specific criteria listed in the table below. When the word “tree” is used in the field guide with no additional descriptors it applies to live trees, snags, and saplings. Applicable species are listed in Appendix B, Tree Species List. Live tree: Trees are alive if they have any living parts (leaves, buds, cambium) at or above the point of diameter measurement, either at DBH. Trees that have been temporarily defoliated are still alive. Uprooted trees with signs of life above the point of diameter are considered alive as long as some roots are still in substrate. Standing dead tree (snag): To qualify as a standing dead tally tree, dead trees must be at least 1.0 inch in diameter, have a bole which has an unbroken ACTUAL LENGTH of at least 4.5 feet, and lean less than 45 degrees from vertical as measured from the base of the tree to the point of diameter measurement. Dead standing tally trees, and partially separated boles of dead tally trees, do not have to be self-supported. They may be supported by other trees, branches, or their crown. Standing dead trees, recorded at the previous annual inventory, that shrink below minimum diameter and length requirements maintain dead tree status. Portions of boles on dead trees that are separated greater than 50 percent (either above or below 4.5 feet), are considered severed. Sapling: Trees ≥1.0 inch but <5.0 inches DBH that meet a minimum length requirement are tallied on the microplot. Tally trees: ‘Tally trees’ are defined as all live and standing dead trees in accessible forest land or accessible, measurable nonforest land condition classes encountered on the subplot the first time a subplot is established, and all trees that grow into a subplot thereafter. ‘Tally saplings’ are defined as all live and standing dead saplings encountered the first time a microplot is established, and all saplings that grow into each microplot thereafter and are included until they grow to 5.0 inches or larger, at which time they are tallied on the subplot and referenced (new AZIMUTH and HORIZONTAL DISTANCE taken) to the subplot center. Chapter 8: Diameter Length Live tree (DBH species) ≥ 5.0 inches DBH ≥ 4.5 feet in length with living parts at or above DBH Standing dead tree (DBH ≥1.0 inches DBH ≥ 4.5 feet in length (leaning less than 45

species) degrees from vertical) TREE AND SAPLING DA Sapling (DBH species) 1.0 inch to 4.9 inches DBH ≥ 4.5 feet in length with living parts at or above DBH

SECTION 8.2 SELECTING TALLY TREES

SUBSECTION 8.2.1 WHERE TO TALLY Determining whether a tree qualifies as a "tally tree" depends upon a combination of the following: • STATE

• OWNER CLASS TA • ADMINISTRATIVE FOREST CODE pg.132 • CONDITION CLASS STATUS • TREE SPECIES (must be listed on the Tree Species List found in Appendix B) • DIAMETER (DBH) of the tree • TREE STATUS • TREE LENGTH • HORIZONTAL DISTANCE from the fixed-radius plot center Trees on the subplot, and microplot are tallied according to the following rules. If a tree is located in an area that does not meet the criteria below, it is not a tally tree. Table 8.1:Where to tally trees in the Pacific Islands PACIFIC ISLANDS CONDITION CLASS OWNERSHIP All lands in the Pacific Islands except Non-experimental forest lands in TYPE Hawaii; all experimental forest lands Hawaii in Hawaii TREES ARE TALLIED IN Accessible forest land and nonforest Accessible forest land condition land condition classes [CONDITION classes [CONDITION CLASS CLASS STATUS = 1 or STATUS = 1] NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2] MICROPLOT (6.8 - foot radius) All live and dead saplings (1.0 inches to 4.9 inches DBH) on the microplot are tallied and referenced to the microplot center SUBPLOT (24.0 - foot radius) All live trees and snags ≥5.0 inches DBH on the subplot are tallied and referenced to the subplot center

SUBSECTION 8.2.2 WITHIN PLOT AREA CRITERIA Trees and saplings are selected for tally (measurement) only when the HORIZONTAL DISTANCE from the microplot/subplot center to the bole center at the ground is less than or equal to the radius of that microplot/ subplot. Trees must be selected for tally within the appropriate fixed-radius area without error. The tolerances for HORIZONTAL DISTANCE to trees (Item 8.4.1.14) do not apply when determining whether a tree is tallied within the specified plot area.

Figure 8.1: Horizontal distance from plot center criteria for determining tally trees. SELECTING TALLY TREES SELECTING TALLY : Section 8.2 pg.133 SECTION 8.3 CONDUCTING THE TREE TALLY Begin tallying trees at an azimuth of 001 degrees from subplot center and continue clockwise around the subplot. Work outward from subplot center to subplot perimeter. Repeat this sequence for trees on the microplot. Select, record, and tag subplot witness trees/stumps/objects while recording tree tracking data on the subplot.

SUBSECTION 8.3.1 SUBPLOT WITNESS TREES/OBJECTS Each of the four subplot center stakes or metal pins should be referenced by a minimum of two subplot witness trees/objects. Use the following procedures to select and record witnesses. Refer to Table 3.2: Standards for monumentation of various witness types, for specific monumentation guidelines. A. Selecting witnesses: Select two trees/objects near the subplot center which form, as closely as possible, a right angle with the center marker. Trees within six feet of the subplot center are preferable. If live trees are not available, use sound snags, stumps, or objects. On subplots established previously, reuse the previous witness trees, unless better trees are available. B. Monumenting witnesses: Monumentation procedures vary depending on the subplot being witnessed; plot center (PC, center of subplot 1) has different monumentation than subplots 2 through 4. Refer to Table 3.2: Standards for monumentation of various witness types, for specific monumentation guidelines. C. Recording witness data (all subplots on the standard layout): Identify witness trees/snags/stumps/ objects in the data recorder (PDR) using the procedures listed below: • Tally tree/snag (a trackable tree record): Record SUBPLOT TALLY TREE WITNESS FLAG = Y (Item 8.4.1.9) to mark tally trees/snags as witnesses. • Non-tally tree/snag: Enter a new record for the tree/snag; record PRESENT TREE STATUS = 8, witness non-tally tree (Item 8.4.1.8). • Stump: Enter a new record for the stump; record PRESENT TREE STATUS = 7, witness stump (Item 8.4.1.8). Note: When recording stumps as witnesses, use the guidelines listed in Subsection 8.5.2 (Diameter on Stumps) to measure diameter. • Shrub or object: Enter a new record for the shrub or object; record PRESENT TREE STATUS = 9, witness-only object (Item 8.4.1.8). Note: Record the shrub species name, diameter, and location of diameter measurement in TREE NOTES (Item 8.10.1.1). In addition, record the following information for each witness: • SPECIES - If applicable (Item 8.4.1.12) • AZIMUTH - Subplot center to tree (Item 8.4.1.13) • SLOPE DISTANCE TO WITNESS TREE OR OBJECT - From the subplot stake/pin where it enters the ground to the head of the top nail affixing the basal tag or tree number tag (Item 8.4.1.2) • DIAMETER (Item 8.5.3.2)

Special Note for Hawaii Only: Since no nails will be used as part of the Hawaii inventory, slope Chapter 8: distance to witness should be recorded as a horizontal distance from the pith of the tree to where the center pin enters the ground.

SUBSECTION 8.3.2 SUBPLOTS/CONDITIONS WITHOUT TALLY TREES

This subsection provides information about recording tree data on subplots with special circumstances. TREE AND SAPLING DA • If all accessible forest condition classes within subplot 1 have no tally trees present, two records are required to witness subplot center. These witness records can represent sound stumps or snags, but live trees are preferable. • If the plot is entirely nonforest and it was ground visited, record two witness records for subplot 1. • If the plot is entirely nonforest and it is measurable nonforest, record two witness records for each subplot. TA pg.134 SECTION 8.4 TREE TRACKING

SUBSECTION 8.4.1 TREE TRACKING DATA ITEMS

Item 8.4.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE 5.1) [TREE.SUBP] A 1-digit code, generated for each tree record entered into the PDR, regardless of the status of the tree record (live tree, snag, witness-only tree, etc.). When Collected: All tree records Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Definition 1 Center subplot 2 North subplot 3 Southeast subplot 4 Southwest subplot

Item 8.4.1.2 TREE RECORD NUMBER (CORE 5.2) [TREE.TREE] A 3-digit code, assigned by the PDR, to uniquely and permanently identify each tree on a given subplot. At the time of remeasurement (SAMPLE KIND = 2), TREE RECORD NUMBERs will be downloaded for previously recorded trees, snags, and witness-only records. TREE RECORD NUMBERS cannot be changed by the field crew. When Collected: All tree records Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 001 to 999

Item 8.4.1.3 TREE TAG NUMBER (PNW) [TREE.TAG_NO_PNWRS] Affix an aluminum tree number tag and record a TREE TAG NUMBER for all tally trees ≥1.0 inch DBH (except witness-only trees) sampled at the current inventory; this includes trees recorded, but not tagged, during a previous visit (e.g., saplings and snags). Number trees in a clockwise order from AZIMUTH 001 to 360, and work outwards from subplot center to subplot perimeter. Repeat this sequence for saplings on the microplot. Attempt to keep tree numbers in order. However, do not renumber all trees on a microplot/ subplot in order to assign a more “correct” tree number to a missed tree. Saplings <3.0 inches DBH: Wire the tag to an ancillary branch. Saplings ≥3.0 inches DBH: Nail the tag below stump height and facing microplot center. Trees ≥5.0 inches DBH: Nail the tag below stump height and facing subplot center.

Live trees: Drive the nail in only as far as is necessary to firmly anchor it in the wood. If a tree which requires a TREE TAG NUMBER has a PNW-FIA tag from a previous inventory, reuse the old tag, if serviceable, or attach a new tag. When replacing an old PNW-FIA tag, discard it. If an old tag cannot be removed, pound it in until flush with the bark so it will be overgrown and will not be confused with the new tag. Standing dead trees: Pound the nail flush with the bole on all standing dead trees; including previously live trees, which are now dead. Do not use a TREE TAG NUMBER more than once on a plot. Before leaving the vehicle, make sure the

TREE TRACKING tree numbers previously assigned to downloaded trees are different than numbers on the new tags you may : use. Section 8.4 pg.135 Special Note for Hawaii Only: No new nails will be placed into trees as part of the Hawaii inventory. Only saplings will receive new tree tag numbers in the Hawaii Inventory. These will be affixed to the tree using a loosely wrapped piece of wire. For new tally trees >5" dbh no tree tags will be used and the tree will be automatically assigned a TREE TAG NUMBER that matches the TREE RECORD NUMBER assigned by the PDR. For previous tally trees, retain the PREVIOUS TREE TAG NUMBER.

When collected: When PRESENT TREE STATUS = 1; or when PRESENT TREE STATUS = 2 and STANDING DEAD = 1 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 001 to 999

Item 8.4.1.4 PREVIOUS TREE TAG NUMBER (PACI, PFSL) [TREE.PREV_TAG_NO_PNWRS] If any tree tallied at the current inventory has a tree number tag from a previous inventory plot, record the tag number. This item is recorded for live trees, dead trees, and saplings, and will help link current data to previously collected data. If more than one old tree number tag is present, record the one from the most recent inventory. If more than one old tree number tag is present and a tag is reused: • On remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2): Record the TREE TAG NUMBER from the previous annual visit for the “current” TREE TAG NUMBER and also for PREVIOUS TREE TAG NUMBER. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 001 to 999

Item 8.4.1.5 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (CORE 5.3) [TREE.CONDID] Record the CONDITION CLASS NUMBER in which each tree is located. Often, a referenced boundary is approximate, and trees selected for tally are assigned to the actual condition in which they lie regardless of the recorded approximate boundary (Figure 8.2). Trees must be assigned to a condition present on the subplot condition list. On remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2), the previous CONDITION CLASS NUMBER is downloaded and displayed on the PDR for each remeasurement tree. If necessary, change the CONDITION CLASS NUMBER to reflect current condition classes and boundaries. When Collected: All trees

Field width: 1 digit Chapter 8: Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 9 TREE AND SAPLING DA TA pg.136

Figure 8.2: Ragged condition class boundary and tree condition class designation

Item 8.4.1.6 PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (PNW) [TREE.PREVCOND] A downloaded value that may be updated if an error was made by the previous crew. Only edit and change PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NUMBER if the previous crew made a mistake. The data recorder will automatically update the PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NUMBER if none of the previous boundaries have changed. If any of the previous boundaries have been changed, the current crew is required to assign the previously tallied trees to a corrected PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NUMBER. When Collected: SAMPLE KIND = 2 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 9

Item 8.4.1.7 PREVIOUS TREE STATUS (CORE 5.6) [TREE.PREV_STATUS_CD] A downloaded code for all trees tallied at the previous inventory. This code is used to track the status of sample trees over time; correct even if the tree no longer qualifies as a tally tree. Add PREVIOUS TREE STATUS if null and tree was not tallied at the previous inventory because of a definition or procedural change (RECONCILE = 10). When Collected: On remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2), all previously tallied trees ≥1.0 inch DBH and witness objects. Update when null and RECONCILE = 10. Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 1 Live Tree – alive at the previous inventory 2 Dead tree – standing dead tree at the previous inventory 8 Witness Non-Tally Tree – A non-tally live or dead tree that is used for a subplot witness. 9 Witness-Only – A subplot witness that is not a tree. It may be a shrub, rock or other. TREE TRACKING : Section 8.4 pg.137 Item 8.4.1.8 PRESENT TREE STATUS (CORE 5.7) [TREE.STATUSCD_PNWRS; Trees with regional status codes 7, 8, or 9 will loaded into the NON_TALLY_TREE_PNWRS table] Record a PRESENT TREE STATUS for each tallied tree; this code is used to track the status of sample trees over time: as they first appear, as ingrowth, as they survive, and when they die or are removed. Witness-only trees/stumps/objects are also assigned a PRESENT TREE STATUS. When collected: All live and standing dead tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH and witness non-tally trees, witness stumps, and witness-only objects Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Tree Status Description 0 No Status Remeasurement plots only.Tree is not presently in the sample. Tree was incorrectly tallied at the previous inventory or currently is not tallied due to definition or procedural change, or is not tallied due to natural causes (e.g., moved beyond the radius of the plot by small earth movement, hurricane, etc). Requires RECONCILE code = 5-9 1 Live Tree Any live tree (new, remeasured or ingrowth) 2 Dead Tree Any dead tree (new, remeasured or ingrowth) regardless of cause of death. Includes all previously standing dead trees that no longer qualify as standing dead, trees killed by silvicultural or land clearing activity and assumed not to have been utilized, as well as dead trees that may have been present at the time of plot establishment but only tallied now due to procedural change. Includes: previously dead standing, now down, and previously dead standing that no longer meet diameter and length requirements. 3 Removed Remeasurement plots only. A tree that has been cut or removed by direct human activity related to harvesting, silvicultural activity or land clearing. The tree is assumed to have been utilized. 7 Witness Stump A subplot witness that is a stump*

8 Witness Non- A non-tally live or dead tree that is to be used for a Tally Tree subplot witness 9 Witness-Only A subplot witness that is not a tree. It may be a shrub, Object rock, or other; TREE NOTES are required to describe the witness. Chapter 8: Item 8.4.1.9 SUBPLOT TALLY TREE WITNESS (PNW) [TREE.SUBP_WITNESS_FLAG_PNWRS] Use this data item to mark the current tally tree (live or dead) as a witness. See Subsection 3.3.2, Witness Trees/Objects, for witness monumentation instructions. Note: The default for this item is “N”; update the field to “Y” to record a witness. TREE AND SAPLING DA When collected: When PRESENT TREE STATUS = 1, 7, 8, or 9; or when PRESENT TREE STATUS = 2 and STANDING DEAD = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description N current record is not a tally tree witness Y current record is a tally tree witness TA pg.138 Item 8.4.1.10 STANDING DEAD (CORE 5.7.2) [TREE.STANDING_DEAD_CD] Record the code that describes whether or not a tree qualifies as standing dead. Standing dead trees must be at least 1.0 inch in diameter, have a bole that has an unbroken ACTUAL LENGTH of at least 4.5 feet, and lean less than 45 degrees from vertical as measured from the base of the tree to 4.5 feet. See Figure 8.3 through Figure 8.5. “Unbroken” is defined as at least 50 percent attached to the original source of growth. Portions of boles on dead trees that are separated greater than 50 percent (either above or below 4.5 feet), are considered severed and are not included in any tree measurements. Live and dead standing tally trees, and partially separated boles of dead tally trees, do not have to be self- supported. They may be supported by other trees, branches, or their crown.

Figure 8.3: Example of an unbroken bole to 4.5 feet Figure 8.4: Example of an unbroken length of <4.5 feet TREE TRACKING : Section 8.4 pg.139

Trees are at least 1.0 inches at 4.5 ft and are at least 4.5 ft in unbroken ACTUAL LENGTH

Figure 8.5: Other examples of dead trees

When Collected: All dead tally trees (PRESENT TREE STATUS = 2) Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 0 No – tree does not qualify as standing dead 1 Yes – tree does qualify as standing dead

Item 8.4.1.11 RECONCILE (CORE 5.7.1) [TREE.RECONCILECD] For remeasurement locations only (SAMPLE KIND = 2), record a RECONCILE code for any new tally tree that was not tallied in the previous inventory, and for all no status remeasurement trees (PRESENT TREE STATUS = 0). This code is used to identify the reason a new tree appeared in the inventory, and identify the reason a remeasurement tree no longer qualifies as a tally tree. Code 5 is used to indicate live trees that shrink below the diameter threshold on the microplot/subplot. For example, if a live remeasurement tree shrinks below the 5.0 inch DBH, then record the following combination of codes: PREVIOUS TREE STATUS = 1, PRESENT TREE STATUS = 0, RECONCILE = 5. If Chapter 8: a live measured tree shrinks below the 5.0 inch threshold on the subplot and is currently greater than or equal to 1.0 inch on the microplot, then record PREVIOUS TREE STATUS = 1, PRESENT TREE STATUS = 1. Record all required items for a tally sapling. Use the TREE CODING GUIDE in Appendix C to determine the national coding method for remeasurement trees. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2 all new live and standing dead tally trees and saplings ≥1.0

inch DBH (PRESENT TREE STATUS = 1 or 2 and no PREVIOUS TREE STATUS); TREE AND SAPLING DA and all no status trees (PRESENT TREE STATUS = 0) Field width: 2 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Definition TA pg.140 Codes 1 - 4 are 1 Ingrowth Either a new tally tree not qualifying as through growth or a valid for new new tree on land that was formerly nonforest and now qualifies trees on the as forest land (includes reversion or encroachment). plot: 2 Through New tally tree 5.0 inches DBH and larger, within the microplot, growth which was not missed at the previous inventory. 3 Missed live A live tree missed at previous inventory and that is live or dead now. Includes currently tallied trees on previously nonsampled conditions. 4 Missed dead A dead tree missed at previous inventory that is dead now. Includes currently tallied trees on previously nonsampled conditions. Codes 5 - 9 are 5 Shrank Live tree that shrank below threshold diameter on microplot/ valid for subplot. remeasured 6 Moved Tree was correctly tallied in previous inventory, but has now trees that no moved beyond the radius of the plot due to natural causes longer qualify (e.g., small earth movement, hurricane). Tree must be either as tally: live before and still alive now or dead before and dead now. If tree was live before and now dead, this is a mortality tree and should have PRESENT TREE STATUS = 2 (not 0). 7 Cruiser error Erroneously tallied at previous inventory. 8 Procedural Tree was tallied at the previous inventory, but is no longer change tallied because of a definition or procedural change. 9 Sampled Tree was sampled before, but now the area where the tree was before located is nonsampled. All trees on the nonsampled area have RECONCILE = 9. The following table, which is an abbreviated list from Appendix C, describes how to tally standing dead saplings with respective PRESENT TREE STATUS, RECONCILE CODE, and STANDING DEAD, which are being collected for the first time in Field Guide version 7.0: TREE TRACKING : Section 8.4 pg.141 PRESENT TREE RECONCILE STANDING CAUSE of Dead Sapling Tally – New plots STATUS CODE DEAD DEATH Standing dead 1.0 – 4.9 DBH 2 Null Auto-populated Core optional

Dead Sapling Tally – Remeasure PRESENT TREE RECONCILE STANDING CAUSE of plots STATUS CODE DEAD DEATH Previous live <1.0 and has grown to 2 1 1 10-80 ≥1.0 and died Previous live 1.0+; now standing dead 2 Null 1 10-80 5.0+ DBH Previous ≥ 1 inch and <5 inches and 2 4 1 Null was dead and is still standing dead Previous live 1+ missed; now 1+ DBH 2 3 1 10-80 and dead Previous live 5.0+ DBH; now tree 2 Null 0 10-80 shrank <5.0 but ≥1.0 (e.g., bark loss) and is standing dead, located on subplot (not located on microplot). Previous dead 5.0+ DBH; now tree 2 Null 0 Null shrank <5.0 but ≥1.0 (e.g., bark loss) and is standing dead, located on subplot (not located on microplot). Previous live 5.0+ DBH; now tree 2 Null 1 10-80 shrank <5.0 but ≥1.0 (e.g., bark loss) and is standing dead located on the microplot. Note: this dead sapling should be referenced with a new distance and azimuth from the microplot center. Previous dead 5.0+ DBH; now tree 2 Null 1 Null shrank <5.0 but ≥1.0 (e.g., bark loss) and is standing dead located on the microplot. Note: this dead sapling should be referenced with a new distance and azimuth from the microplot center.

Item 8.4.1.12 SPECIES (CORE 5.8) [TREE.SPCD; TREE.PREV_SPCD_PNWRS]

Record the SPECIES code from the Tree Species List in Appendix B. If a species is encountered that is not Chapter 8: listed in Appendix B, it should not be tallied. If the species cannot be determined in the field, tally the tree, but bring branch samples, foliage, cones, flowers, bark, etc. to the office for identification. If possible, collect samples outside the subplots from similar specimens and make a note to correct the SPECIES code later. Genus-only codes should only be used when you are sure the species is on the species list, but you cannot differentiate among acceptable species. In the case of standing dead trees on newly established plots use

the sample collections procedures described earlier in this paragraph. TREE AND SAPLING DA Note: The Tree Species List appendix contains all tree species designated as “Core” on the national list and all additional species tallied in PNW during the current inventory. In the Pacific Islands, 0299 (unknown dead tree, conifer) and 0998 (unknown dead tree, hardwood) are only valid for dead trees. Code 999 is valid for live trees and is the only unknown code that can be used for unknown live trees, softwood or hardwood. On remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2), previous SPECIES information will be downloaded and displayed in the current SPECIES field in the PDR for each remeasurement tree. Correct the SPECIES code if the SPECIES was incorrectly identified, even if the tree is no longer a valid tally tree (PRESENT TREE STATUS = 0). TA pg.142 When Collected: All trees (PRESENT TREE STATUS = 0 - 8) Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: See Appendix B

Item 8.4.1.13 AZIMUTH (CORE 5.4) [TREE.AZIMUTH; TREE.PREV_AZM_PNWRS] Sight the AZIMUTH from the subplot center (for trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH) or the microplot center (for trees ≥ 1.0 inch and < 5.0 inches DBH to the center of the base of the tree. Record AZIMUTH to the nearest degree. Use 360 for north. • Use the magnetic declinations shown in Appendix A, Reference Information. • When prop or buttressed roots are present, sight the azimuth to the center of the tree at the top of the root collar. • For Witness-Only Objects, use TREE NOTES to record the location on the object where the azimuth was sighted. On remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2), previous AZIMUTH will be downloaded into the current AZIMUTH field. The current crew is responsible for verifying downloaded data and updating when it is out of tolerance. • For saplings on the microplot that become trees (at the time of plot remeasurement), crews must collect new AZIMUTH information from the subplot center. For trees on the subplot that shrink to become saplings on the microplot at remeasurement, crews must collect new AZIMUTH from the microplot center.

Figure 8.6: Where to measure AZIMUTH and HORIZONTAL DISTANCE when the main tree bole goes below the duff layer and reemerges

Measure DISTANCE & AZIMUTH to the point where the pith intersects the ground TREE TRACKING : Figure 8.7: Pistol butt on sloped ground Figure 8.8: Krummholz situation Figure 8.9: Pistol butt on flat ground Section 8.4 pg.143 When Collected: All live and standing dead tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH and witness-only trees/stumps/ objects. When SAMPLE KIND = 2, downloaded previous AZIMUTH must be verified. Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: Tally trees: +/- 10 degrees Witness-only trees/stumps/objects: +/- 4 degrees Values: 001 to 360

Item 8.4.1.14 HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (CORE 5.5) [TREE.DIST; TREE.PREV_HORIZ_DIST_PNWRS] Record the measured HORIZONTAL DISTANCE, to the nearest 0.1 foot, from the subplot center (for trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH) or microplot center (for trees ≥ 1.0 inch and < 5.0 inches DBH. If the tree has prop or buttressed roots, measure the horizontal distance to the pith of the tree at the top of the root collar. On remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2), previous HORIZONTAL DISTANCE will be downloaded into the current HORIZONTAL DISTANCE field. The current crew is responsible for verifying downloaded data and updating when it is out of tolerance. There is no tolerance for added or missed trees regardless of the previous crew's downloaded data. • For saplings on the microplot that become trees (at the time of plot remeasurement), crews must collect new HORIZONTAL DISTANCE information from the subplot center. For live trees on the subplot that shrink to become saplings on the microplot at remeasurement, crews must collect new HORIZONTAL DISTANCE from the microplot center. When Collected: All live and standing dead tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH. When SAMPLE KIND = 2, downloaded previous HORIZONTAL DISTANCE must be verified. Field width: 3 digits (xx.y) Tolerance: Microplot: +/- 0.2 feet Subplot: +/- 1.0 ft from 0.1 to 23.0 ft Subplot: +/- 0.2 ft from 23.1 to 24.0 ft Values: Microplot: 00.1 to 06.8 Subplot: 00.1 to 24.0

Item 8.4.1.15 SLOPE DISTANCE TO WITNESS TREE OR OBJECT (PNW) [TREE.SLOPE_DIST_TO_WITNESS_PNWRS] Record the SLOPE DISTANCE, to the nearest 0.1 foot, from the base of the subplot center pin, to the head of the nail that affixes the TREE TAG NUMBER/basal tag or other witness object. If more than one nail is used to affix the basal tag, measure to the head of the top nail. If a basal tag cannot be attached to the witness object, or if in national parks or lands owned by the Department of Fish and Wildlife in Hawaii (DOFAW), where TREE TAG NUMBER/basal tags cannot be used, measure from the base of the subplot to the front of the tree/object at the base.

On remeasurement plots (SAMPLE KIND = 2), previous SLOPE DISTANCE will be downloaded into the Chapter 8: current SLOPE DISTANCE field. The current crew is responsible for verifying downloaded data and updating when it is out of tolerance. Special Note for Hawaii Only: No new nails will be installed during the current Hawaii inventory. All sploe distances should be recorded as horizontal distance from the pith of the tree to where the center pin enters the ground. If there is an old witness tag present that is nailed into the tree, a slope distance can be pulled

from this tag. When this is done it should be recorded in the tree notes. TREE AND SAPLING DA When Collected: All witness trees, stumps, or objects (PRESENT TREE STATUS = 1 or 2 and SUBPLOT TALLY TREE WITNESS FLAG = Y; or PRESENT TREE STATUS = 7, 8, or 9). When SAMPLE KIND = 2: previous SLOPE DISTANCE must be verified. Field width: 3 digits (xxx.y) Tolerance: +/- 0.2 feet Values: 00.1 to 99.9 TA pg.144 SECTION 8.5 DIAMETER Diameters are measured at breast height (DBH) . Trees with diameters between 1.0- and 4.9-inches are measured on the 6.8-foot radius microplots. Those with diameters of 5.0-inches and larger are measured on the 24-foot radius subplots. Diameters are used in calculating volume, growth, average stand diameter, and stocking-related estimates such as forest type and stand size. Unless one of the special situations listed in Subsection 8.5.3 is encountered, measure DBH at 4.5 feet above the ground line on the uphill side of the tree.

SUBSECTION 8.5.1 MARKING CURRENT DIAMETER Special Note for Hawaii Only: No new nails will be used in the Hawaii inventory. Old nails can be left in place but they should not be moved or otherwise adjusted. The diameter measurement point should be marked on each tally tree or sapling using a Nel-script paint marker. If a tally tree over 32.0 inches is measured it should receive multiple small paint marks around the bole using the same method described below for placing multiple nails on large trees. Use the following procedures: 1. Marking saplings < 3.0 inches DBH: • Mark location of diameter measurement with a grease pencil.. 2. Marking live trees ≥ 3.0 inches DBH, or snags ≥ 3.0 inches DBH, tallied for the first time: • Set an aluminum nail at the point of diameter measurement. Place the nail on the side of the tree facing subplot/microplot center. On steep slopes, where placing the nail towards subplot/microplot center is not possible, place the nail on the uphill side of the bole. The nail should be driven in only as far as is necessary to firmly anchor it in the wood. • Use caution to avoid damaging trees. 3. Additional instructions for marking diameter on trees ≥ 32.0 inches: If a live tree or snag (new or remeasured) is 32.0 inches DBH or larger, affix an additional nail, and for every additional 12 inches of diameter add another nail, distributing the nails evenly around the circumference of the bole (e.g., a 44.3 inch tree would have three nails around the circumference of the tree at DBH – ideally, one on the uphill side of the tree and the other two about 1/3 of the way around the tree on each side). Set these nails while the diameter tape is wrapped around the tree at the point of diameter. 4. Marking DBH on trees previously marked: The DBH location on previously tallied trees ≥ 3.0 inches was marked with an aluminum nail. Remeasure diameter at the location of the previous crew’s nail if appropriate using the rules below: • For live trees: Reset the old nail enough so that as much of the old nail is exposed as possible. If the old nail cannot be pulled out to meet this requirement, set a new nail at the same location. • For dead trees: Pound the nail flush with the bole. • For live and dead trees: If the previous location is no longer accessible (e.g., covered by a landslide), there is an abnormality at the PREVIOUS DIAMETER measurement point, or it is more than 12 inches away from where the diameter should be measured according to current protocols (either because protocols have changed or the previous crew made a mistake) move the point of measurement and the nail, and assign a DIAMETER CHECK code of “2”. Previous diameter measurement locations should not be moved due to the loss or addition of a forked stem. • If the point of DBH measurement is being moved (on live or dead trees), follow the instructions outlined in Item 8.5.3.1, PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT (CORE 5.9.1) to estimate a new PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT. • If the old nail marks a point of diameter measurement not used at the current inventory, remove it

DIAMETER if possible; otherwise pound it in flush with the tree. : • If the previous nail falls within the range of tolerance outlined above, do not pull it out of the tree just because it is not facing the subplot center. Keep original placement of nails at all times unless there is an obvious error. 5. The following apply at remeasurement: Section 8.5 pg.145 • If at the previous visit a forked tree was recorded as two separate trees but should have been recorded as one tree, reconcile one tree and correct the diameter for the remaining tree. Give one of the tree data lines a PRESENT TREE STATUS = 0, RECONCILE = 7, and a TREE NOTE (remove the D.B.H. nail). The remaining tree data line receives PRESENT TREE STATUS = 1 or 2 with DIAMETER CHECK = 2, and a TREE NOTE. Correct the PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT (Item 8.5.3.2) and relocate the D.B.H. nail. • For remeasurement of a group of multiple forks (3+) that originate from approximately the same point on the main stem at Time 1 that are now recorded as a single tree using the Measure Low Approach (see Glossary) at Time 2, select one of the group to represent the resulting single tree (choose the "most representative" of the group in relation to the resulting tree) to measure at Time 2, and record a current diameter based on the Measure Low Approach guidelines and assign with: • DIAMETER CHECK = 2 • LENGTH TO DIAMETER MEASUREMENT POINT The remaining forks that were measured at Time 1 are now considered part of this single tree (branches). The tree records for these are retired with: • PRESENT TREE STATUS = 0 • RECONCILE = 8 • If at the previous visit a forked tree was recorded as one tree but should have been recorded as two separate trees, correct the PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT for the remeasured tree to represent one tree, and add the other fork as a missed tree. Use the existing tree data line to represent one of the stems; PRESENT TREE STATUS = 1 or 2, DIAMETER CHECK = 2, and a TREE NOTE. The second stem would get PRESENT TREE STATUS = 1 or 2, RECONCILE = 3 or 4, and a TREE NOTE. If the diameter cannot be physically measured for any reason, estimate the diameter using a Relaskop or electronic equivalent. These procedures are described in Appendix J. Note: The current crew should not correct for subjective differences in interpretation of forked trees; i.e., only gross errors made by the previous crew should be corrected. If in doubt, use the previous crew's interpretation of the forked trees.

SUBSECTION 8.5.2 DIAMETER ON STUMPS Diameter on stump < 4.5 feet tall: Use a logger's tape, cloth tape or ruler to measure the longest and shortest axes across the top of the stump. Record diameter as the average of the two measurements.

SUBSECTION 8.5.3 DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT Special DBH situations: 1. Forked tree: In order to qualify as a fork, the stem in question must be at least 1/3 the diameter of the main stem and must branch out from the main stem at an angle of 45 degrees or less (Figure 8.10 -

Figure 8.13), AND must be judged to have, or have the potential to assume an obvious "tree like" form Chapter 8: and function as opposed to an obvious "branch like" form and function. If there is any doubt as to the form and function of a potential fork, call it a fork instead of a branch. Figure 8.14 provides examples where the form and function are considerations. .Forks originate at the point on the bole where the piths intersect. Forked trees are handled differently depending on whether the fork originates below 1.0 foot, between 1.0 and 4.5 feet, or above 4.5 feet. For trees with prop roots, consider the top of the prop roots

the base of the tree for forking purposes and recognize all otherwise qualifying forks that occur within TREE AND SAPLING DA 3.5 feet of the top of the prop roots. TA pg.146

Figure 8.10: Determining diameter ratio of forks. When determining if a fork meets the 1/3 diameter requirement for qualifying as a fork, the diameter of the potential fork taken at locations A1 and A2 must be 1/3 of the diameter at location B. DIAMETER :

Figure 8.11: A single non-qualifying fork. If one of the forks does not meet the minimum ratio, then no fork exists and the diameter is placed at the normal location on the dominant stem. Section 8.5 pg.147

Figure 8.12: Two non-qualifying stems. If neither stem meets the 1/3 diameter requirement, neither is tallied. This is often associated with broken tops and is consistent with the point at which a stem is considered recovered from a break. Chapter 8:

Figure 8.13: Forking angle. In order to qualify as a fork, the piths must diverge at an angle not exceeding 45 TREE AND SAPLING DA degrees from the main stem (A). In cases where there is no obvious main stem (B), consider the angle of pith separation between the two stems. TA pg.148

Figure 8.14: Forks that have branch-like form and function, leading to the tally of a single tree instead of multiple trees. In example A, although the potential fork is currently 1/3 the diameter of the main bole and is within 45 degrees of the main bole at the point of attachment, it appears to be serving as a branch as opposed to an additional independent tree. In addition, as the main bole continues to grow, the "branch" may reach the point where it is no longer 1/3 the main bole, dropping out of the inventory based on definition. Such potential forks would be ignored and the main bole would be tallied as a single tree with diameter measured at 4.5 feet. The tree is evaluated at each future visit and tallied following standard remeasurement procedures. In example B, although the potential fork is 1/3 the diameter of the main bole and is within 45 degrees of the main bole at point of attachment, it deviates drastically beyond 45 degrees about 1 inch from the main bole, taking on the form and function of a branch. This should be tallied as a single tree with diameter measured at 4.5 feet. DIAMETER : Section 8.5 pg.149 A. Trees forked below 1.0 foot: Trees forked below 1.0 foot (see Figure 8.15) are treated as distinctly separate trees. Distances and azimuths are measured individually to the center of each stem where it splits from the stump (Figure 8.21 A-C). DBH is measured for each stem at 4.5 feet above the ground. When stems originate from pith intersections below 1 foot, it is possible for some stems to be within the limiting distance of the microplot or subplot, and others to be beyond the limiting distance. If stems originating from forks that occur below 1.0 foot fork again between 1.0 and 4.5 feet (Figure 8.21-E), the rules in the next paragraph apply.

Figure 8.15: Forked below 1.0 foot.

B. Trees forked between 1.0 foot and 4.5 feet: Trees forked between 1.0 foot and 4.5 feet (see Figure 8.16) are tallied as separate trees, but the same distance and azimuth (to the central stump) is recorded for each stem (Figure 8.21 E-F). Although a single azimuth and distance applies to all, multiple stems should be recorded as they occur in clockwise order (from front to back when one stem is directly in front of another). The DBH of each fork is measured at a point 3.5 feet above the pith intersection. When forks originate from pith intersections between 1.0 and 4.5 feet, the limiting distance is the same for all forks – they are either all on, or all off the plot. Measure Low Approach Crews may encounter trees of any species Figure 8.16: Forked between 1.0 foot displaying growth forms with multiple forks that and 4.5 feet. make applying traditional forking rules very difficult. In some instances these growth forms are species specific and in others they are the result of either the immediate growing conditions or the fact that the trees have been bred, pruned, or managed in a way that promotes multiple stems resulting in a specific crown shape. In cases where such multiple forks all originate from approximately the same point on the main stem, follow the Measure Low Approach, where the diameter is taken at the highest, most repeatable

location between the 1-foot stump and initial pith separation. This approach is applicable in instances Chapter 8: where any of the following are present between the 1-foot stump and DBH (4.5 feet): 1. Multiple forks (Figure 8.17). 2. Prolific branching originating from approximately the same location that prevents accurate and repeatable diameter (Figure 8.18). This is a rare situation that should not be confused with normal branching patterns that allow for accurate diameter placement. TREE AND SAPLING DA 3. Any combination of multiple forks and prolific branching originating at approximately the same location. 4. The stems of a forked tree are grown together in such a fashion that an accurate DBH cannot be measured or estimated due to deformation resulting from the presence of the above mentioned criteria (Figure 8.19). Figure 8.17, Figure 8.18, and Figure 8.19 illustrate a combination of forks and or branches all originating at the approximate. same location will trigger a measure low approach. TA pg.150

Figure 8.17: Multiple forks originating from the same Figure 8.18: Multiple forks and branches originating area. In cases such as this the diameter is taken low and from the same area. Similar to having multiple forks, all stems are treated as one tree. when there are multiple forks and branches, the diameter is taken low and all stems are treated as one tree.

A tree can only fork once. Following are specific procedures to secondary forking: Once a stem is tallied as a fork that originated from a pith intersection between 1.0 and 4.5 feet, do not recognize any additional forks (or potential forks) that may occur on that stem. When such secondary forks are encountered, measure/estimate the diameter of such stems at the most repeatable location below stem separation but above the first pith separation (Figure 8.21 F-I) while attempting to avoid measuring double piths (Figure 8.27) where possible (i.e., do not move the point of diameter the entire 3.5 feet above the first fork). DIAMETER : Section 8.5 pg.151

Figure 8.19: Using pith separation to determine diameter locations. In this example it is clear that all piths appear to separate from approximately the same location; this triggers the "Measure Low Approach". In cases where the piths do NOT originate within approximately the same location, normal forking rules are applied as demonstrated in Figure 8.21 A-D and F-I.

C. Trees forked at or above 4.5 feet: Trees forked at or above 4.5 feet count as one single tree (Figure 8.20). If a fork occurs at or immediately above 4.5 feet, measure diameter below the fork just beneath any swelling that would inflate DBH. Chapter 8:

Figure 8.20: One Tree. TREE AND SAPLING DA TA pg.152

Figure 8.21: Summary of where to measure diameter, distance and azimuth on trees that fork below 1.0 foot (A, B, C) and trees that fork above 1.0 foot (D, E, F, G, H, I). Figure E represents the “Measure Low Approach”. Figures F and G represent secondary forks with abnormal diameters at stem separation. Figures H and I represent secondary forks with normal diameters at stem separation.

2. Stump sprouts: Stump sprouts originate between ground level and 4.5 feet on the boles of trees that have died or have been cut. Stump sprouts are handled the same as forked trees, with the exception that stump sprouts are not required to be 1/3 the diameter of the dead bole. Stump sprouts originating

DIAMETER below 1.0 feet are measured at 4.5 feet from ground line. Stump sprouts originating between 1.0 feet : and 4.5 feet are measured at 3.5 foot above their point of occurrence. As with forks, rules for measuring distance and azimuth depend on whether the sprouts originate above or below 1.0 feet. Section 8.5 pg.153 3. Tree with irregularities at DBH: On trees with swellings (Figure 8.23), bumps, depressions, and branches (Figure 8.24) at DBH, diameter will be measured immediately above the irregularity at the place it ceases to affect normal stem form (Figure 8.22 through Figure 8.24).

Figure 8.22: Bottleneck treebutt Figure 8.23: Tree with a Figure 8.24: Tree with a branch at 4.5 swell swell at 4.5 feet feet 4. Tree on slope: Measure diameter at 4.5 feet from the ground along the bole on the uphill side of the tree (Figure 8.25). 5. Leaning tree: Measure diameter at 4.5 feet from the ground along the bole. The 4.5 foot distance is measured along the underside face of the bole (Figure 8.26)

Figure 8.25: Tree on a slope. Figure 8.26: Leaning tree. Chapter 8:

6. Turpentine tree: On trees with turpentine face extending above 4.5 feet, estimate the diameter at 10.0 feet above the ground and multiply by 1.1 to estimate DBH outside bark. 7. Independent trees that grow together: If two or more independent stems have grown together at or

above the point of DBH (Figure 8.27), continue to treat them as separate trees.Set two diameter nails at TREE AND SAPLING DA DBH halfway around the tree's circumference from each other (after placing 1st nail, stand back from bole; take azimuth to nail; on opposite side of bole, place nail where the back azimuth of the first nail lines up). Measure the distance between the nails with a diameter tape making sure zero is aligned and not the hook at the end of the diameter tape with one diameter nail. Multiply the measurement by 2 and record the result as the current diameter. Example: Distance measured = 12.8 inches (12.8 X 2) = 25.6 inches. Set the DIAMETER CHECK code to “7”. TA pg.154 • If unable to use the “Double Nail Method” estimate the diameter of each, set the “DIAMETER CHECK” code to “1“, and explain the situation in TREE NOTES.

Figure 8.27: Independent trees grown Figure 8.28: Independent trees growing together. together.

8. Missing wood or bark: Do not reconstruct the DBH of a tree that is missing wood or bark at the point of measurement (Figure 8.29). Record the diameter, to the nearest 0.1 inch, of the wood and bark that is still attached to the tree. If a tree has a localized abnormality (gouge, depression, etc.) at the point of DBH, apply the procedure described for trees with irregularities at DBH 9. Live windthrown tree: Measure from the top of the root collar along the length to 4.5 feet (Figure 8.30).

Figure 8.29: Tree with part of stem Figure 8.30: Tree on the ground. missing.

10.Down live tree with tree-form branches growing vertical from main bole: When a down live tree, touching the ground, has vertical (less than 45 degrees from vertical) tree-like branches coming off the main bole, determine whether or not the pith of the main bole (averaged along the first log of the tree) is above or below the duff layer. A. If the pith of the main bole is above the duff layer, use the same forking rules specified for a forked tree, and take all measurements accordingly unless: DIAMETER : Section 8.5 pg.155 • If the pith intersection of the main down bole and vertical tree-like branch occurs below 4.5 feet from the stump along the main bole, treat that branch as a separate tree, and measure DBH 3.5eet above the pith intersection for both the main bole and the tree-like branch (Figure Figure 8.31: Down tree with pith above duff. 8.31). • If the intersection between the main down bole and the tree-like branch occurs beyond the 4.5 foot point from the stump along the main bole, treat that branch as part of the main down bole (Figure 8.32).

Figure 8.32: Branch beyond 4.5 feet from stump. B. If the pith of main tree bole is below the duff layer, ignore the main bole, and treat each tree-like branch as a separate tree; take DBH and length measurements from the ground, not necessarily from the top of the down bole (Figure Chapter 8: 8.33). However, if the top of the main tree bole curves out of the ground towards a Figure 8.33: Down tree with pith below duff. vertical angle, treat that portion of that top as an TREE AND SAPLING DA individual tree originating where the pith leaves the duff layer. TA pg.156 C. Tree with curved bole (pistol butt tree): Measure along the bole on the uphill side (upper surface) of the tree (Figure 8.34).

Figure 8.34: Tree with curved bole (pistol butt tree).

11.For trees with buttressed roots measure the diameter 3.5 feet above the top of the root collar. 12.For trees with prop roots measure the diameter at 3.5 feet above the top of the highest prop root. Note: When remeasuring trees with prop roots, avoid moving previous DBH nails unless the previous DBH location is obstructed by prop roots, regardless of whether new prop roots have grown in above the previous DBH location. If the previous DBH location is obstructed by prop roots, move the nail 3.5 feet above the top of the prop roots, record DIAMETER CHECK CODE = 2, and update the previous DBH.

Item 8.5.3.1 PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT (CORE 5.9.1) [TREE.PREVDIA_FLD, TREE.HIST_PREV_DIA] This is the DBH assigned at the previous annual inventory. It has been downloaded from the previous inventory. Any change made to this field signifies a procedural change or an error at the time of the previous inventory. Downloaded data should be verified, and updated if one of two situations occurs: 1. The current diameter measurement point is moved to correspond with the corrected location (either because of procedural change, obstruction at old DBH location, or previous crew error in nail location). DIAMETER CHECK should be set to “2” and an explanation is required in the TREE NOTES. 2. It is clear that there was a typo, illogical value or poorly estimated PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT. Estimate the new value for PREVIOUS DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT by doing one of the following: • Measure the diameter at both the correct diameter location and at the previous diameter location. Determine the difference between these two diameters. Add or subtract this value (the difference) to the downloaded value of the PREVIOUS DIAMETER. This will provide an estimate of PREVIOUS DIAMETER corresponding to the corrected location. • Estimate the correct PREVIOUS DIAMETER based on the "best" information at hand (e.g., the PREVIOUS DIAMETER of similar sized nearby trees of the same species). When collected: Downloaded when SAMPLE KIND = 2: all previously tallied trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH Field width: 4 digits (xxx.y) Tolerance: Live trees and dead trees +/- 0.2 inch per 20.0 inch increment of measured

DIAMETER with DECAY CLASS 1, 2 diameter. : Standing dead trees with +/- 2.0 inch per 20.0 inch increment of measured DECAY CLASS 3, 4, 5 diameter. Values: 001.0 to 999.9 Section 8.5 pg.157 Item 8.5.3.2 DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT (CORE 5.9.2) [TREE.DIA] Unless one of the special situations listed in Subsection 8.5.3 (Diameter at Breast Height; Special DBH Situations) is encountered, measure DBH at 4.5 feet above the ground line on the uphill side of the tree. Round each measurement down to the last 0.1 inch. For example, a reading of 3.68 inches is recorded as 3.6 inches. When collected: All live and standing dead tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH, witness-only trees (PRESENT TREE STATUS = 1, 2 or 8); and witness stumps* (PRESENT TREE STATUS = 7) Field width: 4 digits (xxx.y) Tolerance: Live trees and dead trees +/- 0.1 inch per 20.0 inch increment of measured with DECAY CLASS 1, 2 diameter. Standing dead trees with +/- 1.0 inch per 20.0 inch increment of measured DECAY CLASS 3, 4, 5 diameter. Values: 001.0 to 999.9 *Note: Although stumps do not meet DBH criteria, their DIAMETERS are recorded in this data item.

SUBSECTION 8.5.4 ADDITIONAL DIAMETER DATA ITEMS

Item 8.5.4.1 DIAMETER CHECK (CORE 5.12) [TREE.DIACHECK_PNWRS] Record this code to identify the accuracy of the diameter measurement due to factors such as abnormal swellings, diseases, damage, new measurement positions, etc. that may affect use of this tree in diameter growth/change analyses. Note: If both code 2 and codes 1, 5, 6, or 7 apply, diameter is both estimated and moved, use code 2 and change the PREVIOUS DIAMETER if necessary. If diameter is estimated because of moss/vine/obstruction, record an estimate of the diameter without the obstruction. Do not remove moss, lichens, or vines. If diameter at the current inventory is measured at a different location than at the previous inventory, record DIAMETER CHECK = 2 and remove the d-nail(s) from the previous inventory. If the previous point diameter measurement cannot be found on a live tree (i.e., nail fell out) also record code “2”. DIAMETER CHECK = 2 should not be coded for remeasurement saplings without diameter nails or trees without nails due to monumenting restrictions (such as trees in National Parks). In addition, DIAMETER CHECK = 2 should not be coded if the diameter is measured at the LENGTH TO DIAMETER recorded by the previous crew, regardless of whether a diameter nail is present or not. Note: If either code 1 or code 2 is used, a TREE NOTE is required. When Collected: All live and standing dead tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Chapter 8: Values: PNW Core Code (office use Code Description only) 0 Diameter measured accurately at correct location 0 1 Diameter estimated, for any reason other than moss, vines, or 1 the double nail method

2 Diameter measured at different location than previous 2 TREE AND SAPLING DA measurement (remove original d-nail): no old nail found, or previous diameter was obviously incorrect; value has been updated. An electronic Tree Note is required to describe the situation. 5 Diameter estimated because of moss 1 6 Diameter estimated because of vines 1 7 Diameter estimated (double nail diameter) 1 8 Measured with the electronic relaskop 0 TA pg.158 Item 8.5.4.2 LENGTH TO DIAMETER MEASUREMENT POINT (CORE 5.24) [TREE.HTDMP] This item will be populated with the previous crew’s length to diameter measurement for remeasurement trees and will autopopulate to 4.5 feet for new trees. For remeasurement trees, only change the previous crew’s value if there is an obvious data entry error or if the point of diameter measurement is moved, in which case diameter check should be “2.” For new trees measured directly at 4.5 feet from the top of the base of the tree, leave this autopopulated number. If the diameter is not measured at 4.5 feet, record the actual length from the base of the tree, to the nearest 0.1 inch, at which the diameter was measured for each tally tree, 1.0 inch DBH and larger. When Collected: All live and standing dead tally trees ≥ 1.0 inchesDBH Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: +/- 0.2 fee Values: 00.1 – 30.0 (autopopulated with 4.5 - updatable)

SECTION 8.6 TREE GROWTH

SUBSECTION 8.6.1 TREE LENGTH

Item 8.6.1.1 PREVIOUS ACTUAL LENGTH (PNW) [TREE.PREV_ACTUALHT_PNWRS] This is the actual tree length measured by the field crew during the previous annual visit. It has been downloaded from the annual inventory and will be editable by the current field crew. These data are provided to help ensure quality of tree length data through comparison of the previous length versus the currently measured length, and to assist in estimation of current tree length, if estimation is necessary due to lean, dead top, etc. Editing or otherwise overwriting the PREVIOUS ACTUAL LENGTH is restricted to the following scenarios: 1. Obvious error: Correct PREVIOUS ACTUAL LENGTH if error appears to be greater than twenty percent of the PREVIOUS ACTUAL LENGTH. 2. Data entry error: Correct PREVIOUS ACTUAL LENGTH if error is diagnosable as a typographical error. Any change made to this field signifies an error at the time of the previous inventory. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2: all downloaded live tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH; and standing dead tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH with a measured (not estimated) ACTUAL LENGTH at the previous inventory Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 10 percent Values: 001 to 400

Item 8.6.1.2 ACTUAL LENGTH (CORE 5.15) [TREE.ACTUALHT] The ACTUAL LENGTH of the tree is recorded from ground level (measured from the uphill side of a tree on a slope) to the highest remaining portion of the tree still present and attached to the bole. For trees with missing tops (top on live trees is completely detached; top on dead trees is greater than 50 percent detached from the tree), record the ACTUAL LENGTH of the tree to the nearest 1.0 foot from ground level to the break. Use the length to the break for ACTUAL LENGTH until a new leader qualifies as the new top for TOTAL LENGTH; until that occurs, continue to record ACTUAL LENGTH to the break. Trees with previously broken tops are considered recovered (i.e., ACTUAL LENGTH = TOTAL LENGTH) when a new leader is 1/3 the diameter of the broken top at the point where the top was broken (not where the new leader originates from the trunk). Account for lean (see Figure 8.35: Measuring height of leaning tree), but do not add length for crooks and sweeps. Forked trees should be treated the same as unforked trees. TREE GROWTH : ACTUAL LENGTH should only differ from TOTAL LENGTH if the tree has a broken or missing top. Section 8.6 pg.159 When Collected: All live and standing dead tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 5 percent of true length for live trees < 60 feet +/- 10 percent of true length for live trees ≥ 60 feet and all dead trees Values: 001 to 400

Item 8.6.1.3 PREVIOUS TOTAL LENGTH (PNW) [TREE.PREV_HT_PNWRS] This is the total tree length recorded by the field crew during the previous annual visit. It has been downloaded from the annual inventory and will be editable by the current field crew. These data are provided to help ensure quality of tree length data through comparison of the PREVIOUS TOTAL LENGTH to the currently measured TOTAL LENGTH, and to assist in estimation of current tree length, if estimation is necessary due to lean, dead top, etc. Editing or otherwise overwriting the PREVIOUS TOTAL LENGTH is restricted to the following scenarios: 1. Obvious error: Correct PREVIOUS TOTAL LENGTH if error appears to be greater than twenty percent of PREVIOUS TOTAL LENGTH. 2. Data entry error: Correct PREVIOUS TOTAL LENGTH if error is diagnosable as a typographical error. Any change made to this field signifies an error at the time of the previous inventory. When collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2: all downloaded live tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH; and standing dead tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH with a recorded TOTAL LENGTH at the previous inventory Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 10 percent Values: 001 to 400

Item 8.6.1.4 TOTAL LENGTH (CORE 5.14) [TREE.HT] Record the TOTAL LENGTH of the tree, to the nearest 1.0 foot from ground level to the top of the tree. For trees growing on a slope, measure on the uphill side of the tree. If the tree has a missing top (top is broken and completely detached from the tree), estimate what the total length would be if there were no missing top. Account for lean (see Figure 8.35), but do not add length for crooks and sweeps. Forked trees should be treated the same as unforked trees. Chapter 8: TREE AND SAPLING DA TA pg.160 Height on leaning trees: Measure or estimate total normally-formed bole length (from the base to the tip of the tree), and not the perpendicular from the ground to the tip. To measure heights of leaning trees using a clinometer, follow these steps: Step 1. Move to a point along a line (point D) that is perpendicular to the plane in which the tree is leaning. Step 2. Using a clinometer, measure the height of point A above point B. Step 3. By standing at the base of the tree and sighting up the bole with your clinometer, measure the slope of the bole in degrees (Angle E in the diagram above). Step 4. Subtract the degrees of lean (step 3) from 90 degrees. This gives you the degrees of angle F. Step 5. By sighting through your clinometer, convert the angle calculated in step 4 to a percentage. Step 6. Use the slope correction table in Appendix A to determine the expansion factor for the Figure 8.35: Measuring height of leaning tree percent slope determined in step 5. Multiply the expansion factor by the measured distance from point A to point B (step 2). This gives the length of the bole (point A to point C). When Collected: All live and dead tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 10 percent of true length Values: 001 to 400

Item 8.6.1.5 LENGTH METHOD (CORE 5.16) [TREE.HTCD] Record the code that indicates the method used to determine tree length. When Collected: All live and standing dead tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 1 Total and actual lengths are field measured with a measurement instrument (e.g., clinometer, relascope, tape, laser) 2 Total length is visually estimated, actual length is measured with an instrument 3 Total and actual lengths are visually estimated (not measured)

Item 8.6.1.6 PREVIOUS LENGTH METHOD (PNW) [TREE.PREV_HTCD_PNWRS] Downloaded code indicating the method used to determine tree length at the previous visit. This field cannot be updated by the field crew. When Collected: All live tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH and all standing dead tally trees ≥ 1.0 inches DBH recorded at the previous inventory

TREE GROWTH Field width: 1 digit : Tolerance: No errors Section 8.6 pg.161 Values: Code Description 1 Total and actual lengths are field measured with a measurement instrument (e.g., clinometer, relascope, tape, laser) 2 Total length is visually estimated, actual length is measured with an instrument 3 Total and actual lengths are visually estimated (not measured)

SUBSECTION 8.6.2 TREE LIVE CROWN MEASUREMENTS

Item 8.6.2.1 COMPACTED CROWN RATIO (CORE 5.19) [TREE.CR] Record the COMPACTED CROWN RATIO for each live tally tree, 1.0 inch and larger, to the nearest one percent. COMPACTED CROWN RATIO is that portion of the tree supporting live foliage (or in the case of extreme defoliation should be supporting live foliage) and is expressed as a percentage of the ACTUAL TREE LENGTH (include dead tops but not missing tops in the ratio). To determine COMPACTED CROWN RATIO, ocularly transfer lower live branches to fill in large holes in the upper portion of the tree until a full, even crown is visualized. Do not over-compact trees beyond their typical full crown structure. For example, if tree branches tend to average 2 feet between whorls, do not compact crowns any tighter than the 2-foot spacing (Figure 8.36). Include epicormic branches with a 1-inch diameter or greater. Chapter 8:

Figure 8.36: Example of Crown Ratio on Open-crown tree (e.g., Terminalia catappa) TREE AND SAPLING DA TA pg.162

Figure 8.37: Example of Crown Ratio on Dense-crown tree (e.g.e, Mangifera indica)

Figure 8.38: Compacted and Uncompacted crown ratios will be the same for tree ferns and palm trees except when fronds or large parts of fronds are missing. TREE GROWTH : Section 8.6 pg.163

Figure 8.39: Compacted crown ratio on a leaning tree. Compacted crown ration = (x/y) 100.

Note: Crown ratio is based on the ratio of foliage, not where the limbs attach to the tree bole. Crown ratio is an indicator of a tree's vigor. In data analysis, trees with a crown ratio of 30 percent or less are considered less vigorous. For this reason, be particularly careful when deciding between codes greater or less than "30". It is preferable to use a laser or clinometer to measure live crown ratios on these trees. When Collected: All live tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: +/- 10 percent Values: 00 to 99

Item 8.6.2.2 CROWN CLASS (CORE 5.17) [TREE.CCLCD] Rate tree crowns in relation to the sunlight received and proximity to neighboring trees (Figure 8.40). Base the assessment on the position of the crown at the time of observation. Example: a formerly Chapter 8: overtopped tree that is now dominant due to tree removal is classified as dominant. This data item is used to predict tree growth. The intermediate and overtopped crown classes are meant to include trees seriously affected by direct competition with adjacent trees. TREE AND SAPLING DA TA pg.164

Figure 8.40: Examples of CROWN CLASS by code definitions (numbers are CROWN CLASS codes)

Crown class describes a tree's "social" position in the stand and may indicate how well the tree is competing for light. For example, a young, vigorous tree that is considerably shorter than other trees in the stand – but that is not overtopped by other trees and that receives full light from above and partly from the side – is classified as dominant. The same principle applies to two-storied stands: understory trees should only be assigned subordinate crown classes if they are adjacent to overtopping trees. In plots with scattered residual overstory trees over younger trees, a considerable portion of the understory trees will be classified as dominant or codominant. When Collected: All live tally trees ≥1.0 inch DBH Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 1 Open Grown – trees with crowns that received full light from above and from all sides throughout most of its life, particularly during its early developmental period. 2 Dominant – trees with crown extending above the general level of the crown canopy and receiving full light from above and partly from the sides. These trees are taller than the average trees in the stand and their crowns are well developed, but they could be somewhat crowded on the sides. Also, trees whose crowns have received full light from above and from all sides during early development and most of their life. Their crown form or shape appears to be free of influence from neighboring trees. 3 Co-dominant – trees with crowns at the general level of the crown canopy. Crowns receive full light from above but little direct sunlight penetrates their sides. Usually they have medium-sized crowns and are somewhat crowded from the sides. In stagnated stands, co-dominant trees have small-sized crowns and are crowded on the sides. 4 Intermediate – trees that are shorter than dominants and co-dominant, but their crowns extend into the canopy of co-dominant and dominant trees. They receive little direct light from above and none from the sides. As a result, intermediate trees usually have small crowns and are very crowded from the sides.

TREE GROWTH 5 Overtopped – trees with crowns entirely below the general level of the : crown canopy that receive no direct sunlight either from above or the sides. Section 8.6 pg.165 SECTION 8.7 TREE DAMAGE Damage is a composite variable. Up to three damaging agents may be recorded per tree. Many damaging agents are host specific and their potential for damage could vary by region. In general, a recorded damage is likely to: 1. Prevent the tree from surviving more than 1-2 years 2. Reduce the growth of the tree in the near term 3. Negatively affect a tree's marketable products (cubic, BF, or other) It is not necessary to record damage agents in order of their severity unless there are more than three agents. If there are more than three agents, record only the most important ones using the list of impacts above as a guide (i.e., agents threatening survival are more important than agents that reduce wood quality). In general, agents that affect the roots or bole tend to be most threatening, because they have the capacity to affect the entire tree; damage to peripheral parts of the tree may be temporary because leaves, shoots, and reproductive structures may be replaced. Codes used for this variable come from a January 2012 Pest Trend Impact Plot System (PTIPS) list from the Forest Health Technology Enterprise Team (FHTET) that has been modified to meet FIA needs. This list is made up of General Agents and then further subdivided into specific agents. Not every General Agent PTIPS code will be available for use for this variable; some do not cause tree damage as defined above while others are better recorded in a different General Agent. Not every specific agent PTIPS code will be available for use for this variable. Regions will decide which specific agents they will identify in their areas. Record the general agent unless the Region opts to collect specific agents. Specific agents can later be collapsed into the general agent categories for cross-region comparisons. In the unusual instance when more than one specific agent in the same general category occurs on the same tree, record them both. If a specific agent is identified on that plot but that agent is not on the regionally recognized list of codes for damage agents, use its General Agent code. Appendix D contains the regionally recognized list of codes for damage agent based on the modified PTIPS list from FHTET. Only the specific agent codes from Appendix D may be used instead of the general codes listed under DAMAGE AGENT 1. Any damage code in Appendix D may be used for DAMAGE AGENT 1, DAMAGE AGENT 2, or DAMAGE AGENT 3.

Item 8.7.0.1 DAMAGE AGENT 1 (CORE 5.20.1) [TREE.DAMAGE_AGENT_CD1] Inspect the tree from bottom to top - roots, bole, branches, foliage (including buds and shoots). Record the first damage agent observed from the list of agents (unless you observe more than 3 damages). If there are more than three agents, record only the most important ones using the list of impacts listed in Section 8.7 as a guide (i.e., agents threatening survival are more important than agents that reduce wood quality). The general agent codes, damage thresholds, and general agent descriptions are listed here. Specific agents within the general categories, if required by your Region, are listed in Appendix D, along with their associated thresholds. These codes can be collapsed into the national core general codes. Note: in some cases, thresholds for specific agents may be different from the threshold for the corresponding general

agent. If a region is collecting a specific insect agent and no one is collecting the general agent, then the Chapter 8: specific insect agent is collapsed into the general insect category 10000. If you can accurately identify a specific damage agent that is not collected in your region, code the general agent but put the specific name and code in a note. When collected: All live tally trees ≥ 1.0 in DBH

Field width: 5 digits TREE AND SAPLING DA Tolerance: No errors Values: General Agent Damage Codes, Damage Thresholds, and Descriptions. Specific agent codes are in Appendix D. CODE GENERAL AGENT DAMAGE THRESHOLD* DESCRIPTIONS 0 No damage TA pg.166 10000 General insects Any damage to the terminal leader; Insect damage that cannot be placed in any of the following damage >20% of the roots or boles insect categories. with >20% of the circumference affected; damage >20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with >20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/ needle affected. 11000 Bark beetles Any evidence of a successful attack Bark beetles (Dendroctonus, Ips, and other genera) are (successful attacks generally exhibit phloem-feeding insects that bore through the bark and create boring dust, many pitch tubes and/or extensive galleries between the bark and the wood. Symptoms fading crowns). of beetle damage include fading or discolored tree crown (yellow or red), pitch tubes or pitch streaks on the bark, extensive egg galleries in the phloem, boring dust in the bark crevices or at the base of the tree. Bark chipping by woodpeckers may be conspicuous. They inflict damage or destroy all parts of trees at all stages of growth by boring in the bark, inner bark, and phloem. Visible signs of attack include pitch tubes or large pitch masses on the tree, dust and frass on the bark and ground, and resin streaming. Internal tunneling has various patterns. Most have tunnels of uniform width with smaller galleries of variable width radiating from them. Galleries may or may not be packed with fine boring dust. 12000 Defoliators Any damage to the terminal leader; These are foliage-feeding insects that may reduce growth and damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% weaken the tree causing it to be more susceptible to other of the leaf/needle affected. damaging agents. General symptoms of defoliation damage include large amounts of missing foliage, browning foliage, extensive branch mortality, or dead tree tops. 14000 Sucking insects Any damage to the terminal leader; Adelgids, scales and aphids feed on all parts of the tree. Often damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% they cause galling on branches and trunks. Some appear of the leaf/needle affected benign but enable fungi to invade where they otherwise could not (e.g., beech bark disease). The most important ones become conspicuous because of the mass of white, cottony wax that conceals eggs and young nymphs. 15000 Boring insects Any damage to the terminal leader; Most wood boring insects attack only severely declining and damage ≥20% of the roots, stems, or dead trees. Certain wood boring insects cause significant branches. damage to trees, especially the exotic Asian longhorn beetle, emerald ash borer, and Sirex wood wasp. Bark beetles have both larval and adult galleries in the phloem and adjacent surface of the wood. Wood borers have galleries caused only by larval feeding. Some, such as the genus Agrilus (including the emerald ash borer) have galleries only in the phloem and surface of the wood. Other wood borers, such as Asian longhorn beetle bore directly into the phloem and wood. Sirex adults oviposit their eggs through the bark, and developing larvae bore directly into the wood of pines. 19000 General diseases Any damage to the terminal leader; Diseases that cannot be placed in any of the following disease damage >20% of the roots or boles categories. with >20% of the circumference affected; damage >20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with >20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/ needle affected. TREE DAMAGE : Section 8.7 pg.167 21000 Root/butt diseases Any occurrence. Root disease kills all or a portion of a tree’s roots. Quite often, the pathogenic fungus girdles the tree at the root collar. Tree damage includes mortality (often occurring in groups or “centers”), reduced tree growth, and increased susceptibility to other agents (especially bark beetles). General symptoms include resin at the root collar, thin, chlorotic (faded) foliage, and decay of roots. A rot is a wood decay caused by fungi. Rots are characterized by a progression of symptoms in the affected wood. First, the wood stains and discolors, then it begins to lose its structural strength, and finally the wood starts to break down, forming cavities in the stem. Even early stages of wood decay can cause cull due to losses in wood strength and staining of the wood. Rot can lead to mortality, cull, an increased susceptibility to other agents (such as insects), wind throw, and stem breakage. 22000 Cankers (non-rust) Any occurrence. A canker -- a sunken lesion on the stem caused by the death of cambium -- may cause tree breakage or kill the portion of the tree above the canker. Cankers may be caused by various agents but are most often caused by fungi. A necrotic lesion begins in the bark of branches, trunk or roots, and progresses inward killing the cambium and underlying cells. The causal agent may or may not penetrate the wood. This results in areas of dead tissue that become deeper and wider. There are two types of cankers, annual and perennial. Annual cankers enlarge only once and do so within an interval briefer than the growth cycle of the tree, usually less than one year. Little or no callus is associated with annual cankers, and they may be difficult to distinguish from mechanical injuries. Perennial cankers are usually the more serious of the two, and grow from year to year with callus forming each year on the canker margin, often resulting in a target shape. The most serious non-rust cankers occur on hardwoods, although branch mortality often occurs on conifers. 22500 Stem decays Any visual evidence (conks; fruiting Rot occurring in the bole/stems of trees above the roots and bodies; rotten wood) stump. 23000 Parasitic / Epiphytic Dwarf mistletoes with Hawksworth Parasitic and epiphytic plants can cause damage to trees in a plants rating of ≥3; true mistletoes and vines variety of ways. The most serious ones are dwarf mistletoes, covering ≥ 50% of crown. which reduce growth and can cause severe deformities. Vines may damage trees by strangulation, shading, or physical damage. Benign s, such as lichens or mosses, are not considered damaging agents. 24000 Decline Complexes/ Damage ≥ 20 % dieback of crown Tree disease which results not from a single causal agent but Dieback/Wilts area. from an interacting set of factors. Terms that denote the symptom syndrome, such as dieback and wilt, are commonly used to identify these diseases.

25000 Foliage diseases Damage ≥20% of the foliage with Foliage diseases are caused by fungi and result in needle Chapter 8: ≥50% of the leaf/needle affected. shed, growth loss, and, potentially, tree mortality. This category includes needle casts, blights, and needle rusts. 26000 Stem rusts Any occurrence on the bole or stems A stem rust is a disease caused by fungi that kill or deform all (on multi-stemmed woodland species), or a portion of the stem or branches of a tree. Stem rusts are or on branches ≤1 foot from boles or obligate parasites and host specialization is very common. stems; damage to ≥20% of branches They infect and develop on fast-growing tissues and cause accelerated growth of infected tissues resulting in galls or TREE AND SAPLING DA cankers. Heavy resinosis is usually associated with infections. Sometimes yellow or reddish-orange spores are present giving a “rusty” appearance. Damage occurs when the disease attacks the cambium of the host, girdling and eventually killing the stem above the attack. Symptoms of rusts include galls (an abnormal and pronounced swelling or deformation of plant tissue that forms on branches or stems) and cankers (a sunken lesion on the stem caused by death of the cambium which often results in the death of tree tops and branches). TA pg.168 27000 Broom rusts ≥50% of crown area affected. Broom rust is a disease caused by fungi that kill or deform all or a portion of the branches of a tree. Broom rusts are obligate parasites and host specialization is very common. They infect and develop on fast-growing tissues and cause accelerated growth of infected tissues resulting in galls. Symptoms of rusts include galls, an abnormal and pronounced swelling or deformation of plant tissue that forms on branches or stems. 30000 Fire Damage ≥ 20% of bole circumference; Fire damage may be temporary, such as scorched foliage, or >20% of stems on multi-stemmed may be permanent, such as in cases where cambium is killed woodland species affected; ≥20% of around some portion of the bole. The location and amount of crown affected fire damage will determine how the damage may affect the growth and survival of the tree. Fire often causes physiological stress, which may predispose the tree to attack by insects of other damaging agents. 41000 Wild animals Any damage to the terminal leader; Wild animals from birds to large mammals cause open damage ≥20% of the roots or boles wounds. Some common types of damage include: sapsucker with> 20% of the circumference bird peck, deer rub, bear clawing, porcupine feeding, and affected; damage >20% of the beaver gnawing. multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with >20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/ needle affected. 42000 Domestic animals Any damage to the terminal leader; Open wounds caused by cattle and horses occur on the roots damage ≥20% of the roots or boles and lower trunk. Soil compaction from the long term presence with> 20% of the circumference of these animals in a woodlot can also cause indirect damage. affected; damage >20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with >20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/ needle affected. 50000 Abiotic Any damage to the terminal leader; Abiotic damages are those that are not caused by other damage ≥20% of the roots or boles organisms. In some cases, the type and severity of damage with> 20% of the circumference may be similar for different types of agents (e.g., broken affected; damage >20% of the branches from wind, snow, or ice). multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with >20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/ needle affected. 60000 Competition Overtopped shade intolerant trees that Suppression of overtopped shade intolerant species. Trees are not expected to survive for 5 years that are not expected to survive for 5 years or saplings not or saplings not expected to reach tree expected to reach tree size (5.0 inches DBH). size (5.0 inches DBH). 70000 Human activities Any damage to the terminal leader; People can injure trees in a variety of ways, from poor pruning, damage ≥20% of the roots or boles to vandalism, to logging injury. Signs include open wounds or with> 20% of the circumference foreign embedded objects. affected; damage >20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with >20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/ needle affected. TREE DAMAGE : Section 8.7 pg.169 90000 Other damage Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ≥20% of the roots or boles with> 20% of the circumference affected; damage >20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with >20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/ needle affected. 99000 Unknown damage Any damage to the terminal leader; Use this code only when observed damage cannot be damage ≥20% of the roots or boles attributed to a general or specific agent. with> 20% of the circumference affected; damage >20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with >20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/ needle affected. * Some Regional specific damage agents within a category may have differing damage thresholds.

Item 8.7.0.2 DAMAGE AGENT 2 (CORE 5.20.2) [TREE.DAMAGE_AGENT_CD2] Follow procedures described for DAMAGE AGENT 1. When collected: All live tally trees ≥ 1.0 in DBH Field width: 5 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: See Item 8.7.0.1

Item 8.7.0.3 DAMAGE AGENT 3 (CORE 5.20.3) [TREE.DAMAGE_AGENT_CD3] Follow procedures described for DAMAGE AGENT 1. When collected: All live tally trees ≥ 1.0 in DBH Field width: 5 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: See Item 8.7.0.1

Item 8.7.0.4 PRIORITY DAMAGE (PACI) [TREE.PRIDAM_PNWRS]

Record a code to describe a damage that does not meet the national minimum thresholds for recording Chapter 8: damage, but is of special interest in this region. For example, code any evidence of rhinoceros beetle damage on coconut trees. Record 0 if none of the specified damages are present. When Collected: All live tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH Field width: 1 digit

Tolerance: No errors TREE AND SAPLING DA Values: Code Common Name Scientific Name 0 None of the following present 1 Rhinoceros beetle Oryctes rhinoceros 5 Ohia rust Austropuccinia psidii 6 Pig, wild boar Sus scrofa 7 Asian cycad scale Aulacaspis yasumatsui 8 Koa moth Scotorythra paludicola 9 Coconut termite Neotermes rainbowi 10 Koa rust Endoraecium spp. 11 Mamaki rust Pucciniastrum boehmeriae TA pg.170 12 Rapid ohia death Multiple species, coded based on symptoms only 13 Naio thrips Klambothrips myopori 14 Acacia psyllid Acizzia uncatoides 15 Hala (pandanus) scale Thysanococcus pandani

Item 8.7.0.5 PRIORITY DAMAGE SEVERITY (PACI) [TREE.PRIDAMSEV_PNWRS] Record the amount of area affected by the PRIORITY DAMAGE when Rhinoceros beetle or Puccinia psidii are recorded for PRIORITY DAMAGE. These damages have no minimum threshold. To code DAMAGE SEVERITY for Rhinoceros beetle use the following directions: 1.Draw an imaginary horizontal line just above the coconuts (or where they should be) 2.Count the number of fronds that grow above that line 3.Count the number of fronds in #2 that have been damaged by rhinoceros beetles 4.Divide the number of damaged fronds by the number of fronds counted in # 2. 5.Multiply by 100 Record this number as the severity of rhinoceros beetle damage. If the resulting number is 100, record 99. When Collected: When PRIORITY DAMAGE = 1 (Rhinoceros beetle) or 5 (Puccinia psidii) Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: +/- 1 Values: When PRIORITY DAMAGE = 1 (Rhinoceros beetle), values = 01 – 99 When PRIORITY DAMAGE = 5 (Puccinia psidii), record the highest level of severity found on the tree (highest numbered code): 1 Symptoms found, but no rust spores confirmed 2 1-5 spots, yellow or white urediniospores confirmed 3 3-7 large or about 10-15 small spots, with a moderate level of disease; yellow/white urediniospores confirmed 4 Severe disease levels; stems with pustules and/or no leaves 5 Dead apical tips and numerous defoliated tips

Item 8.7.0.6 EPIPHYTE LOADING (PACI) [TREE.EPIPHYTE_PNWRS] Record a code indicating the extent of epiphyte loading for all live trees ≥ 1.0 in. d.b.h. “Epiphyte” is defined as a plant that uses a tree for support, but does not draw nourishment from it. For our purposes, vines and lianas are considered epiphytes and only vascular species will be included in the total. Use the Hawksworth six-class rating system: divide the tree into thirds, and rate each third using the following scale. Code Epiphytes Description 0 No visible epiphytes None 1 Light epiphytes < 50 percent of the brances or bole is loaded with epiphytes 2 Heavy epiphytes > 50 percent of the branches or bole loaded with epiphytes Sum the three individual ratings to obtain a total epiphyte class (0 to 6) for the tree. TREE DAMAGE : Section 8.7 pg.171

Figure 8.41: Example of epiphyte loading for tree crown.

When collected: All live trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: +/- 1 class Values: 0 to 6

Item 8.7.0.7 ROTTEN/MISSING CULL (CORE 5.13) [TREE.CULL_FLD] Record the percentage of rotten or missing cubic-foot cull for all live tally trees ≥5.0 inches DBH and missing cubic-foot cull on all standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH. Record the percentage of rotten and missing cubic-foot volume, to the nearest 1 percent. When estimating volume loss (tree cull), only consider the cull on the merchantable bole/portion of the tree, from a 1-foot stump to a 4-inch DOB (diameter outside bark) top. Do not include any cull estimate above ACTUAL LENGTH.

Rotten and missing volume loss is often difficult to estimate. Refer to supplemental disease and insect Chapter 8: pests field guides and local defect guidelines as an aid in identifying damaging agents and their impact on volume loss. Be alert to such defect indicators as the following: • Cankers or fruiting bodies • Swollen or punky knots

• Dull, hollow sound of bole (use regional standards) TREE AND SAPLING DA • Large dead limbs, especially those with frayed ends • Sawdust around the base of the tree If a live tree is physically missing some of its volume (below ACTUAL LENGTH), use the volume estimation tables (Table 8.2: Percentage of tree cubic foot volume distribution by 16-foot logs from tree total length or tree height in logs for a tree of average dimensions) below to estimate the missing percentage. Broken tops occur above ACTUAL LENGTH and are not included in ROTTEN/MISSING CULL (the volume of the broken top is obtained in the office by comparing ACTUAL LENGTH vs. TOTAL LENGTH). TA pg.172 If a snag is physically missing some of its volume, use the estimated diameter of the tree when it was alive to aid in calculating the percentage of MISSING CULL of the remaining portion of the snag (i.e., if a snag is 8 feet in length, calculate the percentage of MISSING CULL of the 7-foot section remaining above stump height). • There is an open or closed trunk wound over 10 years old and in contact with ground. • There is an open trunk wound with visible rot or a closed trunk wound >10 years old. • There is a swollen or hollow butt. • There are large rotten knots or limb stubs. • There are conks. Use Table 8.2: as a guideline to estimate the missing portion of a live tree because of cull. It shows the percentage of volume in typical trees of varying number of logs and heights. Use either the tree height in logs (divide the length to a 4-inch top – diameter inside bark [DIB] – by 16) or the measured TOTAL LENGTH to estimate what percentage of volume is estimated in each 16-foot log. Multiply each percentage in that log section times the percentage of rotten or missing volume. Then sum the values to get the total percentage of the tree that is rotten or missing. • Example: A 9-log tree (measured at 160 feet TOTAL LENGTH) has a missing section that is about 1/ 3 of both the second and third logs. Table 8.2: shows the second log has about 18 percent of the volume in the tree, and the third log has about 16 percent of the volume in the tree. • Calculate the percentage of cull in each log and sum to estimate the total percentage of cull for the tree (about 11 percent): • (0.18 X 0.33) + (0.16 X 0.33) = 0.06 + 0.05 = 0.11

Table 8.2: Percentage of tree cubic foot volume distribution by 16-foot logs from tree total length or tree height in logs for a tree of average dimensions Average Tree Log1 Log2 Log3 Log4 Log5 Log6 Log7 Log8 Log9 Log10 Log11 Log12 Total Height in Length LOGS 28 1 100 48 2 70 30 64 3 54 32 14 80 4 43 30 19 8 96 5 36 27 20 12 5 111 6 31 24 20 14 8 3 1277 28221814106 2 1438 25201714118 4 1 1589 24181613118 6 3 1 176 10 22 17 15 13 11 9 7 4 1 1 194 11 20 15 14 12 11 9 7 5 4 2 1 212 12 20 14 13 12 11 9 8 6 4 2 1 0 Record the reason for the ROTTEN/MISSING CULL by recording a DAMAGE AGENT code when appropriate (see Section 8.7, Tree Damage). Note: it may not be possible to record a DAMAGE AGENT if three higher priority DAMAGE AGENTS have already been recorded. When Collected: For all live tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH record ROTTEN/MISSING CULL. For standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH: record MISSING CULL only. Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: +/- 10 percent Values: 00 to 99 TREE DAMAGE : Section 8.7 pg.173 SUBSECTION 8.7.1 STANDING DEAD OR REMOVED

Item 8.7.1.1 CAUSE OF DEATH (CORE 5.21) [TREE.AGENTCD_PNWRS] Record a CAUSE OF DEATH for all trees that have died or been cut since the previous survey. If CAUSE OF DEATH cannot be reliably estimated, record unknown/not sure/other. When Collected: When SAMPLE KIND = 2: all PREVIOUS TREE STATUS = 1 and PRESENT TREE STATUS = 2 or 3; or PRESENT TREE STATUS = 2 and RECONCILE = 1, 2, or 3

Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Core Code (office use Code Description only) 10 Insect 10 20 Disease 20 30 Fire 30 40 Animal 40 50 Weather 50 51 Flood 50 52 Wind (direct cause only; use 71 if killed by falling tree) 50 53 Avalanche (snow & ice) 50 54 Landslide (soil & rock) 50 55 Severe and/or extended drought 50 60 Vegetation (suppression, competition, vines/kudzu) 60 70 Unknown/not sure/other – includes death from human activity not 70 related to silvicultural or landclearing activity (accidental, random, etc.). TREE NOTES required. 71 Hit or knocked over by falling object (tree, snag, rock, etc.) 70 80 Silvicultural or landclearing activity (death caused by harvesting 80 or other silvicultural activity, including girdling, chaining, etc., or to landclearing activity).

Item 8.7.1.2 DECAY CLASS (CORE 5.23) [TREE.DECAYCD] Record for each standing dead tally tree, 1.0 inch in diameter and larger, the code indicating the tree’s stage of decay. When standing dead trees have characteristics from more than one DECAY CLASS stage, record the best overall stage of the snag (e.g., new dead with no fine limbs left because it broke below the crown, should be

coded as "1"). Chapter 8: Rarely will a DECAY CLASS 5 tree be recorded; by the time a dead tree has reached DECAY CLASS 5 it will be unlikely to meet the definition of standing dead. TREE AND SAPLING DA TA pg.174

Snag characteristics are for Douglas-fir. Snags of other species may vary; use this table as a guide. Rate the overall snag DECAY Limbs and Percent bark Sapwood presence CLASS Top Heartwood condition* branches remaining * stage (code) and condition 1 All present Pointed 100 Intact; sound, Sound, hard, original color incipient decay, hard, original color 2 Few limbs, no May be Variable Sloughing; Sound at base, incipient fine branches broken advanced decay, decay in outer edge of fibrous, firm to soft, upper bole, hard, light to light brown reddish brown 3 Limb stubs Broken Variable Sloughing; fibrous, Incipient decay at base, only soft, light to reddish advanced decay brown throughout upper bole, fibrous, hard to firm, reddish brown 4 Few or no Broken Variable Sloughing; cubical, Advanced decay at base, stubs soft, reddish to dark sloughing from upper brown bole, fibrous to cubical, soft, dark reddish brown 5 None Broken Less than 20 Gone Sloughing, cubical, soft, dark brown, OR fibrous, very soft, dark reddish brown, encased in hardened shell

When Collected: All standing dead tally trees ≥ 1.0 inch DBH Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: +/- 1 class Values: 1-5

SECTION 8.8 CENTROID/SECOND DIAMETER

Item 8.8.0.1 LENGTH TO CENTROID DIAMETER (PACI) [TREE.CENTROID_DIA_HT_PNWRS] The length from the base of the tree to the point where a second stem diameter is measured, which is the point at 30% of the TOTAL LENGTH of the stem (rounded to the nearest 0.5 foot up to 19 feet TOTAL LENGTH, and to the nearest 1.0 foot if greater than or equal to 20 feet TOTAL LENGTH). This field is calculated by the data recorder after TOTAL LENGTH is entered and cannot be updated. Exceptions: When ACTUAL LENGTH is less than the calculated LENGTH TO CENTROID DIAMETER due to a broken top, LENGTH TO CENTROID DIAMETER will automatically be equal to ACTUAL LENGTH. For tree ferns (SPCD = 6545, 6546, 6547, 6548, 6549), this field is blank. When collected: All live and standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH except SPCD = 6545, 6546, 6547, 6548, and 6549 Field width: 4 digits (xxx.y) Tolerance: N/A Values: 001.0 to 999.0 (autopopulated, not updatable) CENTROID/SECOND DIAMETER : Section 8.8 pg.175 Item 8.8.0.2 ACTUAL LENGTH TO CENTROID DIAMETER (PACI) [TREE.ACTUAL_CENTROID_DIA_HT_PNWRS] The length from the base of the tree to the point where a second stem diameter is actually measured; usually equal to 30% of the TOTAL LENGTH of the tree stem. This field is calculated by the data recorder after TOTAL LENGTH is entered but can be updated if abnormalities in the stem prevent a normal diameter measurement. Update ACTUAL LENGTH TO CENTROID DIAMETER if diameter is measured at different height. On trees with diameter irregularities (swellings, bumps, depressions, and branches), measure immediately above or below the irregularity at the place it ceases to affect normal stem form. Do not adjust the ACTUAL LENGTH TO CENTROID DIAMETER by more than the tolerance outlined in the table below. Exceptions: For tree ferns (SPCD = 6546, 6547, 6545, 6548, 6549), measure the height to where the fronds emerge from the trunk. For all trees, if 30% of total length is greater than the actual length of the tree, measure the actual length to centroid diameter at the point where the break begins to influence the centroid diameter. When collected: All live and standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH Field width: 4 digits (xxx.y) Tolerance: LENGTH TO CENTROID DIAMETER +/- 1/2 foot Up to 6 feet +/- 1 foot 7 to 12 feet +/- 2 feet 13 to 18 feet +/- 3 feet 19 to 24 feet +/- 4 feet 25 to 30 feet +/- 5 feet More than 30 feet Values: Values: 001.0 to 999.0 (autopopulated – updatable)

Item 8.8.0.3 CENTROID DIAMETER ON UPPER BOLE (PACI) [TREE.CENTROID_DIA_PNWRS] Measure and record the diameter at the ACTUAL LENGTH TO CENTROID location. For trees with a TOTAL LENGTH of up to 19 feet, record to the nearest 0.1 of an inch. For trees with a TOTAL LENGTH of 20 feet or more, record to the nearest 0.5 of an inch. Exception: For tree ferns (SPCD = 6546, 6547, 6545, 6548, 6549), measure the diameter where the fronds emerge from the trunk. When collected: All live and standing dead tally trees ≥ 5.0 inches DBH where actual length ≥ length to centroid diameter Field width: 4 digits (xxx.y) Tolerance: +/- 0.1 inches for trees with up to 6 feet LENGTH TO CENTROID DIAMETER +/- 1 inches for trees with 7 feet LENGTH TO CENTROID DIAMETER or more Values: 001.0 to 999.9 Chapter 8: SECTION 8.9 RAPID OHIA DEATH

Item 8.9.0.1 RAPID OHIA DEATH (ROD) SAMPLE COLLECTED (PACI) [TREE.DISEASE_SAMP_COLLECTED] 1. The presence of ROD will be determined via side-swipe hatchet method to locate staining/discoloration associated with Ceratocystis fungal pathogen. TREE AND SAPLING DA a. Use a hatchet, ax, or machete cut into the side of the tree, removing the outer bark and exposing the surface of the sapwood where the fungus typically occurs. b. Staining is manifest in dark streaks or "leopard spotting" moving along the wood grain. c. Odor of over-ripe bananas or fermenting sugar cane may be detected. 2. If present, a field sample should be collected at the location where the staining is identified. If staining is not identified, a field sample should still be taken. a. Open new sterile Whirl-pak bag and hold under area to be drilled. b. With the drill, or impact, use a sterile drill bit of at least 5/16 inch diameter.

c. Sterilize the drill bit using the hand torch. TA pg.176 d. Drill to a 1.25" depth into the stained/discolored portion of symptomatic trees, pulling out every 0.25" to allow for capture of wood shavings. 3. Repeat steps 1) & 2) three additional times per tree to obtain a sufficient quantity of sample material. 4. Record public plot number, subplot number, and tree tag number on Whirl-pak bag and mark tree as sampled for ROD in MIDAS Mobile. 5. Sterilize drill bit between individual trees. a. Spray drill bit with 70% isopropanol alcohol, ensuring each groove is drenched. b. Using portable torch, burn off alcohol and any wood residue from drill bit. When collected: All Metrosideros polymorpha trees that have died since the previous inventory and all DECAY CLASS 1 Metrosideros polymorpha trees Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description Y No ROD sample collected (TREE NOTES required) N ROD sample collected

Item 8.9.0.2 RAPID OHIA DEATH PATHOGEN PRESENT (PACI) [DISEASE_TREE_PNWRS.DISEASE_CD] This variable indicates the results of the lab tests when RAPID OHIA DEATH SAMPLE COLLECTED = Y. It should be filled out in MIDAS by the field crew once lab results are received. When collected: When RAPID OHIA DEATH SAMPLE COLLECTED = Y Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 0 No ROD pathogens present in sample 1 Ceratocystis lukuohia present 2 Ceratocystis huluohia present 3 Both C. lukuohia and C. huluohia present

SECTION 8.10 TREE NOTES

SUBSECTION 8.10.1 TREE NOTES

Item 8.10.1.1 TREE NOTES (CORE 5.27) [TREE.NOTES] Record notes pertaining to an individual tree as called for to explain or describe another data item. When Collected: All trees, as needed Field width: 2000 characters Tolerance: N/A Values: English language words, phrases and numbers TREE NOTES : Section 8.10 pg.177 CHAPTER 9 SEEDLING DATA

SECTION 9.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Regeneration information is obtained by counting live seedlings within the 6.8-foot radius microplot located 90 degrees and 12.0 feet from each subplot center within each of the four subplots. Seedlings are counted in groups by species and condition class. Only count seedlings occurring in accessible forest land condition classes (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1), or accessible, measurable nonforest condition classes (NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS =2), using the guidelines listed below. Count all live seedlings that have their base inside the microplot boundary regardless of vigor, damage, or closeness to other trees, but count only one seedling from a clump; a clump is 3 or more live stems that sprouted from a common root base (including stumps).

SUBSECTION 9.1.1 SEEDLING DATA ITEMS

Item 9.1.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE 6.1) [SEEDLING.SUBP] This is a generated code corresponding to the number of the subplot (see Item 6.1.1.1). When Collected: All seedling count records Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Definition 1 Center subplot 2 North subplot 3 Southeast subplot 4 Southwest subplot

Item 9.1.1.2 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (CORE 6.3) [SEEDLING.CONDID] Use the same procedures described in Chapter 8 to assign the appropriate CONDITION CLASS NUMBER to the seedlings rooted in the respective condition. When Collected: All seedling count records Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1-9

Item 9.1.1.3 SPECIES (CORE 6.2) [SEEDLING.SPCD] Record the SPECIES code from the Tree Species List in Appendix B. Use the same procedures described in Item 8.4.1.12. If the species cannot be determined in the field, tally the seedling, but bring branch samples, foliage,

flowers, bark, etc. to the office for identification. If possible, collect samples outside the subplot from similar Chapter 9: specimens and make a note to correct the SPECIES code later. If one or more species cannot be positively identified by local botanists, group all unknown seedlings present on the microplot in one seedling record and use species code 999. List how many unknown species there are with a brief description of each in SEEDLING NOTES. When Collected: All seedling count records SEEDLING DA Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: No errors for genus, no errors for species Values: Appendix B TA pg.178 Item 9.1.1.4 SEEDLING COUNT (CORE 6.4) [SEEDLING.TREECOUNT] On each microplot, record the number of live tally seedlings, by SPECIES and CONDITION CLASS When a seedling count of the full microplot will be prohibitively time consuming (over 50 seedlings for a given species), it is acceptable to estimate by counting the number of seedlings on one quarter of the microplot and multiply by four (given that there is only one condition class on the microplot). Repeat for each species. Conifer seedlings must be at least 6.0 inches in length and less than 1.0 inch at DBH to qualify for counting. Hardwood seedlings must be at least 12.0 inches in length and less than 1.0 inch at DBH in order to qualify for counting. General seedling count rules: • Count all live seedlings with their bases inside the microplot boundary regardless of vigor, damage, or closeness to other trees. • Count all live seedlings, regardless of substrate (e.g. suspended logs) or life expectancy. • Multiple “suckers” that originate from the same location, and stump sprouts are considered one seedling. • Measure seedling length, not “height”. Length is measured along the main stem from ground level to the dominant apical leader. • Do not tally or count “layers” (undetached tree branches partially or completely covered by soil and/ or organic materials, usually at the base) as seedlings. • Do not tally any seedlings that sprout from a live tally tree.

When Collected: Each measured land condition (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) on each microplot Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: No errors for 5 or fewer per species; +/-20% percent over a count of 5 Values: 001 through 999

Item 9.1.1.5 SEEDLING NOTES (PNW) [SEEDLING.NOTES] Record notes to clarify or explain a special situation in the SEEDLING NOTES. When Collected: As needed Field width: 2000 characters Tolerance: N/A Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS : Section 9.1 pg.179 CHAPTER 10 DOWN WOODY MATERIALS

SECTION 10.1 INTRODUCTION Down woody materials (DWM) are important components of forest ecosystems across the country. DWM is dead material on the ground in various stages of decay. Wildlife biologists, ecologists, mycologists, foresters, and fuels specialists are some of the people interested in DWM because it helps describe the: • Quality and status of wildlife habitats. • Structural diversity within a forest. • Fuel loading and fire behavior. • Carbon sequestration – the amount of carbon tied up in dead wood. • Storage and cycling of nutrients and water – important for site productivity. Down wood components and fuels estimated by the FIA program are coarse wood, slash, fine wood, and litter and duff depth.DWM is sampled on accessible forest conditions intersected by a transect, and on accessible, measurable nonforest conditions (NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2). If a transect crosses a condition boundary, the boundary locations on the transect are recorded. All DWM in the inventory is sampled using the line intersect sampling method (also called planar intercept method). In this method, transects are established, and individual pieces of Coarse Woody Debris (CWD, ≥3 inches diameter and ≥0.5 foot long) or Fine Woody Debris (FWD, <3 inches diameter) are tallied if the central axis of the piece is intersected by the plane of the transect.

SECTION 10.2 DEFINITION OF DOWN WOODY MATERIALS Coarse Woody Debris – In this inventory, CWD includes downed, dead tree and shrub boles, large limbs, and other woody pieces that are ≥3 inches in diameter and severed from their original source of growth. CWD also includes dead tally species trees or single-stemmed woodland species trees (either self- supported by roots, severed from roots, or uprooted and supported by other objects) that are leaning >45 degrees from vertical and not considered part of the standing tree inventory. Portions of dead trees that are separated greater than 50 percent (either above or below 4.5 feet), are considered Item 8.4.1.10, STANDING DEAD (CORE 5.7.2) and are included in the CWD inventory (see discussion and diagrams in Item 8.4.1.10, STANDING DEAD (CORE 5.7.2)). For multi-stemmed woodland species (Appendix B) such as juniper, only tally stems that are dead and detached. Include as CWD all dead multi-stemmed woodland tree stems that do not qualify as standing dead if they meet the size requirements for CWD pieces. Also included are non-machine processed round wood such as fence posts and cabin logs. CWD is measured primarily using intersect diameter. In rare instances when pieces are in a pile and it is impossible to estimate the size of individual pieces, use the pile protocol. CWD does not include: Chapter 10: 1. Woody pieces <3.0 inches in diameter at the point of intersection with the transect. 2. Dead trees leaning 0 to 45 degrees from vertical (see discussion and diagrams in Item 8.4.1.10, STANDING DEAD (CORE 5.7.2)). 3. Dead shrubs, self-supported by their roots. 4. Trees showing any sign of life.

5. Stumps that are rooted in the ground (i.e., not uprooted). DOWN WOODY 6. Dead foliage, bark or other non-woody pieces that are not an integral part of a bole or limb. (Bark attached to a portion of a piece is an integral part). 7. Roots or main bole below the root collar. Fine Woody Debris – In this inventory, FWD includes downed, dead branches, twigs, and small tree or shrub boles <3 inches in diameter that are not attached to a living or standing dead source. FWD can be connected to a larger branch, as long as this branch is on the ground and not connected to a standing dead

or live tree. Only the woody branches, twigs, and fragments that intersect the transect are counted. FWD MATERIALS can be connected to a down, dead tree bole or down, dead shrub. FWD can be twigs from shrubs and vines. FWD must be no higher than 6 feet above the ground to be counted. FWD does not include: 1. Woody pieces ≥3.0 inches in diameter at the point of intersection with the transect. pg.180 2. Dead branches connected to a live tree or shrub; or to a standing dead tree or dead shrub. 3. Dead foliage (i.e., pine or fir needles, or leaf petioles). 4. Bark fragments or other non-woody pieces that are not an integral part of a branch, twig, or small bole. 5. Small pieces of decomposed wood (i.e., chunks of cubical rot) 6. Roots or main bole below the root collar

SECTION 10.3 LOCATING AND ESTABLISHING LINE TRANSECTS Transects are established on each subplot if the subplot center is accessible (i.e., not census water, access denied, or hazardous), and there is at least one forest or measured nonforest land condition class mapped within the 24.0-foot radius subplot (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2). Transects begin at the subplot center and extend 24.0 feet to the edge of the subplot. The location of condition class boundaries are recorded along the transect, starting at the subplot center and working towards the fixed radius plot boundary. It is extremely important to lay out the transect in a straight line to avoid biasing the selection of pieces and to allow the remeasurement of transect lines and tally pieces for QA purposes. Transect lines should be marked with a small piece of flagging at the end of the line (24.0 feet, horizontal distance) to help the QA staff identify the path of the transect during the check-plot procedure. Because the tolerance for the transect azimuth is +/- 2 degrees, the line might have been laid down in a slightly different direction from the check-plot crew. This could affect the location of diameter measurements for CWD pieces as well as identifying whether a CWD piece is a valid tally piece. It is also helpful to mark the point where the FWD transect begins (14 feet, horizontal distance). LOCATING AND ESTABLISHING LINE TRANSECTS AND ESTABLISHING LOCATING : Section 10.3 pg.181 SUBSECTION 10.3.1 CWD TRANSECTS Two transects are established that originate at the subplot center and extend out 24.0 feet horizontal distance (the radius of the subplot) (Figure 10.1).

Figure 10.1: Plot layout for sampling CWD, FWD, and litter and duff depth. CWD transects include two 24-foot transects per subplot (starting at subplot center designated by its azimuth as labeled).

SUBSECTION 10.3.2 FWD TRANSECTS Chapter 10: On a portion of one CWD transect on each subplot, FWD is tallied within 3 size classes. Because FWD is generally present in high densities, a shorter transect will pick up an acceptable amount of tally. The transect begins at 14 feet (horizontal distance) from the subplot center and extends out either 6 or 10 feet (horizontal distance) depending on the FWD size class, as follows: Category of FWD Size Class Diameter range Transect length Transect location (horizontal distance) (horizontal distance) DOWN WOODY Small FWD 1 0 in to 0.24 in 6 feet 14 to 20 feet Medium FWD 2 0.25 in to 0.9 in 6 feet 14 to 20 feet Large FWD 3 1.0 in to 2.9 in 10 feet 14 to 24 feet It is helpful to have a size gauge available until your eye is ‘trained’ to recognize the 3 FWD size classes. Examples include a plastic or cardboard card with 3 notches cut for each size class, or a set of 3 dowels representing each size class. MATERIALS pg.182 SECTION 10.4 PLOT-LEVEL VARIABLES FOR DWM PROTOCOL The codes in this section define the type of variables and transect configuration used for measuring DWM.

Item 10.4.0.1 DWM NUMBER OF SUBPLOTS (BASE 10.3.2) [PLOT.P2DWM_NBR_SUBP] A downloaded variable identifying the number of subplots on which DWM is measured. When DWM SAMPLING STATUS = 1 or 2, number of subplots = 4. When collected: All plots where DWM SAMPLING STATUS >0 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 4

Item 10.4.0.2 DWM NUMBER OF TRANSECTS ON SUBPLOT (BASE 10.3.3) [PLOT.P2DWM_NBR_SUBP_TRANSECT] A downloaded variable identifying the number of transects per subplot on which DWM is measured. A "transect" is defined as a line starting from subplot center and ending at or beyond the subplot boundary. When DWM SAMPLING STATUS = 1, number of transects per subplot = 2. When collected: All plots where DWM SAMPLING STATUS >0 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 2

Item 10.4.0.3 DWM TRANSECT LENGTH (BASE 10.3.4) [PLOT.P2DWM_TRANSECT_LENGTH] A downloaded variable identifying the length of each transect on which DWM is measured. The transect length when DWM SAMPLING STATUS >0 is 24.0 feet, measured to the nearest 0.1 foot. When collected: All plots where DWM SAMPLING STATUS >0 Field width: 3 digits (xx.y) Tolerance: +/- 1 ft Values: 24.0

Item 10.4.0.4 DWM NOTES (BASE 10.3.5) [PLOT.NOTES] Use these fields to record notes pertaining to the Down Woody Materials indicator. If the notes apply only to a specific subplot or other specific aspect of the plot, then make that clear in the notes. When collected: All plots where DWM SAMPLING STATUS >0, as needed Field width: Unlimited alphanumeric character field Tolerance: N/A Values: English language words, phrases and numbers

SECTION 10.5 TRANSECT LINE SEGMENTING Transect lines are segmented to determine the length of transect that occurs within each mapped condition class intersecting the line. These lengths determine the expansion factors for the measured DWM. It is important that any changes or corrections to condition identity, location and size mapped on the subplot spatially match the segmentation done on the transects. A segment is a length of transect that is in one condition. Segments are identified by recording the BEGINNING DISTANCE and ENDING DISTANCE from

PLOT-LEVEL VARIABLES FOR DWM PROTOCOL VARIABLES PLOT-LEVEL subplot center towards the end of the transect. : If any part of the transect segment is in a measured condition but the CWD is not measurable (e.g., snow or water), do not measure any DWM (CWD, FWD, or duff/litter depth) on that transect segment and set DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 0. Section 10.4 pg.183 Starting at the subplot center and working towards the fixed radius plot boundary, each segment of transect line in a different condition class is delineated and recorded as a separate record. The horizontal BEGINNING DISTANCE and ENDING DISTANCE are recorded for each condition class encountered (Figure ). The first record for each transect will have a BEGINNING DISTANCE of 0 feet. If only one condition class occurs on the transect line, only one segment is recorded. The last segment on all transects must have an ENDING DISTANCE of 24.0 feet horizontal distance if sampling the subplot. All condition segments on the transect must be defined and all transect length recorded and accounted for, either by condition, or by DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS.

Transects are installed across condition class

Item 10.5.0.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (BASE 10.5.1) [P2DWM_TRANSECT_SEGMENT.SUBP] Record the code indicating the subplot center from which the transect originates. When collected: All transect segments on plots where DWM SAMPLING STATUS >0 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 Center subplot 2 North subplot 3 Southeast subplot 4 Southwest subplot

Item 10.5.0.2 TRANSECT (BASE 10.5.2) [P2DWM_TRANSECT_SEGMENT.TRANSECT] Record the transect azimuth (degrees) on which a condition class is being delineated. These transects, when being installed, have a tolerance of +/- 2 degrees. When collected: All transect segments where DWM SAMPLING STATUS > 0

Field width: 3 digits Chapter 10: Tolerance: No errors Values: Subplot Transect direction (degrees) from center of subplot 1 090 270 2 360 180 DOWN WOODY 3 135 315 4 045 225

Item 10.5.0.3 SEGMENT NUMBER (PNW) [P2DWM_TRANSECT_SEGMENT.SEGMT] MATERIALS A generated number to identify each segment length contained within one condition class; numbering begins at plot center and works out to the plot perimeter. pg.184 When collected: All transect segments in all condition classes Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1-9

Item 10.5.0.4 SEGMENT CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (BASE 10.5.3) [P2DWM_TRANSECT_SEGMENT.CONDID] Record the code indicating the number of the condition class for the transect segment. Use the same code assigned to the condition class on the subplot or elsewhere on the plot. The first segment recorded for each transect will have the same CONDITION CLASS NUMBER as assigned to the subplot center. When collected: All transect segments where DWM SAMPLING STATUS >0 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 9

Item 10.5.0.5 SEGMENT BEGINNING DISTANCE (BASE 10.5.4) [P2DWM_TRANSECT_SEGMENT.BEGINHORIZDIST] Record the location (using horizontal distance to nearest 0.1 foot) on the transect line where the transect intersects the boundary with the adjacent condition class nearer to the subplot center. The first record for each transect will have a BEGINNING DISTANCE of 0 ft. Each subsequent record will have a BEGINNING DISTANCE equal to the ENDING DISTANCE of the previous record. When collected: All transect segments where DWM SAMPLING STATUS >0 Field width: 3 digits (xx.y) Tolerance: +/- 1 ft Values: 00.0 to 24.0 horizontal feet

Item 10.5.0.6 SEGMENT ENDING DISTANCE (BASE 10.5.5) [P2DWM_TRANSECT_SEGMENT.ENDHORIZDIST] Record the location (using horizontal distance to nearest 0.1 foot) on the transect line where the transect exits the condition class being delineated and intersects the boundary with a different condition class further away from the subplot center. If no other condition classes are encountered, record the location (using horizontal distance) of the end of the transect line. When collected: All transect segments where DWM SAMPLING STATUS >0 Field width: 3 digits (xx.y) Tolerance: +/- 1 ft Values: 00.1 to 24.0 horizontal feet

Item 10.5.0.7 DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS (BASE 10.5.6) [P2DWM_TRANSECT_SEGMENT.SEGMNT_STATUS_CD] Record the sample status for the transect segment. If any part of the segment is in an accessible condition that would be measured (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2), but the CWD is not measurable due to an obstruction such as snow or water, do not measure DWM on any part of the transect segment, and set code to 0 for that segment. In all other situations, set the code to 1. Conditions on which DWM would not be measured regardless (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 3 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5), will automatically be coded 1; those conditions should be identified in the transect segmenting. When collected: All transect segments on plots where DWM SAMPLING STATUS >0 Field width: 1 digit

TRANSECT LINE SEGMENTING Tolerance: No errors : Values: 0 Transect segment not sampled 1 Transect segment sampled Section 10.5 pg.185 Item 10.5.0.8 DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT NONSAMPLED REASON (BASE 10.5.7) [P2DWM_TRANSECT_SEGMENT.SEGMNT_NONSAMPLE_REASN_CD] Record the reason that DWM cannot be measured on the transect. When collected: All transects where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 0 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 05 Lost data (office use only) 10 Other (for example, snow or water covering CWD that is supposed to be sampled). DWM NOTE required when using this code. Chapter 10: DOWN WOODY MATERIALS pg.186 SECTION 10.6 SAMPLING METHODS FOR COARSE WOODY DEBRIS (CWD)

SUBSECTION 10.6.1 TALLY RULES FOR COARSE WOODY DEBRIS (CWD) 1. Coarse woody debris (CWD) is sampled on accessible forest conditions, and on accessible, measurable nonforest conditions (i.e., NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2). Tally CWD by starting at the subplot center and working towards the fixed radius plot boundary. Measurements should not be taken along transects moving inward toward subplot center. Tally a piece if its central longitudinal axis intersects the transect, and the condition class is measured at the point of intersection (Figure 10.2). The entire piece is assigned to this condition.

Figure 10.2: Tally rules for CWD.

2. Tally dead trees and tall stumps that are leaning > 45 degrees from vertical. Do not tally live trees or standing dead trees and tall stumps that are still upright and leaning < 45 degrees from vertical. Follow the same rules for down trees as outlined in Section 8.1, Definitions for determining what qualifies as standing and down dead trees and portions/tops of trees. Most CWD will be laying on the ground. Note: In order to avoid double counting or totally missing trees or portions in either protocol, once a decision is made on whether a tree or portion/top of a tree is considered standing or down it is important to include it in either one or the other protocol (standing tree or CWD), but not both. See additional diagrams in Item 8.4.1.10, STANDING DEAD (CORE 5.7.2). 3. The minimum length for any tally piece is 0.5 feet and it needs to meet the minimum transect diameter guidelines. 4. Decay class of the piece determines whether or not the piece is tallied (see Item 10.7.0.8). For decay classes 1 to 4: tally a piece if it is ≥3.0 inches in diameter at the point of intersection with the transect (Figure 10.3). For decay class 5: tally a piece if it is ≥5.0 inches in diameter at the point of intersection and ≥5.0 inches high from the uphill side of the ground. The reason for treating decay class 5 pieces differently is because they are difficult to identify, especially when heavily decomposed. Only pieces that still have some shape and log form are tallied—humps of decomposed wood that are becoming part of the duff layer are not tallied. 5. Tally pieces created by natural causes (examples: natural breakage or uprooting) or by human activities such as cutting. In some cases it may be impossible to measure or estimate individual Figure 10.3: Tally rules for CWD decay pieces—for example when CWD pieces are in classes 1-4.

SAMPLING METHODS FOR COARSE WOODY DEBRIS (CWD) SAMPLING METHODS FOR COARSE WOODY machine-piled slash piles or windrows, or are part of : a jumble from flooding, landslide or avalanche. In these situations, piles are described using the instructions in Section 10.7, Sampling Residue Piles Because biomass estimates from piles have great uncertainty associated with them, pieces should be measured individually if at all possible. Section 10.6 pg.187 6. Tally a piece only if the point of intersection occurs above the ground. If one end of a piece is buried in the litter, duff, or mineral soil, the piece ends at the point where it is no longer visible. Measure the diameter and length at this point. 7. If the central longitudinal axis of a piece is intersected more than once on a transect line or if it is intersected by two transect lines, tally the piece each time it is intersected (uncommon situation, see Figure 10.4).

Figure 10.4: CWD tally rules: intersections. 8. Tally a piece only once if the subplot center falls directly on the central longitudinal axis of the piece. Tally the piece on the smallest azimuth degree transect. 9. If a piece is fractured across its diameter or length, and would pull apart at the fracture if pulled from either end or sides, treat it as two separate pieces. If judged that it would not pull apart, tally as one piece. Tally only the piece intersected by the transect line. 10.Do not tally a piece if it intersects the transect on the root side of the root collar. Do not tally roots. 11. When the transect crosses a forked down tree bole or large branch connected to a down tree, tally each qualifying piece separately. To be tallied, each individual piece must meet the minimum diameter requirements. 12.In the case of forked trees, consider the "main bole" to be the piece with the largest diameter at the fork. Variables for this fork such as DECAY CLASS should pertain to the entire main bole. For smaller forks or branches connected to a main bole (even if the main bole is not a tally piece), variables pertain only to that portion of the piece up to the point where it attaches to the main bole (see Figure 10.5). 13.If a transect intersects a non-measured condition (e.g., a road when NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5, or an inaccessible condition class, or a non-sampled code for CWD), CWD is not tallied. Chapter 10: DOWN WOODY MATERIALS pg.188

Figure 10.5: CWD tally rules for forked trees.

SUBSECTION 10.6.2 MARKING CWD Marking CWD is highly recommended if allowed by the land owner, a wax crayon is a good option. Marked CWD is an aid to future crews returning to the plot for a QA check.

SUBSECTION 10.6.3 RECORDING PROCEDURES FOR CWD The tolerance for the total number of pieces (≥3 inches, transect diameter) tallied across all transects on the plot is: +/- 1 piece for the plot.

Item 10.6.3.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (BASE 10.6.3.1) [P2DWM_CWD.SUBP] Record the code indicating the number of the subplot center from which the transect originates. When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 Center subplot 2 North subplot 3 Southeast subplot 4 Southwest subplot

SAMPLING METHODS FOR COARSE WOODY DEBRIS (CWD) SAMPLING METHODS FOR COARSE WOODY Item 10.6.3.2 COARSE WOODY DEBRIS ID (PNW) : [P2DWM_CWD.CWDID] This is a 4-digit code, assigned by the PDR, to uniquely and permanently identify each piece of CWD on a transect. Section 10.6 pg.189 When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 1-9999

Item 10.6.3.3 TRANSECT (BASE 10.6.3.2) [P2DWM_CWD.TRANSECT] Record the azimuth of the transect on which the CWD piece is sampled. When collected: All tally pieces where DWM TRANSECT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Subplot Transect direction (degrees) from center of subplot 1 090 270 2 360 180 3 135 315 4 045 225

Item 10.6.3.4 CWD CONDITION CLASS (BASE 10.6.3.3) [P2DWM_CWD.CONDID] Record the condition class number for each CWD piece at the point where the central longitudinal axis of the piece intersects the transect. If there is only one condition on the plot all CWD pieces will be assigned to CWD condition class = 1. If more than one condition has been identified and/or mapped on the plot/subplot, record the appropriate condition based on the location of the transect diameter measurement. All CWD pieces require a condition class and only classes that have been identified and/or mapped are valid. When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST C0NDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 9

Item 10.6.3.5 PIECE ON SUBPLOT OR ANNULAR PLOT? (BASE 10.6.3.4) [P2DWM_CWD.ONSUBP_ANNPCD] Chapter 10: Identify whether point of transect intersection with piece is on the subplot All pieces will be assigned code = 1. When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST C0NDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit

Tolerance: No errors DOWN WOODY Values: 1 Central longitudinal axis of piece intersects the transect on the subplot (≤24.0 horizontal feet) 2 Central longitudinal axis of piece intersects the transect on the macroplot (24.1 – 58.9 horizontal feet) MATERIALS pg.190 Item 10.6.3.6 CWD SLOPE DISTANCE (PNW) [P2DWM_CWD.SLOPDIST_PNWRS] Record the code indicating the slope distance from the subplot center to the point where the transect intersects the longitudinal center of the piece. If two or more pieces have the same slope distances, record the top piece first. Measure and record to the nearest 0.1 feet. CWD SLOPE DISTANCE is used to locate the piece for QA purposes. When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1, or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 1.0 feet Values: 00.1 to 99.9

Item 10.6.3.7 CWD DECAY CLASS (BASE 10.6.3.6) [P2DWM_CWD.DECAYCD] Record a 1-digit code indicating the decay class of the piece. Code the decay class that predominates along the observed length of the piece. Use the guide below to determine CWD DECAY CLASS. When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: +/- 1 class Values: Decay Structural Integrity Texture of Rotten Portions Color of Invading Branches and Twigs Class Wood Roots 1 Sound, freshly Intact, no rot; conks of stem Original Absent If branches are present, fine fallen, intact logs decay absent color twigs are still attached and have tight bark 2 Sound Mostly intact; sapwood partly Original Absent If branches are present, many soft (starting to decay) but color fine twigs are gone and can’t be pulled apart by hand remaining fine twigs have peeling bark 3 Heartwood sound; Hard, large pieces; sapwood Reddish- Sapwood Branch stubs will not pull out piece supports its can be pulled apart by hand brown or only own weight or sapwood absent original color 4 Heartwood rotten; Soft, small blocky pieces; a Reddish Through- Branch stubs pull out piece does not metal pin can be pushed into or light out support its own heartwood brown weight, but maintains it shape 5 None, piece no Soft; powdery when dry Red- Through- Branch stubs and pitch longer maintains its brown to out pockets have usually rotted shape, it spreads dark down out on ground brown Note: CWD DECAY CLASS 5 pieces can be difficult to identify because they often blend into the duff and litter layers. They must still resemble a log; therefore, the first tally rule is that they must be ≥5.0 inches in diameter and ≥5.0 inches from the surface of the ground. Decomposed logs that are slightly elevated ‘humps’ on the ground are not tallied. CWD DECAY CLASS: The chart above was developed primarily for Douglas-fir in the Pacific Northwest. At the present time, there are no other charts available to use to describe decay classes for other species or locations. Concentrate on the structural integrity and texture when estimating a decay class for CWD logs. If a log is case hardened (hard, intact outer sapwood shell) but the heartwood is rotten, code this log as a CWD DECAY CLASS 2. CWD DECAY CLASS 1 should be reserved for ‘freshly fallen’ logs that are

SAMPLING METHODS FOR COARSE WOODY DEBRIS (CWD) SAMPLING METHODS FOR COARSE WOODY completely intact (i.e., recent windfalls, or harvest). : Section 10.6 pg.191 Item 10.6.3.8 SPECIES (BASE 10.6.3.7) [P2DWM_CWD.SPCD] Record the code indicating the species of the piece. Since CWD pieces are not necessarily always tally species, record the most detailed available species code (see Appendix B). For shrubs or vines enter code 0001. Species identification may be uncertain for some pieces. The piece's bark (either attached or sloughed and laying beside the piece), branching pattern (if the branches are still present), or heartwood smell (particularly if cedars, Douglas-fir, or western hemlock) may provide clues. On remeasurement plots, see what tree species were tallied in past inventories. One way to distinguish hardwoods from softwoods is by the type of decay present. Hardwoods usually have a white or grayish stringy rot, while softwoods usually have a reddish-brown blocky rot. If it is not possible to identify the species, attempt to estimate if it is softwood or hardwood. Enter code 0299 for unknown dead conifer or 0998 for unknown dead hardwood. Note: Codes 0299 and 0998 are not valid when CWD DECAY CLASS = 1 or 2. When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 and CWD DECAY CLASS = 1 to 4 Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: No errors Core code Values: Code (office use only) 0299, 0998, species codes in Appendix B 0001 - shrub or vine 0998

SUBSECTION 10.6.4 DIAMETERS If possible, the best way to measure diameter is to wrap the tape perpendicular to the longitudinal axis at the point of transect intersection. If that is not possible it is useful to carry a steel carpenters retracting tape to measure diameters. Other methods include wrapping a tape around the bole if possible, holding a straight-edge ruler above the piece, or using calipers. For pieces that cannot be taped and are not round in cross-section because of missing chunks of wood or "settling" due to decay, measure the diameter in two directions and take an average. Estimate the longest and shortest axis of the cross-section ("A" and "B" in Figure 10.6), and enter the average in the diameter field. This technique applies to intersect, small-end, and large-end diameters. Chapter 10:

Figure 10.6: Estimating the diameter of pieces that are not round in cross-section. DOWN WOODY MATERIALS pg.192 If the transect intersects the log at the decayed or splintered end (Figure 10.7), record the diameter at this location as the intersect diameter. If the splintered end appears to be two separate pieces (i.e., a major split located just at the end) – in this situation treat it as one log and take a diameter around the end (take two measurements if it is odd shaped.

Intersection

Figure 10.7: Example of decayed end intersecting the transect

Item 10.6.4.1 DIAMETER AT POINT OF INTERSECTION (BASE) [P2DWM_CWD.TRANSECT_DIA] Record the piece's diameter at the point where the transect intersects the longitudinal center of the piece. Record the diameter to the nearest inch. If the diameter is close to 3 inches, measure the diameter to the nearest 0.1 inch to determine if the piece is actually ≥3.0 inches and a valid tally piece. When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: Pieces <20.0 inches diameter: +/- 1 inch for decay class 1-4, +/- 2 inches for decay class 5 Pieces ≥20.0 inches diameter (decay classes 1-4): +/- 2 inches for each 20-inch increment >20.0 inches Pieces ≥20.0 inches diameter (decay class 5): +/- 3 inches for each 20-inch increment above 20.0 inches Values: 003 to 200 inches

Item 10.6.4.2 DIAMETER OF HOLLOW AT POINT OF INTERSECTION (BASE 10.6.3.8.2) [P2DWM_CWD.HOLLOW_DIA] Record the diameter of hollow at the point of intersection. This variable contributes to reducing bias in biomass estimate and only applies to the point of intersection. If it can be ascertained that the piece is hollow at the transect diameter location, measure or estimate the diameter of hollow to the nearest inch, otherwise record as 0. Diameter of hollow must be less than the transect diameter. Note: Record a hollow

SAMPLING METHODS FOR COARSE WOODY DEBRIS (CWD) SAMPLING METHODS FOR COARSE WOODY diameter only when it is obvious that a piece is hollow at the point of intersection (a hole or crack in the : piece, evidence of hollow as observed from the end, etc.). Unlike Item 10.6.5.2, there is no hollow size requirement for this variable. Section 10.6 pg.193 When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 and CWD DECAY CLASS = 1 to 4 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: Pieces < 20.0 inches diameter: +/- 1 inch Pieces ≥20.0 inches diameter: +/- 2 inches for each 20-inch increment above 20.0 inches Values: 000, 001 to 200 inches

SUBSECTION 10.6.5 LENGTH MEASUREMENTS Measure the length of the piece (to the nearest foot) along its centerline, either to the end of the piece or to the point where the diameter reaches 3 inches. If the piece tapers at both sides, due to decay or breakage, the length is measured for the 3-inch diameter cutoff at both ends, regardless of where the large end- diameter may be (see Figure 10.7). No length is recorded for pieces <3 feet long.

Item 10.6.5.1 CWD LENGTH≥3 FEET (BASE 10.6.3.9.1) [P2DWM_CWD.LENGTH_3FTCD] Record the code that indicates whether the CWD TOTAL LENGTH is less than 3 feet long (and at least 0.5 foot long). Distinguish length orientation by direction of the pith. Note: the diameter of a small piece may be larger than its length. When collected: All tally pieces >0.5 foot long, where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No error Values: 1 CWD TOTAL LENGTH ≥3 feet 2 CWD TOTAL LENGTH ≥0.5 foot and <3 feet

Item 10.6.5.2 IS THE PIECE HOLLOW? (OPTIONAL 10.6.3.10) [P2DWM_CWD.HOLLOWCD] Record the code indicating whether or not the piece is hollow (see Figure 10.8). The cavity does not need to cross the transect, and may be present anywhere along the length of the piece to qualify. This definition of hollow is different from the definition used in Item 10.6.4.2 DIAMETER OF HOLLOW AT POINT OF INTERSECTION. This variable provides information for wildlife assessment. Chapter 10: DOWN WOODY

Figure 10.8: Determining if the piece is hollow. MATERIALS pg.194 When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 and CWD DECAY CLASS = 1 to 4 and CWD LENGTH ≥ 3 FEET = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 0 Does not meet criteria for being a hollow log 1 A piece is considered hollow if a cavity extends at least 2 feet along the central longitudinal axis of the piece, and the diameter of the entrance to the cavity is at least 1/4 of the diameter of the piece where the entrance occurs. The entrance occurs at the point where the circumference of the cavity is whole -- the point where wood is present completely around the circumference of the cavity. The length of the cavity begins at this point. This definition of hollow is different from the definition used in Item 10.6.4.2 DIAMETER OF HOLLOW AT POINT OF INTERSECTION.

Item 10.6.5.3 PIECE INCLINATION (OPTIONAL 10.6.3.11) [P2DWM_CWD.INCLINATION] Record the inclination from horizontal of the piece in degrees. Measure the inclination with a clinometer. Inclination from horizontal should be estimated rapidly by setting a clinometer along the top of the log, adjusting if necessary to match the angle between the location of the large end diameter and the location of the small end diameter, and reading the inclination from the face of the clinometer in degrees. When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: +/- 5 degrees Values: 00 to 90 degrees

Item 10.6.5.4 CWD HISTORY (OPTIONAL 10.6.3.12) [P2DWM_CWD.CWDHISTCD] Record the code that indicates whether or not the piece of CWD is on the ground as a result of harvesting operations or as a result of natural circumstances. One objective of this item is to identify those pieces that are considered logging residue. If the piece appears to have fallen to the ground as a result of natural causes such as decomposition or windfall, enter a code of 1. This category would include blown out tops, snapped off boles, wind-fallen trees on clearcut edges, and trees that basically collapsed and fell over due to decomposition. If the piece is on the ground as a result of recent (since last annual remeasurement; if the plot is new, the time between the panel remeasurements) harvesting activity, either because the tree was cut down with a chainsaw (or other device) or pushed over by harvesting equipment (bulldozer), enter a code of 2. A code of 2 would be considered logging residue (usually you are in the middle of a recent clearcut). If the piece is on the ground as a result of older (more than 15 years) harvesting activity, enter a code of 3. This would be a situation where you tally an old decomposing log that has a sawn end – if it appears that the log was cut and left on site, then enter a code of “3”. If a piece is on the ground as a result of incidental harvest (such as a standing tree was cut for firewood or small clearing), enter a code of “4”. Incidental harvest involves a few trees and is not a part of a major organized harvesting operation. If the crew cannot decide the history of the CWD log, classify it as “unknown”, and give it a code of “5”. SAMPLING METHODS FOR COARSE WOODY DEBRIS (CWD) SAMPLING METHODS FOR COARSE WOODY : Section 10.6 pg.195 When Collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 and CWD DECAY CLASS = 1 to 4 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 CWD piece is on the ground as a result of natural causes 2 CWD piece is on the ground as a result of major recent harvest activity (≤ 15 yrs old) 3 CWD piece is on the ground as a result of older harvest activity (> 15 yrs old) 4 CWD piece is on the ground as a result of an incidental harvest (such as firewood cutting) 5 Exact Reason Unknown

Item 10.6.5.5 PERCENT OF LOG CHARRED BY FIRE (OPTIONAL 10.6.3.13) [P2DWM_CWD.CHARCD] Record a code that represents the percentage of the log’s surface area that has been charred by fire. Only examine the visible surface of the log. These data will be used by wildlife biologists to determine the impact fire has had on wildlife habitat. Wildlife tend to avoid charred logs because fire seals the wood making it slow to rot and hard to excavate. When collected: All tally pieces in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1, DIAMETER AT POINT OF INTERSECTION >20, and CWD DECAY CLASS = 1 to 3 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: +/- 1 class Values: 0 None of the log is charred by fire 1 Up to 1/3 of the log is charred by fire 2 1/3 to 2/3 of the log is charred by fire 3 2/3 or more of the log is charred by fire

Item 10.6.5.6 COARSE WOODY DEBRIS NOTES (AFSL, PFSL) [P2DWM_CWD.NOTES] Record any notes needed to clarify or explain a special situation encountered with a piece of CWD. When collected: All plots: as needed Field width: 40 characters Tolerance: N/A Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences Chapter 10: DOWN WOODY MATERIALS pg.196 SECTION 10.7 SAMPLING RESIDUE PILES A pile is an accumulation of large woody material in which individual pieces are impossible to tally separately. Piles may be created by human activity or natural causes. However, loose piles created by windthrow, landslides, fires or other natural causes, or by thinning or logging operations, should be tallied using the regular CWD protocols unless it is physically impossible to separate individual pieces. The pile protocol should only be used as a last resort, when the regular CWD protocols cannot be used. Piles are tallied only if intersected by a transect and located in an accessible forest condition class (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) or an accessible, measurable nonforest condition (NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2). An estimate of the length and depth of the pile, species composition and decay class are recorded: 1. Tally individual pieces along the transect until it is not possible to measure them separately and record the horizontal transect distance to this point. Then, record the horizontal transect distance to the point where individual pieces can again be tallied separately (see Figure 10.9). 2. If the pile straddles two condition classes, assign it to the condition class that is closest to subplot center along the transect. 3. Estimate the average height of the pile along the transect. Visually compact the pile to estimate the height of wood, excluding air, rocks, debris and pieces of wood less than 3 inches in diameter at the plane of intersection with the transect. There is a tendency to overestimate the proportion of the cross-section of the pile made of wood. Note that when packing perfect circles of equal diameter, the maximum attainable packing ratio is less than 90% (see Figure 10.10). 4. Record the predominant species in the pile. 5. Record the predominant decay class of the pieces in the pile. . Condition Class 1 Condition Class 2 Pieces can be tallied separately: Use CWD protocol CC boundary Pieces cannot be tallied separately: Use pile protocol

Transect

ACB D Subp Center

Figure 10.9: Example for measuring a pile. Pieces can be identified and tallied separately between points A- B and C-D, so the CWD protocols are used, even though part of the transect may be within the pile. Between points B and C, pieces cannot be tallied separately and the pile protocol is used. Enter the horizontal distance SAMPLING RESIDUE PILES

: at B as the pile beginning distance, the horizontal distance at C as the pile ending distance, and estimate the compacted height of wood, predominant species, and predominant decay class between B and C. Assign the entire pile to condition class 1. Section 10.7 pg.197

Figure 10.10: Calculating compacted height of CWD. The dashed line represents the height of the pile, the solid, thick line the compacted height of wood. Grey circles are cross sections of woody pieces greater than 3 inches of diameter and the fill represents debris, air and smaller pieces of wood. Chapter 10: Item 10.7.0.1 PILE SUBPLOT NUMBER (BASE 10.7.1) [P2DWM_RESIDUE_PILEP2DWM_RESIDUE_PILE.SUBP] Record the code indicating the number of the subplot center from which the transect originates. When collected: All sampled residue piles on transects in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, where DWM TRANSECT DOWN WOODY SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 Center subplot 2 North subplot 3 Southeast subplot 4 Southwest subplot MATERIALS pg.198 Item 10.7.0.2 PILE NUMBER (PNW) [P2DWM_RESIDUE_PILE.PILEID] Assign a unique number to identify each pile present on the subplot. PILE NUMBERs should be assigned sequentially, beginning with “1” for the first pile encountered. When collected: When CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 01 to 99

Item 10.7.0.3 PILE TRANSECT (BASE 10.7.2) [P2DWM_RESIDUE_PILE.TRANSECT] Record the azimuth of the transect on which the pile is sampled. When Collected: All sampled residue piles on transects in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Subplot Transect direction (degrees) from center of subplot 1 090 270 2 360 180 3 135 315 4 045 225

Item 10.7.0.4 PILE CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (BASE 10.7.3) [P2DWM_RESIDUE_PILE.CONDID] Record the code indicating the number of the condition class. If the pile straddles two condition classes, assign it to the one closest to subplot center along the transect. When collected: All sampled residue piles on transects in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 9

Item 10.7.0.5 PILE BEGINNING DISTANCE (BASE 10.7.4) [P2DWM_RESIDUE_PILE.BEGINHORIZDIST] Record the horizontal length of the transect to the beginning of the pile (to the nearest 0.1 foot), defined as the point when pieces cannot be tallied individually. If the pile occupies subplot center, record 00.0 for the beginning distance. When collected: All sampled residue piles on transects in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 3 digits SAMPLING RESIDUE PILES

: Tolerance: +/- 10% Values: 00.0 to 24.0 feet Section 10.7 pg.199 Item 10.7.0.6 PILE ENDING DISTANCE (BASE 10.7.5) [P2DWM_RESIDUE_PILE.ENDHORIZDIST] Record the horizontal length of the transect to the end of the pile, defined as the point when pieces can be tallied individually again. If the transect ends within the pile, record DWM TRANSECT LENGTH. When collected: All sampled residue piles on transects in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 3 digits (xx.y) Tolerance: +/- 10% Values: 00.1 to 24.0 feet

Item 10.7.0.7 COMPACTED HEIGHT OF CWD IN PILE (BASE 10.7.6) [P2DWM_RESIDUE_PILE.COMP_HT] Record average height of wood pieces greater than 3 inches in diameter at the intersection of the transect with the pile. Record value to the nearest foot. Visually compact the pile to estimate the height of wood, excluding air, debris and pieces of wood less than 3 inches in diameter at the point of intersection with the transect. If the transect starts or ends within a pile, only consider the portion of cross-section of the pile above the measured transect. When collected: All sampled residue piles on transects in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: +/- 10% Values: 1 to 99 feet

Item 10.7.0.8 PILE DECAY CLASS (BASE 10.7.7) [P2DWM_RESIDUE_PILE.DECAYCD] Record a 1-digit code indicating the predominant decay class in the pile. Use the guide below to determine CWD DECAY CLASS. When collected: All sampled residue piles on transects in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: +/- 1 decay class Values: Decay Structural Integrity Texture of Rotten Portions Color of Invading Branches and Twigs Class Wood Roots 1 Sound, freshly Intact, no rot; conks of stem Original Absent If branches are present, fine

fallen, intact logs decay absent color twigs are still attached and Chapter 10: have tight bark 2 Sound Mostly intact; sapwood partly Original Absent If branches are present, many soft (starting to decay) but color fine twigs are gone and can’t be pulled apart by hand remaining fine twigs have peeling bark 3 Heartwood sound; Hard, large pieces; sapwood Reddish- Sapwood Branch stubs will not pull out

piece supports its can be pulled apart by hand brown or only DOWN WOODY own weight or sapwood absent original color 4 Heartwood rotten; Soft, small blocky pieces; a Reddish Through- Branch stubs pull out piece does not metal pin can be pushed into or light out support its own heartwood brown weight, but maintains it shape 5 None, piece no Soft; powdery when dry Red- Through- Branch stubs and pitch MATERIALS longer maintains its brown to out pockets have usually rotted shape, it spreads dark down out on ground brown pg.200 Item 10.7.0.9 PILE SPECIES (BASE 10.7.8) [P2DWM_RESIDUE_PILE.SPCD] Record the code indicating the predominant species in the pile. When collected: All sampled residue piles on transects in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2, where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 and PILE DECAY CLASS = 1 to 4 Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: See species codes in Appendix B

Item 10.7.0.10 RESIDUE PILE NOTES (PNW) [P2DWM_RESIDUE_PILE.NOTES] Record any notes needed to clarify or explain a special situation encountered with the residue pile measurements. When collected: All plots: as needed Field width: 2000 characters Tolerance: N/A Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences

SECTION 10.8 SAMPLING METHODS FOR FINE WOODY DEBRIS (FWD) 1. Fine Woody Debris (FWD) is only sampled on accessible forest land conditions (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1) and accessible, measurable nonforest conditions (NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) intersected by the transect. FWD is tallied on the outer portion of the following transects: 270° on subplot 1, 360° on subplot 2, 135° on subplot 3, and 225° on subplot 4. The length of FWD transects is measured in horizontal distance, starting at 14.0 feet and extending for 6.0 or 10.0 feet depending on FWD size class. 2. If the start of the FWD transect segment is in a measured condition (see item 1 above) but a portion of the transect segment is not visible due to the presence of snow or standing water, consider the entire transect segment not measurable. In this situation, do not sample anything on the transect segment--set FWD TRANSECT SEGMENTSAMPLE STATUS code = 0 and record the reason in FWD TRANSECT SEGMENT NONSAMPLED REASON. 3. Only sample FWD that intersects the transect in a plane from the ground to a height of 6 feet. 4. FWD is sampled in three size classes, along transect azimuths described in item 1 above (see Section 10.5 for details on transects). Pieces in two FWD size classes (0.01 to 0.24 inches and 0.25 to 0.9 inches) are counted on a 6-foot transect, from 14 to 20 feet horizontal distance. Pieces in the largest size class (1.0 to 2.9 inches) are counted on a 10-foot transect, from 14 to 24 feet. These transects overlap. Note: individual diameters are not recorded for FWD. 5. Count a piece of FWD if it intersects the transect. Be sure to count only woody material such as a twig, branch, wood fragment, or small shrub or tree bole Do not count material that is actually litter, such as pine or fir needles, non-woody parts (e.g., petiole and rachis) of a shrub or tree, etc. Do not count roots or main bole below the root collar. 6. Accumulate the number of pieces counted within each size class and enter the total count on one record for the subplot. If there is no tally on a transect, enter zeros for the count. If the transect is not measured (FWD TRANSECT SAMPLE STATUS = 0) the count is null. 7. Accurate counts of FWD can be conducted efficiently up to about 50 pieces for small and medium size classes, and up to 20 pieces for the large size class. After that, crews can begin estimating counts in a systematic fashion. Transects that fall on very dense FWD where counting is nearly impossible, can be sub-sampled and calculated. For example, an accurate count can be conducted on a 2.0-foot section of the transect and then multiplied by 3 to provide an estimate for the 6 foot transect, as long as the crew SAMPLING METHODS FOR FINE WOODY DEBRIS (FWD) SAMPLING METHODS FOR FINE WOODY

: feels that the remaining transect has a similar density of FWD pieces. 8. If a transect intersects a large pile of material such as a wood rat’s nest, recently fallen tree (with many attached fine branches), or a residue pile, crews should estimate a count based on # 7 above, but also enter a code indicating that this is an unusual situation (see Item 10.8.0.9). In the case of a residue pile on the transect, estimate a count by looking at the transect just before and after the pile along with assessing what’s inside the pile, and enter a count for the whole transect. Section 10.8 pg.201 9. If rocks or logs are present along the transect (14- to 24-foot section) include any FWD that is present on top of these things in the respective FWD counts. If the obstructions are so large (huge boulder) that the top surface cannot be seen, assume the count is zero in this area, and continue counting if there is transect line beyond the boulder. 10.If a transect crosses a condition class boundary, record the condition class number and enter a count for each condition on separate records. Transect lengths within each condition class will be obtained from the transect segmenting data entered for the plot.

Item 10.8.0.1 FWD SUBPLOT NUMBER (BASE 10.8.1) [P2DWM_FWD.SUBP] Record the code indicating the subplot center from which the transect originates. When collected: All FWD transect segments where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 Center subplot 2 North subplot 3 Southeast subplot 4 Southwest subplot

Item 10.8.0.2 FWD TRANSECT (BASE 10.8.2) [P2DWM_FWD.TRANSECT] Record the azimuth (degrees) of the transect on which FWD is sampled. When collected: All FWD transect segments where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: degrees Subplot Transect direction (degrees) from center of subplot 1 270 2 360 3 135 4 225

Item 10.8.0.3 FWD CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (BASE 10.8.3) [P2DWM_FWD.CONDID]

Record the code indicating the number of the condition class at the start of the transect (14.0 feet horizontal Chapter 10: distance from subplot center). When collected: All FWD transect segments where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors

Values: 1 to 9 DOWN WOODY MATERIALS pg.202 Item 10.8.0.4 FWD TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS (BASE 10.8.4) [P2DWM_FWD.FWD_STATUS_CD] Record the sample status for FWD on the transect. There may be situations where the CWD is measurable, but the FWD is hidden from view by snow or water and not measurable. If any part of the FWD transect segment is on a measured condition but the FWD is not measurable, do not count any FWD and set the STATUS code to 0 and the FWD TRANSECT NONSAMPLED REASON code to 10. In all other situations, set the code to 1. Conditions on which FWD would not be measured regardless (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 3 or CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 AND NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5) should always be coded 1. When collected: All FWD transect segments where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 0 FWD transect segment not sampled 1 FWD transect segment sampled

Item 10.8.0.5 FWD TRANSECT SEGMENT NONSAMPLED REASON (BASE 10.8.5) [P2DWM_FWD.FWD_NONSAMPLE_REASN_CD] Record the reason that FWD cannot be measured on the transect. When Collected: All FWD transect segments where FWD TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 0 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 05 Lost data (office use only) 10 Other (for example, snow or water covering FWD that is supposed to be sampled). FINE WOODY DEBRIS NOTES required when using this code.

Item 10.8.0.6 SMALL FWD COUNT (BASE 10.8.6) [P2DWM_FWD.SMALLCT] Record the number of pieces counted in this size class (0.01 to 0.24-inch diameter) along the transect segment. An accurate count should be conducted up to 50 pieces. If the count exceeds 50, the transect can be sub-sampled to estimate a total count for the transect length (see Section 10.8, #8). When collected: All FWD transect segments in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 where FWD TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: 0 to 50 = +/- 20% of the total count for the transect 51 to 100 = +/- 25% of the total count for the transect 100 + = +/- 50% of the total count for the transect Values: 000 to 999 pieces

Item 10.8.0.7 MEDIUM FWD COUNT (BASE 10.8.7) [P2DWM_FWD.MEDIUMCT] Record the number of pieces counted in this size class (0.25 to 0.99-inch diameter) along the transect segment. An accurate count should be conducted up to 50 pieces. If the count exceeds 50, the transect can be sub-sampled to estimate a total count for the transect segment (see Section 10.8, # 8). When collected: All FWD transect segments in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 where FWD TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE

SAMPLING METHODS FOR FINE WOODY DEBRIS (FWD) SAMPLING METHODS FOR FINE WOODY STATUS = 1 : Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 20% of the total count for the transect Values: 000 to 999 pieces Section 10.8 pg.203 Item 10.8.0.8 LARGE FWD COUNT (BASE 10.8.8) [P2DWM_FWD.LARGECT] Record the number of pieces counted in this size class (1.0 to 2.9 inch diameter) along the transect segment. An accurate count should be conducted up to 20 pieces. If the count exceeds 20, the transect can be sub-sampled to estimate a total count for the transect segment (see Section 10.8, # 8). When collected: All FWD transect segments in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 where FWD TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 20% of the total count for the transect Values: 000 to 500 pieces

Item 10.8.0.9 HIGH COUNT REASON (BASE 10.8.9) [P2DWM_FWD.REASNCTCD] Enter a code that applies to the situation encountered on the transect. Enter a code if any of the counts on the transect are greater than 100 pieces. When collected: All FWD transect segments in CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2 where FWD TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 and (SMALL FWD COUNT ≥ 100 or MEDIUM FWD COUNT ≥100 or LARGE FWD COUNT ≥100 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 High count is due to an overall high density of FWD across the transect 2 Wood Rat’s nest located on transect 3 Tree or shrub laying across transect 4 Other reason 5 Residue pile

Item 10.8.0.10 FINE WOODY DEBRIS NOTES (PNW) [P2DWM_FWD.NOTES] Record any notes needed to clarify or explain a special situation encountered with a piece of FWD. When collected: All plots: as needed Field width: 2000 characters Tolerance: N/A Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences

SECTION 10.9 DUFF AND LITTER DEPTH MEASUREMENTS Chapter 10: Depth measurements are sampled in accessible forest land conditions (and accessible nonforest conditions, where nonforest conditions are measured). The depth of the duff layer and litter layer are important components of carbon tracking and fire models that estimate fire behavior, fire spread, fire effects, and smoke production. These measurements are taken at the 24-foot location on each transect. If an object such as a rock, log, or residue pile is present at the sample point, depths will be estimated by DOWN WOODY examining the surface of the object or the area surrounding the object. In the office, an average depth will be calculated and stored with other information about the condition class on the plot.

SUBSECTION 10.9.1 DEFINITIONS 1. Litter is the layer of freshly fallen leaves, needles, twigs (<0.25 inch in diameter), cones, detached bark chunks, dead moss, dead lichens, detached small chunks of rotted wood, dead herbaceous stems, and

flower parts (detached and not upright). Litter is the loose plant material found on the top surface of the MATERIALS forest floor which is undecomposed or only partially decomposed organic material. The components of the litter layer can still be readily identified (e.g., plant leaves, twigs, and peat, etc.). Litter is flash fuel – so think about it as the loose material that is exposed to the air, capable of igniting quickly and carrying a fire across the surface of the forest floor. pg.204 Litter does not include bark that is still attached to a down log, or rotten chunks of wood that are still inside a decaying log or log end (i.e., if a decayed log end has a lot of rotten cubes or pieces laying on a log surface and exposed to air, they are considered part of the log and not litter – fire would burn differently if it hit a pile of rotten punky wood chips cradled by the unrotted sapwood shell). If these rotten chunks have spilled out to the ground and are actually on the ground surface, then they would be included in the litter layer. Litter does not include animal manure. 2. Duff is the layer just below litter located just above the A-horizon (or uppermost soil mineral horizon). Duff is a dark soil layer dominated by organic material derived from the decomposition of plant and animal litter (pine straw, leaves, twigs, etc) and deposited on top of an organic or mineral surface. This layer is distinguished from the litter layer in that the original organic material has undergone sufficient decomposition that the source of this material (e.g., individual plant parts) can no longer be identified. You should see no recognizable plant parts. When moss is present, the top of the duff layer is just below the green portion of the moss. If peat is present in your part of the country, record it with the duff layer. Peat is an accumulation of partially decayed vegetation matter that forms under conditions of poor drainage such as those found in wetlands or bogs. A layer of peat develops when dead plant material is inhibited from decaying fully because of acidic or anaerobic conditions. In some areas of the U.S. the depth of this layer can be extensive.

SUBSECTION 10.9.2 OVERVIEW OF MEASUREMENTS Depth measurements will be taken at the 24-foot (horizontal distance) location on each transect. If a log, rock, or residue pile occurs at the sample location, record the depth of the litter on top and below these objects and estimate the duff depth as close to the object as possible. Examine the area around the object to develop an average depth for these layers. DUFF/LITTER SAMPLE STATUS identifies whether or not the duff and litter depth could be measured or reasonably estimated. Examples of situations where measurement is not possible include the presence of snow or standing water at the sample location. In this case, the STATUS code is set to 0 with the DUFF/ LITTER NONSAMPLED REASON code set to 10. The DUFF AND LITTER METHOD variable has three options for indicating if duff and litter were measured or estimated at each sample location. The default value for this variable is 1, indicating that both depths were measured and recorded. A code of 2 means that litter depth was measured, but duff depth was estimated and a code of 3 indicates that both duff and litter depths were estimated. Carefully expose a shallow profile of the forest floor by digging out an area at the sample point using a knife, hatchet, or other tool. Estimate the depth of each layer with a ruler to the nearest 0.1 inch. As you dig the hole for this measurement, if you encounter a subsurface rock, root, or buried log – stop the depth measurement at this point. If there is a log, rock, or residue pile on the surface at the sample point, and there appears to be duff and litter under it (or litter on top of it), record a reasonable estimate for each depth. Most likely, the area immediately adjacent to the obstruction will have to be examined to determine an average depth. Depths of zero are perfectly valid: for example if the point falls on bedrock or on top of a log that it resting on mineral soil.As a general rule, duff depth should rarely exceed a few inches (except when a peat layer is present). Crews should be absolutely sure they are measuring deep duff depths, instead of mineral soil layers or parts of the litter layer. Duff can easily weigh more than 6 times that of litter. If unsure of the bottom of the duff layer, crews should feel the texture of the suspect material in their hand. Rub the soil between your fingers. Does it crumble (duff) or feel more like modeling clay (mineral). If the layer includes a substantial amount of peat, stop the measurement at 2 feet. The height of the litter should be measured at the top of the loose material located at the sample point on the transect (or nearby if an obstruction exists). Try to preserve the conditions of this location by walking around this point, so the QA staff will measure the same height as the original crew. DUFF AND LITTER DEPTH MEASUREMENTS DUFF : Section 10.9 pg.205 Item 10.9.2.1 DUFF/LITTER SUBPLOT NUMBER (BASE 10.9.3) [P2DWM_DUFF_LITTER.SUBP] Record the code indicating the number of the subplot center from which the transect originates. When collected: All duff/litter transects where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 Center subplot 2 North subplot 3 Southeast subplot 4 Southwest subplot

Item 10.9.2.2 DUFF/LITTER TRANSECT (BASE 10.9.4) [P2DWM_DUFF_LITTER.TRANSECT] Record the azimuth (degrees) of the transect on which duff/litter is sampled. When collected: All duff/litter transects where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Subplot Transect direction (degrees) from center of subplot 1 090 270 2 360 180 3 135 315 4 045 225

Item 10.9.2.3 DUFF/LITTER CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (BASE 10.9.5) [P2DWM_DUFF_LITTER.CONDID] Record the code indicating the number of the condition class at the sample point (24.0 feet horizontal distance from subplot center). When collected: All duff/litter transects where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 9 Chapter 10: Item 10.9.2.4 DUFF/LITTER SAMPLE STATUS (BASE 10.9.6) [P2DWM_DUFF_LITTER.DL_STATUS_CD] Record the sample status for duff and litter depth on the transect. There may be situations where the CWD is measurable (e.g., shallow depth of snow or water), but the duff and litter are not measurable. If the measurement point is on a measured condition but the duff/litter is not measurable, do not measure duff/ litter and set code to 0 with the DUFF/LITTER NONSAMPLED REASON code set to 10. DOWN WOODY In all other situations (including where duff and litter depth = 0), set the code to 1. For example, conditions on which duff/litter would not be measured regardless (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 3 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5) should always be coded 1. When collected: All duff/litter transects where DWM TRANSECT SEGMENT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 0 Duff and litter point not sampled MATERIALS 1 Duff and litter point sampled pg.206 Item 10.9.2.5 DUFF/LITTER NONSAMPLED REASON (BASE 10.9.7) [P2DWM_DUFF_LITTER.DL_NONSAMPLE_REASN_CD] Record the reason that duff/litter cannot be measured on the transect. When Collected: All duff/litter transects where DUFF/LITTER SAMPLE STATUS = 0 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 05 Lost data (office use only) 10 Other (for example, snow or water covering measurement point that is supposed to be sampled). DUFF, LITTER, FUELBED NOTES required when using this code

Item 10.9.2.6 DUFF DEPTH (BASE 10.9.8) [P2DWM_DUFF_LITTER.DUFFDEP] Record the code indicating the depth of the duff layer to the nearest 0.1 inch. Record 24.0 inches when DUFF DEPTH is >24.0 inches and enter Code #4 (Litter depth was measured, duff (peat) depth exceeds 24.0 inches) for 10.9.8 DUFF AND LITTER METHOD. When collected: All duff/litter transects in measureable conditions (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) where DUFF/LITTER SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 3 digits (xx.y) Tolerance: +/- 0.5 inch Values: 00.0 to 24.0 inches

Item 10.9.2.7 LITTER DEPTH (BASE 10.9.9) [P2DWM_DUFF_LITTER.LITTDEP] Record the code indicating the depth of the litter layer to the nearest 0.1 inch. When collected: All duff/litter transects in measurable conditions (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) where DUFF/LITTER SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 3 digits (xx.y) Tolerance: +/- 0.5 inch Values: 00.0 to 99.9 inches

Item 10.9.2.8 DUFF AND LITTER METHOD (BASE 10.9.10) [P2DWM_DUFF_LITTER.DL_METHODCD] Record the code indicating whether duff and litter depths were measured or estimated. When Collected: All duff/litter transects where DUFF/LITTER SAMPLE STATUS = 1 and duff/litter transect is in a measurable condition (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 Both duff and litter depth were measured 2 Litter depth was measured, duff depth (≤ 24.0 inches) was estimated 3 Both duff and litter depth were estimated 4 Litter depth was measured, duff (peat) depth exceeds 24.0 inches (DUFF AND LITTER NOTES required) DUFF AND LITTER DEPTH MEASUREMENTS DUFF : Section 10.9 pg.207 Item 10.9.2.9 DUFF AND LITTER NOTES (PNW) [P2DWM_DUFF_LITTER.NOTES] Record any notes needed to clarify or explain a special situation encountered with the DUFF or LITTER measurements. When collected: All plots: as needed Field width: 2000 characters Tolerance: N/A Values: Single words and abbreviated sentences Chapter 10: DOWN WOODY MATERIALS pg.208 DUFF AND LITTER DEPTH MEASUREMENTS DUFF : Section 10.9 pg.209 CHAPTER 11 VEGETATION PROFILE The Phase 2 (P2) Vegetation data are collected to describe vegetation structure and dominant species composition for vascular plants. The data collected provide a horizontal and vertical estimation of vegetation located within the sample area and provide information about the most abundant species found on the subplot. Information on the abundance, structure, and species composition of understory plant communities has many uses. It can be used to assess wildlife habitat, biomass, forage availability, grazing potential, vegetation competition with tree growth, fuel loadings from understory vegetation, and potential site productivity. The most abundant species provide information to describe plant communities and to predict associated forest stand characteristics. Accurately representing the species present on a site and monitoring their change in abundance in response to forest development, disturbance, or management is therefore important to a wide variety of users. This information is also used to augment forest ecosystem health assessments from Phase 3 (P3) plots, in terms of vegetation structure and rates of change of community vascular plant composition.

SECTION 11.1 VEGETATION SAMPLING DESIGN The P2 Vegetation Profile includes measurements of Vegetation Structure canopy cover by layer and total aerial canopy cover of each growth habit - with additional data collected on the most abundant species. P2 Vegetation is sampled within the 24.0-foot radius subplot. Vegetation data is collected on all accessible forest land and accessible, measurable nonforest conditions in all Island groups except Hawaii; and on all accessible forest land conditions in Hawaii. If the area of an accessible condition class is less than 100 percent on a subplot, P2 Vegetation measurements are recordedonly on the portion that is in the accessible condition class(es). If multiple accessible condition classes are present on the subplot, separate estimates are made for each accessible condition class on the subplot.The P2 Vegetation Profile is best recorded when all plant species are fully leafed out. However, crews may end up visiting plots early in the season before leaves are fully expanded or late in the season when plants are beginning to senesce. Notes can be added to Item 11.3.1.2, VEGETATION SUBPLOT NOTES (CORE OPTIONAL 8.4.5) indicating unusual phenological conditions.

SECTION 11.2 GENERAL DEFINITIONS Canopy Cover – Canopy cover is defined as the area of ground surface covered by a vertical projection of the canopy of a vascular plant. The canopy is described by a polygon surrounding the outer edges of the foliage (Figure 11.1), without subtracting any normal spaces occurring between the leaves of plants (Daubenmire 19591). Overlapping crowns are not double-counted (visualize the canopy cover collapsed into a 2-dimensional space); the maximum possible canopy cover is the percentage of the subplot area within the accessible condition. All canopy cover estimates are focused on foliage within the sampled accessible condition class(es) within the subplot perimeter (24.0-foot radius, horizontal distance). Canopy cover is estimated for each sampled accessible condition of the subplot. If multiple sampled accessible conditions occur on a subplot, treat the

condition boundary as a vertical wall on the plot: plant foliage is included in the condition it is hanging over, Chapter 11: even if the plant is rooted in a different condition. However, the canopy cover value is always estimated as a percentage of an entire subplot. That is, if the canopy cover within the accessible condition is about equal to a circle with a radius of 5.3 feet, the canopy cover estimate will always be 5 percent, even if only 30 percent of the subplot is in the accessible condition on which the canopy cover is being measured. Canopy cover is collected by height layer and as a total (aerial view) across all layers for each growth habit in Section 11.5 Vegetation Structure. For each layer, examine the canopy cover of each Structure Growth VEGETATION PROFILE Habit as if the other growth habits and other layers do not exist. If a Structure Growth Habit does not have foliage in a layer, enter 0 (do not count tree boles as cover). For total aerial canopy cover by Structure Growth Habit, examine each growth habit individually as if the other growth habits do not exist. Total aerial canopy cover is collected for each most abundantspecies in Section 11.4 Species Composition; examine each species individually, as if the other species do not exist.

1. Daubenmire. R. 1959. A canopy-coverage method of vegetational analysis. Northwest Science 33(1): 43-64. pg.210 Canopy cover is estimated to the nearest 1 percent. For Vegetation Structure assessments, canopy cover >0 and ≤1 percent is coded as 1 percent (i.e. trace amounts are coded as 1%). For Species Composition assessments, a species must have at least 3 percent total aerial canopy cover (i.e. do not round total aerial canopy cover <3% up to 3%). Canopy cover is vertically projected from the outline of the foliage (or outline of the live buds, twigs and stems, and partially leafed out foliage if early in the season) at the time of plot visit. All foliage that is or was alive during the current growing season is included in the cover estimates. Canopy cover from broken tops and stems is included, unless completely detached. Do not ocularly upright leaning trees. See tabulation below for canopy cover to area relationships for a 1/24 acre subplot and Figure 11.3: Example of growth habit by layer and species composition and Figure 11.4 for additional visual calibrations.

Cover Area (ft2) Square length Circle on side (ft) radius (ft) 1% 18 4.3 2.4 3% 54 7.4 4.2 5% 90 9.5 5.4 10% 181 13.4 7.6 15% 271 16.5 9.3 20% 362 19.0 10.7 25% 452 21.3 12.0 50% 905 30.1 17.0

Figure 11.1: Assessing canopy cover.

Growth Habits – P2 Vegetation data are collected by growth habits at each level of detail. In general, growth habits for vascular plants include trees, shrubs/woody vines, forbs, and graminoids. Layer Codes – Structure Growth Habits are assessed by layers in Section 11.5 Vegetation Structure, and one of the following layer codes, see SPECIES VEGETATION LAYER (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.5), Item 11.4.0.9, pg.218, will be assigned to individual plant species’ SPECIES GROWTH HABITs in Section 11.4 Species Composition. Measure the layer height from ground level; see Figure 11.2 for examples of measuring layer heights on sloping and uneven ground. GENERAL DEFINITIONS

: Layer 1 0 to 2.0 feet Layer 2 2.1 to 6.0 feet Layer 3 6.1 to 16.0 feet Layer 4 Greater than 16 feet Section 11.2 pg.211

Figure 11.2: To determine the layer of a plant, measure the height of the layer from the ground.

NRCS PLANTS database – The Natural Resource Conservation Service (NRCS) PLANTS Database

provides standardized information about the vascu lar plants, mosses, liverworts, hornworts, and lichens of Chapter 11: the U.S. and its territories. It includes names, plant symbols, checklists, distributional data, species abstracts, characteristics (including growth habits), images, crop information, automated tools, onward Web links, and references: USDA, NRCS. 2010. The PLANTS Database (http://plants.usda.gov, 1 September 15, 2017). National Plant Data Center, Baton Rouge, LA 70874-4490 USA.

FIA currently uses a stable code set downloaded September 15, 2017. VEGETATION PROFILE pg.212

Figure 11.3: Example of growth habit by layer and species composition Table 11.1:Estimation of canopy cover by layer and aerial view of each Structure Growth Habit in Figure 11.3 Vegetation Structure Layer 1 Layer 2 Layer 3 Layer 4 Aerial Growth Habit (0-2.0 ft) (2.1- 6.0 ft) (6.1-16.0 ft) (>16.1 ft) Percent canopy cover Tally tree sp (TT) 005 013 019 008 022 Non-tally tree sp (NT) 000 000 000 000 000 Shrub/Woody Vine (SH) 000 000 000 000 000 Forb (FB) 002 000 000 000 002 Graminoid (GR) 003 000 000 000 003

Table 11.2:Estimation of total aerial canopy cover by species in Figure 11.3 Level of Detail Species Growth Species Code Cover Layer Habit 2 GR FEAR2 003 1 2 SD ABCO 003 1 2 SD POTR5 008 3 3 LT POTR5 008 4 3 LT ABCO 006 3 Note: FRVI, estimated at 2 percent, was not recorded, and ABCO and POTR5 are present as two different SPECIES GROWTH HABITs (seedling/sapling and large tree) with at least 3 percent total aerial cover within the SPECIES GROWTH HABIT on the subplot (large trees LT- are not recorded in the Pacific Islands). GENERAL DEFINITIONS : Section 11.2 pg.213 SECTION 11.3 VEGETATION DATA COLLECTION LOCATION

SUBSECTION 11.3.1 SUBPLOT - LEVEL DATA ITEMS

Item 11.3.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE OPTIONAL 8.4.1) [SUBPLOT.SUBP] Record the code corresponding to the number of the subplot. When collected: On all subplots where P2 vegetation is being sampled (P2 VEGETATION SAMPLING STATUS = 1 or 2) Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Definition 1 Center subplot 2 North subplot 3 Southeast subplot 4 Southwest subplot

Item 11.3.1.2 VEGETATION SUBPLOT NOTES (CORE OPTIONAL 8.4.5) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.NOTES] Use this field to record notes pertaining to the subplot, and any unusual conditions encountered. When plant specimens are collected, use this field to record a community type description for each subplot sampled for P2 Vegetation. The community description is intended to fully automate the specimen collection process by providing a description of the community in which this plant was found. Some examples of community descriptions are as follows: • 25 year aspen boundary of mature trees. very little slope. a lot of light entry • Acer saccharum floodplain forest. hummock-hollow microtopography. • mature mesic hemlock-hardwood forest adjacent to pond The community type description field is a note that is accessible via Ctrl+E from the P2 Subplot screen for P2VEG. When collected: VEGETATION NONSAMPLED REASON = 10 or as needed Field width: 2000 alphanumeric characters Tolerance: N/A Values: English language words, phrases, and numbers

SECTION 11.4 SPECIES COMPOSITION Identify the (up to) four most abundant species within each SPECIES GROWTH HABIT (tree seedlings and

saplings, shrubs/woody vines, forbs, graminoids, and large trees) that occupy 3 percent or greater total Chapter 11: aerial canopy cover on the subplot and within the SPECIES GROWTH HABIT (do not round total aerial canopy cover <3% up to 3%.). Although up to four species per SPECIES GROWTH HABIT can be recorded, crews should not spend more than 5 minutes searching for additional species when less than four species are not readily observable. The methods described assume that only one field crew member per plot is entering P2 Vegetation Profile data.

When there are multiple accessible conditions within a subplot, the species must be present at 3 percent or VEGETATION PROFILE more total aerial canopy cover on the full 24-foot radius subplot and within the SPECIES GROWTH HABIT in order to be recorded. If part of the subplot is a non-sampled condition (e.g., nonforest condition, not sampled for P2 Vegetation because 4.2.1.12 P2 VEGETATION SAMPLING STATUS = 1; or inaccessible condition, not sampled because 5.7.0.4 CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 5), estimate total aerial canopy cover for the full subplot if possible; otherwise assume the species canopy cover is the same on the nonsampled portion. If a species is present at 3 percent total aerial canopy cover or more on the full subplot and within the SPECIES GROWTH HABIT, record SPECIES GROWTH HABIT, SPECIES CANOPY COVER, and SPECIES VEGETATION LAYER separately for each accessible condition. SPECIES pg.214 CANOPY COVER values less than 3 percent for a condition are valid as long as the total aerial canopy cover of the species on the full subplot and within the SPECIES GROWTH HABIT is at least 3 percent. See Figure 11.4 for an example of species total aerial canopy cover estimation. See Figure 11.5 for a Species Composition subplot flow.

Figure 11.4: Example of species total aerial canopy cover estimation on a subplot with 2 accessible conditions. See Figure 11.1 for total aerial canopy cover across the subplot. In Figure 11.1, species A, D, and E would be included in estimates of Vegetation Structure by Structure Growth Habit, but not recorded for Species Composition. Note that species with subplot total aerial canopy cover <3% are not recorded, but that SPECIES CANOPY COVER recorded on an accessible condition can be less than 3%. SPECIES COMPOSITION :

Figure 11.5: Species Composition subplot flow chart. Section 11.4 pg.215 Item 11.4.0.1 SPECIES CODE (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.2) [P2VEG_PLOT_SPECIES.VEG_FLDSPCD] Record a code for each most abundant (see Section 11.4, Species Composition) vascular plant species (i.e. one of the four most abundant species within each growth habit group (tree seedlings and saplings, shrubs/woody vines, forbs, graminoids, and overstory trees) that occupy 3 percent or greater canopy cover on the subplot). Species codes must be the standardized codes in the Natural Resource Conservation Service (NRCS) PLANTS database (currently September 15, 2017 version). Identification to species only is expected. However, if subspecies information is known, enter the appropriate NRCS code. For graminoids, genus and unknown codes are acceptable, but do not lump species of the same genus or unknown code. For example, if several unknown CAREX species are present, only record the individual most abundant species. If a plant cannot be identified quickly and confidently, assign a NRCS PLANTS genus or unknown code (listed below) appropriate to the species. Collect a specimen away from the subplot unless the species is locally sparse or another SPECIMEN NOT COLLECTED REASON CODE (11.4.0.6) applies. A species is “locally sparse” if 5 or fewer plants are present in the entire plot (4 subplots) and immediate surrounding area. A species may be sparse and still meet the criteria for inclusion in species composition, but this will be rare. Acceptable unknown codes Code Common Name 2FERN Fern or Fern Ally 2FORB Forb (herbaceous, not grass nor grasslike) 2FD Forb, dicot 2FM Forb, monocot 2GRAM Graminoid (grass or grasslike) 2GA Grass, annual 2GP Grass, perennial 2GL Grass-like, (sedges and rushes) 2PLANT Plant 2SHRUB Shrub (>0.5m) 2TREE Tree 2VH Vine, herbaceous 2VW Vine, woody

When collected: Species total aerial canopy cover on the full subplot and within a SPECIES GROWTH HABIT is 3 percent or greater Field width: 8 alpha-numeric characters Tolerance: No errors Values: Accepted NRCS species code when the species is known, or an accepted NRCS

genus or unknown code when the species is not known Chapter 11:

Item 11.4.0.2 UNIQUE SPECIES NUMBER (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.3) [P2VEG_PLOT_SPECIES.UNIQUE_SP_NBR] When any SPECIES CODE is entered for the first time on a plot, it is assigned UNIQUE SPECIES NUMBER = 1. If more than one unidentified species is discovered that is described by the same genus or acceptable unknown code (see SPECIES CODE above), the next sequential number is assigned. If a VEGETATION PROFILE recorded unidentified species is encountered again elsewhere on the plot, the field crew records the species with the same genus or unknown code with the same unique species number. When collected: All species recorded Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 1-99, assigned in sequential numbers pg.216 Item 11.4.0.3 SPECIES CODE TYPE (PNW) [P2VEG_PLOT_SPECIES.SPCD_TYPE] When any SPECIES CODE is entered, it is automatically assigned a SPECIES CODE TYPE determined by its classification into one of the three SPECIES CODE TYPEs; G = Genus, S= Species, U = Unknown. A VEGETATION SPECIES NOTE is required when codes G or U are used. When collected: All SPECIES CODEs Field width: 1 alpha character Tolerance: N/A Values: Code Definition G Genus S Species U Unknown

Item 11.4.0.4 SPECIES CODE STATUS (PNW) [P2VEG_PLOT_SPECIES.SPCD_STATUS] When any SPECIES CODE is entered which is not expected in the applicable state, SPECIES CODE STATUS is automatically assigned; SPECIES CODE STATUS = #. When collected: All SPECIES CODEs not expected in the applicable state Field width: 1 alpha character Tolerance: N/A Values: #

Item 11.4.0.5 SPECIMEN OFFICIALLY COLLECTED (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.6) [P2VEG_PLOT_SPECIES.SPECIMEN_COLLECTED] Record a code to indicate whether or nota specimen was collected or not for each species, genus or unknown code entered as a new unique species. When collected: All species recorded Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 0 No, a specimen was not collected 1 Yes, a specimen was collected

Item 11.4.0.6 P2 SPECIMEN NOT COLLECTED REASON CODE (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.8) [P2VEG_PLOT_SPECIES.SPECIMEN_NOT_COLLECTED_REASON] Record the code that describes why a specimen has not been collected. When collected: An unknown code or genus code is entered and SPECIMEN OFFICIALLY COLLECTED = 0 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 01 Species is locally sparse (fewer than 5 individual plants in area of the plot) 02 Species has no mature foliage or reproductive parts present, so is unlikely to be identifiable if collected. 03 Hazardous situation 04 Time limitation 05 Wilderness or reserved land where plant collections are not allowed 06 Specimen collected for immediate/local identification SPECIES COMPOSITION

: 07 Not required by inventory unit 10 Other (explain in notes) Section 11.4 pg.217 Item 11.4.0.7 SPECIMEN LABEL NUMBER (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.7) [P2VEG_PLOT_SPECIES.SPECIMEN_LABEL_NBR] Record the label number for the collected specimen. Pre-numbered labels are provided to each crew by the regional coordinator or auto-generated with the data collection software. When collected: SPECIMEN OFFICIALLY COLLECTED = 1 Field width: 5 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 99999, as pre-printed and assigned by region or auto-generated in the PDR

Item 11.4.0.8 SPECIES GROWTH HABIT (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.1) [P2VEG_SUBPLOT_SPP.GROWTH_HABIT_CD] Record the growth habit of the species. Because many species can exhibit more than one growth habit, it is important to note which growth habit each recorded species is demonstrating on each accessible condition in a subplot (subplot-condition). Tally tree species (all core tree species and any core optional tree species selected by a particular FIA unit) are always recorded as seedling/sapling (SD) and/or large tree (LT) SPECIES GROWTH HABITs, even when they exhibit a shrub-like growth habit in some environments. Non-tally tree species (tree species not on a particular FIA unit's tree tally list that are woody plants with a single well-defined dominant stem, not supported by other vegetation or structures [not vines], and which are, or are expected to become, greater than 13 feet in height) are recorded as seedling/sapling (SD) and/ or large tree (LT) SPECIES GROWTH HABITs when they exhibit a tree-like growth habit; and are recorded as shrub (SH) SPECIES GROWTH HABIT when they exhibit a shrub-like growth habit. A species may be recorded with a different SPECIES GROWTH HABIT on a different subplot-condition on the same subplot. If a species has more than one growth habit on an accessible condition in a subplot, record the one SPECIES GROWTH HABIT that is most prevalent within the subplot-condition (except for tally and non-tally tree species).For tally and non-tally tree species, both tree SPECIES GROWTH HABITs (SD and LT) are coded for the same species within the subplot-condition if the species has a total aerial canopy cover of at least 3% in each SPECIES GROWTH HABIT and it is one of the four most abundant and greater than 3 percent cover. When collected: For each species recorded Field width: 2 alphanumeric characters Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description SD Seedlings and Saplings: Small trees less than 5 inches DBH, including tally and non-tally tree species. Seedlings of any length are included (i.e., no minimum). Up to four species are recorded if individual species total aerial canopy cover is at least 3percent on the subplot and within the SPECIES GROWTH HABIT. SH Shrubs/Woody Vines: Woody, multiple-stemmed plants of any size, and Chapter 11: vines. Most cacti are included in this category. Each FIA region will develop a list of common species that can exhibit either growth habits (according to the NRCS PLANTS database) with regional guidance as to which growth habit the species should normally be assigned, while still allowing species assignments to different growth habits when the species is obviously present in a different growth habit. Up

to four species are recorded if individual species total aerial canopy cover VEGETATION PROFILE is at least 3percent on the subplot and within the SPECIES GROWTH HABIT. FB Forbs Herbaceous, broad-leaved plants; includes non-woody-vines, ferns, and fern allies (does not include mosses and cryptobiotic crusts). Up to four species are recorded if individual species total aerial canopy cover is at least 3 percent on the subplot and within the SPECIES GROWTH HABIT. pg.218 GR Graminoids: Grasses and grass-like plants (includes rushes and sedges). Up to four species are recorded if individual species total aerial canopy cover is at least 3 percent on the subplot and within the SPECIES GROWTH HABIT. LT Large Trees: Large trees greater than or equal to 5 inches DBH; for LEVEL OF DETAIL = 3, include tally and non-tally tree species. Up to four species of large trees (DBH or DRC at least 5 inches) are recorded if individual species aerial canopy cover is at least 3percent on the subplot and within the SPECIES GROWTH HABIT.

Item 11.4.0.9 SPECIES VEGETATION LAYER (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.5) [P2VEG_SUBPLOT_SPP.LAYER] For each individual species recorded, assign one of the vegetation layers. These layers illustrate the vertical diversity of the most abundant species found on the subplot. Assign each plant species record to only one of the vegetation layers per SPECIES GROWTH HABIT per subplot-condition. If a plant species is found in more than one layer, assign the species to the layer where most of the canopy cover occurs. If a species occupies multiple layers equally, assign the highest of the equally occupied layers. If a plant has a seed head that grows much taller than the rest of the plant, record the layer that the main part of the plant is in, not the top of the seed head. When collected: For each species recorded. Field width: 1 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 1 0 to 2.0 feet 2 2.1 to 6.0 feet 3 6.1 to 16.0 feet 4 Greater than 16 feet

Item 11.4.0.10 SPECIES CANOPY COVER (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.4) [P2VEG_SUBPLOT_SPP.COVER_PCT] For each species recorded, estimate and record the total aerial canopy cover present on the subplot- condition to the nearest 1 percent. Examine each species individually as if the other species do not exist. When recording SPECIES CANOPY COVER for seedlings and saplings (SPECIES GROWTH HABIT = SD), do not include any canopy from trees greater than or equal to 5 inches DBH, regardless of how close to the ground the canopy cover extends.A separate estimate is made for the SPECIES CANOPY COVER of trees greater than or equal to 5 inches DBH/DRC (SPECIES GROWTH HABIT = LT). When collected: All species recorded Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 1 class based on the following canopy cover classes 1%, 2-5%, 6-10%, 11-25%, 26-50%, 51-75%, 76-95%, 96-100% Values: 001-100

Item 11.4.0.11 VEGETATION SPECIES NOTES (CORE OPTIONAL 8.6.9) [P2VEG_PLOT_SPECIES.NOTES] Notes may be entered for any species encountered, but are required for each new species that is not identified. Enter text that describes the species. This text may be used in the specimen label and unknown report. When collected: As needed Field width: Unlimited alphanumeric character field

SPECIES COMPOSITION Tolerance: N/A : Values: English language words, phrases, and numbers Section 11.4 pg.219 SECTION 11.5 VEGETATION STRUCTURE In this section, use ocular methods to estimate canopy cover by layer and aerial view coverage for each Structure Growth Habit, and record to the nearest percent (canopy cover >0 and <1% is coded as 1%; i.e., trace amounts are coded as 1%). Canopy cover by layer: Estimate the canopy cover in each Structure Growth Habit for each of the four layers. Include Structure Growth Habits with foliage present on the accessible condition and with foliageoverhanging the accessible condition. For each layer canopy cover, examine the canopy cover of each Structure Growth Habit as if the other growth habits and other layers do not exist. Do not double count overlapping crowns within a Structure Growth Habit; visualize the canopy cover within the layer collapsed into a 2- dimensional space. If a Structure Growth Habit does not have foliage in a layer, enter 0 (do not count tree boles as cover). Aerial View Coverage: Determine the total aerial canopy cover by Structure Growth Habit. Examine each Structure Growth Habit individually as if the other growth habits do not exist. Do not double-count overlapping crowns within a Structure Growth Habit (maximum cover = the percentage of the subplot area in the accessible condition). The total aerial canopy cover for a Structure Growth Habit must be equal to or greater than the highest canopy cover recorded for an individual layer in that growth habit, but cannot be greater than the sum of the canopy covers recorded for all the layers in that growth habit. Vegetation Structure Growth Habits: Apply the definitions that follow based on the species and appearance of the plants on the subplot- condition (i.e. do not put the same species in multiple Structure Growth Habits on the same subplot- condition). If a tree species has been selected as a tally tree species by the particular FIA unit, always record that species in the tally tree species growth habit (TT), even if it grows as a shrub in some environments. Woody plants not on the unit’s tally tree species list may have a tree growth habit in some environments, and these should be recorded as non-tally tree species (NT). If the growth habit is shrub in another environment, record that species as a shrub (SH). The definitions (adapted from NRCS PLANTS) are: TT Tally Tree Species (TT): All core tree species and any core-optional tree species selected by a particular FIA unit. Any plant of that species is included, regardless of its shape and regardless of whether it was tallied on the subplot or microplot during tree tally. Seedlings (any length, no minimum), saplings, and mature plants are included. NT Non-tally Tree Species (NT): Tree species not on a particular FIA unit’s tree tally list that are woody plants with a single well-defined, dominant main stem, not supported by other vegetation or structures (not vines), and which are, or are expected to become, greater than 13 feet in height. Seedlings (any length, no minimum), saplings, and mature plants are included. SH Shrubs/Woody Vines (SH): Woody, multiple-stemmed plants of any size, and woody vines. Most cacti are included in this category. Chapter 11: FB Forbs (FB): Herbaceous, broad-leaved plants; includes non-woody-vines, ferns, and fern allies (does not include mosses and cryptobiotic crusts). GR Graminoids (GR): Grasses and grass-like plants (includes rushes and sedges). MO Moss/Bryophytes (MO): Small, non-vascular plants - LAYER 1 ONLY.

Item 11.5.0.1 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (CORE OPTIONAL 8.4.4) VEGETATION PROFILE [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.CONDID] Record the number for the sampled accessible condition class in which the vegetation is found. If multiple accessible sampled conditions occur on the same subplot, data will be collected for each accessible condition separately. pg.220 When collected: Any accessible measured land condition (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) when P2 vegetation is being sampled on the subplot (P2 VEG SUBPLOT SAMPLE STATUS =1) Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 9

Item 11.5.0.2 TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 1 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.1) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.TREE_COVER_PCT_LAYER1] Record canopy cover for all tally tree species in layer 1 (0-2.0 feet) to the nearest percent. Canopy cover includes all tally tree species present, regardless of DBH. When Collected: Any accessible measured land condition (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) when P2 vegetation is being sampled on the subplot (P2 VEG SUBPLOT SAMPLE STATUS = 1) Field Width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 1 class based on the following canopy cover classes 1%, 2-5%, 6-10%, 11-25%, 26-50%, 51-75%, 76-95%, 96-100% Values: 000-100

Item 11.5.0.3 TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 2 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.2) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.TREE_COVER_PCT_LAYER2] Record canopy cover for all tally tree species in layer 2 (2.1- 6.0 feet) to the nearest percent. Canopy cover includes all tally tree species present, regardless of DBH. Follow the same procedures as for TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 1.

Item 11.5.0.4 TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 3 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.3) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.TREE_COVER_PCT_LAYER3] Record canopy cover for all tally tree species in layer 3 (6.1- 16.0 feet) to the nearest percent. Canopy cover includes all tally tree species present, regardless of DBH. Follow the same procedures as for TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 1.

Item 11.5.0.5 TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 4 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.4) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.TREE_COVER_PCT_LAYER4] Record canopy cover for all tally tree species in layer 4 (16.1 feet and above) to the nearest percent. Canopy cover includes all tally tree species present, regardless of DBH. Follow the same procedures as for TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 1.

Item 11.5.0.6 TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER – AERIAL VIEW (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.5) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.TREE_COVER_PCT_AERIAL] Record the total aerial canopy cover for all tally tree species over all layers. Canopy cover includes all tally tree species present, regardless of DBH. Follow the same procedures as for TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 1, but include all layers.

Item 11.5.0.7 NON-TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 1 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.6) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.NONTALLYTREE_COVER_PCT_LAYER1] Record canopy cover for species not on the tally tree species list with tree growth habit in layer 1 (0-2.0 feet) to the nearest percent. Cover includes all non-tally tree species present, regardless of DBH. When Collected: Any accessible measured land condition (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) when P2 vegetation is being

VEGETATION STRUCTURE VEGETATION sampled on the subplot (P2 VEG SUBPLOT SAMPLE STATUS = 1) : Field Width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 1 class based on the following canopy cover classes 1%, 2-5%, 6-10%, 11-25%, 26-50%, 51-75%, 76-95%, 96-100% Values: 000-100 Section 11.5 pg.221 Item 11.5.0.8 NON-TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 2 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.7) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.NONTALLYTREE_COVER_PCT_LAYER2] Record canopy cover for species not on the tally tree species list with tree growth form in layer 2 (2.1- 6.0 feet) to the nearest percent. Canopy cover includes all non-tally tree species present, regardless of DBH. Follow the same procedures as for NON-TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 1.

Item 11.5.0.9 NON-TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 3 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.8) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.NONTALLYTREE_COVER_PCT_LAYER3] Record canopy cover for species not on the tally tree species list with tree growth form in layer 3 (6.1- 16.0 feet) to the nearest percent. Canopy cover includes all non-tally tree species present, regardless of DBH. Follow the same procedures as for NON-TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 1.

Item 11.5.0.10 NON-TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 4 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.9) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.NONTALLYTREE_COVER_PCT_LAYER4] Record a total aerial canopy cover for species not on the tally tree species list with tree growth habit in layer 4 (16.1 feet and above) to the nearest percent. Canopy cover includes all non-tally tree species present, regardless of DBH. Follow the same procedures as for NON-TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 1.

Item 11.5.0.11 NON-TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER – AERIAL VIEW (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.2) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.NONTALLYTREE_COVER_PCT_AERIAL] Record the total aerial canopy cover for species not on the tally tree species list with tree growth habit over all layers. Canopy cover includes all non-tally tree species present, regardless of DBH. Follow the same procedures as for NON-TALLY TREE SPECIES COVER LAYER 1, but include all layers.

Item 11.5.0.12 SHRUB AND WOODY VINE COVER LAYER 1 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.11) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.SHRUB_VINE_COVER_PCT_LAYER1] Record canopy cover for shrubs/woody vines in layer 1 (0-2.0 feet) to the nearest percent. When collected: Any accessible measured land condition (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) when P2 vegetation is being sampled on the subplot (P2 VEG SUBPLOT SAMPLE STATUS = 1) Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 1 class based on the following canopy cover classes 1%, 2-5%, 6-10%, 11-25%, 26-50%, 51-75%, 76-95%, 96-100% Values: 000-100

Item 11.5.0.13 SHRUB AND WOODY VINE COVER LAYER 2 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.12) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.SHRUB_VINE_COVER_PCT_LAYER2] Record canopy cover for shrubs/woody vines in layer 2 (2.1-6.0 feet) to the nearest percent. Follow the same procedures as for SHRUB AND WOODY VINE COVER LAYER 1. Chapter 11: Item 11.5.0.14 SHRUB AND WOODY VINE COVER LAYER 3 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.13) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.SHRUB_VINE_COVER_PCT_LAYER3] Record canopy cover for shrubs/woody vines in layer 3 (6.1-16.0 feet) to the nearest percent. Follow the same procedures as for SHRUB AND WOODY VINE COVER LAYER 1.

Item 11.5.0.15 SHRUB AND WOODY VINE COVER LAYER 4 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.14) VEGETATION PROFILE [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.SHRUB_VINE_COVER_PCT_LAYER4] Record canopy cover for shrubs/woody vines in layer 4 (16.1 feet and above) to the nearest percent. Follow the same procedures as for SHRUB AND WOODY VINE COVER LAYER 1.

Item 11.5.0.16 SHRUB AND WOODY VINE COVER—AERIAL VIEW (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.15) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.SHRUB_VINE_COVER_PCT_AERIAL] Record the total aerial canopy cover for the shrub/woody vine growth habit over all layers. Follow the same procedures as for SHRUB AND WOODY VINE COVER LAYER 1, but include all layers. pg.222 Item 11.5.0.17 FORB COVER LAYER 1 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.16) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.FORB_COVER_PCT_LAYER1] Record canopy cover for forbs in layer 1 (0-2.0 feet) to the nearest percent. When collected: Any accessible measured land condition (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) when P2 vegetation is being sampled on the subplot (P2 VEG SUBPLOT SAMPLE STATUS = 1) Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 1 class based on the following canopy cover classes 1%, 2-5%, 6-10%, 11-25%, 26-50%, 51-75%, 76-95%, 96-100% Values: 000-100

Item 11.5.0.18 FORB COVER LAYER 2 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.17) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.FORB_COVER_PCT_LAYER2] Record canopy cover for forbs in layer 2 (2.1-6.0 feet) to the nearest percent. Follow the same procedures as for FORB COVER LAYER 1.

Item 11.5.0.19 FORB COVER LAYER 3 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.18) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.FORB_COVER_PCT_LAYER3] Record canopy cover for forbs in layer 3 (6.1-16.0 feet) to the nearest percent. Follow the same procedures as for FORB COVER LAYER 1.

Item 11.5.0.20 FORB COVER LAYER 4 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.19) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.FORB_COVER_PCT_LAYER4] Record canopy cover for forbs in layer 4 (16.1 feet and above) to the nearest percent. Follow the same procedures as for FORB COVER LAYER 1.

Item 11.5.0.21 FORB COVER—AERIAL VIEW (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.20) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.FORB_COVER_PCT_AERIAL] Record the total aerial canopy cover for the forb growth habit over all layers. Follow the same procedures as for FORB COVER LAYER, but include all layers.

Item 11.5.0.22 GRAMINOID COVER LAYER 1 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.21) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.GRAMINOID_COVER_PCT_LAYER1] Record canopy cover for graminoids in layer 1 (0-2.0 feet) to the nearest percent. When collected: Any accessible measured land condition (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) when P2 vegetation is being sampled on the subplot (P2 VEG SUBPLOT SAMPLE STATUS = 1) Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 1 class based on the following canopy cover classes 1%, 2-5%, 6-10%, 11-25%, 26-50%, 51-75%, 76-95%, 96-100% Values: 000-100

Item 11.5.0.23 GRAMINOID COVER LAYER 2 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.22) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.GRAMINOID_COVER_PCT_LAYER2] Record canopy cover for graminoids in layer 2 (2.1-6.0 feet) to the nearest percent. Follow the same procedures as for GRAMINOID COVER LAYER 1.

Item 11.5.0.24 GRAMINOID COVER LAYER 3 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.23) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.GRAMINOID_COVER_PCT_LAYER3] VEGETATION STRUCTURE VEGETATION

: Record canopy cover for graminoids in layer 3 (6.1-16.0 feet) to the nearest percent. Follow the same procedures as for GRAMINOID COVER LAYER 1. Section 11.5 pg.223 Item 11.5.0.25 GRAMINOID COVER LAYER 4 (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.24) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.GRAMINOID_COVER_PCT_LAYER4] Record canopy cover for graminoids in layer 4 (16.1 feet and above) to the nearest percent. Follow the same procedures as for GRAMINOID COVER LAYER 1.

Item 11.5.0.26 GRAMINOID COVER—AERIAL VIEW (CORE OPTIONAL 8.5.25) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.GRAMINOID_COVER_PCT_AERIAL] Record the total aerial canopy cover for the graminoid growth habit over all layers. Follow the same procedures as for GRAMINOID COVER LAYER 1, but include all layers.

Item 11.5.0.27 MOSS/BRYOPHYTE COVER LAYER 1 (PACI) [P2VEG_SUBP_STRUCTURE.MOSS_BRYO_COVER_PCT_PNWRS] Record the total canopy cover for mosses/bryophytes in layer 1(0-2.0 feet) to the nearest percent. Individual species will not be recorded, only layer 1 will be assessed, and there is no GROWTH HABIT for this data item. This is all that will be collected for Moss/Bryophytes.

When collected: Any accessible measured land condition (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) when P2 vegetation is being sampled on the subplot (P2 VEG SUBPLOT SAMPLE STATUS = 1) Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- 1 class based on the following canopy cover classes 1%, 2-5%, 6-10%, 11-25%, 26-50%, 51-75%, 76-95%, 96-100% Values: 000-100 Chapter 11: VEGETATION PROFILE pg.224 VEGETATION STRUCTURE VEGETATION : Section 11.5 pg.225 CHAPTER 12 INVASIVE PLANTS The objectives of the Phase 2 (P2) invasive plants protocol are to document abundance and monitor changes in abundance of selected species over time. Combined with other plot data and other datasets, this data can be used to predict the future spread of selected species. Invasive plant species are having tremendous economic and ecological impacts on our nation’s forests, and the impacts are increasing over time. Providing accurate, statistically valid estimates of the distribution and abundance of some of the most damaging species will give managers and policy-makers a better understanding of the problem. Each FIA unit, has developed lists of the most important invasive species to monitor on forested lands. Depending on local needs or forest conditions, there may be different lists of species for individual states or portions of states. Invasive species are sampled on accessible forest and accessible, measurable nonforest land condition classes. Data will be collected by crew members trained and certified in the invasive plants protocol methods. These crew members are expected to have field guides that allow for unambiguous identification of the plant species on the list, and training in field identification and cover estimation of those species under different conditions. Note: Avoid becoming part of the problem! There is a risk that field crews walking into plot locations could pick up seeds along roadsides or other patches of invasive plants and spread them through the forest and on to the plot. Be aware of the vegetation you are traveling through and consider stopping and removing seeds from boots and clothing before entering uninvaded lands, particularly in remote areas that are rarely visited.

SECTION 12.1 INVASIVE SPECIES SAMPLE DESIGN Phase 2 sampling of invasive species is focused on accessible forest condition classes within the 24.0-foot radius subplot. If the total area of all forest and nonforest land condition classes is less than 100 percent of a subplot, invasive species measurements are done on both the forest and nonforest land condition classes. If multiple forest and/or nonforest condition classes are present on the subplot, separate estimates are made for each condition class on the subplot. Canopy cover is estimated for any listed invasive species present on the measured condition(s) of a subplot, regardless of abundance (i.e., there is no minimum cover threshold for sampling). When crews are not sure about the identification of a plant that might be a listed invasive, they are to collect specimens for later identification.

SECTION 12.2 SPECIES RECORDS

SUBSECTION 12.2.1 INVASIVE SPECIES DATA ITEMS Total cover is estimated on measured conditions on each 24.0-foot radius subplot for every species on the invasive plant list found.

Item 12.2.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER (CORE OPTIONAL 9.4) Chapter 12: [INVASIVE_SUBPLOT_SPP.SUBP] A 1-digit code, generated for each record, that corresponds to the number of the subplot. When collected: On all subplots where INVASIVES PLANT SAMPLING STATUS = 1 or 2 Field width: 1 digit

Tolerance: No errors INVASIVE PLANTS Values: Code Subplot location 1 Center subplot 2 North subplot 3 Southeast subplot 4 Southwest subplot pg.226 Item 12.2.1.2 INVASIVE PLANT DATA NOTES (CORE OPTIONAL 9.7) [INVASIVE_PLOT_SPECIES.NOTES] Use this field to record any notes about the condition on the subplot, particularly any unusual conditions encountered. When collected: INVASIVE PLANT NONSAMPLED REASON = 10 or as needed Field width: Unlimited alphanumeric character field Tolerance: N/A Values: English language words, phrases, and numbers

Item 12.2.1.3 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER (CORE OPTIONAL 9.8) [INVASIVE_SUBPLOT_SPP.CONDID] Record the number for the measured condition class in which the invasive plant(s) is found. If multiple measured conditions occur on the same subplot, data will be collected for each condition separately. When collected: Any accessible measured land condition within subplots (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) when invasive plants are being sampled on the subplot (INVASIVE PLANT SUBPLOT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 or 2) Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1-9

Item 12.2.1.4 SPECIES CODE (CORE OPTIONAL 9.9) [INVASIVE_PLOT_SPECIES.VEG_FLDSPCD] Record the code for any species listed in Appendix E that is found rooted in or overhanging (and rooted out of) the measured condition within the subplot. For tree species, there are no minimum (or maximum) height limits as are required for seedling counts. All plants that are or were alive in the current growing season are included. Species codes must be the standardized codes in the Natural Resource Conservation Service (NRCS) PLANTS database September 15, 2017 version maintained by the FIA IM group (USDA, NRCS. 2017. The PLANTS database [http://plants.usda.gov/plants]. National Plant Data Center, Baton Rouge, LA 70874-4490). In many of the invasive plant ID guides used by FIA units, some species are grouped together in the ID descriptions, and it may be difficult to distinguish between them with the information provided. In addition, some plants may be hybrids of listed species. Enter the code for the most likely species in the group, or the first one in the group if you are not sure. If a species is suspected of being a listed invasive but cannot be identified quickly and confidently, assign a NRCS PLANTS unknown code. A subset of acceptable unknown codes that can be used is listed below (Table 12.1). Collect a specimen unless the species is locally sparse. A species is “locally sparse” if five or fewer plants are present in the entire plot (4 subplots) and immediate surrounding area. Table 12.1: NRCS Unknown Codes Unknown Code Common Name 2FERN Fern or Fern Ally 2FORB Forb (herbaceous, not grass nor grasslike) 2GRAM Graminoid (grass or grasslike) 2PLANT Plant 2SHRUB Shrub (>.5m) 2SUBS Subshrub (<.5m) 2TREE Tree 2VH Vine, herbaceous

SPECIES RECORDS 2VW Vine, woody : Section 12.2 pg.227

When collected: Any accessible measured land condition within subplots (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2) when invasive plants are being sampled on the subplot (INVASIVE PLANT SUBPLOT SAMPLE STATUS = 1 or 2) Field width: 8 alpha-numeric characters Tolerance: No errors Values: Accepted NRCS species code from the appropriate list for the unit when the species is known, or a NRCS unknown code when the species is not known.

Item 12.2.1.5 UNIQUE SPECIES NUMBER (CORE OPTIONAL 9.10) [INVASIVE_PLOT_SPECIES.UNIQUE_SP_NBR] When any species code is entered for the first time on a plot, the UNIQUE SPECIES NUMBER automatically assigned is “1”. If more than one unidentified species is recorded that is described by the same unknown code, the next sequential number is assigned. If a previously-recorded unidentified species is encountered again elsewhere on the plot, the UNIQUE SPECIES NUMBER that corresponds to the earlier encountered specimen must be entered. For example, an unknown thistle and unknown hawkweed would both be given a species code of “2FORB” but would need to be given different UNIQUE SPECIES NUMBERs when measured. When collected: All species records Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 1-99, assigned in sequential numbers

Item 12.2.1.6 SPECIES CODE TYPE (PNW) [INVASIVE_PLOT_SPECIES.SPCD_TYPE] When any SPECIES CODE is entered, it is automatically assigned a SPECIES CODE TYPE determined by its classification into one of the three SPECIES CODE TYPEs; G = Genus, S= Species, U = Unknown. When collected: All SPECIES CODEs Field width: 1 alpha character Tolerance: N/A Values: Code Definition G Genus S Species U Unknown

Item 12.2.1.7 SPECIES CODE STATUS (PNW) [INVASIVE_PLOT_SPECIES.SPCD_STATUS] When any SPECIES CODE is entered which is not expected in the applicable state, SPECIES CODE STATUS is automatically assigned; SPECIES CODE STATUS = #.

When collected: All SPECIES CODEs not expected in the applicable state Chapter 12: Field width: 1 alpha character Tolerance: N/A Values: #

Item 12.2.1.8 SPECIES CANOPY COVER (CORE OPTIONAL 9.11) [INVASIVE_SUBPLOT_SPP.COVER_PCT] INVASIVE PLANTS A rapid canopy cover estimate, to the nearest percent cover, is made for each species for all foliage across all layer heights. All vegetation and plant parts that are or were alive during the current growing season are included in the cover estimates (e.g. brown Canada thistle in late summer is counted, live buds on Russian olive in late fall are used to estimate crown cover). Canopy cover is based on a vertically-projected polygon described by the outline of the foliage, ignoring any normal spaces occurring between the leaves of plants (Daubenmire 1959), and ignoring overlap among multiple layers of a species. Canopy cover estimates are only made for the area within each measured condition—for example, vegetation cover over-hanging a nonforest road condition is not included in the adjacent forested condition estimate. pg.228 For each species, cover can never exceed 100 percent. Cover is estimated for each measured condition on the subplot separately. However, the foliage cover is always estimated as a percent of an entire subplot. For example, on a subplot with two sampled conditions, a species occurs with a cover equal to a circle with a radius of 7.6 feet on the full subplot, or 10 percent cover. On condition class number 1 it covers an area equal to a circle of 2.4 feet radius and is recorded as 1 percent cover. The remainder, 9 percent cover, is recorded for condition number 2. If the species is only present on condition class number 1 with an area equal to a circle of 2.4-feet radius it is recorded as 1 percent. The proportion of the subplot in each condition does not matter. If cover is greater than 0 but less than 1.5 percent, record as 1 percent cover. For species of moderate cover, it may be easiest to divide the subplots into quarters, estimate canopy cover of each quarter separately, and then add them together. The following area-cover sizes may be useful in developing estimates for an entirely forested subplot:

Subplot radius = 24.0 feet, Subplot area = 1809 ft2 Cover Area (ft2) Length of a side of a Radius of circular square (ft) area (ft) 1% 18 4.3 2.4 3% 54 7.4 4.1 5% 90 9.5 5.3 10% 181 13.4 7.6 20% 362 19 10.7 When collected: All species records Field width: 3 digits Tolerance: +/- one class based on the following canopy cover classes: 1%, 2-5%, 6-10%, 11- 25%, 26-50%, 51-75%, 76-95%, and 96-100% Values: 001 to 100

Item 12.2.1.9 INVASIVE SPECIMEN COLLECTED (CORE OPTIONAL 9.13) [INVASIVE_PLOT_SPECIES.SPECIMEN_COLLECTED] Record a code to indicate whether or not a specimen was collected for each species genus or unknown code entered as a new unique species. If a plant specimen is not collected, describe the reason it was not collected in INVASIVE PLANT NOTES (Item 12.2.1.11). When collected: All species records when INVASIVE PLANT SPECIMEN COLLECTION RULE = 1 Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Value Description 0 No, a specimen was not officially collected 1 Yes, a specimen was officially collected

Item 12.2.1.10 SPECIMEN LABEL NUMBER (CORE OPTIONAL 9.14) [INVASIVE_PLOT_SPECIES.SPECIMEN_LABEL_NBR] Record the label number for the collected specimen. Numbered labels are provided to each crew. When collected: Where INVASIVE SPECIMEN COLLECTED = 1 Field width: 5 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 to 99999, as pre-printed and assigned by FIA unit.

Item 12.2.1.11 INVASIVE PLANT NOTES (CORE OPTIONAL 9.15) [INVASIVE_PLOT_SPECIES.NOTES]

SPECIES RECORDS Notes are required for each record with an unknown code. Enter text that describes the species or that : explains why it was not collected, if collection was not done. When collected: Required for each record with an unknown code and SPECIMEN LABEL NUMBER Field width: Unlimited alphanumeric character field Tolerance: N/A Values: English language words, phrases, and numbers Section 12.2 pg.229 CHAPTER 13 SOILS DATA - MEASUREMENTS AND SAMPLING

SECTION 13.1 INTRODUCTION The primary objective of the soils dataset is to provide a belowground carbon profile for the State of Hawaii and assess carbon input and storage capacity over time.

SECTION 13.2 SUMMARY OF METHOD Sampling of soils will occur on all field visited plots that have a forested condition. The chemical and physical properties of the soil are assessed through the collection of soil samples, which are submitted to a regional laboratory for analysis. Soil samples are collected from the mineral soil layers off of subplot 2. Estimates for organic soil layer depths are obtained from duff measurements taken as part of the DWM protocol. Once the litter and duff layers are removed, soils are sampled volumetrically by collecting cores from five depths: 0 to 20 cm, 20 to 40 cm, 40 to 60 cm, 60 to 80 cm and 80 to 100 cm. The soil measurement and sampling procedures are divided into three parts: extract up to 5 soil core samples using a soil auger, take a field measurement of the wet weight of each core sample, and collect a representative subsample of each core sample for laboratory analysis. After extraction of each 20 cm sample core, the entire contents of the core are emptied on to a plastic tarp where they can be gently mixed and field weighed using a hanging scale. Once the wet weight of the core has been collected, a representative subsample will be collected, labeled and sealed in a designated sample container. After the subsample has been collected, the remaining soil from the core is discarded and the next 20 cm core can be extracted from directly below the first sample core. This will be continued until a depth of 1 meter is reached (total of 5 samples) or until a restrictive later is identified.

SECTION 13.3 DEFINITIONS Litter - Undecomposed or only partially decomposed organic material that can be readily identified (e.g.,

plant leaves, twigs, etc.) Chapter 13: Organic soil (duff) - For the purposes of these protocol, organic soil or duff is considered any soil that is made up primarily of decomposing organic material. To qualify as duff the material must have gone through sufficient decomposition that no recognizable plant parts are present. Mineral soil - A soil consisting predominantly of products derived from the weathering of rocks (e.g., sands, silts, and clays). Restrictive layer - Any soil condition which increases soil density to the extent that it may limit root growth. SOILS DATA - MEASUREMENTS AND SAMPLING This limitation may be physical (hard rock) or chemical (acid layer) or both.

SECTION 13.4 EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES Minimum required equipment is listed below. Field personnel may add equipment as needed to improve efficiency in some areas. Field Gear Unique to the Soil Indicator • Frame for demarcating sampling area. A piece of parachute cord cut to length to form a 12" diameter circle will be used to demarcate the sample area. • Impact-driven soil auger with extension poles to reach a depth of 1 meter • Hanging scale with 2 gram precision • Flashlight for looking into sample core hole • Small plastic tarp (3' x 3') with grommets at ends to use as a surface to hold sample core and to collect wet sample weight • 125 ml Nalgene sealable plastic bottles for subsample collection • Indelible ink markers (black thin-line) for marking sample bags • Soil sample labels • Cleaning cloths or tissues pg.230 • Lightweight trowel

SECTION 13.5 LABORATORY ANALYSES Soil cores are analyzed in the laboratory for: • Bulk density • Total carbon • Total nitrogen Soil samples are collected in designated sample locations labeled with the soils label number (SPECIMEN LABEL NUMBER) for each type of sample. As soon as possible upon return from the field, samples should submitted to the laboratory for analysis. Field crews will be responsible for drying and weighing samples prior to sending the samples to the lab.

SECTION 13.6 SOIL SAMPLING LOCATION Soil samples are collected within the annular plot along soil sampling lines adjacent to Subplot 2 (Figure 13.1). During the first soils visit, soil samples will be collected at the point denoted as VISIT NUMBER 1. On subsequent remeasurements of a plot, VISIT NUMBER 2 or larger will be sampled. The soil sampling sites are spaced at 10-foot intervals alternating on opposite sides of VISIT NUMBER 1. The initial sampling point (VISIT NUMBER 1) is located: 30 feet due south (180°) from the center of subplot 2. If the soil cannot be sampled at the designated sampling point due to trampling or an obstruction (e.g., boulder, tree, standing water), the sampling point will be relocated to the next VISIT NUMBER. When Subplot 2 is inaccessible, or falls in a non-forest condition, field crews should attempt to collect soil samples on Subplot 3. If Subplot 3 is inaccessible, or falls in a non-forest condition then soil sampling should be attempted at Subplot 4. Should Subplot 3 or 4 be sampled the following designated sample locations should be used. • Subplot 3 soil measurement site: 30 feet northwest (300°) from the center of subplot 3. • Subplot 4 soil measurement site: 30 feet northeast (60°) from the center of subplot 4. LABORATORY ANALYSES LABORATORY :

Figure 13.1: Soil Sampling Locations Section 13.5 pg.231 Item 13.6.0.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.SOILS_SUBP] Record the number of the subplot adjacent to the soil sampling site. When Collected: All sample locations Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 2 - 4

Item 13.6.0.2 VISIT NUMBER [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.VSTNBR] Record the visit number of the soil sampling site. During the first visit to a plot for soil measurements, measurements will be collected at the point denoted as VISIT NUMBER 1, unless a surface obstruction is encountered at that location. On subsequent visits to a plot, VISIT NUMBER 2 or larger will be sampled. If the soil cannot be sampled at the designated sampling visit site due to trampling or an obstruction (e.g., boulder, tree, standing water), the sampling point will be relocated to the next VISIT NUMBER. If subplot 2 falls in a nonsampled, census water, or noncensus water condition, then the soil sample should be attempted at the designated location on subplot 3 or subplot 4. If all subplots designated for soil sampling are not accessible or in standing water, use the appropriate SOIL SAMPLE STATUS code. If a soil sample is taken at any location other than subplot 2 VISIT NUMBER 1, or if no soil sample is taken, SOIL NOTES are required. When Collected: All sample locations Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: 1 - 9

Item 13.6.0.3 CONDITION CLASS

[SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.CONDID] Chapter 13: Record the condition class for the soil sampling site. If the condition class for the soil sample is different from any recorded on the 4 subplots, enter 0 (SOIL NOTES required). When Collected: All sample locations Field width: 1 digit

Tolerance: No errors SOILS DATA - MEASUREMENTS AND SAMPLING Values: 0 - 9

Item 13.6.0.4 SOIL SAMPLE STATUS CODE [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.SOILS_SAMPLE_STATUS_CD] Record whether or not soils were sampled on the plot. When collected: All sample locations Field width: 1 digit Tolerance: No errors Values: Code Description 1 Sampled 2 Not sampled: standing water 3 Not sampled: access denied 4 Not sampled: hazardous 5 Not sampled: other (enter reason in SOIL NOTES) pg.232 SECTION 13.7 ASSEMBLY OF SOIL SAMPLER The sampling auger is used to collect a known volume of soil with a minimum of compaction and disturbance. The weight of this core is then used to determine bulk density (the mass of soil per unit volume), an important physical property of the soil. Although soil is usually thought of in terms of the mineral fraction, soils are actually a matrix of solids (mineral and organic), water, and air. The ratio between these fractions (pore space) determines the capacity of the soil to provide nutrients, air, and water to plant roots. Bulk density is also used to convert the chemical concentrations obtained in the lab to a volumetric basis, which is more meaningful in terms of plant nutrition. Assembly • Connect the soil auger handle and any handle extensions to the auger blade • Test for secureness. • Take care to clean and dry out the corer between samples using a brush or rag. • After soil sampling is completed on a plot all sampling materials need to be sanitized in accordance with protocols for preventing the spread of Rapid Ohia Death.

SECTION 13.8 SOIL SAMPLE COLLECTION Up to five soil samples are collected from a single soil sampling site adjacent to subplot 2 when subplot 2 falls in an accessible forest land condition. 1. Place the sampling frame at the designated sample location and remove the litter and duff (organic) layers from this area. 2. Place the soil auger in a vertical position and begin turning the auger into the soil until the soil level has reached the 20 cm mark on the auger head. 3. Once the target depth is reached, rotate the sampler in a circular motion to break up the soil at the bottom of the sampler to make it easier to remove the core. Remove the auger from the ground by pulling the auger up in a smooth vertical motion. 4. Carefully empty all the soil within the core on to the small tarp. Take care to avoid any loss of soil from the cores; if any material spills, a new sample must be taken. 5. Use a carpenters tape verify the depth of the bored hole. If the hole is shallower than the required depth, use the soil auger to remove more soil until the target depth is reached. 6. Measure the wet weight of the entire 20 cm core sample by picking up the tarp from each corner and hanging it from the hanging scale. Subtract the weight of the tarp prior to recording the soil weight. 7. Gently mix the soil on the tarp by picking up each corner and folding the soil on itself. Repeat this process until soil is sufficiently mixed. 8. Collect a representative subsample from the soil on the tarp. Fill the designated 125 ml sample container with soil, tightly close the lid, and label the sample as described in this manual. 9. Discard the additional soil after the subsample has been collected and repeat steps 2-8 at the next 20cm soil interval. 10. If a restrictive layer is encountered (i.e. bedrock), stop the soil sampling at that point and record the depth to the restrictive layer in the appropriate ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE field. 11.Each plot will have up to five samples, with a total maximum depth of the soil core of 1 meter: • 0-20cm • 20-40cm • 40-60cm • 60-80cm • 80-100cm 12.Clean all soil sampling equipment thoroughly before sampling soil at the next plot. This should be done in accordance with Rapid Ohia Death sanitation protocols as described in the field manual. ASSEMBLY OF SOIL SAMPLER ASSEMBLY : Section 13.7 pg.233 Item 13.8.0.1 0-20 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE (PACI) [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.CORE_SEGM1_LENGTH] Record the actual depth of the soil core taken for the 0-20 cm profile. This depth will be less than 20 cm only when a restrictive layer has been encountered. When a restrictive layer that prevents further soil sampling is encountered before reaching the full segment depth, the total depth of the soil sampling pit should be measured in feet to the nearest 1/100th of a foot, and then converted to cm by multiplying the measured value by 30.48. The cm value will then be entered into the data recorder. When Collected: SOIL SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: +/-1 cm Values: 1 - 20

Item 13.8.0.2 0-20 CM WET WEIGHT OF SAMPLE (PACI) [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.FIELD_MOIST_SOIL_WT] Record the field measured wet weight of the soil core to the nearest 2 grams. When Collected: SOIL SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: +/- 5 grams Values: 0 - 9999

Item 13.8.0.3 0-20 CM SPECIMEN LABEL NUMBER (PACI) [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.CORE_SEGM1_SPECM_LABEL_ID] Record the label number for the collected specimen. Pre-numbered labels are auto-generated with the data collection software. When Collected: SOIL SAMPLE STATUS = 1 Field width: 5 digits

Tolerance: No errors Chapter 13: Values: 1-99999 as auto-generated in the PDR

Item 13.8.0.4 20-40 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE (PACI) [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.CORE_SEGM2_LENGTH] Record the actual depth of the soil core taken for the 20-40 cm profile. This depth will be less than 40 cm only when a restrictive layer has been encountered. If there is no sample taken for this layer, record a value SOILS DATA - MEASUREMENTS AND SAMPLING of 0. When a restrictive layer that prevents further soil sampling is encountered before reaching the full segment depth, the total depth of the soil sampling pit should be measured in feet to the nearest 1/100th of a foot, and then converted to cm by multiplying the measured value by 30.48. The cm value will then be entered into the data recorder. When Collected: When 0-20 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE = 20 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: +/-1 cm Values: 0, 21 - 40

Item 13.8.0.5 20-40 CM WET WEIGHT OF SAMPLE (PACI) [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.FIELD_MOIST_SOIL__WT] Record the field measured wet weight of the soil core to the nearest 2 grams. When Collected: When 20-40 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE > 0 Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: +/- 5 grams Values: 0 - 9999 pg.234 Item 13.8.0.6 20-40 CM SPECIMEN LABEL NUMBER (PACI) [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.CORE_SEGM2_SPECM_LABEL_ID] Record the label number for the collected specimen. Pre-numbered labels are auto-generated with the data collection software. When Collected: When 20-40 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE > 0 Field width: 5 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 1-99999 as auto-generated in the PDR

Item 13.8.0.7 40-60 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE (PACI) [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.CORE_SEGM3_LENGTH] Record the actual depth of the soil core taken for the 40-60 cm profile. This depth will be less than 60 cm only when a restrictive layer has been encountered. If there is no sample taken for this layer, record a value of 0. When a restrictive layer that prevents further soil sampling is encountered before reaching the full segment depth, the total depth of the soil sampling pit should be measured in feet to the nearest 1/100th of a foot, and then converted to cm by multiplying the measured value by 30.48. The cm value will then be entered into the data recorder. When Collected: When 20-40 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE = 40 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: +/-1 cm Values: 0, 41 - 60

Item 13.8.0.8 40-60 CM WET WEIGHT OF SAMPLE (PACI) [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.FIELD_MOIST_SOIL_WT] Record the field measured wet weight of the soil core to the nearest 2 grams. When Collected: When 40-60 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE > 0 Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: +/-5 grams Values: 0 - 9999

Item 13.8.0.9 40-60 CM SPECIMEN LABEL NUMBER (PACI) [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.CORE_SEGM3_SPECM_LABEL_ID] Record the label number for the collected specimen. Pre-numbered labels are auto-generated with the data collection software. When Collected: When 40-60 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE > 0 Field width: 5 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 1-99999 as auto-generated in the PDR

Item 13.8.0.10 60-80 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE (PACI) [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.CORE_SEGM4_LENGTH] Record the actual depth of the soil core taken for the 60-80 cm profile. This depth will be less than 80 cm only when a restrictive layer has been encountered. If there is no sample taken for this layer, record a value of 0. When a restrictive layer that prevents further soil sampling is encountered before reaching the full segment depth, the total depth of the soil sampling pit should be measured in feet to the nearest 1/100th of a foot, and then converted to cm by multiplying the measured value by 30.48. The cm value will then be entered into the data recorder. SOIL SAMPLE COLLECTION

: When Collected: When 40-60 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE = 60 Field width: 2 digits Tolerance: +/-1 cm Values: 0, 61 - 80 Section 13.8 pg.235 Item 13.8.0.11 60-80 CM WET WEIGHT OF SAMPLE (PACI) [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.FIELD_MOIST_SOIL_WT] Record the field measured wet weight of the soil core to the nearest 2 grams. When Collected: When 60-80 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE > 0 Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: +/-5 grams Values: 0 - 9999

Item 13.8.0.12 60-80 CM SPECIMEN LABEL NUMBER (PACI) [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.CORE_SEGM4_SPECM_LABEL_ID] Record the label number for the collected specimen. Pre-numbered labels are auto-generated with the data collection software. When Collected: When 60-80 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE > 0 Field width: 5 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 1-99999 as auto-generated in the PDR

Item 13.8.0.13 80-100 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE (PACI) [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.CORE_SEGM5_LENGTH] Record the actual depth of the soil core taken for the 80-100 cm profile. This depth will be less than 100 cm only when a restrictive layer has been encountered. If there is no sample taken for this layer, record a value of 0. When a restrictive layer that prevents further soil sampling is encountered before reaching the full segment depth, the total depth of the soil sampling pit should be measured in feet to the nearest 1/100th of a foot, and then converted to cm by multiplying the measured value by 30.48. The cm value will then be entered into the data recorder. When Collected: When 60-80 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE = 80 Field width: 2 digits Chapter 13: Tolerance: +/-1 cm Values: 0, 81- 100

Item 13.8.0.14 80-100 CM WET WEIGHT OF SAMPLE (PACI) [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.FIELD_MOIST_SOIL_WT] Record the field measured wet weight of the soil core to the nearest 2 grams. SOILS DATA - MEASUREMENTS AND SAMPLING When Collected: When 80-100 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE > 0 Field width: 4 digits Tolerance: +/-5 grams Values: 0 - 9999

Item 13.8.0.15 80-100 CM SPECIMEN LABEL NUMBER (PACI) [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.CORE_SEGM5_SPECM_LABEL_ID] Record the label number for the collected specimen. Pre-numbered labels are auto-generated with the data collection software. When Collected: When 80-100 CM ACTUAL DEPTH OF CORE > 0 Field width: 5 digits Tolerance: No errors Values: 1-99999 as auto-generated in the PDR pg.236 Item 13.8.0.16 SOIL NOTES [SOILS_SAMPLE_LOC.NOTES] Record any notes needed to clarify or explain soil samples. When Collected: All soil samples, as needed Field width: 2000 characters Tolerance: n/a Values: English language words, phrases, and numbers Commonly Encountered Problems It may not always be possible to obtain soil core samples using the sampling auger. The following section provides some suggestions on how to overcome these problems. 1. Rocky soils In soils containing a high percentage of rocks, it may not be possible to drive the core sampler in to the required depth of 1 meter. If this occurs, collect as many complete 20cm sample cores as possible. If rocky soils prevent the collection of an entire 20cm core sample, remove any soil within the sampler and test for the presence of an obstruction in the bore hole using a plot stake or stick, taking care not to slough additional soil into the bore hole. If additional progress cannot be made in the current bore hole, make a second attempt either within the sampling frame or within the available soil sampling area (within a 5-foot radius of the original soil sampling location). Make a maximum of three attempts. 2. Very sandy soils (or very dry soils) - sample falls out of the core If the soil will not stay in the core, use the trowel to dig around the soil coring head while it is still in place. Tilt the soil corer to one side and insert the blade of th trowel underneath the base of the core. Use the trowel to hold the sample in place as you remove the corer from the soil. Depending on the soil type, this technique may require some practice and/or the use of a partner.

SECTION 13.9 SAMPLE LABELS Pre-printed labels will be provided to each field crew. The following information should be filled out for each sample: • Public plot # • Sample layer • Specimen label number

SECTION 13.10 SAMPLE DRYING Samples must be dried to less than 10% moisture content before being shipped to the University of Hawaii laboratory at Manoa. Samples may also need to be sterilized before being shipped due to concerns about Rapid Ohia Death. A subsample from each soil layer sampled will be brought back to IPIF in Hilo in a 125ml sealed Nalgene container. It is preferred to store soil samples in the refrigerator, but they can be stored unrefrigerated if necessary. Drying of soil samples should begin no later than one week from the date of sample collection. Preferably all soil samples for a week of plot work can be set out to dry each Friday. Strict adherence to the process outlined below is necessary for accurate calculations of soil water content by mass, bulk density, and carbon and nitrogen storage. Soil drying instructions 1. Before opening up the sealed sample container, shake the container to redistribute any condensation throughout the soil sample. 2. Place the sample into an aluminum weighing tin that has been precisely weighed or tared on the lab SAMPLE LABELS

: scale. 3. Take the wet weight of the sample to the nearest 0.01g (10mg) and record this value. 4. Oven dry the sample at 105oC for 48-72 hours, depending on soil moisture content. Sample should be weighed throughout the drying process; drying can stop when the sample has reached a constant mass. Section 13.9 pg.237 It is acceptable to put samples into the oven to dry on Friday and come back to check the samples on Monday. 5. Once the sample has reached constant mass, record the dry weight. 6. Dry samples should be placed in a labeled, sealed, double bagged Ziploc bag for shipment to Oahu. 7. Ship the dry samples to the Crow Lab at the University of Hawaii at Manoa for analysis. Chapter 13: SOILS DATA - MEASUREMENTS AND SAMPLING pg.238 SAMPLE DRYING : Section 13.10 pg.239 APPENDIX A REFERENCE INFORMATION

SECTION A.1 COUNTY AND STATE FIPS CODES STATECD STATENM COUNTYCD COUNTYNM 15 Hawaii 001 Hawaii(ISLAND-HAWAII) 15 Hawaii 003 Honolulu(ISLAND-OAHU) 15 Hawaii 005 Kalawao(ISLAND-MOLOKAI-not the county) 15 Hawaii 007 Kauai(ISLANDS-KAUAI and NIHAU) 15 Hawaii 009 Maui(ISLANDS-MAUI, KAHOOLAWE, LANAI, and most of MOLOKAI) 60 American Samoa 20 Manu'a (ISLANDS – TAU, OFU, OLOSEGA) 60 American Samoa 30 Rose 60 American Samoa 40 Swains 60 American Samoa 10 Tutuila East 60 American Samoa 50 Tutuila West 64 Federated States of Micronesia 2 Chuuk 64 Federated States of Micronesia 5 Kosrae 64 Federated States of Micronesia 40 Pohnpei 64 Federated States of Micronesia 60 Yap 66 Guam 10 Guam 68 Marshall Islands 7 Ailinginae 68 Marshall Islands 10 Ailinglaplap 68 Marshall Islands 30 Ailuk 68 Marshall Islands 40 Arno 68 Marshall Islands 50 Aur 68 Marshall Islands 60 Bikar 68 Marshall Islands 70 Bikini 68 Marshall Islands 73 Bokak 68 Marshall Islands 80 Ebon 68 Marshall Islands 90 Enewetak 68 Marshall Islands 100 Erikub 68 Marshall Islands 110 Jabat 68 Marshall Islands 120 Jaluit 68 Marshall Islands 130 Jemo 68 Marshall Islands 140 Kili 68 Marshall Islands 150 Kwajalein 68 Marshall Islands 160 Lae Appendix A: 68 Marshall Islands 170 Lib 68 Marshall Islands 180 Likiep 68 Marshall Islands 190 Majuro 68 Marshall Islands 300 Maloelap 68 Marshall Islands 310 Mejit

68 Marshall Islands 320 Mili REFERENCE INFORMA 68 Marshall Islands 330 Namorik 68 Marshall Islands 340 Namu 68 Marshall Islands 350 Rongelap 68 Marshall Islands 360 Rongrik 68 Marshall Islands 385 Toke 68 Marshall Islands 390 Ujae 68 Marshall Islands 400 Ujelang 68 Marshall Islands 410 Utrik 68 Marshall Islands 420 Wotho 68 Marshall Islands 430 Wotje TION pg.240 STATECD STATENM COUNTYCD COUNTYNM 69 Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana 85 Northern Islands (ISLANDS Agrihan, Alamagan, Anatahan, Asuncion, Farallon de Medinilla, Farallon de Pajaros, Guguan, Maug, Pagan, Sarigan) 69 Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana 100 Rota 69 Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana 110 Saipan 69 Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana 120 Tinian 70 Palau 2 Aimeliik 70 Palau 4 Airai 70 Palau 10 Angaur 70 Palau 50 Hatoboheit 70 Palau 100 Kayangel 70 Palau 150 Koror 70 Palau 212 Melekeok 70 Palau 214 Ngaraard 70 Palau 218 Ngarchelong 70 Palau 222 Ngardmau 70 Palau 224 Ngatpang 70 Palau 226 Ngchesar 70 Palau 227 Ngernmlengui 70 Palau 228 Ngiwal 70 Palau 350 Peleliu 70 Palau 370 Sonsorol

AND STATE FIPS CODES AND STATE

COUNTY

A.1

Section pg.241 SECTION A.2 SLOPE CORRECTION TABLE Percent Expansion Expansion Factor -----Slope Distance----- Factor Reciprocal 24.0 feet 100 feet 10 1.005 0.995 24.1 100.5 15 1.01 0.99 24.3 101.1 20 1.02 0.98 24.5 102.0 25 1.03 0.97 24.7 103.1 30 1.04 0.96 25.1 104.4

35 1.06 0.94 25.4 105.9 40 1.08 0.93 25.8 107.7 45 1.10 0.91 26.3 109.7 50 1.12 0.89 26.8 111.8 55 1.14 0.88 27.4 114.1

60 1.17 0.86 28.0 116.6 65 1.19 0.84 28.6 119.3 70 1.22 0.82 29.3 122.1 75 1.25 0.80 30.0 125.0 80 1.28 0.78 30.7 128.1

85 1.31 0.76 31.5 131.2 90 1.35 0.74 32.3 134.5 95 1.38 0.72 33.1 137.9 100 1.41 0.71 33.9 141.4 105 1.45 0.69 34.8 145.0

110 1.49 0.67 35.7 148.7 115 1.52 0.66 36.6 152.4 120 1.56 0.64 37.5 156.2 125 1.60 0.62 38.4 160.1 130 1.64 0.61 39.4 164.0

135 1.68 0.60 40.3 168.0 140 1.72 0.58 41.3 172.0

145 1.76 0.57 42.3 176.1 Appendix A: 150 1.80 0.55 43.3 180.3 155 1.84 0.54 44.3 184.5 REFERENCE INFORMA TION pg.242 SECTION A.3 METRIC EQUIVALENTS AND AIDS Length 1 inch = 2.54 centimeters (cm.) 0.1 feet = 3.048 centimeters (cm.) 1 foot = 0.3048 meter (m.) 1 mile = 1.609 kilometers (km.) 1 centimeter (cm.) = .03 foot (ft.) 1 meter (m.) = 3.2808 feet (ft.) 1 mile = 5280 feet Area 1 acre = 0.4 hectare (ha.) (approximately) 5 acres = 2 hectares (ha.) (approximately) 1,000 acres = 404.7 hectares (ha.) 1 hectare = 2.471 acres (ac.) 2.5 hectares = 6 acres (ac.) (approximately) Volume 1,000 cubic feet = 28.3 meters (m3) 1 cubic foot per acre = 0.07 cubic meter per hectare (m3/ha) Condition Class Minimum Area 0.4 hectares (1 acre) = 4,000 square meters = 40 meters x 100 meters = 35 meter radius circle 1 acre = 118 foot radius circle = 209 feet x 209 feet = 43,560 square feet Metric System - Length 1 meter = 10 decimeters (dm.) 1 meter = 100 centimeters (cm.) 1 meter = 1,000 millimeters (mm.) .001 meters = 1 millimeter .01 meters = 1 centimeter .1 meters = 1 decimeter 1 meter = 1 meter 10 meters = 1 decameter 100 meters = 1 hectometer 1,000 meters = 1 kilometer Photo Scales Scale Length on Photo Length on Ground 1:15,840 1 mm. 15.8 meters 1:24,000 1 mm. 24.0 meters 1:31,680 1 mm. 31.7 meters 1:40,000 1 mm. 40.0 meters 1:15,840 1 inch 1,320 feet 0.1 inch 132 feet .05 inch (1/20) 66 feet 1:24,000 1 inch 2,000 feet 0.1 inch 200 feet .05 inch (1/20) 100 feet ALENTS AND AIDS 1:31,680 1 inch 2,640 feet 0.1 inch 264 feet .05 inch (1/20) 132 feet 1:40,000 1 inch 3,333 feet 0.1 inch 333 feet .05 inch (1/20) 166 feet

METRIC EQUIV

A.3

Section pg.243 APPENDIX B TREE SPECIES LIST Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 6318 CAKA5 Caesalpinia uhiuhi kavaiensis SECTION B.1 HAWAII TREE SPECIES 6345 CALOP Calophyllum spp. calophyllum 6346 CAPR Calotropis procera roostertree BY SCIENTIFIC NAME 6347 CALOT Calotropis spp. calotropis 6397 CARE22 Carmona retusa scorpionbush Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 6002 ACAN10 Acacia aneura mulga 6398 CARMO Carmona spp. scorpionbush 6004 ACCO Acacia confusa small Philippine acacia 6433 CACU8 Casuarina river sheoak 303 ACFA Acacia farnesiana sweet acacia cunninghamiana 856 CAGL11 Casuarina glauca gray sheoak 6006 ACKO Acacia koa koa 855 CASUA Casuarina spp. sheoak 6007 ACKO2 Acacia koaia koaoha 6441 CEOB Cecropia obtusifolia trumpet tree 6010 ACME80 Acacia mearnsii black wattle 6444 CECRO Cecropia spp. pumpwood 6011 ACME Acacia melanoxylon blackwood 6469 CEHI3 Cereus hildmannianus hedge cactus 6014 ACPA81 Acacia parramattensis South Wales wattle 6470 CEREU Cereus spp. sweetpotato cactus 300 ACACI Acacia spp. acacia 6473 CEAU2 Cestrum aurantiacum orange jessamine 6028 ADPA Adenanthera pavonina red beadtree 6474 CEDI6 Cestrum diurnum day jessamine 6029 ADENA Adenanthera spp. beadtree 6477 CENO Cestrum nocturnum night jessamine 341 AIAL Ailanthus altissima tree of heaven 6478 CESTR Cestrum spp. jessamine 6051 AILAN Ailanthus spp. ailanthus 6482 CHAT2 Chamaesyce koko 6057 ALCH2 Albizia chinensis Chinese albizia 6059 ALLE Albizia lebbeck woman's tongue atrococca 6483 CHCE Chamaesyce 'ekoko 6062 ALSA10 Albizia saponaria whiteflower albizia celastroides 6063 ALBIZ Albizia spp. albizia 6492 CHHE3 Chamaesyce herbstii Herbst's sandmat 6069 ALMA Alectryon Hawai'i alectryon 6493 CHKU Chamaesyce kokomalei macrococcus kuwaleana 6073 ALECT Alectryon spp. alectryon 6494 CHOL3 Chamaesyce alpine sandmat 6075 ALMO2 Aleurites moluccana Indian walnut olowaluana 6077 ALEUR Aleurites spp. aleurites 6495 CHRO2 Chamaesyce rockii Koolau Range sandmat 6086 ALNE2 Alnus nepalensis Nepal alder 6496 CHAMA1 Chamaesyce spp. sandmat 350 ALNUS Alnus spp. alder 5 6089 ALPO3 Alphitonia ponderosa Hawai'i kauilatree 6497 CHDE3 Charpentiera Napali coast papala 6095 ALMA16 Alstonia macrophylla deviltree densiflora 6097 ALSTO Alstonia spp. alstonia 6498 CHEL Charpentiera elliptica ellipticleaf papala 6135 ANKA Antidesma kapuae Kapua china laurel 6499 CHOB2 Charpentiera obovata broadleaf papala 6138 ANKU3 Antidesma kusaiense 6500 CHOV2 Charpentiera ovata Koolau Range papala 6139 ANPL2 Antidesma ha'a 6503 CHARP Charpentiera spp. papala platyphyllum 6504 CHTO3 Charpentiera Waianae Range papala 6142 ANPO8 Antidesma ponapense tomentosa 6143 ANPU2 Antidesma pulvinatum hame 6507 CHDO3 Cheirodendron dominii Domin's club 6145 ANTID Antidesma spp. chinalaurel 6508 CHFA Cheirodendron fauriei Faurie's club 6154 ARAN15 Araucaria angustifolia parana pine 6509 CHFO4 Cheirodendron forbesii olapa 6155 ARCO32 Araucaria columnaris New Caledonia pine 6510 CHPL Cheirodendron lapalapa 6159 ARAL Archontophoenix Alexandra palm platyphyllum alexandrae 6513 CHEIR Cheirodendron spp. cheirodendron 6161 AREL4 Ardisia elliptica shoebutton 6514 CHTR2 Cheirodendron olapalapa 6166 ARDIS Ardisia spp. marlberry trigynum 6226 BAMO2 Bauhinia monandra Napoleon's plume 6517 CHOA Chenopodium alaweo

6230 BAUHI Bauhinia spp. bauhinia oahuense Appendix B: 6236 BIJA Bischofia javanica Javanese bishopwood 6518 CHENO Chenopodium spp. goosefoot 6237 BISCH Bischofia spp. bishopwood 6542 CHOL Chrysophyllum satinleaf 6238 BIOR Bixa orellana lipsticktree oliviforme 6239 BIXA Bixa spp. bixa 6546 CICH Cibotium chamissoi Chamisso's manfern 6242 BOBR3 Bobea brevipes 'akupa 6547 CIGL Cibotium glaucum hapu'u 6243 BOEL3 Bobea elatior 'ahakea lau nui 6545 CIHE7 Cibotium heleniae Hapu'u, Hawaiian tree 6244 BOSA2 Bobea sandwicensis Hawai'i dogweed fern

6245 BOBEA Bobea spp. 'ahakea 6548 CIME8 Cibotium menziesii hapu'u li TREE SPECIES LIST 6246 BOTI Bobea timonioides 'ahakea 6549 CIBOT Cibotium spp. manfern 6247 BOFR2 Bocconia frutescens parrotweed 6552 CIPU Cinchona pubescens quinine 6248 BOCCO Bocconia spp. bocconia 6553 CINCH Cinchona spp. cinchona 6262 BRPA4 Broussonetia paper mulberry 6555 CIBU2 Cinnamomum Padang cassia papyrifera burmannii 6264 BRCA12 Brugmansia candida angel's-trumpet 858 CICA Cinnamomum camphortree 6266 BRGY3 Bruguiera gymnorhiza Oriental mangrove camphora 6267 BRPA15 Bruguiera parviflora smallflower bruguiera 6563 CINNA2 Cinnamomum spp. cinnamon 6269 BRUGU Bruguiera spp. bruguiera 6564 CIVE2 Cinnamomum verum cinnamon 6286 BUAS Buddleja asiatica dogtail pg.244 Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 6565 CICA8 Citharexylum juniper berry 6745 CORDY2 Cordyline spp. cordyline caudatum 6749 COCA48 Corymbia calophylla redgum 6567 CISP3 Citharexylum spiny fiddlewood 6750 COCI4 Corymbia citriodora lemonscented gum spinosum 6751 COFI7 Corymbia ficifolia redflower gum 6568 CITHA Citharexylum spp. fiddlewood 6752 COGU4 Corymbia gummifera red bloodwood 6591 CLSA Claoxylon po'ola 6754 COLA6 Corynocarpus karaka nut sandwicense laevigatus 6592 CLAOX Claoxylon spp. claoxylon 6755 CORYN2 Corynocarpus spp. corynocarpus 6597 CLAR4 Clermontia 'oha wai nui 6781 CRMA8 Cryptocarya mannii holio arborescens 6778 CROR5 Cryptocarya oreophila 6601 CLCL Clermontia Kauai clermontia 6783 CRYPT2 Cryptocarya spp. cryptocarya clermontioides 6786 CRJA3 Cryptomeria japonica 6604 CLDR2 Clermontia Kohala Mountain 6787 CRYPT4 Cryptomeria spp. Japanese cedar drepanomorpha clermontia 6795 CULU2 Cupressus lusitanica cedar-of-Goa 6605 CLFA Clermontia fauriei haha'aiakamanu 6796 CUSE2 Cupressus Italian cypress 6606 CLGR3 Clermontia grandiflora bog clermontia sempervirens 6610 CLHA4 Clermontia 'oha kepau 50 CUPRE Cupressus spp. cypress hawaiiensis 6800 CYAC4 Cyanea aculeatiflora Haleakala cyanea 6611 CLKA Clermontia kakeana forest clermontia 6801 CYAR10 Cyanea arborea palmtree cyanea 6612 CLKO Clermontia kohalae Waipio Valley clermontia 6802 CYFI6 Cyanea fissa Kauai cyanea 6596 CLLE3 Clermontia leptoclada oha wai nui, Clermontia 6805 CYFL4 Cyanea floribunda Degener's cyanea 6613 CLLI3 Clermontia lindseyana hillside clermontia 6806 CYGI5 Cyanea giffardii Kilauea Mauna cyanea 6614 CLMI3 Clermontia micrantha Maui clermontia 6807 CYHA6 Cyanea hamatiflora wetforest cyanea 6615 CLMO5 Clermontia montis-loa Mauna Loa clermontia 6810 CYHA7 Cyanea hardyi Oahu cyanea 6616 CLOB2 Clermontia Oahu clermontia 6811 CYHO6 Cyanea horrida prickly cyanea oblongifolia 6812 CYKU3 Cyanea kuhihewa Limahuli Valley cyanea 6620 CLPA6 Clermontia pallida Wailai Pali clermontia 6813 CYKU Cyanea kunthiana Kunth's cyanea 6621 CLPA8 Clermontia parviflora smallflower clermontia 6814 CYLE5 Cyanea leptostegia giant kokee cyanea 6622 CLPE2 Clermontia peleana pele clermontia 6815 CYMA10 Cyanea macrostegia purple cyanea 6625 CLPE3 Clermontia persicifolia Waioiani clermontia 6818 CYMA14 Cyanea marksii Marks' cyanea 6626 CLPY2 Clermontia pyrularia Hamakua clermontia 6819 CYPI4 Cyanea pilosa hairy cyanea 6627 CLSI3 Clermontia singuliflora 6822 CYPO5 Cyanea pohaku pohaku cyanea 6628 CLERM Clermontia spp. clermontia 6823 CYPR8 Cyanea procera Molokai cyanea 6629 CLTU2 Clermontia tuberculata Haleakala clermontia 6824 CYPY Cyanea pycnocarpa manyfruit cyanea 6630 CLWA2 Clermontia waimeae swampforest clermontia 6825 CYQU Cyanea quercifolia oakleaf cyanea 6632 CLCH4 Clerodendrum stickbush 6826 CYRI4 Cyanea rivularis plateau delissea chinense 6827 CYSO2 Cyanea solenocalyx pua kala 6633 CLGL2 Clerodendrum Natal glorybower 6828 CYANE Cyanea spp. cyanea glabrum 6829 CYST5 Cyanea stictophylla Kaiholena cyanea 6634 CLIN Clerodendrum indicum turk's turbin 6830 CYSU8 Cyanea superba Mt. Kaala cyanea 6635 CLMA24 Clerodendrum velvetleaf glorybower 6833 CYTR6 Cyanea tritomantha 'aku 'aku macrostegium 6837 CYCO18 Cyathea cooperi Cooper's cyathea 6636 CLERO2 Clerodendrum spp. glorybower 6865 CYGI3 Cyrtandra giffardii forest cyrtandra 6651 CLRO Clusia rosea scotch attorney 6864 CYRA3 Cyrtandra Cyrtandra 6652 CLUSI Clusia spp. attorney ramosissima 6681 COCOS Cocos spp. coconut palm SCIENTIFIC NAME 6866 CYRTA Cyrtandra spp. cyrtandra 6684 COAR2 Coffea arabica Arabian coffee 6875 DEFA Delissea fallax Hawai'i delissea 6687 COFFE Coffea spp. coffee 6876 DELA4 Delissea laciniata cutleaf delissea 6694 COAS3 Colubrina asiatica Asian nakedwood 6877 DENI Delissea niihauensis Niihau delissea 6697 COOP Colubrina oppositifolia kauila 6880 DEPA9 Delissea parviflora smallflower delissea 6699 COLUB Colubrina spp. nakedwood 6881 DELIS Delissea spp. delissea 987 COER2 Conocarpus erectus button mangrove 6882 DEUN2 Delissea undulata leechleaf delissea 6709 CONOC Conocarpus spp. mangrove 6884 DELON Delonix spp. delonix 6716 COFO2 Coprosma foliosa forest mirrorplant 6898 DISU11 Dillenia suffruticosa shrubby dillenia 6717 COKA Coprosma kauensis koi 6900 DIBL3 Diospyros blancoi mabolo 6718 COLO4 Coprosma longifolia Oahu mirrorplant 6906 DIHI4 Diospyros hillebrandii elama 6719 COMO3 Coprosma montana alpine mirrorplant 6911 DISA10 Diospyros lama 6720 COOC3 Coprosma ochracea Maui mirrorplant AII TREE SPECIES BY sandwicensis 6721 COPU8 Coprosma pubens pubescent mirrorplant W 520 DIOSP Diospyros spp. diospyros 6722 CORH Coprosma woodland mirrorplant 6930 DOHE2 Dovyalis hebecarpa Ceylon gooseberry HA rhynchocarpa

: 6947 DUAR Dubautia arborea Mauna Kea dubautia 6724 COPRO Coprosma spp. mirrorplant 6944 DUDE Dubautia demissifolia Dubautia 6726 COWA4 Coprosma waimeae 'olena 6945 DUFA2 Dubautia fallax Dubautia 6731 COCO5 Cordia collococca red manjack 6948 DUKN Dubautia knudsenii forest dubautia 6733 CODI18 Cordia dichotoma fragrant manjack 6952 DUMI Dubautia Kauai dubautia 6741 CORDI Cordia spp. cordia microcephala 6744 COFR2 Cordyline fruticosa tiplant

Section B.1 pg.245 Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 6946 DUMO2 Dubautia montana Dubautia 7182 FISP3 Fitchia speciosa burrdaisytree 6953 DUPL Dubautia plantaginea plantainleaf dubautia 7188 FLBR Flindersia brayleyana Queensland maple 6957 DURE2 Dubautia reticulata netvein dubautia 7192 FLNE Flueggea neowawraea mehamehame 6958 DUBAU Dubautia spp. dubautia 7193 FLUEG Flueggea spp. bushweed 6961 DUER Duranta erecta golden dewdrops 7200 FRCA12 Frangula californica California buckthorn 6975 ELBI Elaeocarpus bifidus kalia 541 FRAM2 Fraxinus americana white ash 6996 ENCY Enterolobium monkeysoap 7206 FRUH Fraxinus uhdei shamel ash cyclocarpum 7207 FUBO Fuchsia boliviana Bolivian fuchsia 6998 ERJA3 Eriobotrya japonica loquat 7208 FUPA2 Fuchsia paniculata shrubby fuchsia 6999 ERIOB Eriobotrya spp. loquat 7209 FUCHS Fuchsia spp. fuchsia 7012 ERSA11 Erythrina wili wili 7224 GABR Gardenia brighamii forest gardenia sandwicensis 7225 GAMA6 Gardenia mannii Oahu gardenia 7013 ERYTH Erythrina spp. erythrina 7226 GARE Gardenia remyi Remy's gardenia 7016 ERVAO Erythrina variegata tiger's claw 7227 GARDE Gardenia spp. gardenia 7025 EUBO2 Eucalyptus botryoides southern mahogany 7228 GATA Gardenia taitensis Tahitian gardenia 7026 EUBR2 Eucalyptus applebox 7248 GLMA9 Glochidion marianum bridgesiana 7262 GOBA Gossypium Creole cotton 512 EUCA2 Eucalyptus river redgum barbadense camaldulensis 7264 GOHIH2 Gossypium hirsutum upland cotton 7028 EUCI80 Eucalyptus cinerea argyle apple 7272 GRBA Grevillea banksii kahiliflower 7030 EUCL Eucalyptus cladocalyx sugargum 7273 GRRO Grevillea robusta silkoak 7031 EUCO3 Eucalyptus cornuta yate 7274 GREVI Grevillea spp. grevillea 7032 EUCR Eucalyptus crebra narrowleaf red ironbark 7321 HACA2 Haematoxylum bloodwoodtree 7033 EUDE Eucalyptus deanei roundleaf gum campechianum 7034 EUDE2 Eucalyptus deglupta Indonesian gum 7343 HEFO5 Hedyotis fosbergii Fosberg's starviolet 511 EUGL Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian bluegum 7344 HEHI8 Hedyotis hillebrandii manono 7038 EUGO Eucalyptus tuart 7345 HEDYO2 Hedyotis spp. starviolet gomphocephala 7346 HETE21 Hedyotis terminalis variable starviolet 7039 EUGO2 Eucalyptus goniocalyx mountain graygum 7349 HEPO4 Heliocarpus white moho 513 EUGR12 Eucalyptus grandis grand eucalyptus popayanensis 7041 EUHE12 Eucalyptus hemiphloia white box 7350 HELIO Heliocarpus spp. heliocarpus 7044 EUMA4 Eucalyptus marginata jarrah 7370 HEAR9 Hesperomannia Lanai island-aster 7045 EUMI Eucalyptus microcorys Australian tallowwood arborescens 7046 EUPA Eucalyptus paniculata gray ironbark 7371 HEAR10 Hesperomannia Maui island-aster 7047 EUPI Eucalyptus pilularis blackbutt arbuscula 7048 EURA4 Eucalyptus black ironbox 7372 HELY Hesperomannia Kauai island-aster raveretiana lydgatei 7049 EURE2 Eucalyptus resinifera redmahogany 7373 HESPE8 Hesperomannia spp. island-aster 514 EURO2 Eucalyptus robusta swampmahogany 7374 HEAR5 Heteromeles toyon 7051 EURU2 Eucalyptus rudis Western Australian arbutifolia floodedgum 7376 HETER5 Heteromeles spp. toyon 7052 EUSA17 Eucalyptus salicifolia black peppermint 7384 HIBO2 Hibiscadelphus hau kuahiwi 7053 EUSA Eucalyptus saligna Sydney bluegum bombycinus 7054 EUSI2 Eucalyptus red ironbark 7385 HICR Hibiscadelphus lava hau kuahiwi sideroxylon crucibracteatus 510 EUCAL Eucalyptus spp. gum 7386 HIDI Hibiscadelphus Kauai hau kuahiwi 7056 EUTE Eucalyptus tereticornis forest redgum distans 7057 EUVI Eucalyptus viminalis manna gum 7387 HIGI Hibiscadelphus Kilauea hau kuahiwi 7079 EUKO Eugenia koolauensis nioi giffardianus Appendix B: 7091 EURE7 Eugenia reinwardtiana mountain stopper 7388 HIHU Hibiscadelphus Hualalai hau kuahiwi 7096 EUGEN Eugenia spp. stopper hualalaiensis 7104 EUUN2 Eugenia uniflora Surinam cherry 7389 HIPU2 Hibiscadelphus hau kuahiwi 7110 EUHA2 Euphorbia Kauai spurge puakuahiwi haeleeleana 7390 HIBIS Hibiscadelphus spp. hibiscadelphus 7114 EUPU9 Euphorbia pulcherrima poinsettia 7391 HIWI Hibiscadelphus Maui hau kuahiwi 7115 EUPHO Euphorbia spp. spurge wilderianus 7116 EUTI Euphorbia tirucalli Indiantree spurge 7392 HIWO Hibiscadelphus woodii Wood's hau kuahiwi TREE SPECIES LIST 7119 EUSA6 Eurya sandwicensis anini 7393 HIAR Hibiscus arnottianus white rosemallow 7120 EURYA Eurya spp. eurya 7397 HIBR Hibiscus brackenridgei Brackenridge's 7131 EXGA Exocarpos hulumoa rosemallow gaudichaudii 7401 HICA6 Hibiscus calyphyllus lemonyellow rosemallow 7132 EXOCA Exocarpos spp. exocarpos 7402 HICL Hibiscus clayi red Kauai rosemallow 7144 FAMO Falcataria moluccana peacocksplume 7403 HIEL Hibiscus elatus mahoe 7145 FALCA2 Falcataria spp. peacocksplume 7404 HIKO Hibiscus kokio red rosemallow 7162 FINO3 Ficus nota tibig 7407 HIMA5 Hibiscus macrophyllus largeleaf rosemallow 7171 FICUS Ficus spp. fig 7408 HIMU3 Hibiscus mutabilis Dixie rosemallow 7175 FITH2 Ficus thonningii Chinese banyan 7411 HIBIS2 Hibiscus spp. rosemallow pg.246 Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 7413 HIWA Hibiscus waimeae white Kauai rosemallow 7722 MECH2 Melicope Waianae Range 7428 HONO2 Horsfieldia christophersenii melicope novoguineensis 7723 MECI6 Melicope cinerea manena 7429 HONU2 Horsfieldia nunu 7724 MECL Melicope clusiifolia kukaemoa 7440 HYLOC Hylocereus spp. nightblooming cactus 7725 MECR5 Melicope cruciata pilo 'ula 7441 HYUN3 Hylocereus undatus nightblooming cactus 7726 MEEL2 Melicope elliptica leiohi'iaka 7448 HYCA11 Hypericum canariense Canary Island St. 7727 MEHA7 Melicope haleakalae Haleakala melicope Johnswort 7728 MEHA3 Melicope haupuensis Haupa Mountain 7453 ILAN Ilex anomala Hawai'i holly melicope 7454 ILAQ80 Ilex aquifolium English holly 7729 MEHA4 Melicope hawaiensis mokihana kukae moa 7460 ILPA3 Ilex paraguariensis mate 7730 MEHI6 Melicope hiiakae Monoa melicope 7464 ILEX Ilex spp. holly 7731 MEHO2 Melicope hosakae Honolulu melicope 7483 JACAR Jacaranda spp. jacaranda 7732 MEKA2 Melicope kaalaensis Kaala melicope 7491 JACU2 Jatropha curcas Barbados nut 7733 MEKN Melicope knudsenii Olokele Valley melicope 7494 JATRO Jatropha spp. nettlespurge 7734 MEMA6 Melicope macropus Kaholuamanu melicope 7509 KOCO2 Kokia cookei Molokai treecotton 7735 MEMA7 Melicope makahae Makaha Valley melicope 7510 KODR Kokia drynarioides Hawai'i treecotton 7736 MEMO6 Melicope molokaiensis Molokai melicope 7511 KOKA Kokia kauaiensis Kauai treecotton 7737 MEMU4 Melicope mucronulata alani 7512 KOLA2 Kokia lanceolata Wailupe Valley 7738 MEOA Melicope oahuensis Oahu melicope treecotton 7739 MEOB4 Melicope obovata Makawao melicope 7513 KOKIA Kokia spp. treecotton 7740 MEOR4 Melicope orbicularis Honokahua melicope 7516 KUER Kunzea ericoides burgan 7741 MEOV Melicope ovalis Hana melicope 7517 KUNZE Kunzea spp. Kunzea 7742 MEOV2 Melicope ovata eggshape melicope 7518 LAFA2 Labordia fagraeoidea summit labordia 7743 MEPA6 Melicope pallida pale melicope 7519 LAHE2 Labordia bog labordia 7744 MEPA7 Melicope paniculata Lihue melicope hedyosmifolia 7745 MEPE9 Melicope peduncularis boxfruit alani 7520 LAHI5 Labordia hirtella mountain labordia 7746 MEPS Melicope Kohala Summit 7521 LAKA Labordia kaalae Waianae Range labordia pseudoanisata melicope 7522 LALY2 Labordia lydgatei Wahiawa Mountain 7747 MEPU4 Melicope puberula hairy melicope labordia 7748 MEQU3 Melicope fourangle melicope 7523 LABOR Labordia spp. labordia quadrangularis 7524 LATI2 Labordia tinifolia paleflower labordia 7749 MERA2 Melicope radiata kapu melicope 7528 LATR4 Labordia triflora Lanai labordia 7751 MERO3 Melicope rotundifolia roundleaf melicope 7529 LAWA3 Labordia waiolani Nevada peavine 7752 MESA4 Melicope saint-johnii St. John's melicope 7558 LEMO20 Leptospermum large-leaf yellow teatree 7753 MESA5 Melicope Mt. Kaala melicope morrisonii sandwicensis 7559 LEPE23 Leptospermum common teatree 7754 MELIC3 Melicope spp. melicope petersonii 7755 MEVO Melicope volcanica volcanic melicope 7560 LEPO22 Leptospermum common teatree 7756 MEWA2 Melicope waialealae alani wai polygalifolim 7757 MEWA4 Melicope wawraeana Monoa melicope 7561 LESC2 Leptospermum broom teatree 7758 MEZA Melicope kipuka piaula scoparium zahlbruckneri 7562 LEPTO4 Leptospermum spp. teatree 7767 MELOC Melochia spp. melochia 7566 LEUCA Leucaena spp. leadtree 7769 MEUM3 Melochia umbellata hierba del soldado 7575 LISI Ligustrum sinense Chinese privet 7782 MEMA4 Metrosideros 'ohi'a 7576 LIGUS2 Ligustrum spp. privet SCIENTIFIC NAME macropus 7588 LICH3 Livistona chinensis fountain palm 7783 MEPO5 Metrosideros 'ohi'a lehua 7595 LOCO9 Lophostemon vinegartree polymorpha confertus 7792 MERU2 Metrosideros rugosa lehua papa 7621 MAMA28 Macaranga mappa pengua 7793 METRO Metrosideros spp. lehua 7623 MACAR Macaranga spp. macaranga 7794 METR5 Metrosideros lehua 'ahihi 7639 MAPH4 Mallotus philippensis kamala tree tremuloides 7641 MALLO Mallotus spp. mallotus 7795 MEWA Metrosideros Kauai bottlebrush 885 MAIN3 Mangifera indica mango waialealae 7659 MANGI Mangifera spp. mango 7805 MICA20 Miconia calvescens velvet tree 7660 MAGL5 Manihot ceara rubbertree 7841 MOHI Montanoa hibiscifolia treedaisy carthaginensis subsp. 7842 MONTA Montanoa spp. montanoa

AII TREE SPECIES BY Glaziovii 7845 MOCE2 Morella cerifera wax myrtle 7679 MACO Maranthes corymbosa 7846 MOFA Morella faya firetree

W 992 MEQU Melaleuca punktree 7848 MOREL2 Morella spp. bayberry

HA quinquenervia 7852 MORIN Morinda spp. morinda

: 7709 MELAL Melaleuca spp. melaleuca 7853 MOTR Morinda trimera noni kuahiwi 993 MEAZ Melia azedarach Chinaberrytree 681 MOAL Morus alba white mulberry 7716 MELIA Melia spp. melia 7865 MURA3 Munroidendron false 'ohe 7719 MEAN3 Melicope anisata mokihana racemosum 7720 MEBA2 Melicope balloui Ballou's melicope 7867 MUCA4 Muntingia calabura strawberrytree 7721 MEBA3 Melicope barbigera uahiapele 7868 MUNTI Muntingia spp. muntingia

Section B.1 pg.247 Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 7883 MYSA Myoporum naio 720 PERSE Persea spp. bay sandwicense 8152 PHDA4 Phoenix dactylifera date palm 7884 MYOPO Myoporum spp. myoporum 8153 PHOEN2 Phoenix spp. date palm 7892 MYRCI Myrcia spp. rodwood 8155 PHDA5 Photinia davidiana Chinese photinia 7900 MYRIC Myrica spp. sweetgale 8159 PHDI10 Phyllanthus distichus pamakani mahu 7910 MYAL4 Myrsine alyxifolia forest colicwood 8175 PIDI2 Pimenta dioica allspice 7913 MYDE2 Myrsine degeneri summit colicwood 8180 PIMEN Pimenta spp. 7914 MYEM Myrsine emarginata mountain colicwood 8183 PICA18 Pinus caribaea Caribbean pine 7915 MYFE Myrsine fernseei streambank colicwood 8187 PIPA13 Pinus patula Mexican weeping pine 7916 MYFO Myrsine fosbergii Koolau Range colicwood 8188 PIPI6 Pinus pinaster maritime pine 7918 MYHE3 Myrsine helleri Wahiawa Bog colicwood 100 PINUS Pinus spp. pine 7919 MYKA Myrsine kauaiensis Kauai colicwood 8205 PIAL2 Pipturus albidus Waimea pipturus 7920 MYKN Myrsine knudsenii Kokee colicwood 8207 PIPTU Pipturus spp. pipturus 7921 MYLA3 Myrsine lanaiensis Lanai colicwood 887 PIPI3 Piscidia piscipula Florida fishpoison tree 7922 MYLE2 Myrsine lessertiana kolea lau nui 8210 PISCI Piscidia spp. piscidia 7923 MYME2 Myrsine mezii Hanapepe River 8212 PIBR3 Pisonia brunoniana Australasian colicwood catchbirdtree 7924 MYPE3 Myrsine petiolata swamp colicwood 8214 PISA5 Pisonia sandwicensis aulu 7925 MYPU2 Myrsine pukooensis Molokai colicwood 8217 PIUM2 Pisonia umbellifera umbrella catchbirdtree 7926 MYSA2 Myrsine sandwicensis kokea lau li'i 8218 PIWA2 Pisonia wagneriana Kauai catchbirdtree 7927 MYRSI Myrsine spp. colicwood 8220 PIDU Pithecellobium dulce monkeypod 7928 MYWA Myrsine wawraea Mt. Kahili colicwood 8226 PIAR4 Pittosporum Hawai'i poisonberry tree 7954 NEME5 Neraudia ma'aloa argentifolium melastomifolia 8227 PICO4 Pittosporum ho'awa 7958 NEPO Nesoluma keahi confertiflorum polynesicum 8228 PIFL4 Pittosporum Waianae Range 7960 NESA2 Nestegis sandwicensis Hawai'i olive flocculosum cheesewood 7961 NESTE Nestegis spp. nestegis 8229 PIGA2 Pittosporum gayanum Waialeale cheesewood 7964 NIGL Nicotiana glauca tree tobacco 8230 PIGL4 Pittosporum glabrum Koolau Range 7965 NICOT Nicotiana spp. tobacco cheesewood 7966 NOBR2 Nothocestrum smallflower aiea 8231 PIHA3 Pittosporum ho'awa breviflorum halophilum 7967 NOLA Nothocestrum broadleaf aiea 8232 PIHA4 Pittosporum Hawai'i cheesewood latifolium hawaiiense 7968 NOLO Nothocestrum longleaf aiea 8233 PIHO Pittosporum hosmeri Kona cheesewood longifolium 8234 PIKA3 Pittosporum Kauai cheesewood 7969 NOPE Nothocestrum Oahu aiea kauaiense peltatum 8224 PIMO4 Pittosporum monae Mona cheesewood, 7970 NOTHO3 Nothocestrum spp. aiea Pittosporum 7971 NOHU Nototrichium humile kaala rockwort 8235 PINA Pittosporum royal cheesewood 7972 NOSA Nototrichium Hawai'i rockwort napaliense sandwicense 8236 PIPE8 Pittosporum Taiwanese cheesewood 7977 OCHNA Ochna spp. ochna pentandrum 7978 OCTH Ochna thomasiana Thomas' bird's-eye bush 8238 PITTO Pittosporum spp. cheesewood 7982 OCCO Ochrosia compta holei 8239 PITE5 Pittosporum cream cheesewood 7983 OCHA Ochrosia haleakalae island yellowwood terminalioides 7984 OCKA Ochrosia kauaiensis Kauai yellowwood 8240 PIUN2 Pittosporum Australian cheesewood 7985 OCKI Ochrosia kilaueaensis Hawai'i yellowwood undulatum 7986 OCHRO Ochrosia spp. yellowwood 8241 PIVI5 Pittosporum cape cheesewood Appendix B: 2 viridiflorum 8004 OLEU Olea europaea olive 8250 PLRE4 Platydesma remyi Hawai'i pilo kea 8007 OLEA Olea spp. olive 8251 PLSP3 Platydesma spathulata Maui pilo kea 8013 OPCO4 Opuntia cochenillifera cochineal nopal cactus 8252 PLATY Platydesma spp. platydesma 8014 OPFI Opuntia ficus-indica tuna cactus 8257 PLAU2 Pleomele aurea golden hala pepe 8015 OPMO5 Opuntia monacantha common pricklypear 8258 PLAU5 Pleomele auwahiensis Maui hala pepe 8018 OPUNT Opuntia spp. pricklypear 8259 PLFE Pleomele fernaldii Lanai hala pepe 8023 OSPA Osmoxylon 8260 PLFO2 Pleomele forbesii Waianae Range hala TREE SPECIES LIST pachyphyllum pepe 8074 PAKA Palaquium karrak 8261 PLHA3 Pleomele halapepe royal hala pepe 8107 PAKO5 Parkia korom 8262 PLHA4 Pleomele hawaiiensis Hawai'i hala pepe 8111 PAAC3 Parkinsonia aculeata Jerusalem thorn 8263 PLEOM Pleomele spp. hala pepe 8112 PARKI2 Parkinsonia spp. paloverde 8304 POSA11 Pouteria sandwicensis 'ala'a 712 PATO2 Paulownia tomentosa paulownia, empress-tree 8306 POUTE Pouteria spp. pouteria 8129 PEMO13 Pericopsis mooniana 8315 PRAF Pritchardia affinis Hawai'i pritchardia 8131 PESA3 Perrottetia olomea 8316 PRAR2 Pritchardia arecina Maui pritchardia sandwicensis 8317 PRBE Pritchardia beccariana Kilauea pritchardia 7211 PEAM3 Persea americana avocado 8318 PRFO Pritchardia forbesiana Mt. Eke pritchardia pg.248 Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 8319 PRHA2 Pritchardia hardyi Makaleha pritchardia 8467 RHSA2 Rhus sandwicensis neneleau 8320 PRHI Pritchardia hillebrandii lo'ulu lelo 8468 RHUS Rhus spp. sumac 8321 PRKA Pritchardia kaalae Waianae Range 8472 RICO3 Ricinus communis castorbean pritchardia 8473 RICIN Ricinus spp. ricinus 8322 PRLA3 Pritchardia lanaiensis Lanai pritchardia 8505 SASA10 Samanea saman raintree 8323 PRLA4 Pritchardia lanigera lo'ulu 8506 SAMAN Samanea spp. raintree 8324 PRLI2 Pritchardia Limahuli Valley 8509 SANIC4 Sambucus nigra European black limahuliensis pritchardia elderberry 8325 PRLO2 Pritchardia lowreyana Molokai pritchardia 8510 SAMBU Sambucus spp. raintree 8326 PRMA5 Pritchardia martii Koolau Range 8516 SAEL2 Santalum ellipticum coastal sandalwood pritchardia 8517 SAFR4 Santalum forest sandalwood 8327 PRMI3 Pritchardia minor Alakai Swamp freycinetianum pritchardia 8521 SAHA3 Santalum haleakalae Haleakala sandalwood 8328 PRMU3 Pritchardia munroi Kamalo pritchardia 8522 SAPA7 Santalum paniculatum mountain sandalwood 8330 PRPE7 Pritchardia perlmanii Wai'oli Valley pritchardia 8525 SASA8 Santalum salicifolium willowleaf sandalwood 8331 PRRE Pritchardia remota Nihoa pritchardia 8526 SANTA Santalum spp. sandalwood 8336 PRSC Pritchardia schattaueri lands of papa pritchardia 8528 SAOA3 Sapindus oahuense lonomea 8337 PRITC Pritchardia spp. pritchardia 8529 SASA4 Sapindus saponaria wingleaf soapberry 8338 PRVI2 Pritchardia viscosa stickybud pritchardia 8531 SAPIN Sapindus spp. soapberry 8339 PRWA Pritchardia poleline pritchardia 8555 SCHAE Schaefferia spp. schaefferia waialealeana 888 SCAC2 Schefflera actinophylla octopus tree 8343 PRJU Prosopis juliflora mesquite 8561 SCMO Schinus molle Peruvian peppertree 8344 PRPA4 Prosopis pallida kiawe 8563 SCTE Schinus Brazilian peppertree 755 PROSO Prosopis spp. mesquite terebinthifolius 8355 PSCA Psidium cattleianum strawberry guava 8588 SEAL4 Senna alata emperor's candlesticks 8356 PSGU Psidium guajava guava 8590 SEGA2 Senna gaudichaudii Gaudichaud's senna 8365 PSFA Psychotria fauriei Koolau Range wild 8591 SEMU5 Senna multijuga false sicklepod coffee 8592 SEPE4 Senna pendula valamuerto 8366 PSGR Psychotria grandiflora largeflower wild coffee 8595 SESE13 Senna septemtrionalis senna 8369 PSGR3 Psychotria Kauai wild coffee 8596 SESI3 Senna siamea Siamese cassia greenwelliae 8598 SENNA Senna spp. senna 8370 PSHA2 Psychotria hathewayi Waianae Range wild 8599 SESU10 Senna sulfurea smooth senna coffee 8600 SESU4 Senna surattensis glossy shower 8373 PSHA3 Psychotria hawaiiensis kopiko 'ula 211 SESE3 Sequoia sempervirens 8377 PSHE2 Psychotria hexandra woodland wild coffee 8606 SESE8 Sesbania sesban Egyptian riverhemp 8382 PSHEO Psychotria hexandra Oahu wild coffee 8607 SESBA Sesbania spp. riverhemp ssp. oahuensis 8610 SIDA Sida spp. fanpetals 8386 PSHO Psychotria hobdyi milolii kopiwai 8631 SOMA3 Solanum mauritianum earleaf nightshade 8388 PSKA Psychotria kaduana kopiko kea 8635 SOLAN Solanum spp. nightshade 8392 PSMA6 Psychotria mariniana forest wild coffee 8636 SOTO4 Solanum torvum turkey berry 8393 PSMA7 Psychotria mauiensis 'opiko 8641 SOCH Sophora chrysophylla mamani 8398 PSRH2 Psychotria 8642 SOPHO Sophora spp. necklacepod rhombocarpa 8644 SPCA2 Spathodea African tuliptree 8400 PSYCH Psychotria spp. wild coffee campanulata 8401 PSWA2 Psychotria wawrae leatherleaf wild coffee 8645 SPATH Spathodea spp. spathodea 8402 PSOD Psydrax odorata alahe'e SCIENTIFIC NAME 8670 STPE3 Streblus pendulinus Hawai'i roughbush 8404 PTKA Pteralyxia kauaiensis Kauai pteralyxia 8671 STREB Streblus spp. streblus 8405 PTMA Pteralyxia macrocarpa ridged pteralyxia 8679 SWMA Swietenia macrophylla Honduras mahogany 8406 PTERA Pteralyxia spp. pteralyxia 940 SWMA2 Swietenia mahagoni West Indian mahogany 8412 PTLE3 Ptychococcus 8678 SWIET Swietenia spp. mahogany ledermannianus 8689 SYGL Syncarpia glomulifera turpentine tree 800 QUERC Quercus spp. oak 8690 SYNCA Syncarpia spp. turpentine tree 8424 QUSU5 Quercus suber cork oak 896 SYCU Syzygium cumini Java plum 8434 RASA3 Rauvolfia devil's-pepper 8701 SYJA Syzygium jambos Malabar plum sandwicensis 8706 SYSA Syzygium 'ohi'a ha 8435 RAUVO Rauvolfia spp. devil's-pepper sandwicense 8431 RAVO Rauvolfia vomitoria 8708 SYZYG Syzygium spp. syzygium 8442 RESA Reynoldsia 'ohe makai AII TREE SPECIES BY 8718 TABEB Tabebuia spp. trumpet-tree sandwicensis W 897 TAIN2 Tamarindus indica tamarind 8443 REYNO Reynoldsia spp. reynoldsia 8741 TECA9 Tecoma castanifolia chestnutleaf HA 8460 RHLA12 Rhizophora lamarckii

: trumpetbush 989 RHMA2 Rhizophora mangle American mangrove 8743 TEST Tecoma stans yellow trumpetbush 8463 RHIZO Rhizophora spp. mangrove 8744 TEGR Tectona grandis teak 8465 RHODO Rhodomyrtus spp. rose myrtle 8745 TECTO Tectona spp. tectona 2 8756 TEMY Terminalia myriocarpa East Indian almond 8466 RHTO10 Rhodomyrtus rose myrtle 8770 TEFL5 Tetraplasandra flynnii Flynn's 'ohe tomentosa

Section B.1 pg.249 Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 8771 TEGY Tetraplasandra Koolau Range 'ohe gymnocarpa 8772 TEHA2 Tetraplasandra Hawai'i 'ohe hawaiensis 8773 TEKA3 Tetraplasandra 'ohe'ohe kavaiensis 8774 TEOA Tetraplasandra 'ohe mauka oahuensis 8775 TETRA1 Tetraplasandra spp. tetraplasandra 1 8776 TEWA Tetraplasandra Mt. Waialeale 'ohe waialealae 8777 TEWA3 Tetraplasandra 'ohe kiko 'ola waimeae 8779 TEBI Tetrazygia bicolor Florida clover ash 8788 THESP Thespesia spp. thespesia 8789 THPE3 Thevetia peruviana luckynut 8804 TIBOU Tibouchina spp. glorytree 8805 TIUR Tibouchina urvilleana princess-flower 8812 TOCI Toona ciliata Australian redcedar 8811 TOONA Toona spp. redcedar 8822 TOLA Touchardia latifolia olona 8823 TOUCH Touchardia spp. touchardia 8826 TOURN Tournefortia spp. soldierbush 8831 TROR Trema orientalis oriental trema 8832 TREMA Trema spp. trema 994 TRSE6 Triadica sebifera Chinese tallowtree 974 ULPU Ulmus pumila Siberian elm 8856 URGL Urera glabra hopue 8857 URKA Urera kaalae opuhe 8858 URERA Urera spp. urera 8869 VEMO3 Vernicia montana mu oil tree 8870 VERNI Vernicia spp. vernicia 8874 VIPA6 Vitex parviflora smallflower chastetree 8875 VITEX Vitex spp. chastetree 8876 VITR7 Vitex trifolia simpleleaf chastetree 8889 WIBI Wikstroemia bicornuta alpine false ohelo 8890 WIFU Wikstroemia furcata forest false ohelo 8891 WIMO Wikstroemia monticola montane false ohelo 8892 WIOA Wikstroemia Oahu false ohelo oahuensis 8895 WIPH2 Wikstroemia Hawai'i false ohelo phillyreifolia 8896 WIPU Wikstroemia Kohala false ohelo pulcherrima 8897 WISA Wikstroemia variableleaf false ohelo sandwicensis 8898 WISK Wikstroemia Skottsberg's false ohelo

skottsbergiana Appendix B: 8899 WIKST Wikstroemia spp. false ohelo 8900 WIVI Wikstroemia villosa hairy false ohelo 8907 XYCR Xylosma crenata sawtooth logwood 8908 XYHA Xylosma hawaiiensis Hawai'i brushholly 8915 XYLOS Xylosma spp. xylosma 8925 ZADI Zanthoxylum kawa'u dipetalum

8929 ZAHA Zanthoxylum Hawai'i pricklyash TREE SPECIES LIST hawaiiense 8930 ZAKA Zanthoxylum Kauai pricklyash kauaense 8933 ZAOA Zanthoxylum Oahu pricklyash oahuense 8936 ZANTH Zanthoxylum spp. pricklyash pg.250 SECTION B.2 HAWAII TREE SPECIES Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 6139 ANPL2 Antidesma ha'a BY SPECIES CODE platyphyllum 6142 ANPO8 Antidesma ponapense Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 50 CUPRE Cupressus spp. cypress 6143 ANPU2 Antidesma pulvinatum hame 100 PINUS Pinus spp. pine 6145 ANTID Antidesma spp. chinalaurel 211 SESE3 Sequoia sempervirens 6154 ARAN15 Araucaria angustifolia parana pine 300 ACACI Acacia spp. acacia 6155 ARCO32 Araucaria columnaris New Caledonia pine 303 ACFA Acacia farnesiana sweet acacia 6159 ARAL Archontophoenix Alexandra palm 341 AIAL Ailanthus altissima tree of heaven alexandrae 350 ALNUS Alnus spp. alder 6161 AREL4 Ardisia elliptica shoebutton 510 EUCAL Eucalyptus spp. gum 6166 ARDIS Ardisia spp. marlberry 511 EUGL Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian bluegum 6226 BAMO2 Bauhinia monandra Napoleon's plume 512 EUCA2 Eucalyptus river redgum 6230 BAUHI Bauhinia spp. bauhinia camaldulensis 6236 BIJA Bischofia javanica Javanese bishopwood 513 EUGR12 Eucalyptus grandis grand eucalyptus 6237 BISCH Bischofia spp. bishopwood 514 EURO2 Eucalyptus robusta swampmahogany 6238 BIOR Bixa orellana lipsticktree 520 DIOSP Diospyros spp. diospyros 6239 BIXA Bixa spp. bixa 541 FRAM2 Fraxinus americana white ash 6242 BOBR3 Bobea brevipes 'akupa 681 MOAL Morus alba white mulberry 6243 BOEL3 Bobea elatior 'ahakea lau nui 712 PATO2 Paulownia tomentosa paulownia, empress-tree 6244 BOSA2 Bobea sandwicensis Hawai'i dogweed 720 PERSE Persea spp. bay 6245 BOBEA Bobea spp. 'ahakea 755 PROSO Prosopis spp. mesquite 6246 BOTI Bobea timonioides 'ahakea 800 QUERC Quercus spp. oak 6247 BOFR2 Bocconia frutescens parrotweed 855 CASUA Casuarina spp. sheoak 6248 BOCCO Bocconia spp. bocconia 856 CAGL11 Casuarina glauca gray sheoak 6262 BRPA4 Broussonetia paper mulberry 858 CICA Cinnamomum camphortree papyrifera camphora 6264 BRCA12 Brugmansia candida angel's-trumpet 885 MAIN3 Mangifera indica mango 6266 BRGY3 Bruguiera gymnorhiza Oriental mangrove 887 PIPI3 Piscidia piscipula Florida fishpoison tree 6267 BRPA15 Bruguiera parviflora smallflower bruguiera 888 SCAC2 Schefflera actinophylla octopus tree 6269 BRUGU Bruguiera spp. bruguiera 896 SYCU Syzygium cumini Java plum 6286 BUAS Buddleja asiatica dogtail 897 TAIN2 Tamarindus indica tamarind 6318 CAKA5 Caesalpinia uhiuhi 940 SWMA2 Swietenia mahagoni West Indian mahogany kavaiensis 974 ULPU Ulmus pumila Siberian elm 6345 CALOP Calophyllum spp. calophyllum 987 COER2 Conocarpus erectus button mangrove 6346 CAPR Calotropis procera roostertree 989 RHMA2 Rhizophora mangle American mangrove 6347 CALOT Calotropis spp. calotropis 992 MEQU Melaleuca punktree 6397 CARE22 Carmona retusa scorpionbush quinquenervia 6398 CARMO Carmona spp. scorpionbush 993 MEAZ Melia azedarach Chinaberrytree 6433 CACU8 Casuarina river sheoak 994 TRSE6 Triadica sebifera Chinese tallowtree cunninghamiana 6002 ACAN10 Acacia aneura mulga 6441 CEOB Cecropia obtusifolia trumpet tree 6004 ACCO Acacia confusa small Philippine acacia 6444 CECRO Cecropia spp. pumpwood 6006 ACKO Acacia koa koa 6469 CEHI3 Cereus hildmannianus hedge cactus 6007 ACKO2 Acacia koaia koaoha 6470 CEREU Cereus spp. sweetpotato cactus 6010 ACME80 Acacia mearnsii black wattle 6473 CEAU2 Cestrum aurantiacum orange jessamine

SPECIES CODE 6011 ACME Acacia melanoxylon blackwood 6474 CEDI6 Cestrum diurnum day jessamine 6014 ACPA81 Acacia parramattensis South Wales wattle 6477 CENO Cestrum nocturnum night jessamine 6028 ADPA Adenanthera pavonina red beadtree 6478 CESTR Cestrum spp. jessamine 6029 ADENA Adenanthera spp. beadtree 6482 CHAT2 Chamaesyce koko 6051 AILAN Ailanthus spp. ailanthus atrococca 6057 ALCH2 Albizia chinensis Chinese albizia 6483 CHCE Chamaesyce 'ekoko 6059 ALLE Albizia lebbeck woman's tongue celastroides 6492 CHHE3 Chamaesyce herbstii Herbst's sandmat 6062 ALSA10 Albizia saponaria whiteflower albizia 6493 CHKU Chamaesyce kokomalei 6063 ALBIZ Albizia spp. albizia kuwaleana 6069 ALMA Alectryon Hawai'i alectryon 6494 CHOL3 Chamaesyce alpine sandmat macrococcus olowaluana 6073 ALECT Alectryon spp. alectryon

AII TREE SPECIES BY 6495 CHRO2 Chamaesyce rockii Koolau Range sandmat 6075 ALMO2 Aleurites moluccana Indian walnut

W 6496 CHAMA1 Chamaesyce spp. sandmat 6077 ALEUR Aleurites spp. aleurites 5

HA 6086 ALNE2 Alnus nepalensis Nepal alder 6497 CHDE3 Charpentiera Napali coast papala : 6089 ALPO3 Alphitonia ponderosa Hawai'i kauilatree densiflora 6095 ALMA16 Alstonia macrophylla deviltree 6498 CHEL Charpentiera elliptica ellipticleaf papala 6097 ALSTO Alstonia spp. alstonia 6499 CHOB2 Charpentiera obovata broadleaf papala 6135 ANKA Antidesma kapuae Kapua china laurel 6500 CHOV2 Charpentiera ovata Koolau Range papala 6138 ANKU3 Antidesma kusaiense 6503 CHARP Charpentiera spp. papala

Section B.1 pg.251 Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 6504 CHTO3 Charpentiera Waianae Range papala 6635 CLMA24 Clerodendrum velvetleaf glorybower tomentosa macrostegium 6507 CHDO3 Cheirodendron dominii Domin's club 6636 CLERO2 Clerodendrum spp. glorybower 6508 CHFA Cheirodendron fauriei Faurie's club 6651 CLRO Clusia rosea scotch attorney 6509 CHFO4 Cheirodendron forbesii olapa 6652 CLUSI Clusia spp. attorney 6510 CHPL Cheirodendron lapalapa 6681 COCOS Cocos spp. coconut palm platyphyllum 6684 COAR2 Coffea arabica Arabian coffee 6513 CHEIR Cheirodendron spp. cheirodendron 6687 COFFE Coffea spp. coffee 6514 CHTR2 Cheirodendron olapalapa 6694 COAS3 Colubrina asiatica Asian nakedwood trigynum 6697 COOP Colubrina oppositifolia kauila 6517 CHOA Chenopodium alaweo 6699 COLUB Colubrina spp. nakedwood oahuense 6709 CONOC Conocarpus spp. mangrove 6518 CHENO Chenopodium spp. goosefoot 6716 COFO2 Coprosma foliosa forest mirrorplant 6542 CHOL Chrysophyllum satinleaf 6717 COKA Coprosma kauensis koi oliviforme 6718 COLO4 Coprosma longifolia Oahu mirrorplant 6545 CIHE7 Cibotium heleniae Hapu'u, Hawaiian tree 6719 COMO3 Coprosma montana alpine mirrorplant fern 6720 COOC3 Coprosma ochracea Maui mirrorplant 6546 CICH Cibotium chamissoi Chamisso's manfern 6721 COPU8 Coprosma pubens pubescent mirrorplant 6547 CIGL Cibotium glaucum hapu'u 6722 CORH Coprosma woodland mirrorplant 6548 CIME8 Cibotium menziesii hapu'u li rhynchocarpa 6549 CIBOT Cibotium spp. manfern 6724 COPRO Coprosma spp. mirrorplant 6552 CIPU Cinchona pubescens quinine 6726 COWA4 Coprosma waimeae 'olena 6553 CINCH Cinchona spp. cinchona 6731 COCO5 Cordia collococca red manjack 6555 CIBU2 Cinnamomum Padang cassia 6733 CODI18 Cordia dichotoma fragrant manjack burmannii 6741 CORDI Cordia spp. cordia 6563 CINNA2 Cinnamomum spp. cinnamon 6744 COFR2 Cordyline fruticosa tiplant 6564 CIVE2 Cinnamomum verum cinnamon 6745 CORDY2 Cordyline spp. cordyline 6565 CICA8 Citharexylum juniper berry 6749 COCA48 Corymbia calophylla redgum caudatum 6750 COCI4 Corymbia citriodora lemonscented gum 6567 CISP3 Citharexylum spiny fiddlewood 6751 COFI7 Corymbia ficifolia redflower gum spinosum 6752 COGU4 Corymbia gummifera red bloodwood 6568 CITHA Citharexylum spp. fiddlewood 6754 COLA6 Corynocarpus karaka nut 6591 CLSA Claoxylon po'ola laevigatus sandwicense 6755 CORYN2 Corynocarpus spp. corynocarpus 6592 CLAOX Claoxylon spp. claoxylon 6778 CROR5 Cryptocarya oreophila 6596 CLLE3 Clermontia leptoclada oha wai nui, Clermontia 6781 CRMA8 Cryptocarya mannii holio 6597 CLAR4 Clermontia 'oha wai nui 6783 CRYPT2 Cryptocarya spp. cryptocarya arborescens 6786 CRJA3 Cryptomeria japonica 6601 CLCL Clermontia Kauai clermontia 6787 CRYPT4 Cryptomeria spp. Japanese cedar clermontioides 6795 CULU2 Cupressus lusitanica cedar-of-Goa 6604 CLDR2 Clermontia Kohala Mountain 6796 CUSE2 Cupressus Italian cypress drepanomorpha clermontia sempervirens 6605 CLFA Clermontia fauriei haha'aiakamanu 6800 CYAC4 Cyanea aculeatiflora Haleakala cyanea 6606 CLGR3 Clermontia grandiflora bog clermontia 6801 CYAR10 Cyanea arborea palmtree cyanea 6610 CLHA4 Clermontia 'oha kepau 6802 CYFI6 Cyanea fissa Kauai cyanea hawaiiensis 6805 CYFL4 Cyanea floribunda Degener's cyanea 6611 CLKA Clermontia kakeana forest clermontia 6806 CYGI5 Cyanea giffardii Kilauea Mauna cyanea 6612 CLKO Clermontia kohalae Waipio Valley clermontia 6807 CYHA6 Cyanea hamatiflora wetforest cyanea 6613 CLLI3 Clermontia lindseyana hillside clermontia Appendix B: 6810 CYHA7 Cyanea hardyi Oahu cyanea 6614 CLMI3 Clermontia micrantha Maui clermontia 6811 CYHO6 Cyanea horrida prickly cyanea 6615 CLMO5 Clermontia montis-loa Mauna Loa clermontia 6812 CYKU3 Cyanea kuhihewa Limahuli Valley cyanea 6616 CLOB2 Clermontia Oahu clermontia 6813 CYKU Cyanea kunthiana Kunth's cyanea oblongifolia 6620 CLPA6 Clermontia pallida Wailai Pali clermontia 6814 CYLE5 Cyanea leptostegia giant kokee cyanea 6621 CLPA8 Clermontia parviflora smallflower clermontia 6815 CYMA10 Cyanea macrostegia purple cyanea 6622 CLPE2 Clermontia peleana pele clermontia 6818 CYMA14 Cyanea marksii Marks' cyanea 6819 CYPI4 Cyanea pilosa hairy cyanea 6625 CLPE3 Clermontia persicifolia Waioiani clermontia TREE SPECIES LIST 6626 CLPY2 Clermontia pyrularia Hamakua clermontia 6822 CYPO5 Cyanea pohaku pohaku cyanea 6627 CLSI3 Clermontia singuliflora 6823 CYPR8 Cyanea procera Molokai cyanea 6628 CLERM Clermontia spp. clermontia 6824 CYPY Cyanea pycnocarpa manyfruit cyanea 6629 CLTU2 Clermontia tuberculata Haleakala clermontia 6825 CYQU Cyanea quercifolia oakleaf cyanea 6630 CLWA2 Clermontia waimeae swampforest clermontia 6826 CYRI4 Cyanea rivularis plateau delissea 6632 CLCH4 Clerodendrum stickbush 6827 CYSO2 Cyanea solenocalyx pua kala 6828 CYANE Cyanea spp. cyanea chinense 6633 CLGL2 Clerodendrum Natal glorybower 6829 CYST5 Cyanea stictophylla Kaiholena cyanea glabrum 6830 CYSU8 Cyanea superba Mt. Kaala cyanea 6634 CLIN Clerodendrum indicum turk's turbin 6833 CYTR6 Cyanea tritomantha 'aku 'aku pg.252 Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 6837 CYCO18 Cyathea cooperi Cooper's cyathea 7091 EURE7 Eugenia reinwardtiana mountain stopper 6864 CYRA3 Cyrtandra Cyrtandra 7096 EUGEN Eugenia spp. stopper ramosissima 7104 EUUN2 Eugenia uniflora Surinam cherry 6865 CYGI3 Cyrtandra giffardii forest cyrtandra 7110 EUHA2 Euphorbia Kauai spurge 6866 CYRTA Cyrtandra spp. cyrtandra haeleeleana 6875 DEFA Delissea fallax Hawai'i delissea 7114 EUPU9 Euphorbia pulcherrima poinsettia 6876 DELA4 Delissea laciniata cutleaf delissea 7115 EUPHO Euphorbia spp. spurge 6877 DENI Delissea niihauensis Niihau delissea 7116 EUTI Euphorbia tirucalli Indiantree spurge 6880 DEPA9 Delissea parviflora smallflower delissea 7119 EUSA6 Eurya sandwicensis anini 6881 DELIS Delissea spp. delissea 7120 EURYA Eurya spp. eurya 6882 DEUN2 Delissea undulata leechleaf delissea 7131 EXGA Exocarpos hulumoa 6884 DELON Delonix spp. delonix gaudichaudii 6898 DISU11 Dillenia suffruticosa shrubby dillenia 7132 EXOCA Exocarpos spp. exocarpos 6900 DIBL3 Diospyros blancoi mabolo 7144 FAMO Falcataria moluccana peacocksplume 6906 DIHI4 Diospyros hillebrandii elama 7145 FALCA2 Falcataria spp. peacocksplume 6911 DISA10 Diospyros lama 7162 FINO3 Ficus nota tibig sandwicensis 7171 FICUS Ficus spp. fig 6930 DOHE2 Dovyalis hebecarpa Ceylon gooseberry 7175 FITH2 Ficus thonningii Chinese banyan 6944 DUDE Dubautia demissifolia Dubautia 7182 FISP3 Fitchia speciosa burrdaisytree 6945 DUFA2 Dubautia fallax Dubautia 7188 FLBR Flindersia brayleyana Queensland maple 6946 DUMO2 Dubautia montana Dubautia 7192 FLNE Flueggea neowawraea mehamehame 6947 DUAR Dubautia arborea Mauna Kea dubautia 7193 FLUEG Flueggea spp. bushweed 6948 DUKN Dubautia knudsenii forest dubautia 7200 FRCA12 Frangula californica California buckthorn 6952 DUMI Dubautia Kauai dubautia 7206 FRUH Fraxinus uhdei shamel ash microcephala 7207 FUBO Fuchsia boliviana Bolivian fuchsia 6953 DUPL Dubautia plantaginea plantainleaf dubautia 7208 FUPA2 Fuchsia paniculata shrubby fuchsia 6957 DURE2 Dubautia reticulata netvein dubautia 7209 FUCHS Fuchsia spp. fuchsia 6958 DUBAU Dubautia spp. dubautia 7211 PEAM3 Persea americana avocado 6961 DUER Duranta erecta golden dewdrops 7224 GABR Gardenia brighamii forest gardenia 6975 ELBI Elaeocarpus bifidus kalia 7225 GAMA6 Gardenia mannii Oahu gardenia 6996 ENCY Enterolobium monkeysoap 7226 GARE Gardenia remyi Remy's gardenia cyclocarpum 7227 GARDE Gardenia spp. gardenia 6998 ERJA3 Eriobotrya japonica loquat 7228 GATA Gardenia taitensis Tahitian gardenia 6999 ERIOB Eriobotrya spp. loquat 7248 GLMA9 Glochidion marianum 7012 ERSA11 Erythrina wili wili 7262 GOBA Gossypium Creole cotton sandwicensis barbadense 7013 ERYTH Erythrina spp. erythrina 7264 GOHIH2 Gossypium hirsutum upland cotton 7016 ERVAO Erythrina variegata tiger's claw 7272 GRBA Grevillea banksii kahiliflower 7025 EUBO2 Eucalyptus botryoides southern mahogany 7273 GRRO Grevillea robusta silkoak 7026 EUBR2 Eucalyptus applebox 7274 GREVI Grevillea spp. grevillea bridgesiana 7321 HACA2 Haematoxylum bloodwoodtree 7028 EUCI80 Eucalyptus cinerea argyle apple campechianum 7030 EUCL Eucalyptus cladocalyx sugargum 7343 HEFO5 Hedyotis fosbergii Fosberg's starviolet 7031 EUCO3 Eucalyptus cornuta yate 7344 HEHI8 Hedyotis hillebrandii manono 7032 EUCR Eucalyptus crebra narrowleaf red ironbark 7345 HEDYO2 Hedyotis spp. starviolet

SPECIES CODE 7033 EUDE Eucalyptus deanei roundleaf gum 7346 HETE21 Hedyotis terminalis variable starviolet 7034 EUDE2 Eucalyptus deglupta Indonesian gum 7349 HEPO4 Heliocarpus white moho 7038 EUGO Eucalyptus tuart popayanensis gomphocephala 7350 HELIO Heliocarpus spp. heliocarpus 7039 EUGO2 Eucalyptus goniocalyx mountain graygum 7370 HEAR9 Hesperomannia Lanai island-aster 7041 EUHE12 Eucalyptus hemiphloia white box arborescens 7044 EUMA4 Eucalyptus marginata jarrah 7371 HEAR10 Hesperomannia Maui island-aster 7045 EUMI Eucalyptus microcorys Australian tallowwood arbuscula 7046 EUPA Eucalyptus paniculata gray ironbark 7372 HELY Hesperomannia Kauai island-aster 7047 EUPI Eucalyptus pilularis blackbutt lydgatei 7048 EURA4 Eucalyptus black ironbox 7373 HESPE8 Hesperomannia spp. island-aster raveretiana 7374 HEAR5 Heteromeles toyon

AII TREE SPECIES BY 7049 EURE2 Eucalyptus resinifera redmahogany arbutifolia

W 7051 EURU2 Eucalyptus rudis Western Australian 7376 HETER5 Heteromeles spp. toyon floodedgum 7384 HIBO2 Hibiscadelphus hau kuahiwi HA 7052 EUSA17 Eucalyptus salicifolia black peppermint bombycinus

: 7053 EUSA Eucalyptus saligna Sydney bluegum 7385 HICR Hibiscadelphus lava hau kuahiwi 7054 EUSI2 Eucalyptus red ironbark crucibracteatus sideroxylon 7386 HIDI Hibiscadelphus Kauai hau kuahiwi 7056 EUTE Eucalyptus tereticornis forest redgum distans 7057 EUVI Eucalyptus viminalis manna gum 7387 HIGI Hibiscadelphus Kilauea hau kuahiwi 7079 EUKO Eugenia koolauensis nioi giffardianus

Section B.1 pg.253 Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 7388 HIHU Hibiscadelphus Hualalai hau kuahiwi 7621 MAMA28 Macaranga mappa pengua hualalaiensis 7623 MACAR Macaranga spp. macaranga 7389 HIPU2 Hibiscadelphus hau kuahiwi 7639 MAPH4 Mallotus philippensis kamala tree puakuahiwi 7641 MALLO Mallotus spp. mallotus 7390 HIBIS Hibiscadelphus spp. hibiscadelphus 7659 MANGI Mangifera spp. mango 7391 HIWI Hibiscadelphus Maui hau kuahiwi 7660 MAGL5 Manihot ceara rubbertree wilderianus carthaginensis subsp. 7392 HIWO Hibiscadelphus woodii Wood's hau kuahiwi Glaziovii 7393 HIAR Hibiscus arnottianus white rosemallow 7679 MACO Maranthes corymbosa 7397 HIBR Hibiscus brackenridgei Brackenridge's 7709 MELAL Melaleuca spp. melaleuca rosemallow 7716 MELIA Melia spp. melia 7401 HICA6 Hibiscus calyphyllus lemonyellow rosemallow 7719 MEAN3 Melicope anisata mokihana 7402 HICL Hibiscus clayi red Kauai rosemallow 7720 MEBA2 Melicope balloui Ballou's melicope 7403 HIEL Hibiscus elatus mahoe 7721 MEBA3 Melicope barbigera uahiapele 7404 HIKO Hibiscus kokio red rosemallow 7722 MECH2 Melicope Waianae Range 7407 HIMA5 Hibiscus macrophyllus largeleaf rosemallow christophersenii melicope 7408 HIMU3 Hibiscus mutabilis Dixie rosemallow 7723 MECI6 Melicope cinerea manena 7411 HIBIS2 Hibiscus spp. rosemallow 7724 MECL Melicope clusiifolia kukaemoa 7413 HIWA Hibiscus waimeae white Kauai rosemallow 7725 MECR5 Melicope cruciata pilo 'ula 7428 HONO2 Horsfieldia 7726 MEEL2 Melicope elliptica leiohi'iaka novoguineensis 7727 MEHA7 Melicope haleakalae Haleakala melicope 7429 HONU2 Horsfieldia nunu 7728 MEHA3 Melicope haupuensis Haupa Mountain 7440 HYLOC Hylocereus spp. nightblooming cactus melicope 7441 HYUN3 Hylocereus undatus nightblooming cactus 7729 MEHA4 Melicope hawaiensis mokihana kukae moa 7448 HYCA11 Hypericum canariense Canary Island St. 7730 MEHI6 Melicope hiiakae Monoa melicope Johnswort 7731 MEHO2 Melicope hosakae Honolulu melicope 7453 ILAN Ilex anomala Hawai'i holly 7732 MEKA2 Melicope kaalaensis Kaala melicope 7454 ILAQ80 Ilex aquifolium English holly 7733 MEKN Melicope knudsenii Olokele Valley melicope 7460 ILPA3 Ilex paraguariensis mate 7734 MEMA6 Melicope macropus Kaholuamanu melicope 7464 ILEX Ilex spp. holly 7735 MEMA7 Melicope makahae Makaha Valley melicope 7483 JACAR Jacaranda spp. jacaranda 7736 MEMO6 Melicope molokaiensis Molokai melicope 7491 JACU2 Jatropha curcas Barbados nut 7737 MEMU4 Melicope mucronulata alani 7494 JATRO Jatropha spp. nettlespurge 7738 MEOA Melicope oahuensis Oahu melicope 7509 KOCO2 Kokia cookei Molokai treecotton 7739 MEOB4 Melicope obovata Makawao melicope 7510 KODR Kokia drynarioides Hawai'i treecotton 7740 MEOR4 Melicope orbicularis Honokahua melicope 7511 KOKA Kokia kauaiensis Kauai treecotton 7741 MEOV Melicope ovalis Hana melicope 7512 KOLA2 Kokia lanceolata Wailupe Valley 7742 MEOV2 Melicope ovata eggshape melicope treecotton 7743 MEPA6 Melicope pallida pale melicope 7513 KOKIA Kokia spp. treecotton 7744 MEPA7 Melicope paniculata Lihue melicope 7516 KUER Kunzea ericoides burgan 7745 MEPE9 Melicope peduncularis boxfruit alani 7517 KUNZE Kunzea spp. Kunzea 7746 MEPS Melicope Kohala Summit 7518 LAFA2 Labordia fagraeoidea summit labordia pseudoanisata melicope 7519 LAHE2 Labordia bog labordia 7747 MEPU4 Melicope puberula hairy melicope hedyosmifolia 7748 MEQU3 Melicope fourangle melicope 7520 LAHI5 Labordia hirtella mountain labordia quadrangularis 7521 LAKA Labordia kaalae Waianae Range labordia 7749 MERA2 Melicope radiata kapu melicope 7522 LALY2 Labordia lydgatei Wahiawa Mountain 7751 MERO3 Melicope rotundifolia roundleaf melicope labordia 7752 MESA4 Melicope saint-johnii St. John's melicope 7523 LABOR Labordia spp. labordia 7753 MESA5 Melicope Mt. Kaala melicope Appendix B: 7524 LATI2 Labordia tinifolia paleflower labordia sandwicensis 7528 LATR4 Labordia triflora Lanai labordia 7754 MELIC3 Melicope spp. melicope 7529 LAWA3 Labordia waiolani Nevada peavine 7755 MEVO Melicope volcanica volcanic melicope 7558 LEMO20 Leptospermum large-leaf yellow teatree 7756 MEWA2 Melicope waialealae alani wai morrisonii 7757 MEWA4 Melicope wawraeana Monoa melicope 7559 LEPE23 Leptospermum common teatree 7758 MEZA Melicope kipuka piaula petersonii zahlbruckneri 7560 LEPO22 Leptospermum common teatree 7767 MELOC Melochia spp. melochia TREE SPECIES LIST polygalifolim 7769 MEUM3 Melochia umbellata hierba del soldado 7561 LESC2 Leptospermum broom teatree 7782 MEMA4 Metrosideros 'ohi'a scoparium macropus 7562 LEPTO4 Leptospermum spp. teatree 7783 MEPO5 Metrosideros 'ohi'a lehua 7566 LEUCA Leucaena spp. leadtree polymorpha 7575 LISI Ligustrum sinense Chinese privet 7792 MERU2 Metrosideros rugosa lehua papa 7576 LIGUS2 Ligustrum spp. privet 7793 METRO Metrosideros spp. lehua 7588 LICH3 Livistona chinensis fountain palm 7794 METR5 Metrosideros lehua 'ahihi 7595 LOCO9 Lophostemon vinegartree tremuloides confertus pg.254 Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 7795 MEWA Metrosideros Kauai bottlebrush 8014 OPFI Opuntia ficus-indica tuna cactus waialealae 8015 OPMO5 Opuntia monacantha common pricklypear 7805 MICA20 Miconia calvescens velvet tree 8018 OPUNT Opuntia spp. pricklypear 7841 MOHI Montanoa hibiscifolia treedaisy 8023 OSPA Osmoxylon 7842 MONTA Montanoa spp. montanoa pachyphyllum 7845 MOCE2 Morella cerifera wax myrtle 8074 PAKA Palaquium karrak 7846 MOFA Morella faya firetree 8107 PAKO5 Parkia korom 7848 MOREL2 Morella spp. bayberry 8111 PAAC3 Parkinsonia aculeata Jerusalem thorn 7852 MORIN Morinda spp. morinda 8112 PARKI2 Parkinsonia spp. paloverde 7853 MOTR Morinda trimera noni kuahiwi 8129 PEMO13 Pericopsis mooniana 7865 MURA3 Munroidendron false 'ohe 8131 PESA3 Perrottetia olomea racemosum sandwicensis 7867 MUCA4 Muntingia calabura strawberrytree 8152 PHDA4 Phoenix dactylifera date palm 7868 MUNTI Muntingia spp. muntingia 8153 PHOEN2 Phoenix spp. date palm 7883 MYSA Myoporum naio 8155 PHDA5 Photinia davidiana Chinese photinia sandwicense 8159 PHDI10 Phyllanthus distichus pamakani mahu 7884 MYOPO Myoporum spp. myoporum 8175 PIDI2 Pimenta dioica allspice 7892 MYRCI Myrcia spp. rodwood 8180 PIMEN Pimenta spp. 7900 MYRIC Myrica spp. sweetgale 8183 PICA18 Pinus caribaea Caribbean pine 7910 MYAL4 Myrsine alyxifolia forest colicwood 8187 PIPA13 Pinus patula Mexican weeping pine 7913 MYDE2 Myrsine degeneri summit colicwood 8188 PIPI6 Pinus pinaster maritime pine 7914 MYEM Myrsine emarginata mountain colicwood 8205 PIAL2 Pipturus albidus Waimea pipturus 7915 MYFE Myrsine fernseei streambank colicwood 8207 PIPTU Pipturus spp. pipturus 7916 MYFO Myrsine fosbergii Koolau Range colicwood 8210 PISCI Piscidia spp. piscidia 7918 MYHE3 Myrsine helleri Wahiawa Bog colicwood 8212 PIBR3 Pisonia brunoniana Australasian 7919 MYKA Myrsine kauaiensis Kauai colicwood catchbirdtree 7920 MYKN Myrsine knudsenii Kokee colicwood 8214 PISA5 Pisonia sandwicensis aulu 7921 MYLA3 Myrsine lanaiensis Lanai colicwood 8217 PIUM2 Pisonia umbellifera umbrella catchbirdtree 7922 MYLE2 Myrsine lessertiana kolea lau nui 8218 PIWA2 Pisonia wagneriana Kauai catchbirdtree 7923 MYME2 Myrsine mezii Hanapepe River 8220 PIDU Pithecellobium dulce monkeypod colicwood 8224 PIMO4 Pittosporum monae Mona cheesewood, 7924 MYPE3 Myrsine petiolata swamp colicwood Pittosporum 7925 MYPU2 Myrsine pukooensis Molokai colicwood 8226 PIAR4 Pittosporum Hawai'i poisonberry tree 7926 MYSA2 Myrsine sandwicensis kokea lau li'i argentifolium 7927 MYRSI Myrsine spp. colicwood 8227 PICO4 Pittosporum ho'awa 7928 MYWA Myrsine wawraea Mt. Kahili colicwood confertiflorum 7954 NEME5 Neraudia ma'aloa 8228 PIFL4 Pittosporum Waianae Range melastomifolia flocculosum cheesewood 7958 NEPO Nesoluma keahi 8229 PIGA2 Pittosporum gayanum Waialeale cheesewood polynesicum 8230 PIGL4 Pittosporum glabrum Koolau Range 7960 NESA2 Nestegis sandwicensis Hawai'i olive cheesewood 7961 NESTE Nestegis spp. nestegis 8231 PIHA3 Pittosporum ho'awa 7964 NIGL Nicotiana glauca tree tobacco halophilum 7965 NICOT Nicotiana spp. tobacco 8232 PIHA4 Pittosporum Hawai'i cheesewood 7966 NOBR2 Nothocestrum smallflower aiea hawaiiense 8233 PIHO Pittosporum hosmeri Kona cheesewood

SPECIES CODE breviflorum 7967 NOLA Nothocestrum broadleaf aiea 8234 PIKA3 Pittosporum Kauai cheesewood latifolium kauaiense 7968 NOLO Nothocestrum longleaf aiea 8235 PINA Pittosporum royal cheesewood longifolium napaliense 7969 NOPE Nothocestrum Oahu aiea 8236 PIPE8 Pittosporum Taiwanese cheesewood peltatum pentandrum 7970 NOTHO3 Nothocestrum spp. aiea 8238 PITTO Pittosporum spp. cheesewood 7971 NOHU Nototrichium humile kaala rockwort 8239 PITE5 Pittosporum cream cheesewood 7972 NOSA Nototrichium Hawai'i rockwort terminalioides sandwicense 8240 PIUN2 Pittosporum Australian cheesewood 7977 OCHNA Ochna spp. ochna undulatum 7978 OCTH Ochna thomasiana Thomas' bird's-eye bush 8241 PIVI5 Pittosporum cape cheesewood

AII TREE SPECIES BY 7982 OCCO Ochrosia compta holei viridiflorum

W 7983 OCHA Ochrosia haleakalae island yellowwood 8250 PLRE4 Platydesma remyi Hawai'i pilo kea

HA 7984 OCKA Ochrosia kauaiensis Kauai yellowwood 8251 PLSP3 Platydesma spathulata Maui pilo kea : 7985 OCKI Ochrosia kilaueaensis Hawai'i yellowwood 8252 PLATY Platydesma spp. platydesma 7986 OCHRO Ochrosia spp. yellowwood 8257 PLAU2 Pleomele aurea golden hala pepe 2 8258 PLAU5 Pleomele auwahiensis Maui hala pepe 8004 OLEU Olea europaea olive 8259 PLFE Pleomele fernaldii Lanai hala pepe 8007 OLEA Olea spp. olive 8260 PLFO2 Pleomele forbesii Waianae Range hala 8013 OPCO4 Opuntia cochenillifera cochineal nopal cactus pepe

Section B.1 pg.255 Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 8261 PLHA3 Pleomele halapepe royal hala pepe 8460 RHLA12 Rhizophora lamarckii 8262 PLHA4 Pleomele hawaiiensis Hawai'i hala pepe 8463 RHIZO Rhizophora spp. mangrove 8263 PLEOM Pleomele spp. hala pepe 8465 RHODO Rhodomyrtus spp. rose myrtle 8304 POSA11 Pouteria sandwicensis 'ala'a 2 8306 POUTE Pouteria spp. pouteria 8466 RHTO10 Rhodomyrtus rose myrtle 8315 PRAF Pritchardia affinis Hawai'i pritchardia tomentosa 8316 PRAR2 Pritchardia arecina Maui pritchardia 8467 RHSA2 Rhus sandwicensis neneleau 8317 PRBE Pritchardia beccariana Kilauea pritchardia 8468 RHUS Rhus spp. sumac 8318 PRFO Pritchardia forbesiana Mt. Eke pritchardia 8472 RICO3 Ricinus communis castorbean 8319 PRHA2 Pritchardia hardyi Makaleha pritchardia 8473 RICIN Ricinus spp. ricinus 8320 PRHI Pritchardia hillebrandii lo'ulu lelo 8505 SASA10 Samanea saman raintree 8321 PRKA Pritchardia kaalae Waianae Range 8506 SAMAN Samanea spp. raintree pritchardia 8509 SANIC4 Sambucus nigra European black 8322 PRLA3 Pritchardia lanaiensis Lanai pritchardia elderberry 8323 PRLA4 Pritchardia lanigera lo'ulu 8510 SAMBU Sambucus spp. raintree 8324 PRLI2 Pritchardia Limahuli Valley 8516 SAEL2 Santalum ellipticum coastal sandalwood limahuliensis pritchardia 8517 SAFR4 Santalum forest sandalwood 8325 PRLO2 Pritchardia lowreyana Molokai pritchardia freycinetianum 8326 PRMA5 Pritchardia martii Koolau Range 8521 SAHA3 Santalum haleakalae Haleakala sandalwood pritchardia 8522 SAPA7 Santalum paniculatum mountain sandalwood 8327 PRMI3 Pritchardia minor Alakai Swamp 8525 SASA8 Santalum salicifolium willowleaf sandalwood pritchardia 8526 SANTA Santalum spp. sandalwood 8328 PRMU3 Pritchardia munroi Kamalo pritchardia 8528 SAOA3 Sapindus oahuense lonomea 8330 PRPE7 Pritchardia perlmanii Wai'oli Valley pritchardia 8529 SASA4 Sapindus saponaria wingleaf soapberry 8331 PRRE Pritchardia remota Nihoa pritchardia 8531 SAPIN Sapindus spp. soapberry 8336 PRSC Pritchardia schattaueri lands of papa pritchardia 8555 SCHAE Schaefferia spp. schaefferia 8337 PRITC Pritchardia spp. pritchardia 8561 SCMO Schinus molle Peruvian peppertree 8338 PRVI2 Pritchardia viscosa stickybud pritchardia 8563 SCTE Schinus Brazilian peppertree 8339 PRWA Pritchardia poleline pritchardia terebinthifolius waialealeana 8588 SEAL4 Senna alata emperor's candlesticks 8343 PRJU Prosopis juliflora mesquite 8590 SEGA2 Senna gaudichaudii Gaudichaud's senna 8344 PRPA4 Prosopis pallida kiawe 8591 SEMU5 Senna multijuga false sicklepod 8355 PSCA Psidium cattleianum strawberry guava 8592 SEPE4 Senna pendula valamuerto 8356 PSGU Psidium guajava guava 8595 SESE13 Senna septemtrionalis senna 8365 PSFA Psychotria fauriei Koolau Range wild 8596 SESI3 Senna siamea Siamese cassia coffee 8598 SENNA Senna spp. senna 8366 PSGR Psychotria grandiflora largeflower wild coffee 8599 SESU10 Senna sulfurea smooth senna 8369 PSGR3 Psychotria Kauai wild coffee 8600 SESU4 Senna surattensis glossy shower greenwelliae 8606 SESE8 Sesbania sesban Egyptian riverhemp 8370 PSHA2 Psychotria hathewayi Waianae Range wild 8607 SESBA Sesbania spp. riverhemp coffee 8610 SIDA Sida spp. fanpetals 8373 PSHA3 Psychotria hawaiiensis kopiko 'ula 8631 SOMA3 Solanum mauritianum earleaf nightshade 8377 PSHE2 Psychotria hexandra woodland wild coffee 8635 SOLAN Solanum spp. nightshade 8382 PSHEO Psychotria hexandra Oahu wild coffee 8636 SOTO4 Solanum torvum turkey berry ssp. oahuensis 8641 SOCH Sophora chrysophylla mamani 8386 PSHO Psychotria hobdyi milolii kopiwai 8642 SOPHO Sophora spp. necklacepod 8388 PSKA Psychotria kaduana kopiko kea 8644 SPCA2 Spathodea African tuliptree 8392 PSMA6 Psychotria mariniana forest wild coffee campanulata 8393 PSMA7 Psychotria mauiensis 'opiko 8645 SPATH Spathodea spp. spathodea Appendix B: 8398 PSRH2 Psychotria 8670 STPE3 Streblus pendulinus Hawai'i roughbush rhombocarpa 8671 STREB Streblus spp. streblus 8400 PSYCH Psychotria spp. wild coffee 8678 SWIET Swietenia spp. mahogany 8401 PSWA2 Psychotria wawrae leatherleaf wild coffee 8679 SWMA Swietenia macrophylla Honduras mahogany 8402 PSOD Psydrax odorata alahe'e 8689 SYGL Syncarpia glomulifera turpentine tree 8404 PTKA Pteralyxia kauaiensis Kauai pteralyxia 8690 SYNCA Syncarpia spp. turpentine tree 8405 PTMA Pteralyxia macrocarpa ridged pteralyxia 8701 SYJA Syzygium jambos Malabar plum 8406 PTERA Pteralyxia spp. pteralyxia 8706 SYSA Syzygium 'ohi'a ha TREE SPECIES LIST 8412 PTLE3 Ptychococcus sandwicense ledermannianus 8708 SYZYG Syzygium spp. syzygium 8424 QUSU5 Quercus suber cork oak 8718 TABEB Tabebuia spp. trumpet-tree 8431 RAVO Rauvolfia vomitoria 8741 TECA9 Tecoma castanifolia chestnutleaf 8434 RASA3 Rauvolfia devil's-pepper trumpetbush sandwicensis 8743 TEST Tecoma stans yellow trumpetbush 8435 RAUVO Rauvolfia spp. devil's-pepper 8744 TEGR Tectona grandis teak 8442 RESA Reynoldsia 'ohe makai 8745 TECTO Tectona spp. tectona sandwicensis 8756 TEMY Terminalia myriocarpa East Indian almond 8443 REYNO Reynoldsia spp. reynoldsia pg.256 Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 8770 TEFL5 Tetraplasandra flynnii Flynn's 'ohe 8771 TEGY Tetraplasandra Koolau Range 'ohe gymnocarpa 8772 TEHA2 Tetraplasandra Hawai'i 'ohe hawaiensis 8773 TEKA3 Tetraplasandra 'ohe'ohe kavaiensis 8774 TEOA Tetraplasandra 'ohe mauka oahuensis 8775 TETRA1 Tetraplasandra spp. tetraplasandra 1 8776 TEWA Tetraplasandra Mt. Waialeale 'ohe waialealae 8777 TEWA3 Tetraplasandra 'ohe kiko 'ola waimeae 8779 TEBI Tetrazygia bicolor Florida clover ash 8788 THESP Thespesia spp. thespesia 8789 THPE3 Thevetia peruviana luckynut 8804 TIBOU Tibouchina spp. glorytree 8805 TIUR Tibouchina urvilleana princess-flower 8811 TOONA Toona spp. redcedar 8812 TOCI Toona ciliata Australian redcedar 8822 TOLA Touchardia latifolia olona 8823 TOUCH Touchardia spp. touchardia 8826 TOURN Tournefortia spp. soldierbush 8831 TROR Trema orientalis oriental trema 8832 TREMA Trema spp. trema 8856 URGL Urera glabra hopue 8857 URKA Urera kaalae opuhe 8858 URERA Urera spp. urera 8869 VEMO3 Vernicia montana mu oil tree 8870 VERNI Vernicia spp. vernicia 8874 VIPA6 Vitex parviflora smallflower chastetree 8875 VITEX Vitex spp. chastetree 8876 VITR7 Vitex trifolia simpleleaf chastetree 8889 WIBI Wikstroemia bicornuta alpine false ohelo 8890 WIFU Wikstroemia furcata forest false ohelo 8891 WIMO Wikstroemia monticola montane false ohelo 8892 WIOA Wikstroemia Oahu false ohelo oahuensis 8895 WIPH2 Wikstroemia Hawai'i false ohelo phillyreifolia 8896 WIPU Wikstroemia Kohala false ohelo pulcherrima 8897 WISA Wikstroemia variableleaf false ohelo sandwicensis SPECIES CODE 8898 WISK Wikstroemia Skottsberg's false ohelo skottsbergiana 8899 WIKST Wikstroemia spp. false ohelo 8900 WIVI Wikstroemia villosa hairy false ohelo 8907 XYCR Xylosma crenata sawtooth logwood 8908 XYHA Xylosma hawaiiensis Hawai'i brushholly 8915 XYLOS Xylosma spp. xylosma 8925 ZADI Zanthoxylum kawa'u dipetalum 8929 ZAHA Zanthoxylum Hawai'i pricklyash hawaiiense 8930 ZAKA Zanthoxylum Kauai pricklyash AII TREE SPECIES BY kauaense W 8933 ZAOA Zanthoxylum Oahu pricklyash

HA oahuense : 8936 ZANTH Zanthoxylum spp. pricklyash

Section B.1 pg.257 SECTION B.3 HAWAII TREE SPECIES Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 8212 PIBR3 Pisonia brunoniana Australasian BY COMMON NAME catchbirdtree 8240 PIUN2 Pittosporum Australian cheesewood Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 6138 ANKU3 Antidesma kusaiense undulatum 6142 ANPO8 Antidesma ponapense 8812 TOCI Toona ciliata Australian redcedar 6627 CLSI3 Clermontia singuliflora 7045 EUMI Eucalyptus microcorys Australian tallowwood 6778 CROR5 Cryptocarya oreophila 7211 PEAM3 Persea americana avocado 6786 CRJA3 Cryptomeria japonica 7720 MEBA2 Melicope balloui Ballou's melicope 7248 GLMA9 Glochidion marianum 7491 JACU2 Jatropha curcas Barbados nut 7428 HONO2 Horsfieldia 6230 BAUHI Bauhinia spp. bauhinia novoguineensis 720 PERSE Persea spp. bay 7429 HONU2 Horsfieldia nunu 7848 MOREL2 Morella spp. bayberry 7679 MACO Maranthes corymbosa 6029 ADENA Adenanthera spp. beadtree 8023 OSPA Osmoxylon 6237 BISCH Bischofia spp. bishopwood pachyphyllum 6239 BIXA Bixa spp. bixa 8074 PAKA Palaquium karrak 7048 EURA4 Eucalyptus black ironbox 8107 PAKO5 Parkia korom raveretiana 8129 PEMO13 Pericopsis mooniana 7052 EUSA17 Eucalyptus salicifolia black peppermint 8180 PIMEN Pimenta spp. 6010 ACME80 Acacia mearnsii black wattle 8398 PSRH2 Psychotria 7047 EUPI Eucalyptus pilularis blackbutt rhombocarpa 6011 ACME Acacia melanoxylon blackwood 8412 PTLE3 Ptychococcus 7321 HACA2 Haematoxylum bloodwoodtree ledermannianus campechianum 8431 RAVO Rauvolfia vomitoria 6248 BOCCO Bocconia spp. bocconia 8460 RHLA12 Rhizophora lamarckii 6606 CLGR3 Clermontia grandiflora bog clermontia 211 SESE3 Sequoia sempervirens 7519 LAHE2 Labordia bog labordia 300 ACACI Acacia spp. acacia hedyosmifolia 8644 SPCA2 Spathodea African tuliptree 7207 FUBO Fuchsia boliviana Bolivian fuchsia campanulata 7745 MEPE9 Melicope peduncularis boxfruit alani 6245 BOBEA Bobea spp. 'ahakea 7397 HIBR Hibiscus brackenridgei Brackenridge's 6246 BOTI Bobea timonioides 'ahakea rosemallow 6243 BOEL3 Bobea elatior 'ahakea lau nui 8563 SCTE Schinus Brazilian peppertree 7970 NOTHO3 Nothocestrum spp. aiea terebinthifolius 6051 AILAN Ailanthus spp. ailanthus 7967 NOLA Nothocestrum broadleaf aiea 6833 CYTR6 Cyanea tritomantha 'aku 'aku latifolium 6499 CHOB2 Charpentiera obovata broadleaf papala 6242 BOBR3 Bobea brevipes 'akupa 7561 LESC2 Leptospermum broom teatree 8304 POSA11 Pouteria sandwicensis 'ala'a 8402 PSOD Psydrax odorata alahe'e scoparium 6269 BRUGU Bruguiera spp. bruguiera 8327 PRMI3 Pritchardia minor Alakai Swamp 7516 KUER Kunzea ericoides burgan pritchardia 7182 FISP3 Fitchia speciosa burrdaisytree 7737 MEMU4 Melicope mucronulata alani 7193 FLUEG Flueggea spp. bushweed 7756 MEWA2 Melicope waialealae alani wai 987 COER2 Conocarpus erectus button mangrove 6517 CHOA Chenopodium alaweo 7200 FRCA12 Frangula californica California buckthorn oahuense 6063 ALBIZ Albizia spp. albizia 6345 CALOP Calophyllum spp. calophyllum 350 ALNUS Alnus spp. alder 6347 CALOT Calotropis spp. calotropis 6073 ALECT Alectryon spp. alectryon 858 CICA Cinnamomum camphortree 6077 ALEUR Aleurites spp. aleurites camphora 7448 HYCA11 Hypericum canariense Canary Island St. Appendix B: 6159 ARAL Archontophoenix Alexandra palm Johnswort alexandrae 8241 PIVI5 Pittosporum cape cheesewood 8175 PIDI2 Pimenta dioica allspice 8889 WIBI Wikstroemia bicornuta alpine false ohelo viridiflorum 8183 PICA18 Pinus caribaea Caribbean pine 6719 COMO3 Coprosma montana alpine mirrorplant 8472 RICO3 Ricinus communis castorbean 6494 CHOL3 Chamaesyce alpine sandmat 7660 MAGL5 Manihot ceara rubbertree olowaluana 6097 ALSTO Alstonia spp. alstonia carthaginensis subsp. 989 RHMA2 Rhizophora mangle American mangrove Glaziovii TREE SPECIES LIST 6795 CULU2 Cupressus lusitanica cedar-of-Goa 6264 BRCA12 Brugmansia candida angel's-trumpet 6930 DOHE2 Dovyalis hebecarpa Ceylon gooseberry 7119 EUSA6 Eurya sandwicensis anini 6546 CICH Cibotium chamissoi Chamisso's manfern 7026 EUBR2 Eucalyptus applebox 8875 VITEX Vitex spp. chastetree bridgesiana 6684 COAR2 Coffea arabica Arabian coffee 8238 PITTO Pittosporum spp. cheesewood 7028 EUCI80 Eucalyptus cinerea argyle apple 6513 CHEIR Cheirodendron spp. cheirodendron 6694 COAS3 Colubrina asiatica Asian nakedwood 8741 TECA9 Tecoma castanifolia chestnutleaf 6652 CLUSI Clusia spp. attorney trumpetbush 993 MEAZ Melia azedarach Chinaberrytree 8214 PISA5 Pisonia sandwicensis aulu 6145 ANTID Antidesma spp. chinalaurel pg.258 Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 8155 PHDA5 Photinia davidiana Chinese photinia 8509 SANIC4 Sambucus nigra European black 6057 ALCH2 Albizia chinensis Chinese albizia elderberry 7175 FITH2 Ficus thonningii Chinese banyan 7120 EURYA Eurya spp. eurya 7575 LISI Ligustrum sinense Chinese privet 7132 EXOCA Exocarpos spp. exocarpos 994 TRSE6 Triadica sebifera Chinese tallowtree 7865 MURA3 Munroidendron false 'ohe 6553 CINCH Cinchona spp. cinchona racemosum 6563 CINNA2 Cinnamomum spp. cinnamon 8899 WIKST Wikstroemia spp. false ohelo 6564 CIVE2 Cinnamomum verum cinnamon 8591 SEMU5 Senna multijuga false sicklepod 6592 CLAOX Claoxylon spp. claoxylon 8610 SIDA Sida spp. fanpetals 6628 CLERM Clermontia spp. clermontia 6508 CHFA Cheirodendron fauriei Faurie's club 8516 SAEL2 Santalum ellipticum coastal sandalwood 6568 CITHA Citharexylum spp. fiddlewood 8013 OPCO4 Opuntia cochenillifera cochineal nopal cactus 7171 FICUS Ficus spp. fig 6681 COCOS Cocos spp. coconut palm 7846 MOFA Morella faya firetree 6687 COFFE Coffea spp. coffee 8779 TEBI Tetrazygia bicolor Florida clover ash 7927 MYRSI Myrsine spp. colicwood 887 PIPI3 Piscidia piscipula Florida fishpoison tree 8015 OPMO5 Opuntia monacantha common pricklypear 8770 TEFL5 Tetraplasandra flynnii Flynn's 'ohe 7559 LEPE23 Leptospermum common teatree 6611 CLKA Clermontia kakeana forest clermontia petersonii 7910 MYAL4 Myrsine alyxifolia forest colicwood 7560 LEPO22 Leptospermum common teatree 6865 CYGI3 Cyrtandra giffardii forest cyrtandra polygalifolim 6948 DUKN Dubautia knudsenii forest dubautia 6837 CYCO18 Cyathea cooperi Cooper's cyathea 8890 WIFU Wikstroemia furcata forest false ohelo 6741 CORDI Cordia spp. cordia 7224 GABR Gardenia brighamii forest gardenia 6745 CORDY2 Cordyline spp. cordyline 6716 COFO2 Coprosma foliosa forest mirrorplant 8424 QUSU5 Quercus suber cork oak 7056 EUTE Eucalyptus tereticornis forest redgum 6755 CORYN2 Corynocarpus spp. corynocarpus 8517 SAFR4 Santalum forest sandalwood 8239 PITE5 Pittosporum cream cheesewood freycinetianum terminalioides 8392 PSMA6 Psychotria mariniana forest wild coffee 7262 GOBA Gossypium Creole cotton 7343 HEFO5 Hedyotis fosbergii Fosberg's starviolet barbadense 7588 LICH3 Livistona chinensis fountain palm 6783 CRYPT2 Cryptocarya spp. cryptocarya 7748 MEQU3 Melicope fourangle melicope 6876 DELA4 Delissea laciniata cutleaf delissea quadrangularis 6828 CYANE Cyanea spp. cyanea 6733 CODI18 Cordia dichotoma fragrant manjack 50 CUPRE Cupressus spp. cypress 7209 FUCHS Fuchsia spp. fuchsia 6864 CYRA3 Cyrtandra Cyrtandra 7227 GARDE Gardenia spp. gardenia ramosissima 8590 SEGA2 Senna gaudichaudii Gaudichaud's senna 6866 CYRTA Cyrtandra spp. cyrtandra 6814 CYLE5 Cyanea leptostegia giant kokee cyanea 8152 PHDA4 Phoenix dactylifera date palm 6636 CLERO2 Clerodendrum spp. glorybower 8153 PHOEN2 Phoenix spp. date palm 8804 TIBOU Tibouchina spp. glorytree 6474 CEDI6 Cestrum diurnum day jessamine 8600 SESU4 Senna surattensis glossy shower 6805 CYFL4 Cyanea floribunda Degener's cyanea 6961 DUER Duranta erecta golden dewdrops 6881 DELIS Delissea spp. delissea 8257 PLAU2 Pleomele aurea golden hala pepe 6884 DELON Delonix spp. delonix 6518 CHENO Chenopodium spp. goosefoot 8434 RASA3 Rauvolfia devil's-pepper 513 EUGR12 Eucalyptus grandis grand eucalyptus sandwicensis 7046 EUPA Eucalyptus paniculata gray ironbark 8435 RAUVO Rauvolfia spp. devil's-pepper 856 CAGL11 Casuarina glauca gray sheoak

COMMON NAME 6095 ALMA16 Alstonia macrophylla deviltree 7274 GREVI Grevillea spp. grevillea 520 DIOSP Diospyros spp. diospyros 8356 PSGU Psidium guajava guava 7408 HIMU3 Hibiscus mutabilis Dixie rosemallow 510 EUCAL Eucalyptus spp. gum 6286 BUAS Buddleja asiatica dogtail 6139 ANPL2 Antidesma ha'a 6507 CHDO3 Cheirodendron dominii Domin's club platyphyllum 6944 DUDE Dubautia demissifolia Dubautia 6605 CLFA Clermontia fauriei haha'aiakamanu 6945 DUFA2 Dubautia fallax Dubautia 6819 CYPI4 Cyanea pilosa hairy cyanea 6946 DUMO2 Dubautia montana Dubautia 8900 WIVI Wikstroemia villosa hairy false ohelo 6958 DUBAU Dubautia spp. dubautia 7747 MEPU4 Melicope puberula hairy melicope 8631 SOMA3 Solanum mauritianum earleaf nightshade 8263 PLEOM Pleomele spp. hala pepe 8756 TEMY Terminalia myriocarpa East Indian almond 6629 CLTU2 Clermontia tuberculata Haleakala clermontia 7742 MEOV2 Melicope ovata eggshape melicope 6800 CYAC4 Cyanea aculeatiflora Haleakala cyanea

AII TREE SPECIES BY 8606 SESE8 Sesbania sesban Egyptian riverhemp 7727 MEHA7 Melicope haleakalae Haleakala melicope

W 6483 CHCE Chamaesyce 'ekoko 8521 SAHA3 Santalum haleakalae Haleakala sandalwood celastroides 6626 CLPY2 Clermontia pyrularia Hamakua clermontia

: 6906 DIHI4 Diospyros hillebrandii elama 6143 ANPU2 Antidesma pulvinatum hame 6498 CHEL Charpentiera elliptica ellipticleaf papala 7741 MEOV Melicope ovalis Hana melicope 8588 SEAL4 Senna alata emperor's candlesticks 7923 MYME2 Myrsine mezii Hanapepe River 7454 ILAQ80 Ilex aquifolium English holly colicwood 7013 ERYTH Erythrina spp. erythrina 6547 CIGL Cibotium glaucum hapu'u 6548 CIME8 Cibotium menziesii hapu'u li

Section B.1 pg.259 Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 6545 CIHE7 Cibotium heleniae Hapu'u, Hawaiian tree 8111 PAAC3 Parkinsonia aculeata Jerusalem thorn fern 6478 CESTR Cestrum spp. jessamine 7384 HIBO2 Hibiscadelphus hau kuahiwi 6565 CICA8 Citharexylum juniper berry bombycinus caudatum 7389 HIPU2 Hibiscadelphus hau kuahiwi 7732 MEKA2 Melicope kaalaensis Kaala melicope puakuahiwi 7971 NOHU Nototrichium humile kaala rockwort 7728 MEHA3 Melicope haupuensis Haupa Mountain 7272 GRBA Grevillea banksii kahiliflower melicope 7734 MEMA6 Melicope macropus Kaholuamanu melicope 6069 ALMA Alectryon Hawai'i alectryon 6829 CYST5 Cyanea stictophylla Kaiholena cyanea macrococcus 6975 ELBI Elaeocarpus bifidus kalia 8908 XYHA Xylosma hawaiiensis Hawai'i brushholly 7639 MAPH4 Mallotus philippensis kamala tree 8232 PIHA4 Pittosporum Hawai'i cheesewood 8328 PRMU3 Pritchardia munroi Kamalo pritchardia hawaiiense 7749 MERA2 Melicope radiata kapu melicope 6875 DEFA Delissea fallax Hawai'i delissea 6135 ANKA Antidesma kapuae Kapua china laurel 6244 BOSA2 Bobea sandwicensis Hawai'i dogweed 6754 COLA6 Corynocarpus karaka nut 8895 WIPH2 Wikstroemia Hawai'i false ohelo laevigatus phillyreifolia 7795 MEWA Metrosideros Kauai bottlebrush 8262 PLHA4 Pleomele hawaiiensis Hawai'i hala pepe waialealae 7453 ILAN Ilex anomala Hawai'i holly 8218 PIWA2 Pisonia wagneriana Kauai catchbirdtree 6089 ALPO3 Alphitonia ponderosa Hawai'i kauilatree 8234 PIKA3 Pittosporum Kauai cheesewood 8772 TEHA2 Tetraplasandra Hawai'i 'ohe kauaiense hawaiensis 6601 CLCL Clermontia Kauai clermontia 7960 NESA2 Nestegis sandwicensis Hawai'i olive clermontioides 8250 PLRE4 Platydesma remyi Hawai'i pilo kea 7919 MYKA Myrsine kauaiensis Kauai colicwood 8226 PIAR4 Pittosporum Hawai'i poisonberry tree 6802 CYFI6 Cyanea fissa Kauai cyanea argentifolium 6952 DUMI Dubautia Kauai dubautia 8929 ZAHA Zanthoxylum Hawai'i pricklyash microcephala hawaiiense 7386 HIDI Hibiscadelphus Kauai hau kuahiwi 8315 PRAF Pritchardia affinis Hawai'i pritchardia distans 7972 NOSA Nototrichium Hawai'i rockwort 7372 HELY Hesperomannia Kauai island-aster sandwicense lydgatei 8670 STPE3 Streblus pendulinus Hawai'i roughbush 8930 ZAKA Zanthoxylum Kauai pricklyash 7510 KODR Kokia drynarioides Hawai'i treecotton kauaense 7985 OCKI Ochrosia kilaueaensis Hawai'i yellowwood 8404 PTKA Pteralyxia kauaiensis Kauai pteralyxia 6469 CEHI3 Cereus hildmannianus hedge cactus 7110 EUHA2 Euphorbia Kauai spurge 7350 HELIO Heliocarpus spp. heliocarpus haeleeleana 6492 CHHE3 Chamaesyce herbstii Herbst's sandmat 7511 KOKA Kokia kauaiensis Kauai treecotton 7390 HIBIS Hibiscadelphus spp. hibiscadelphus 8369 PSGR3 Psychotria Kauai wild coffee 7769 MEUM3 Melochia umbellata hierba del soldado greenwelliae 6613 CLLI3 Clermontia lindseyana hillside clermontia 7984 OCKA Ochrosia kauaiensis Kauai yellowwood 8227 PICO4 Pittosporum ho'awa 6697 COOP Colubrina oppositifolia kauila confertiflorum 8925 ZADI Zanthoxylum kawa'u 8231 PIHA3 Pittosporum ho'awa dipetalum halophilum 7958 NEPO Nesoluma keahi 7982 OCCO Ochrosia compta holei polynesicum 6781 CRMA8 Cryptocarya mannii holio 8344 PRPA4 Prosopis pallida kiawe 7464 ILEX Ilex spp. holly 7387 HIGI Hibiscadelphus Kilauea hau kuahiwi 8679 SWMA Swietenia macrophylla Honduras mahogany giffardianus

7740 MEOR4 Melicope orbicularis Honokahua melicope 6806 CYGI5 Cyanea giffardii Kilauea Mauna cyanea Appendix B: 7731 MEHO2 Melicope hosakae Honolulu melicope 8317 PRBE Pritchardia beccariana Kilauea pritchardia 8856 URGL Urera glabra hopue 7758 MEZA Melicope kipuka piaula 7388 HIHU Hibiscadelphus Hualalai hau kuahiwi zahlbruckneri hualalaiensis 6006 ACKO Acacia koa koa 7131 EXGA Exocarpos hulumoa 6007 ACKO2 Acacia koaia koaoha gaudichaudii 8896 WIPU Wikstroemia Kohala false ohelo 6075 ALMO2 Aleurites moluccana Indian walnut pulcherrima

7116 EUTI Euphorbia tirucalli Indiantree spurge 6604 CLDR2 Clermontia Kohala Mountain TREE SPECIES LIST 7034 EUDE2 Eucalyptus deglupta Indonesian gum drepanomorpha clermontia 7983 OCHA Ochrosia haleakalae island yellowwood 7746 MEPS Melicope Kohala Summit 7373 HESPE8 Hesperomannia spp. island-aster pseudoanisata melicope 6796 CUSE2 Cupressus Italian cypress 6717 COKA Coprosma kauensis koi sempervirens 7926 MYSA2 Myrsine sandwicensis kokea lau li'i 7483 JACAR Jacaranda spp. jacaranda 7920 MYKN Myrsine knudsenii Kokee colicwood 6787 CRYPT4 Cryptomeria spp. Japanese cedar 6482 CHAT2 Chamaesyce koko 7044 EUMA4 Eucalyptus marginata jarrah atrococca 896 SYCU Syzygium cumini Java plum 6493 CHKU Chamaesyce kokomalei 6236 BIJA Bischofia javanica Javanese bishopwood kuwaleana pg.260 Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 7922 MYLE2 Myrsine lessertiana kolea lau nui 7739 MEOB4 Melicope obovata Makawao melicope 8233 PIHO Pittosporum hosmeri Kona cheesewood 8701 SYJA Syzygium jambos Malabar plum 8230 PIGL4 Pittosporum glabrum Koolau Range 7641 MALLO Mallotus spp. mallotus cheesewood 8641 SOCH Sophora chrysophylla mamani 7916 MYFO Myrsine fosbergii Koolau Range colicwood 7723 MECI6 Melicope cinerea manena 8771 TEGY Tetraplasandra Koolau Range 'ohe 6549 CIBOT Cibotium spp. manfern gymnocarpa 885 MAIN3 Mangifera indica mango 6500 CHOV2 Charpentiera ovata Koolau Range papala 7659 MANGI Mangifera spp. mango 8326 PRMA5 Pritchardia martii Koolau Range 6709 CONOC Conocarpus spp. mangrove pritchardia 8463 RHIZO Rhizophora spp. mangrove 6495 CHRO2 Chamaesyce rockii Koolau Range sandmat 7057 EUVI Eucalyptus viminalis manna gum 8365 PSFA Psychotria fauriei Koolau Range wild 7344 HEHI8 Hedyotis hillebrandii manono coffee 6824 CYPY Cyanea pycnocarpa manyfruit cyanea 8388 PSKA Psychotria kaduana kopiko kea 8188 PIPI6 Pinus pinaster maritime pine 8373 PSHA3 Psychotria hawaiiensis kopiko 'ula 6818 CYMA14 Cyanea marksii Marks' cyanea 7724 MECL Melicope clusiifolia kukaemoa 6166 ARDIS Ardisia spp. marlberry 6813 CYKU Cyanea kunthiana Kunth's cyanea 7460 ILPA3 Ilex paraguariensis mate 7517 KUNZE Kunzea spp. Kunzea 6614 CLMI3 Clermontia micrantha Maui clermontia 7523 LABOR Labordia spp. labordia 8258 PLAU5 Pleomele auwahiensis Maui hala pepe 6911 DISA10 Diospyros lama 7391 HIWI Hibiscadelphus Maui hau kuahiwi sandwicensis wilderianus 7921 MYLA3 Myrsine lanaiensis Lanai colicwood 7371 HEAR10 Hesperomannia Maui island-aster 8259 PLFE Pleomele fernaldii Lanai hala pepe arbuscula 7370 HEAR9 Hesperomannia Lanai island-aster 6720 COOC3 Coprosma ochracea Maui mirrorplant arborescens 8251 PLSP3 Platydesma spathulata Maui pilo kea 7528 LATR4 Labordia triflora Lanai labordia 8316 PRAR2 Pritchardia arecina Maui pritchardia 8322 PRLA3 Pritchardia lanaiensis Lanai pritchardia 6947 DUAR Dubautia arborea Mauna Kea dubautia 8336 PRSC Pritchardia schattaueri lands of papa pritchardia 6615 CLMO5 Clermontia montis-loa Mauna Loa clermontia 6510 CHPL Cheirodendron lapalapa 7192 FLNE Flueggea neowawraea mehamehame platyphyllum 7709 MELAL Melaleuca spp. melaleuca 8366 PSGR Psychotria grandiflora largeflower wild coffee 7716 MELIA Melia spp. melia 7407 HIMA5 Hibiscus macrophyllus largeleaf rosemallow 7754 MELIC3 Melicope spp. melicope 7558 LEMO20 Leptospermum large-leaf yellow teatree 7767 MELOC Melochia spp. melochia morrisonii 8343 PRJU Prosopis juliflora mesquite 7385 HICR Hibiscadelphus lava hau kuahiwi 755 PROSO Prosopis spp. mesquite crucibracteatus 8187 PIPA13 Pinus patula Mexican weeping pine 7566 LEUCA Leucaena spp. leadtree 8386 PSHO Psychotria hobdyi milolii kopiwai 8401 PSWA2 Psychotria wawrae leatherleaf wild coffee 6724 COPRO Coprosma spp. mirrorplant 6882 DEUN2 Delissea undulata leechleaf delissea 7719 MEAN3 Melicope anisata mokihana 7793 METRO Metrosideros spp. lehua 7729 MEHA4 Melicope hawaiensis mokihana kukae moa 7794 METR5 Metrosideros lehua 'ahihi 7925 MYPU2 Myrsine pukooensis Molokai colicwood tremuloides 6823 CYPR8 Cyanea procera Molokai cyanea 7792 MERU2 Metrosideros rugosa lehua papa 7736 MEMO6 Melicope molokaiensis Molokai melicope 7726 MEEL2 Melicope elliptica leiohi'iaka 8325 PRLO2 Pritchardia lowreyana Molokai pritchardia 6750 COCI4 Corymbia citriodora lemonscented gum 7509 KOCO2 Kokia cookei Molokai treecotton 7401 HICA6 Hibiscus calyphyllus lemonyellow rosemallow COMMON NAME 8224 PIMO4 Pittosporum monae Mona cheesewood, 7744 MEPA7 Melicope paniculata Lihue melicope Pittosporum 6812 CYKU3 Cyanea kuhihewa Limahuli Valley cyanea 8220 PIDU Pithecellobium dulce monkeypod 8324 PRLI2 Pritchardia Limahuli Valley 6996 ENCY Enterolobium monkeysoap limahuliensis pritchardia cyclocarpum 6238 BIOR Bixa orellana lipsticktree 7730 MEHI6 Melicope hiiakae Monoa melicope 7968 NOLO Nothocestrum longleaf aiea 7757 MEWA4 Melicope wawraeana Monoa melicope longifolium 8891 WIMO Wikstroemia monticola montane false ohelo 8528 SAOA3 Sapindus oahuense lonomea 7842 MONTA Montanoa spp. montanoa 6998 ERJA3 Eriobotrya japonica loquat 7852 MORIN Morinda spp. morinda 6999 ERIOB Eriobotrya spp. loquat 7914 MYEM Myrsine emarginata mountain colicwood 8323 PRLA4 Pritchardia lanigera lo'ulu 7039 EUGO2 Eucalyptus goniocalyx mountain graygum 8320 PRHI Pritchardia hillebrandii lo'ulu lelo AII TREE SPECIES BY 7520 LAHI5 Labordia hirtella mountain labordia 8789 THPE3 Thevetia peruviana luckynut W 8522 SAPA7 Santalum paniculatum mountain sandalwood 7954 NEME5 Neraudia ma'aloa 7091 EURE7 Eugenia reinwardtiana mountain stopper HA melastomifolia

: 8318 PRFO Pritchardia forbesiana Mt. Eke pritchardia 6900 DIBL3 Diospyros blancoi mabolo 6830 CYSU8 Cyanea superba Mt. Kaala cyanea 7623 MACAR Macaranga spp. macaranga 7753 MESA5 Melicope Mt. Kaala melicope 7403 HIEL Hibiscus elatus mahoe sandwicensis 8678 SWIET Swietenia spp. mahogany 7928 MYWA Myrsine wawraea Mt. Kahili colicwood 7735 MEMA7 Melicope makahae Makaha Valley melicope 8319 PRHA2 Pritchardia hardyi Makaleha pritchardia

Section B.1 pg.261 Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 8776 TEWA Tetraplasandra Mt. Waialeale 'ohe 7783 MEPO5 Metrosideros 'ohi'a lehua waialealae polymorpha 8869 VEMO3 Vernicia montana mu oil tree 6509 CHFO4 Cheirodendron forbesii olapa 6002 ACAN10 Acacia aneura mulga 6514 CHTR2 Cheirodendron olapalapa 7868 MUNTI Muntingia spp. muntingia trigynum 7884 MYOPO Myoporum spp. myoporum 6726 COWA4 Coprosma waimeae 'olena 7883 MYSA Myoporum naio 8004 OLEU Olea europaea olive sandwicense 8007 OLEA Olea spp. olive 6699 COLUB Colubrina spp. nakedwood 7733 MEKN Melicope knudsenii Olokele Valley melicope 6497 CHDE3 Charpentiera Napali coast papala 8131 PESA3 Perrottetia olomea densiflora sandwicensis 6226 BAMO2 Bauhinia monandra Napoleon's plume 8822 TOLA Touchardia latifolia olona 7032 EUCR Eucalyptus crebra narrowleaf red ironbark 8393 PSMA7 Psychotria mauiensis 'opiko 6633 CLGL2 Clerodendrum Natal glorybower 8857 URKA Urera kaalae opuhe glabrum 6473 CEAU2 Cestrum aurantiacum orange jessamine 8642 SOPHO Sophora spp. necklacepod 6266 BRGY3 Bruguiera gymnorhiza Oriental mangrove 8467 RHSA2 Rhus sandwicensis neneleau 8831 TROR Trema orientalis oriental trema 6086 ALNE2 Alnus nepalensis Nepal alder 6555 CIBU2 Cinnamomum Padang cassia 7961 NESTE Nestegis spp. nestegis burmannii 7494 JATRO Jatropha spp. nettlespurge 7743 MEPA6 Melicope pallida pale melicope 6957 DURE2 Dubautia reticulata netvein dubautia 7524 LATI2 Labordia tinifolia paleflower labordia 7529 LAWA3 Labordia waiolani Nevada peavine 6801 CYAR10 Cyanea arborea palmtree cyanea 6155 ARCO32 Araucaria columnaris New Caledonia pine 8112 PARKI2 Parkinsonia spp. paloverde 6477 CENO Cestrum nocturnum night jessamine 8159 PHDI10 Phyllanthus distichus pamakani mahu 7440 HYLOC Hylocereus spp. nightblooming cactus 6503 CHARP Charpentiera spp. papala 7441 HYUN3 Hylocereus undatus nightblooming cactus 6262 BRPA4 Broussonetia paper mulberry 8635 SOLAN Solanum spp. nightshade papyrifera 8331 PRRE Pritchardia remota Nihoa pritchardia 6154 ARAN15 Araucaria angustifolia parana pine 6877 DENI Delissea niihauensis Niihau delissea 6247 BOFR2 Bocconia frutescens parrotweed 7079 EUKO Eugenia koolauensis nioi 712 PATO2 Paulownia tomentosa paulownia, empress-tree 7853 MOTR Morinda trimera noni kuahiwi 7144 FAMO Falcataria moluccana peacocksplume 7969 NOPE Nothocestrum Oahu aiea 7145 FALCA2 Falcataria spp. peacocksplume peltatum 6622 CLPE2 Clermontia peleana pele clermontia 6616 CLOB2 Clermontia Oahu clermontia 7621 MAMA28 Macaranga mappa pengua oblongifolia 8561 SCMO Schinus molle Peruvian peppertree 6810 CYHA7 Cyanea hardyi Oahu cyanea 7725 MECR5 Melicope cruciata pilo 'ula 8892 WIOA Wikstroemia Oahu false ohelo 100 PINUS Pinus spp. pine oahuensis 8207 PIPTU Pipturus spp. pipturus 7225 GAMA6 Gardenia mannii Oahu gardenia 8210 PISCI Piscidia spp. piscidia 7738 MEOA Melicope oahuensis Oahu melicope 6953 DUPL Dubautia plantaginea plantainleaf dubautia 6718 COLO4 Coprosma longifolia Oahu mirrorplant 6826 CYRI4 Cyanea rivularis plateau delissea 8933 ZAOA Zanthoxylum Oahu pricklyash 8252 PLATY Platydesma spp. platydesma oahuense 6822 CYPO5 Cyanea pohaku pohaku cyanea 8382 PSHEO Psychotria hexandra Oahu wild coffee 7114 EUPU9 Euphorbia pulcherrima poinsettia ssp. oahuensis 8339 PRWA Pritchardia poleline pritchardia 800 QUERC Quercus spp. oak waialealeana 6825 CYQU Cyanea quercifolia oakleaf cyanea 6591 CLSA Claoxylon po'ola 7977 OCHNA Ochna spp. ochna sandwicense 888 SCAC2 Schefflera actinophylla octopus tree 8306 POUTE Pouteria spp. pouteria Appendix B: 6610 CLHA4 Clermontia 'oha kepau 6811 CYHO6 Cyanea horrida prickly cyanea hawaiiensis 8936 ZANTH Zanthoxylum spp. pricklyash 6597 CLAR4 Clermontia 'oha wai nui 8018 OPUNT Opuntia spp. pricklypear arborescens 8805 TIUR Tibouchina urvilleana princess-flower 6596 CLLE3 Clermontia leptoclada oha wai nui, Clermontia 8337 PRITC Pritchardia spp. pritchardia 8777 TEWA3 Tetraplasandra 'ohe kiko 'ola 7576 LIGUS2 Ligustrum spp. privet waimeae 8406 PTERA Pteralyxia spp. pteralyxia 8442 RESA Reynoldsia 'ohe makai 6827 CYSO2 Cyanea solenocalyx pua kala TREE SPECIES LIST sandwicensis 6721 COPU8 Coprosma pubens pubescent mirrorplant 8774 TEOA Tetraplasandra 'ohe mauka 6444 CECRO Cecropia spp. pumpwood oahuensis 992 MEQU Melaleuca punktree 8773 TEKA3 Tetraplasandra 'ohe'ohe quinquenervia kavaiensis 6815 CYMA10 Cyanea macrostegia purple cyanea 7782 MEMA4 Metrosideros 'ohi'a 7188 FLBR Flindersia brayleyana Queensland maple macropus 6552 CIPU Cinchona pubescens quinine 8706 SYSA Syzygium 'ohi'a ha 8505 SASA10 Samanea saman raintree sandwicense 8506 SAMAN Samanea spp. raintree pg.262 Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 8510 SAMBU Sambucus spp. raintree 7025 EUBO2 Eucalyptus botryoides southern mahogany 6028 ADPA Adenanthera pavonina red beadtree 8645 SPATH Spathodea spp. spathodea 6752 COGU4 Corymbia gummifera red bloodwood 6567 CISP3 Citharexylum spiny fiddlewood 7054 EUSI2 Eucalyptus red ironbark spinosum sideroxylon 7115 EUPHO Euphorbia spp. spurge 7402 HICL Hibiscus clayi red Kauai rosemallow 7752 MESA4 Melicope saint-johnii St. John's melicope 6731 COCO5 Cordia collococca red manjack 7345 HEDYO2 Hedyotis spp. starviolet 7404 HIKO Hibiscus kokio red rosemallow 6632 CLCH4 Clerodendrum stickbush 8811 TOONA Toona spp. redcedar chinense 6751 COFI7 Corymbia ficifolia redflower gum 8338 PRVI2 Pritchardia viscosa stickybud pritchardia 6749 COCA48 Corymbia calophylla redgum 7096 EUGEN Eugenia spp. stopper 7049 EURE2 Eucalyptus resinifera redmahogany 8355 PSCA Psidium cattleianum strawberry guava 7226 GARE Gardenia remyi Remy's gardenia 7867 MUCA4 Muntingia calabura strawberrytree 8443 REYNO Reynoldsia spp. reynoldsia 7915 MYFE Myrsine fernseei streambank colicwood 8473 RICIN Ricinus spp. ricinus 8671 STREB Streblus spp. streblus 8405 PTMA Pteralyxia macrocarpa ridged pteralyxia 7030 EUCL Eucalyptus cladocalyx sugargum 512 EUCA2 Eucalyptus river redgum 8468 RHUS Rhus spp. sumac camaldulensis 7913 MYDE2 Myrsine degeneri summit colicwood 6433 CACU8 Casuarina river sheoak 7518 LAFA2 Labordia fagraeoidea summit labordia cunninghamiana 7104 EUUN2 Eugenia uniflora Surinam cherry 8607 SESBA Sesbania spp. riverhemp 7924 MYPE3 Myrsine petiolata swamp colicwood 7892 MYRCI Myrcia spp. rodwood 6630 CLWA2 Clermontia waimeae swampforest clermontia 6346 CAPR Calotropis procera roostertree 514 EURO2 Eucalyptus robusta swampmahogany 8465 RHODO Rhodomyrtus spp. rose myrtle 303 ACFA Acacia farnesiana sweet acacia 2 7900 MYRIC Myrica spp. sweetgale 8466 RHTO10 Rhodomyrtus rose myrtle 6470 CEREU Cereus spp. sweetpotato cactus tomentosa 7053 EUSA Eucalyptus saligna Sydney bluegum 7411 HIBIS2 Hibiscus spp. rosemallow 8708 SYZYG Syzygium spp. syzygium 7033 EUDE Eucalyptus deanei roundleaf gum 7228 GATA Gardenia taitensis Tahitian gardenia 7751 MERO3 Melicope rotundifolia roundleaf melicope 8236 PIPE8 Pittosporum Taiwanese cheesewood 8235 PINA Pittosporum royal cheesewood pentandrum napaliense 897 TAIN2 Tamarindus indica tamarind 8261 PLHA3 Pleomele halapepe royal hala pepe 511 EUGL Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian bluegum 8526 SANTA Santalum spp. sandalwood 8744 TEGR Tectona grandis teak 6496 CHAMA1 Chamaesyce spp. sandmat 7562 LEPTO4 Leptospermum spp. teatree 5 8745 TECTO Tectona spp. tectona 6542 CHOL Chrysophyllum satinleaf 8775 TETRA1 Tetraplasandra spp. tetraplasandra oliviforme 1 8907 XYCR Xylosma crenata sawtooth logwood 8788 THESP Thespesia spp. thespesia 8555 SCHAE Schaefferia spp. schaefferia 7978 OCTH Ochna thomasiana Thomas' bird's-eye bush 6397 CARE22 Carmona retusa scorpionbush 7162 FINO3 Ficus nota tibig 6398 CARMO Carmona spp. scorpionbush 7016 ERVAO Erythrina variegata tiger's claw 6651 CLRO Clusia rosea scotch attorney 6744 COFR2 Cordyline fruticosa tiplant 8595 SESE13 Senna septemtrionalis senna 7965 NICOT Nicotiana spp. tobacco 8598 SENNA Senna spp. senna 8823 TOUCH Touchardia spp. touchardia 7206 FRUH Fraxinus uhdei shamel ash COMMON NAME 7374 HEAR5 Heteromeles toyon 855 CASUA Casuarina spp. sheoak arbutifolia 6161 AREL4 Ardisia elliptica shoebutton 7376 HETER5 Heteromeles spp. toyon 6898 DISU11 Dillenia suffruticosa shrubby dillenia 341 AIAL Ailanthus altissima tree of heaven 7208 FUPA2 Fuchsia paniculata shrubby fuchsia 7964 NIGL Nicotiana glauca tree tobacco 8596 SESI3 Senna siamea Siamese cassia 7513 KOKIA Kokia spp. treecotton 974 ULPU Ulmus pumila Siberian elm 7841 MOHI Montanoa hibiscifolia treedaisy 7273 GRRO Grevillea robusta silkoak 8832 TREMA Trema spp. trema 8876 VITR7 Vitex trifolia simpleleaf chastetree 6441 CEOB Cecropia obtusifolia trumpet tree 8898 WISK Wikstroemia Skottsberg's false ohelo 8718 TABEB Tabebuia spp. trumpet-tree skottsbergiana 7038 EUGO Eucalyptus tuart 6004 ACCO Acacia confusa small Philippine acacia gomphocephala

AII TREE SPECIES BY 7966 NOBR2 Nothocestrum smallflower aiea 8014 OPFI Opuntia ficus-indica tuna cactus

W breviflorum 8636 SOTO4 Solanum torvum turkey berry 6267 BRPA15 Bruguiera parviflora smallflower bruguiera 6634 CLIN Clerodendrum indicum turk's turbin HA 8874 VIPA6 Vitex parviflora smallflower chastetree

: 8689 SYGL Syncarpia glomulifera turpentine tree 6621 CLPA8 Clermontia parviflora smallflower clermontia 8690 SYNCA Syncarpia spp. turpentine tree 6880 DEPA9 Delissea parviflora smallflower delissea 7721 MEBA3 Melicope barbigera uahiapele 8599 SESU10 Senna sulfurea smooth senna 6318 CAKA5 Caesalpinia uhiuhi 8531 SAPIN Sapindus spp. soapberry kavaiensis 8826 TOURN Tournefortia spp. soldierbush 8217 PIUM2 Pisonia umbellifera umbrella catchbirdtree 6014 ACPA81 Acacia parramattensis South Wales wattle

Section B.1 pg.263 Code NRCS Scientific Name Common Name 7264 GOHIH2 Gossypium hirsutum upland cotton 8858 URERA Urera spp. urera 8592 SEPE4 Senna pendula valamuerto 7346 HETE21 Hedyotis terminalis variable starviolet 8897 WISA Wikstroemia variableleaf false ohelo sandwicensis 7805 MICA20 Miconia calvescens velvet tree 6635 CLMA24 Clerodendrum velvetleaf glorybower macrostegium 8870 VERNI Vernicia spp. vernicia 7595 LOCO9 Lophostemon vinegartree confertus 7755 MEVO Melicope volcanica volcanic melicope 7918 MYHE3 Myrsine helleri Wahiawa Bog colicwood 7522 LALY2 Labordia lydgatei Wahiawa Mountain labordia 8229 PIGA2 Pittosporum gayanum Waialeale cheesewood 8228 PIFL4 Pittosporum Waianae Range flocculosum cheesewood 8260 PLFO2 Pleomele forbesii Waianae Range hala pepe 7521 LAKA Labordia kaalae Waianae Range labordia 7722 MECH2 Melicope Waianae Range christophersenii melicope 6504 CHTO3 Charpentiera Waianae Range papala tomentosa 8321 PRKA Pritchardia kaalae Waianae Range pritchardia 8370 PSHA2 Psychotria hathewayi Waianae Range wild coffee 6620 CLPA6 Clermontia pallida Wailai Pali clermontia 7512 KOLA2 Kokia lanceolata Wailupe Valley treecotton 8205 PIAL2 Pipturus albidus Waimea pipturus 6625 CLPE3 Clermontia persicifolia Waioiani clermontia 8330 PRPE7 Pritchardia perlmanii Wai'oli Valley pritchardia 6612 CLKO Clermontia kohalae Waipio Valley clermontia 7845 MOCE2 Morella cerifera wax myrtle 940 SWMA2 Swietenia mahagoni West Indian mahogany 7051 EURU2 Eucalyptus rudis Western Australian floodedgum 6807 CYHA6 Cyanea hamatiflora wetforest cyanea 541 FRAM2 Fraxinus americana white ash 7041 EUHE12 Eucalyptus hemiphloia white box 7413 HIWA Hibiscus waimeae white Kauai rosemallow 7349 HEPO4 Heliocarpus white moho popayanensis 681 MOAL Morus alba white mulberry

7393 HIAR Hibiscus arnottianus white rosemallow Appendix B: 6062 ALSA10 Albizia saponaria whiteflower albizia 8400 PSYCH Psychotria spp. wild coffee 7012 ERSA11 Erythrina wili wili sandwicensis 8525 SASA8 Santalum salicifolium willowleaf sandalwood 8529 SASA4 Sapindus saponaria wingleaf soapberry 6059 ALLE Albizia lebbeck woman's tongue

6722 CORH Coprosma woodland mirrorplant TREE SPECIES LIST rhynchocarpa 8377 PSHE2 Psychotria hexandra woodland wild coffee 7392 HIWO Hibiscadelphus woodii Wood's hau kuahiwi 8915 XYLOS Xylosma spp. xylosma 7031 EUCO3 Eucalyptus cornuta yate 8743 TEST Tecoma stans yellow trumpetbush 7986 OCHRO Ochrosia spp. yellowwood 2 pg.264 SECTION B.4 PACIFIC ISLANDS TREE LIST

Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 6002 ACAN10 Acacia aneura HI 6003 ACAU Acacia auriculiformis NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 6004 ACCO Acacia confusa NMI FSM GUM HI PAL 303 ACFA Acacia farnesiana HI 6006 ACKO Acacia koa HI 6007 ACKO2 Acacia koaia HI 6009 ACMA12 Acacia mangium NMI GUM 6010 ACME80 Acacia mearnsii HI 6011 ACME Acacia melanoxylon HI 6014 ACPA81 Acacia parramattensis HI 300 ACACI Acacia spp. FSM HI PAL 6028 ADPA Adenanthera pavonina AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL 6029 ADENA Adenanthera spp. FSM HI 8866 VEME3 Adonidia merrillii AS NMI GUM 6042 AGMA14 Aglaia mariannensis NMI FSM GUM 6043 AGPA19 Aglaia palauensis PAL 6044 AGPO4 Aglaia ponapensis FSM 6046 AGSA9 Aglaia samoensis AS 6047 AGLAI Aglaia spp. FSM PAL 6048 AICO2 Aidia cochinchinensis AS NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 6049 AIRA2 Aidia racemosa AS 341 AIAL Ailanthus altissima HI 6051 AILAN Ailanthus spp. HI 6057 ALCH2 Albizia chinensis AS HI 6058 ALFA5 Albizia falcataria PAL 6059 ALLE Albizia lebbeck NMI FSM GUM HI PAL 6061 ALRE Albizia retusa PAL 6062 ALSA10 Albizia saponaria HI 6063 ALBIZ Albizia spp. FSM HI PAL 6069 ALMA Alectryon macrococcus HI 6073 ALECT Alectryon spp. HI 6075 ALMO2 Aleurites moluccana AS FSM GUM HI 6077 ALEUR Aleurites spp. FSM HI 6078 ALTR11 Aleurites trisperma GUM 6083 ALLOP Allophylus spp. FSM PAL 6084 ALTE13 Allophylus ternatus FSM GUM PAL 6085 ALTI2 Allophylus timorensis NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 6086 ALNE2 Alnus nepalensis HI 350 ALNUS Alnus spp. HI 6088 ALCA21 Alphitonia carolinensis PAL 6089 ALPO3 Alphitonia ponderosa HI 6090 ALPHI Alphitonia spp. PAL 6091 ALZI Alphitonia zizyphoides AS 6095 ALMA16 Alstonia macrophylla HI 6096 ALPA22 Alstonia pacifica AS 6097 ALSTO Alstonia spp. HI 6107 ANOC Anacardium occidentale FSM GUM 6108 ANGL5 Anacolosa glochidiiformis 6109 ANIN13 Anacolosa insularis AS 6124 ANCH9 Annona cherimola FSM MAR 6128 ANMU2 Annona muricata AS NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 6129 ANRE Annona reticulata GUM PAL 6130 ANNON Annona spp. NMI FSM PAL 6131 ANSQ Annona squamosa AS NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 6137 ANBU3 Antidesma bunius GUM PAL 6135 ANKA Antidesma kapuae HI 6138 ANKU3 Antidesma kusaiense NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 6139 ANPL2 Antidesma platyphyllum HI

PACIFIC ISLANDS TREE LIST PACIFIC

: 6142 ANPO8 Antidesma ponapense NMI FSM HI PAL MAR 6143 ANPU2 Antidesma pulvinatum HI 6144 ANSP14 Antidesma sphaerocarpum AS 6145 ANTID Antidesma spp. FSM HI PAL 6148 ANIN2 Antirhea inconspicua AS 6154 ARAN15 Araucaria angustifolia HI

Section B.1 pg.265 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 6155 ARCO32 Araucaria columnaris NMI FSM GUM HI 6156 AREX4 Araucaria excelsa AS PAL 6157 ARHE12 Araucaria heterophylla FSM GUM PAL MAR 6158 ARAUC2 Araucaria spp. FSM PAL 6159 ARAL Archontophoenix alexandrae HI 6161 AREL4 Ardisia elliptica HI 6166 ARDIS Ardisia spp. HI 6167 ARCA41 Areca catechu AS NMI FSM GUM PAL 6169 ARPI6 Arenga pinnata GUM PAL 6171 ARAL7 Artocarpus altilis AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 6173 ARHE2 Artocarpus heterophyllus FSM GUM PAL 6175 ARMA28 Artocarpus mariannensis NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 6176 ARNO Artocarpus nobilis PAL 6177 AROD2 Artocarpus odoratissimus AS 6178 ARTOC Artocarpus spp. FSM PAL 6179 ARBR11 Arytera brackenridgei AS 6181 ASDI14 Ascarina diffusa AS 6184 ASKU2 Astronidium kusaianum FSM 6185 ASNA10 Astronidium navigatorum AS 6186 ASPA37 Astronidium palauense PAL 6187 ASPI11 Astronidium pickeringii AS 6188 ASSA23 Astronidium samoense AS 6189 ASTRO4 Astronidium spp. PAL 6190 ASSU31 Astronidium subcordata AS 6193 ATRA2 Atuna racemosa AS FSM 6197 AVBI Averrhoa bilimbi AS NMI FSM GUM PAL 6198 AVCA Averrhoa carambola AS FSM GUM PAL 6199 AVERR Averrhoa spp. FSM PAL 6203 AVMA3 Avicennia marina AS NMI FSM PAL MAR 6200 AVAL Avicennia marina subsp. Marina NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 6205 AVICE Avicennia spp. FSM PAL 6206 AZIN2 Azadirachta indica NMI FSM 6208 BATA Baccaurea taitensis AS 5261 BAGA2 Bactris gasipaes FSM 6213 BAPA8 Badusa palauensis PAL 6220 BAAS3 Barringtonia asiatica AS NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 6221 BARA5 Barringtonia racemosa NMI FSM GUM PAL 6222 BASA9 Barringtonia samoensis AS 6223 BARRI Barringtonia spp. FSM PAL 6225 BABI6 Bauhinia binata PAL 6226 BAMO2 Bauhinia monandra NMI FSM GUM HI PAL 6230 BAUHI Bauhinia spp. FSM HI PAL 6236 BIJA Bischofia javanica AS HI 6237 BISCH Bischofia spp. HI 6238 BIOR Bixa orellana NMI FSM GUM HI 6239 BIXA Bixa spp. FSM HI 6242 BOBR3 Bobea brevipes HI

6243 BOEL3 Bobea elatior HI Appendix B: 6244 BOSA2 Bobea sandwicensis HI 6245 BOBEA Bobea spp. HI 6246 BOTI Bobea timonioides HI 6247 BOFR2 Bocconia frutescens HI 6248 BOCCO Bocconia spp. HI 6250 BOVI7 Boehmeria virgata AS 6262 BRPA4 Broussonetia papyrifera AS FSM HI

6264 BRCA12 Brugmansia candida HI TREE SPECIES LIST 6266 BRGY3 Bruguiera gymnorhiza AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 6267 BRPA15 Bruguiera parviflora HI 6269 BRUGU Bruguiera spp. FSM HI 6277 BUEN Buchanania engleriana FSM PAL 6278 BUME4 Buchanania merrillii AS 6279 BUPA16 Buchanania palawensis PAL 6280 BUCHA Buchanania spp. PAL 6286 BUAS Buddleja asiatica HI 6299 BURI3 Burckella richii 6318 CAKA5 Caesalpinia kavaiensis HI pg.266 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 6320 CASA28 Caesalpinia sappan NMI FSM GUM 6329 CAVI23 Callistemon viminalis FSM 6341 CAIN4 Calophyllum inophyllum AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 6342 CANE31 Calophyllum neo-ebudicum AS 6343 CAPE15 Calophyllum pelewense PAL 6344 CASO12 Calophyllum soulattri PAL 6345 CALOP Calophyllum spp. FSM HI PAL 6346 CAPR Calotropis procera HI 6347 CALOT Calotropis spp. HI 6367 CABR42 Campnosperma brevipetiolata FSM PAL 6366 CABR18 Campnosperma brevipetiolatum 6370 CAOD Cananga odorata AS NMI FSM GUM PAL 6373 CAHI14 Canarium hirsutum PAL 6374 CAIN42 Canarium indicum MAR 6372 CAHA39 Canarium mafoa AS 6375 CAOV7 Canarium ovatum AS 6377 CANAR2 Canarium spp. PAL 6378 CAVI26 Canarium vitiense AS 6379 CAVU9 Canarium vulgare 6397 CARE22 Carmona retusa HI 6398 CARMO Carmona spp. HI 6399 CAMI36 Caryota mitis FSM PAL 6400 CARYO Caryota spp. FSM PAL 6401 CAUR3 Caryota urens GUM 6405 CACA28 Casearia cauliflora PAL 6408 CASEA Casearia spp. PAL 6415 CAFI3 Cassia fistula AS NMI GUM PAL 6417 CAGR11 Cassia grandis PAL 6418 CAJA3 Cassia javanica GUM 6420 CASI4 Cassia siamea FSM PAL 6422 CASSI Cassia spp. FSM PAL 6430 CAEL5 Castilla elastica AS 6433 CACU8 Casuarina cunninghamiana HI 6434 CAEQ Casuarina equisetifolia AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 856 CAGL11 Casuarina glauca HI 6437 CALI8 Casuarina litorea NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 855 CASUA Casuarina spp. FSM HI PAL 6439 CALO8 Catalpa longissima GUM 6441 CEOB Cecropia obtusifolia HI 6444 CECRO Cecropia spp. HI 6445 CEOD Cedrela odorata GUM 6449 CEPE2 Ceiba pentandra NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 6452 CEPA6 Celtis paniculata FSM PAL 460 CELTI Celtis spp. FSM PAL 6459 CEDI12 Cerbera dilatata NMI FSM GUM 6460 CEFL2 Cerbera floribunda PAL 6461 CEMA20 Cerbera manghas AS FSM PAL 6462 CEOD2 Cerbera odollam GUM 6463 CERBE Cerbera spp. FSM PAL 6469 CEHI3 Cereus hildmannianus HI 6470 CEREU Cereus spp. HI 6472 CETA2 Ceriops tagal PAL 6473 CEAU2 Cestrum aurantiacum HI 6474 CEDI6 Cestrum diurnum AS GUM HI 6477 CENO Cestrum nocturnum HI 6478 CESTR Cestrum spp. HI 6482 CHAT2 Chamaesyce atrococca HI 6483 CHCE Chamaesyce celastroides HI 6492 CHHE3 Chamaesyce herbstii HI

PACIFIC ISLANDS TREE LIST PACIFIC 6493 CHKU Chamaesyce kuwaleana HI : 6494 CHOL3 Chamaesyce olowaluana HI 6495 CHRO2 Chamaesyce rockii HI 6496 CHAMA15 Chamaesyce spp. HI 6497 CHDE3 Charpentiera densiflora HI 6498 CHEL Charpentiera elliptica HI 6499 CHOB2 Charpentiera obovata HI

Section B.1 pg.267 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 6500 CHOV2 Charpentiera ovata HI 6503 CHARP Charpentiera spp. HI 6504 CHTO3 Charpentiera tomentosa HI 6507 CHDO3 Cheirodendron dominii HI 6508 CHFA Cheirodendron fauriei HI 6509 CHFO4 Cheirodendron forbesii HI 6510 CHPL Cheirodendron platyphyllum HI 6513 CHEIR Cheirodendron spp. HI 6514 CHTR2 Cheirodendron trigynum HI 6517 CHOA Chenopodium oahuense HI 6518 CHENO Chenopodium spp. HI 6525 CHVI22 Chionanthus vitiensis AS 6541 CHCA10 Chrysophyllum cainito AS GUM PAL 6542 CHOL Chrysophyllum oliviforme HI 6546 CICH Cibotium chamissoi HI 6547 CIGL Cibotium glaucum HI 6545 CIHE7 Cibotium heleniae HI 6548 CIME8 Cibotium menziesii HI 6549 CIBOT Cibotium spp. HI 6552 CIPU Cinchona pubescens HI 6553 CINCH Cinchona spp. HI 6555 CIBU2 Cinnamomum burmannii HI 858 CICA Cinnamomum camphora GUM HI 6557 CICA2 Cinnamomum carolinense FSM PAL 6561 CIPE6 Cinnamomum pedatinervium PAL 6562 CISE2 Cinnamomum sessilifolium FSM 6563 CINNA2 Cinnamomum spp. FSM HI PAL 6564 CIVE2 Cinnamomum verum AS NMI HI PAL 6565 CICA8 Citharexylum caudatum HI 6567 CISP3 Citharexylum spinosum HI 6568 CITHA Citharexylum spp. HI 6570 CISA2 Citronella samoensis AS 6572 CIAU Citrus aurantifolia AS NMI FSM PAL 6578 CIGR Citrus grandis NMI FSM PAL 6579 CIHY2 Citrus hystrix NMI FSM GUM 6580 CIMA10 Citrus macroptera FSM GUM 6581 CIMA5 Citrus maxima AS FSM GUM 6582 CIME3 Citrus medica NMI GUM 6583 CIMI3 Citrus mitis FSM PAL 6584 CIRE3 Citrus reticulata AS FSM GUM PAL 860 CITRU2 Citrus spp. NMI FSM PAL 6574 CIAU8 Citrus xaurantium GUM 6575 CILI5 Citrus xlimon GUM PAL 6577 CISI3 Citrus xsinensis AS FSM GUM 6586 CLCA15 Claoxylon carolinianum FSM 6588 CLFA6 Claoxylon fallax PAL 6589 CLLO5 Claoxylon longiracemosum PAL

6590 CLMA25 Claoxylon marianum NMI GUM Appendix B: 6591 CLSA Claoxylon sandwicense HI 6592 CLAOX Claoxylon spp. FSM HI PAL 6593 CLCA18 Cleistanthus carolinianus PAL 6594 CLIN8 Cleistanthus insularis PAL 6595 CLEIS5 Cleistanthus spp. PAL 6597 CLAR4 Clermontia arborescens HI 6601 CLCL Clermontia clermontioides HI

6604 CLDR2 Clermontia drepanomorpha HI TREE SPECIES LIST 6605 CLFA Clermontia fauriei HI 6606 CLGR3 Clermontia grandiflora HI 6610 CLHA4 Clermontia hawaiiensis HI 6611 CLKA Clermontia kakeana HI 6612 CLKO Clermontia kohalae HI 6596 CLLE3 Clermontia leptoclada HI 6613 CLLI3 Clermontia lindseyana HI 6614 CLMI3 Clermontia micrantha HI 6615 CLMO5 Clermontia montis-loa HI 6616 CLOB2 Clermontia oblongifolia HI pg.268 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 6620 CLPA6 Clermontia pallida HI 6621 CLPA8 Clermontia parviflora HI 6622 CLPE2 Clermontia peleana NMI FSM HI PAL MAR 6625 CLPE3 Clermontia persicifolia HI 6626 CLPY2 Clermontia pyrularia HI 6627 CLSI3 Clermontia singuliflora NMI FSM HI PAL MAR 6628 CLERM Clermontia spp. FSM HI 6629 CLTU2 Clermontia tuberculata HI 6630 CLWA2 Clermontia waimeae HI 6632 CLCH4 Clerodendrum chinense HI 6633 CLGL2 Clerodendrum glabrum HI 6634 CLIN Clerodendrum indicum HI 6635 CLMA24 Clerodendrum macrostegium HI 6636 CLERO2 Clerodendrum spp. HI 6645 CLCA21 Clinostigma carolinense FSM 6651 CLRO Clusia rosea HI 6652 CLUSI Clusia spp. HI 6670 COUV Coccoloba uvifera FSM GUM HI MAR 908 CONU Cocos nucifera AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 6681 COCOS Cocos spp. HI 6684 COAR2 Coffea arabica NMI GUM HI PAL 6686 COLI8 Coffea liberica GUM 6685 CORO8 Coffea robusta FSM 6687 COFFE Coffea spp. HI PAL 6691 COSC13 Colona scabra PAL 6693 COAR3 Colubrina arborescens GUM 6694 COAS3 Colubrina asiatica NMI HI 6697 COOP Colubrina oppositifolia HI 6699 COLUB Colubrina spp. HI 6702 COTE15 Combretum tetralophum PAL 6703 COBA17 Commersonia bartramia AS NMI FSM PAL 987 COER2 Conocarpus erectus HI 6709 CONOC Conocarpus spp. HI 6716 COFO2 Coprosma foliosa HI 6717 COKA Coprosma kauensis HI 6718 COLO4 Coprosma longifolia HI 6719 COMO3 Coprosma montana HI 6720 COOC3 Coprosma ochracea HI 6721 COPU8 Coprosma pubens HI 6722 CORH Coprosma rhynchocarpa HI 6724 COPRO Coprosma spp. HI 6726 COWA4 Coprosma waimeae HI 6729 COAS6 Cordia aspera AS 6731 COCO5 Cordia collococca HI 6733 CODI18 Cordia dichotoma GUM HI 6736 COMI6 Cordia micronesica PAL 865 COSE2 Cordia sebestena PAL 6741 CORDI Cordia spp. FSM HI PAL 6742 COSU2 Cordia subcordata AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 6744 COFR2 Cordyline fruticosa HI 6745 CORDY2 Cordyline spp. HI 6749 COCA48 Corymbia calophylla HI 6750 COCI4 Corymbia citriodora HI 6751 COFI7 Corymbia ficifolia HI 6752 COGU4 Corymbia gummifera HI 6754 COLA6 Corynocarpus laevigatus HI 6755 CORYN2 Corynocarpus spp. HI 6756 COGU3 Couroupita guianensis MAR 6758 CRRE12 Crateva religiosa AS FSM

PACIFIC ISLANDS TREE LIST PACIFIC 6760 CRAL11 Crescentia alata GUM : 6769 CRBI9 Crossostylis biflora AS 6771 CRLO3 Crotalaria longirostrata HI MAR 6772 CROTO Croton sp. FSM 6779 CREL8 Cryptocarya elegans AS 6781 CRMA8 Cryptocarya mannii HI 6778 CROR5 Cryptocarya oreophila NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR

Section B.1 pg.269 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 6783 CRYPT2 Cryptocarya spp. FSM HI PAL 6784 CRTU4 Cryptocarya turbinata AS 6786 CRJA3 Cryptomeria japonica GUM HI 6787 CRYPT4 Cryptomeria spp. HI 6795 CULU2 Cupressus lusitanica HI 6796 CUSE2 Cupressus sempervirens HI 50 CUPRE Cupressus spp. HI 6800 CYAC4 Cyanea aculeatiflora HI 6801 CYAR10 Cyanea arborea HI 6802 CYFI6 Cyanea fissa HI 6805 CYFL4 Cyanea floribunda HI 6806 CYGI5 Cyanea giffardii HI 6807 CYHA6 Cyanea hamatiflora HI 6810 CYHA7 Cyanea hardyi HI 6811 CYHO6 Cyanea horrida HI 6812 CYKU3 Cyanea kuhihewa HI 6813 CYKU Cyanea kunthiana HI 6814 CYLE5 Cyanea leptostegia HI 6815 CYMA10 Cyanea macrostegia HI 6818 CYMA14 Cyanea marksii HI 6819 CYPI4 Cyanea pilosa HI 6822 CYPO5 Cyanea pohaku HI 6823 CYPR8 Cyanea procera HI 6824 CYPY Cyanea pycnocarpa HI 6825 CYQU Cyanea quercifolia HI 6826 CYRI4 Cyanea rivularis HI 6827 CYSO2 Cyanea solenocalyx HI 6828 CYANE Cyanea spp. HI 6829 CYST5 Cyanea stictophylla HI 6830 CYSU8 Cyanea superba HI 6833 CYTR6 Cyanea tritomantha HI 6837 CYCO18 Cyathea cooperi HI 6838 CYDE16 Cyathea decurrens AS 6840 CYLU5 Cyathea lunulata AS GUM PAL 6841 CYME12 Cyathea medullaris AS 6842 CYNI7 Cyathea nigricans FSM PAL 6844 CYPO11 Cyathea ponapeana FSM 6849 CYTR11 Cyathea truncata AS 6852 CYCI8 Cycas micronesica FSM GUM PAL MAR 6853 CYRE11 Cycas revoluta PAL MAR 6854 CYCAS Cycas spp. FSM PAL 6855 CYBA7 Cyclophyllum barbatum AS FSM 6858 CYRA8 Cynometra ramiflora NMI FSM GUM PAL 6859 CYYO Cynometra yokotae FSM 6860 CYBE3 Cyphomandra betacea GUM 6865 CYGI3 Cyrtandra giffardii HI 6863 CYPU13 Cyrtandra pulchella AS

6864 CYRA3 Cyrtandra ramosissima HI Appendix B: 6866 CYRTA Cyrtandra spp. HI 6868 DARE6 Dalbergia retusa FSM 6870 DATU Dalbergia tucurensis FSM 6875 DEFA Delissea fallax HI 6876 DELA4 Delissea laciniata HI 6877 DENI Delissea niihauensis HI 6880 DEPA9 Delissea parviflora HI

6881 DELIS Delissea spp. HI TREE SPECIES LIST 6882 DEUN2 Delissea undulata HI 6883 DERE Delonix regia AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 6884 DELON Delonix spp. FSM HI 6885 DEHA5 Dendrocnide harveyi AS FSM 6886 DELA13 Dendrocnide latifolia NMI FSM GUM 6887 DENDR16 Dendrocnide spp. AS NMI FSM 6891 DIAL13 Dictyosperma album GUM 6898 DISU11 Dillenia suffruticosa HI 6900 DIBL3 Diospyros blancoi HI 6902 DIDI9 Diospyros discolor AS GUM PAL pg.270 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 6904 DIEL3 Diospyros elliptica AS 6905 DIFE5 Diospyros ferrea FSM PAL 6906 DIHI4 Diospyros hillebrandii HI 6907 DIKA2 Diospyros kaki GUM 6910 DISA16 Diospyros samoensis AS 6911 DISA10 Diospyros sandwicensis HI 520 DIOSP Diospyros spp. FSM HI PAL 6921 DIPO Discocalyx ponapensis NMI GUM 6928 DOSP3 Dolichandrone spathacea FSM PAL 6930 DOHE2 Dovyalis hebecarpa HI 6933 DRMU2 Dracaena multiflora PAL 6934 DRRE6 Dracaena reflexa FSM 6935 DRCA18 Drypetes carolinensis FSM PAL 6936 DRDO3 Drypetes dolichocarpa NMI 6941 DRNI3 Drypetes nitida PAL 6942 DRYPE Drypetes spp. NMI PAL 6943 DRVI5 Drypetes vitiensis AS 6949 DRYA Drypetes yapensis FSM 6947 DUAR Dubautia arborea HI 6944 DUDE Dubautia demissifolia HI 6945 DUFA2 Dubautia fallax HI 6948 DUKN Dubautia knudsenii HI 6952 DUMI Dubautia microcephala HI 6946 DUMO2 Dubautia montana HI 6953 DUPL Dubautia plantaginea HI 6957 DURE2 Dubautia reticulata HI 6958 DUBAU Dubautia spp. HI 6961 DUER Duranta erecta HI 6965 DUZI Durio zibethinus AS FSM 6966 DYLU Dypsis lutescens FSM MAR 6968 DYHU2 Dysoxylum huntii AS 6969 DYMA Dysoxylum maota AS 6972 DYMOM Dysoxylum mollissimum ssp. FSM Molle 6970 DYSA Dysoxylum samoense AS FSM 6971 DYSOX Dysoxylum spp. AS PAL 6973 ELGU Elaeis guineensis FSM PAL 6975 ELBI Elaeocarpus bifidus HI 6976 ELCA20 Elaeocarpus carolinensis FSM PAL 6977 ELFL6 Elaeocarpus floridanus AS 6978 ELGR Elaeocarpus graeffei AS 6979 ELGR6 Elaeocarpus grandis AS 6980 ELJO Elaeocarpus joga NMI GUM PAL 6981 ELKE Elaeocarpus kerstingianus FSM 6974 ELKU2 Elaeocarpus kusaiensis FSM 6982 ELKU Elaeocarpus kusanoi FSM 6983 ELAEO Elaeocarpus spp. FSM PAL 6984 ELTO4 Elaeocarpus tonganus AS 6985 ELUL Elaeocarpus ulianus AS 6990 ELFA3 Elattostachys falcata AS 6992 ELDU3 Eleocharis dulcis AS 6994 ENEL Endiandra elaeocarpa AS 6996 ENCY Enterolobium cyclocarpum FSM HI 6998 ERJA3 Eriobotrya japonica GUM HI 6999 ERIOB Eriobotrya spp. HI 7008 ERFU2 Erythrina fusca AS FSM PAL 7012 ERSA11 Erythrina sandwicensis HI 7013 ERYTH Erythrina spp. FSM HI PAL 7014 ERSU15 Erythrina subumbrans AS

PACIFIC ISLANDS TREE LIST PACIFIC 7016 ERVAO Erythrina variegata AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL

: 7017 ERAC10 Erythrospermum AS acuminatissimum 7025 EUBO2 Eucalyptus botryoides HI 7026 EUBR2 Eucalyptus bridgesiana HI 512 EUCA2 Eucalyptus camaldulensis HI 7028 EUCI80 Eucalyptus cinerea HI

Section B.1 pg.271 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 7030 EUCL Eucalyptus cladocalyx HI 7031 EUCO3 Eucalyptus cornuta HI 7032 EUCR Eucalyptus crebra HI 7033 EUDE Eucalyptus deanei HI 7034 EUDE2 Eucalyptus deglupta FSM HI PAL 511 EUGL Eucalyptus globulus HI PAL 7038 EUGO Eucalyptus gomphocephala HI 7039 EUGO2 Eucalyptus goniocalyx HI 513 EUGR12 Eucalyptus grandis HI 7041 EUHE12 Eucalyptus hemiphloia HI 7044 EUMA4 Eucalyptus marginata HI 7045 EUMI Eucalyptus microcorys HI 7046 EUPA Eucalyptus paniculata HI 7047 EUPI Eucalyptus pilularis HI PAL 7048 EURA4 Eucalyptus raveretiana HI 7049 EURE2 Eucalyptus resinifera HI 514 EURO2 Eucalyptus robusta HI PAL 7051 EURU2 Eucalyptus rudis HI 7052 EUSA17 Eucalyptus salicifolia HI 7053 EUSA Eucalyptus saligna HI PAL 7054 EUSI2 Eucalyptus sideroxylon HI PAL 510 EUCAL Eucalyptus spp. FSM HI PAL 7056 EUTE Eucalyptus tereticornis HI 7057 EUVI Eucalyptus viminalis HI 7059 EUAQ Eugenia aquea PAL 7065 EUCA16 Eugenia caryophyllus PAL 7079 EUKO Eugenia koolauensis HI 7082 EUMA5 Eugenia malaccensis FSM PAL 7086 EUNI2 Eugenia nitida PAL 7087 EUPA3 Eugenia palauensis PAL 7088 EUPA28 Eugenia palumbis NMI GUM 7091 EURE7 Eugenia reinwardtiana AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL 7096 EUGEN Eugenia spp. FSM HI PAL 7101 EUSU9 Eugenia suzukii PAL 7102 EUTH4 Eugenia thompsonii NMI GUM 7104 EUUN2 Eugenia uniflora AS HI 7123 EUHO5 Euodia hortensis FSM 7124 EUNI8 Euodia nitida PAL 7125 EUPA29 Euodia palawensis PAL 7126 EUPO15 Euodia ponapensis FSM 7127 EUODI Euodia spp. PAL 7128 EUTR13 Euodia trichantha PAL 7110 EUHA2 Euphorbia haeleeleana HI 7112 EUNE4 Euphorbia neriifolia MAR 7114 EUPU9 Euphorbia pulcherrima HI 7115 EUPHO Euphorbia spp. HI 7116 EUTI Euphorbia tirucalli HI

7117 EULO7 Euphoria longana AS FSM Appendix B: 7119 EUSA6 Eurya sandwicensis HI 7120 EURYA Eurya spp. HI 7129 EXAG Excoecaria agallocha FSM GUM PAL 7131 EXGA Exocarpos gaudichaudii HI 7132 EXOCA Exocarpos spp. HI 7133 EXPO2 Exorrhiza ponapensis FSM 7141 FABE Fagraea berteroana AS FSM GUM PAL

7142 FAKS Fagraea ksid PAL TREE SPECIES LIST 7143 FAGRA Fagraea spp. PAL 7144 FAMO Falcataria moluccana AS NMI FSM HI 7145 FALCA2 Falcataria spp. HI 7150 FIBE Ficus benjamina GUM 7151 FICA Ficus carica FSM GUM PAL MAR 7152 FICO2 Ficus copiosa FSM PAL 7155 FIEL Ficus elastica FSM GUM PAL 7156 FIGO Ficus godeffroyi AS 7160 FIMI2 Ficus microcarpa NMI FSM GUM PAL 7162 FINO3 Ficus nota HI pg.272 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 7163 FIOB3 Ficus obliqua AS 7165 FIPR2 Ficus prolixa AS NMI FSM GUM PAL 7167 FIRU4 Ficus rubiginosa HI MAR 7168 FISA Ficus saffordii PAL 7169 FISC3 Ficus scabra AS 7171 FICUS Ficus spp. NMI FSM HI PAL 7175 FITH2 Ficus thonningii HI 7176 FITI2 Ficus tinctoria AS NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 7178 FIUN Ficus uniauriculata AS 7179 FIVI3 Ficus virens FSM PAL 7180 FICH Finschia chloroxantha PAL 7182 FISP3 Fitchia speciosa HI 7186 FLRU2 Flacourtia rukam AS PAL 7188 FLBR Flindersia brayleyana HI 7191 FLFL4 Flueggea flexuosa AS 7192 FLNE Flueggea neowawraea HI 7193 FLUEG Flueggea spp. HI 7200 FRCA12 Frangula californica HI 541 FRAM2 Fraxinus americana HI 7206 FRUH Fraxinus uhdei HI 7207 FUBO Fuchsia boliviana HI 7208 FUPA2 Fuchsia paniculata HI 7209 FUCHS Fuchsia spp. HI 7210 FUEL Funtumia elastica AS 7214 GAMA10 Garcinia mangostana AS FSM PAL 7215 GAMA8 Garcinia matsudai PAL 7216 GAMY Garcinia myrtifolia AS 7217 GAPO4 Garcinia ponapensis FSM 7220 GAQU2 Garcinia quadrilocularis FSM 7219 GARU3 Garcinia rumiyo FSM PAL 7221 GARCI Garcinia spp. PAL 7224 GABR Gardenia brighamii HI 7225 GAMA6 Gardenia mannii HI 7226 GARE Gardenia remyi HI 7227 GARDE Gardenia spp. FSM HI 7228 GATA Gardenia taitensis AS HI 7229 GAFL8 Garuga floribunda AS 7233 GERU3 Geniostoma rupestre AS 7241 GICE2 Gironniera celtidifolia AS FSM PAL 7247 GLCU Glochidion cuspidatum AS 7257 GLKA Glochidion kanehirae 7248 GLMA9 Glochidion marianum NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 7250 GLOCH Glochidion spp. FSM PAL 7251 GMEL Gmelina elliptica PAL 7252 GMPA Gmelina palawensis PAL 7253 GMELI Gmelina spp. PAL 7254 GNGN Gnetum gnemon PAL 7260 GOCA2 Goniothalamus carolinensis PAL 7262 GOBA Gossypium barbadense HI 7264 GOHIH2 Gossypium hirsutum HI 7272 GRBA Grevillea banksii HI 7273 GRRO Grevillea robusta GUM HI PAL 7274 GREVI Grevillea spp. HI 7275 GRCR4 Grewia crenata AS NMI GUM 7279 GUOF Guaiacum officinale GUM 7282 GUMA4 Guamia mariannae NMI GUM 7307 GUSP3 Guettarda speciosa AS NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 7311 GURH Guioa rhoifolia AS 7312 GUIOA Guioa spp. AS

PACIFIC ISLANDS TREE LIST PACIFIC 7313 GUPA Gulubia palauensis PAL : 7319 GYAM2 Gyrocarpus americanus AS 7321 HACA2 Haematoxylum campechianum HI 7332 HAFL Haplolobus floribundus AS 7334 HAAR4 Harpullia arborea 7338 HEDE14 Hedycarya denticulata AS 7340 HEDYC2 Hedycarya spp. AS

Section B.1 pg.273 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 7343 HEFO5 Hedyotis fosbergii HI 7344 HEHI8 Hedyotis hillebrandii HI 7345 HEDYO2 Hedyotis spp. HI 7346 HETE21 Hedyotis terminalis HI 7349 HEPO4 Heliocarpus popayanensis HI 7350 HELIO Heliocarpus spp. HI 7359 HELI9 Heritiera littoralis FSM GUM PAL 7360 HELO12 Heritiera longipetiolata NMI GUM 7362 HERIT2 Heritiera spp. PAL 7368 HELA27 Hernandia labyrinthica NMI GUM 7363 HEMO13 Hernandia moerenhoutiana AS 7364 HENY Hernandia nymphaeifolia AS FSM MAR 7365 HEOV4 Hernandia ovigera GUM 7366 HESO Hernandia sonora NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 7367 HERNA Hernandia spp. PAL 7370 HEAR9 Hesperomannia arborescens HI 7371 HEAR10 Hesperomannia arbuscula HI 7372 HELY Hesperomannia lydgatei HI 7373 HESPE8 Hesperomannia spp. HI 7374 HEAR5 Heteromeles arbutifolia HI 7376 HETER5 Heteromeles spp. HI 7377 HEEL9 Heterospathe elata NMI FSM GUM PAL 7381 HEBR8 Hevea brasiliensis GUM PAL 7384 HIBO2 Hibiscadelphus bombycinus HI 7385 HICR Hibiscadelphus crucibracteatus HI 7386 HIDI Hibiscadelphus distans HI 7387 HIGI Hibiscadelphus giffardianus HI 7388 HIHU Hibiscadelphus hualalaiensis HI 7389 HIPU2 Hibiscadelphus puakuahiwi HI 7390 HIBIS Hibiscadelphus spp. HI 7391 HIWI Hibiscadelphus wilderianus HI 7392 HIWO Hibiscadelphus woodii HI 7393 HIAR Hibiscus arnottianus HI 7397 HIBR Hibiscus brackenridgei HI 7401 HICA6 Hibiscus calyphyllus HI 7402 HICL Hibiscus clayi HI 7403 HIEL Hibiscus elatus HI 7404 HIKO Hibiscus kokio HI 7407 HIMA5 Hibiscus macrophyllus HI 7408 HIMU3 Hibiscus mutabilis HI 7411 HIBIS2 Hibiscus spp. HI 7412 HITI Hibiscus tiliaceus AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 7413 HIWA Hibiscus waimeae HI 8008 HOAC4 Homalanthus acuminatus AS 8009 HONU3 Homalanthus nutans AS 8010 HOMAL6 Homalanthus spp. PAL 7424 HOWH Homalium whitmeeanum AS

7427 HOAM2 Horsfieldia amklaal PAL Appendix B: 7428 HONO2 Horsfieldia novoguineensis NMI FSM HI PAL MAR 7429 HONU2 Horsfieldia nunu NMI FSM HI PAL MAR 7430 HOPA10 Horsfieldia palauensis PAL 7431 HORSF2 Horsfieldia spp. PAL 7440 HYLOC Hylocereus spp. HI 7441 HYUN3 Hylocereus undatus HI 7442 HYCO Hymenaea courbaril FSM

7448 HYCA11 Hypericum canariense HI TREE SPECIES LIST 7453 ILAN Ilex anomala HI 7454 ILAQ80 Ilex aquifolium HI 7460 ILPA3 Ilex paraguariensis HI 7464 ILEX Ilex spp. HI 7472 INED Inga edulis FSM 7475 INFA3 Inocarpus fagifer AS FSM GUM PAL MAR 7477 INBI Intsia bijuga AS NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 7482 JAMI Jacaranda mimosifolia HI MAR 7483 JACAR Jacaranda spp. HI 7491 JACU2 Jatropha curcas HI pg.274 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 7494 JATRO Jatropha spp. HI 7497 KAPA4 Kayea pacifica PAL 7506 KLHO Kleinhovia hospita AS FSM GUM PAL 7509 KOCO2 Kokia cookei HI 7510 KODR Kokia drynarioides HI 7511 KOKA Kokia kauaiensis HI 7512 KOLA2 Kokia lanceolata HI 7513 KOKIA Kokia spp. HI 7516 KUER Kunzea ericoides HI 7517 KUNZE Kunzea spp. HI 7518 LAFA2 Labordia fagraeoidea HI 7519 LAHE2 Labordia hedyosmifolia HI 7520 LAHI5 Labordia hirtella HI 7521 LAKA Labordia kaalae HI 7522 LALY2 Labordia lydgatei HI 7523 LABOR Labordia spp. HI 7524 LATI2 Labordia tinifolia HI 7528 LATR4 Labordia triflora HI 7529 LAWA3 Labordia waiolani HI 7533 LASP Lagerstroemia speciosa AS 7539 LADO2 Lansium domesticum AS GUM 7543 LALO Latania loddigesii GUM 7558 LEMO20 Leptospermum morrisonii HI 7559 LEPE23 Leptospermum petersonii HI 7560 LEPO22 Leptospermum polygalifolim HI 7561 LESC2 Leptospermum scoparium HI 7562 LEPTO4 Leptospermum spp. HI 7565 LELE10 Leucaena leucocephala AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 7566 LEUCA Leucaena spp. HI PAL 7575 LISI Ligustrum sinense HI 7576 LIGUS2 Ligustrum spp. HI 7583 LICH4 Litchi chinensis AS FSM PAL 7586 LISA8 Litsea samoensis AS 7587 LITSE Litsea spp. AS 7588 LICH3 Livistona chinensis GUM HI 7595 LOCO9 Lophostemon confertus HI 7598 LUNE4 Lucuma nervosa AS 7602 LULI8 Lumnitzera littorea FSM GUM PAL MAR 7614 MAIN8 Macadamia integrifolia FSM GUM PAL 7616 MACAD Macadamia spp. PAL 7617 MATE16 Macadamia tetraphylla AS 7618 MACA25 Macaranga carolinensis FSM PAL 7619 MAGR Macaranga grayana AS 7620 MAHA9 Macaranga harveyana AS 7621 MAMA28 Macaranga mappa HI 7623 MACAR Macaranga spp. FSM HI PAL 7625 MAST7 Macaranga stipulosa AS 7626 MATA3 Macaranga tanarius HI MAR 7627 MATH3 Macaranga thompsonii NMI GUM 7638 MAPA6 Mallotus palauensis PAL 7639 MAPH4 Mallotus philippensis HI 7641 MALLO Mallotus spp. HI PAL 7642 MATI4 Mallotus tiliifolius PAL 7653 MAGL12 Mammea glauca AS 7654 MAOD2 Mammea odorata NMI FSM GUM PAL 7655 MAMME Mammea spp. FSM PAL 885 MAIN3 Mangifera indica AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL 7657 MAMI3 Mangifera minor FSM 7658 MAOD Mangifera odorata NMI GUM

PACIFIC ISLANDS TREE LIST PACIFIC 7659 MANGI Mangifera spp. FSM HI PAL : 7660 MAGL5 Manihot carthaginensis subsp. GUM HI Glaziovii 7664 MADI14 Manilkara dissecta AS 7666 MAHO5 Manilkara hoshinoi FSM 7671 MANIL Manilkara spp. FSM PAL 7672 MAUD Manilkara udoido PAL

Section B.1 pg.275 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 7674 MAZA Manilkara zapota GUM PAL 7679 MACO Maranthes corymbosa NMI FSM HI PAL MAR 7680 MAFR11 Marattia fraxinea PAL 715 MAPA28 Maytenus palauica PAL 7700 MATH4 Maytenus thompsonii NMI GUM 7704 MECA21 Medusanthera carolinensis PAL 7705 MESA11 Medusanthera samoensis AS 7706 MEDUS2 Medusanthera spp. PAL 992 MEQU Melaleuca quinquenervia HI PAL 7709 MELAL Melaleuca spp. HI 7710 MEMU10 Melanolepis multiglandulosa NMI GUM 993 MEAZ Melia azedarach FSM GUM HI 7716 MELIA Melia spp. FSM HI 7719 MEAN3 Melicope anisata HI 7720 MEBA2 Melicope balloui HI 7721 MEBA3 Melicope barbigera HI 7722 MECH2 Melicope christophersenii HI 7723 MECI6 Melicope cinerea HI 7724 MECL Melicope clusiifolia HI 7725 MECR5 Melicope cruciata HI 7726 MEEL2 Melicope elliptica HI 7727 MEHA7 Melicope haleakalae HI 7728 MEHA3 Melicope haupuensis HI 7729 MEHA4 Melicope hawaiensis HI 7730 MEHI6 Melicope hiiakae HI 7731 MEHO2 Melicope hosakae HI 7732 MEKA2 Melicope kaalaensis HI 7733 MEKN Melicope knudsenii HI 7750 MERE8 Melicope latifolia AS 7734 MEMA6 Melicope macropus HI 7735 MEMA7 Melicope makahae HI 7736 MEMO6 Melicope molokaiensis HI 7737 MEMU4 Melicope mucronulata HI 7738 MEOA Melicope oahuensis HI 7739 MEOB4 Melicope obovata HI 7740 MEOR4 Melicope orbicularis HI 7741 MEOV Melicope ovalis HI 7742 MEOV2 Melicope ovata HI 7743 MEPA6 Melicope pallida HI 7744 MEPA7 Melicope paniculata HI 7745 MEPE9 Melicope peduncularis HI 7746 MEPS Melicope pseudoanisata HI 7747 MEPU4 Melicope puberula HI 7748 MEQU3 Melicope quadrangularis HI 7749 MERA2 Melicope radiata HI 7751 MERO3 Melicope rotundifolia HI 7752 MESA4 Melicope saint-johnii HI

7753 MESA5 Melicope sandwicensis HI Appendix B: 7754 MELIC3 Melicope spp. HI 7755 MEVO Melicope volcanica HI 7756 MEWA2 Melicope waialealae HI 7757 MEWA4 Melicope wawraeana HI 7758 MEZA Melicope zahlbruckneri HI 7759 MESA9 Melicytus samoensis AS 7766 MEAR16 Melochia aristata AS FSM

7767 MELOC Melochia spp. FSM HI TREE SPECIES LIST 7769 MEUM3 Melochia umbellata HI 7770 MEVIC4 Melochia villosissima var GUM PAL compacta 7771 MEVIV Melochia villosissima var FSM GUM villosissima 7774 MEME12 Merrilliodendron megacarpum NMI FSM GUM 7776 MEMA16 Meryta macrophylla AS FSM 7777 MESE11 Meryta senfftiana FSM PAL 7778 MERYT Meryta spp. PAL 7781 MEPOP2 Metrosideros collina AS pg.276 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 7782 MEMA4 Metrosideros macropus HI 7783 MEPO5 Metrosideros polymorpha AS HI 7792 MERU2 Metrosideros rugosa HI 7793 METRO Metrosideros spp. HI 7794 METR5 Metrosideros tremuloides HI 7795 MEWA Metrosideros waialealae HI 7798 MEAM4 Metroxylon amicarum FSM GUM PAL 7799 MESA7 Metroxylon sagu FSM PAL 7800 METRO2 Metroxylon spp. FSM PAL 7801 MICH4 Michelia champaca AS 7805 MICA20 Miconia calvescens HI 7824 MIMI23 Micromelum minutum AS 7831 MIPI9 Millettia pinnata AS PAL 7835 MIEL4 Mimusops elengi GUM 7841 MOHI Montanoa hibiscifolia HI 7842 MONTA Montanoa spp. HI 7845 MOCE2 Morella cerifera HI 7846 MOFA Morella faya HI 7848 MOREL2 Morella spp. HI 7849 MOCI3 Morinda citrifolia AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 7850 MOLA12 Morinda latibractea PAL 7851 MOPE2 Morinda pedunculata PAL 7852 MORIN Morinda spp. FSM HI PAL 7853 MOTR Morinda trimera HI 7855 MOOL Moringa oleifera FSM GUM PAL 681 MOAL Morus alba NMI GUM HI 7865 MURA3 Munroidendron racemosum HI 7867 MUCA4 Muntingia calabura NMI FSM GUM HI PAL 7868 MUNTI Muntingia spp. HI 7870 MUKO Murraya koenigii NMI 7876 MUSA2 Musa spp. 7880 MUFR3 Mussaenda frondosa FSM PAL 7881 MURA5 Mussaenda raiateensis AS 7882 MUSSA Mussaenda spp. AS FSM PAL 7883 MYSA Myoporum sandwicense HI 7884 MYOPO Myoporum spp. HI 7892 MYRCI Myrcia spp. HI 7894 MYCA9 Myrciaria cauliflora FSM 7899 MYRU3 Myrica rubra GUM 7900 MYRIC Myrica spp. HI 7902 MYHY2 Myristica hypargyraea AS PAL 7903 MYIN3 Myristica insularis FSM PAL 7906 MYIN4 Myristica inutilis AS 7904 MYRIS Myristica spp. FSM PAL 7910 MYAL4 Myrsine alyxifolia HI 7913 MYDE2 Myrsine degeneri HI 7914 MYEM Myrsine emarginata HI 7915 MYFE Myrsine fernseei HI 7916 MYFO Myrsine fosbergii HI 7918 MYHE3 Myrsine helleri HI 7919 MYKA Myrsine kauaiensis HI 7920 MYKN Myrsine knudsenii HI 7921 MYLA3 Myrsine lanaiensis HI 7922 MYLE2 Myrsine lessertiana HI 7923 MYME2 Myrsine mezii HI 7929 MYPA7 Myrsine palauensis 7924 MYPE3 Myrsine petiolata HI 7925 MYPU2 Myrsine pukooensis HI 7926 MYSA2 Myrsine sandwicensis HI

PACIFIC ISLANDS TREE LIST PACIFIC 7927 MYRSI Myrsine spp. HI : 7928 MYWA Myrsine wawraea HI 7948 NEFO2 Neonauclea forsteri AS PAL 7952 NELA7 Nephelium lappaceum AS FSM PAL 7953 NERA3 Nephelium ramboutan-ake FSM 7954 NEME5 Neraudia melastomifolia HI 7958 NEPO Nesoluma polynesicum HI

Section B.1 pg.277 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 7960 NESA2 Nestegis sandwicensis HI 7961 NESTE Nestegis spp. HI 7962 NECE Neuburgia celebica FSM PAL 7964 NIGL Nicotiana glauca HI 7965 NICOT Nicotiana spp. HI 7966 NOBR2 Nothocestrum breviflorum HI 7967 NOLA Nothocestrum latifolium HI 7968 NOLO Nothocestrum longifolium HI 7969 NOPE Nothocestrum peltatum HI 7970 NOTHO3 Nothocestrum spp. HI 7971 NOHU Nototrichium humile HI 7972 NOSA Nototrichium sandwicense HI 7977 OCHNA Ochna spp. HI 7978 OCTH Ochna thomasiana HI 7980 OCPY Ochroma pyramidale PAL 7982 OCCO Ochrosia compta HI 7983 OCHA Ochrosia haleakalae HI 7984 OCKA Ochrosia kauaiensis HI 7985 OCKI Ochrosia kilaueaensis HI 7987 OCMA2 Ochrosia mariannensis NMI GUM 7942 OCOP Ochrosia oppositifolia AS NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 7986 OCHRO2 Ochrosia spp. FSM HI 8004 OLEU Olea europaea HI 8007 OLEA Olea spp. HI 8000 OLNE Oleandra neriiformis AS 8011 OPPA4 Ophiorrhiza palauensis PAL 8013 OPCO4 Opuntia cochenillifera HI 8014 OPFI Opuntia ficus-indica HI 8015 OPMO5 Opuntia monacantha HI 8018 OPUNT Opuntia spp. HI 8019 ORCA12 Ormosia calavensis PAL 8022 OSOL Osmoxylon oliveri PAL 8023 OSPA Osmoxylon pachyphyllum NMI FSM HI PAL MAR 8024 OSMOX Osmoxylon spp. FSM PAL 718 OSTR Osmoxylon truncatum PAL 8036 PAAQ2 Pachira aquatica FSM PAL 8074 PAKA Palaquium karrak NMI FSM HI PAL MAR 8044 PAST24 Palaquium stehlinii AS 8054 PAAI Pandanus aimiriikensis PAL 8055 PACO51 Pandanus cominsii FSM 8056 PACO3 Pandanus compressus FSM PAL 8057 PACY10 Pandanus cylindricus FSM 8058 PADI2 Pandanus dilatatus FSM 8059 PADI29 Pandanus divergens PAL 8060 PADU3 Pandanus dubius NMI FSM GUM PAL 8061 PADU4 Pandanus duriocarpus PAL 8062 PAEN Pandanus enchabiensis MAR

8063 PAFI Pandanus fischerianus FSM Appendix B: 8065 PAHO6 Pandanus hosinoi FSM 8066 PAJA3 Pandanus jaluitensis FSM MAR 8053 PAJA2 Pandanus japensis FSM 8067 PAKA2 Pandanus kanehirae PAL 8068 PAKO2 Pandanus korrensis PAL 8069 PALA3 Pandanus lakatwa MAR 8070 PALA4 Pandanus laticanaliculatus MAR

8071 PAMA3 Pandanus macrocephalus FSM MAR TREE SPECIES LIST 8072 PAMA32 Pandanus macrojeanneretia PAL 8073 PAME18 Pandanus menne MAR 8092 PAOB7 Pandanus obliquus MAR 8075 PAOD2 Pandanus odontoides FSM 8076 PAPA38 Pandanus palawensis PAL 8077 PAPA39 Pandanus patina FSM 8078 PAPE Pandanus peliliuensis PAL 8079 PAPO2 Pandanus ponapensis FSM 8080 PAPU18 Pandanus pulposus FSM MAR 8081 PARE2 Pandanus rectangulatus MAR pg.278 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 8082 PARE19 Pandanus reineckei AS 8083 PARO2 Pandanus rotundatus FSM 8084 PANDA Pandanus spp. FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 8085 PATE2 Pandanus tectorius AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 8086 PATO6 Pandanus tolotomensis FSM 8087 PATR Pandanus trukensis MAR 8088 PAUT Pandanus utilis FSM PAL 8090 PAVA4 Pandanus variegatus PAL 8091 PAED4 Pangium edule NMI FSM GUM PAL 8103 PAIN20 Parinari insularum AS 8104 PALA5 Parinari laurina FSM PAL 8105 PARIN Parinari spp. FSM PAL 8107 PAKO5 Parkia korom NMI FSM HI PAL MAR 8108 PAPA2 Parkia parvifoliola PAL 8111 PAAC3 Parkinsonia aculeata HI 8112 PARKI2 Parkinsonia spp. HI 712 PATO2 Paulownia tomentosa HI 8121 PEPT3 Peltophorum pterocarpum GUM 8123 PEAC6 Pemphis acidula NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 8129 PEMO13 Pericopsis mooniana NMI FSM HI PAL MAR 8131 PESA3 Perrottetia sandwicensis HI 7211 PEAM3 Persea americana AS FSM GUM HI PAL 720 PERSE Persea spp. HI 8146 PHNI11 Phaleria nisidai PAL 8151 PHCA13 Phoenix canariensis MAR 8152 PHDA4 Phoenix dactylifera GUM HI 8153 PHOEN2 Phoenix spp. HI 8154 PHSY3 Phoenix sylvestris GUM 8155 PHDA5 Photinia davidiana HI 8157 PHAC3 Phyllanthus acidus GUM 8159 PHDI10 Phyllanthus distichus HI 8175 PIDI2 Pimenta dioica NMI HI 8178 PIRAG Pimenta racemosa NMI GUM 8180 PIMEN Pimenta spp. NMI GUM HI 8181 PIIN5 Pinanga insignis PAL 8183 PICA18 Pinus caribaea HI 8187 PIPA13 Pinus patula HI 8188 PIPI6 Pinus pinaster HI 100 PINUS Pinus spp. HI 8205 PIAL2 Pipturus albidus HI 8206 PIAR8 Pipturus argenteus AS NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 8207 PIPTU Pipturus spp. FSM HI 887 PIPI3 Piscidia piscipula HI 8210 PISCI Piscidia spp. HI 8212 PIBR3 Pisonia brunoniana HI 8213 PIGR6 Pisonia grandis AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 8214 PISA5 Pisonia sandwicensis HI 8215 PISON Pisonia spp. PAL 8217 PIUM2 Pisonia umbellifera AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL 8218 PIWA2 Pisonia wagneriana HI 8220 PIDU Pithecellobium dulce NMI GUM HI PAL 8226 PIAR4 Pittosporum argentifolium HI 8227 PICO4 Pittosporum confertiflorum HI 8225 PIFE3 Pittosporum ferrugineum FSM 8228 PIFL4 Pittosporum flocculosum HI 8229 PIGA2 Pittosporum gayanum HI 8230 PIGL4 Pittosporum glabrum HI 8231 PIHA3 Pittosporum halophilum HI 8232 PIHA4 Pittosporum hawaiiense HI

PACIFIC ISLANDS TREE LIST PACIFIC 8233 PIHO Pittosporum hosmeri HI : 8234 PIKA3 Pittosporum kauaiense HI 8224 PIMO4 Pittosporum monae HI 8235 PINA Pittosporum napaliense HI 8236 PIPE8 Pittosporum pentandrum HI 8238 PITTO Pittosporum spp. FSM HI 8239 PITE5 Pittosporum terminalioides HI

Section B.1 pg.279 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 8240 PIUN2 Pittosporum undulatum HI 8241 PIVI5 Pittosporum viridiflorum HI 8242 PLGA2 Planchonella garberi AS 8243 PLGR11 Planchonella grayana AS 8244 PLLI6 Planchonella linggensis AS 8303 PLOB5 Planchonella obovata NMI FSM GUM PAL 8246 PLSA9 Planchonella samoensis AS 8247 PLANC Planchonella spp. AS 8248 PLTO2 Planchonella torricellensis AS 8250 PLRE4 Platydesma remyi HI 8251 PLSP3 Platydesma spathulata HI 8252 PLATY Platydesma spp. HI 8257 PLAU2 Pleomele aurea HI 8258 PLAU5 Pleomele auwahiensis HI 8259 PLFE Pleomele fernaldii HI 8260 PLFO2 Pleomele forbesii HI 8261 PLHA3 Pleomele halapepe HI 8262 PLHA4 Pleomele hawaiiensis HI 8263 PLEOM Pleomele spp. HI 8269 PLOBO Plumeria obtusa FSM GUM PAL MAR 8271 PLRU2 Plumeria rubra FSM GUM PAL MAR 8272 PLUME Plumeria spp. PAL 8283 POGR28 Polyscias grandifolia NMI FSM GUM PAL 8284 POGU Polyscias guilfoylei FSM 8285 POMA Polyscias macgillivrayi PAL 8286 PONO10 Polyscias nodosa PAL 8287 POSA27 Polyscias samoensis AS 8288 POSC10 Polyscias scutellaria MAR 8289 POLYS4 Polyscias spp. PAL 8290 POPI12 Pometia pinnata AS FSM 8292 POHO Ponapea hosinoi FSM 8293 POLE21 Ponapea ledermanniana FSM 8294 PONAP Ponapea spp. FSM 8295 POPI4 Pongamia pinnata FSM GUM PAL 8297 POCA43 Pouteria caimito AS 8298 POCA6 Pouteria calcarea PAL 8299 POCA23 Pouteria campechiana NMI GUM 8304 POSA11 Pouteria sandwicensis HI 8305 POSA13 Pouteria sapota GUM 8306 POUTE Pouteria spp. HI PAL 8307 PROB Premna obtusifolia NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 8308 PRPU5 Premna pubescens PAL 8309 PRSE6 Premna serratifolia AS FSM GUM MAR 8310 PREMN Premna spp. FSM PAL 8315 PRAF Pritchardia affinis HI 8316 PRAR2 Pritchardia arecina HI 8317 PRBE Pritchardia beccariana HI

8318 PRFO Pritchardia forbesiana HI Appendix B: 8319 PRHA2 Pritchardia hardyi HI 8320 PRHI Pritchardia hillebrandii HI 8321 PRKA Pritchardia kaalae HI 8322 PRLA3 Pritchardia lanaiensis HI 8323 PRLA4 Pritchardia lanigera HI 8324 PRLI2 Pritchardia limahuliensis HI 8325 PRLO2 Pritchardia lowreyana HI

8326 PRMA5 Pritchardia martii HI TREE SPECIES LIST 8327 PRMI3 Pritchardia minor HI 8328 PRMU3 Pritchardia munroi HI 8329 PRPA11 Pritchardia pacifica AS 8330 PRPE7 Pritchardia perlmanii HI 8331 PRRE Pritchardia remota HI 8336 PRSC Pritchardia schattaueri HI 8337 PRITC Pritchardia spp. HI 8338 PRVI2 Pritchardia viscosa HI 8339 PRWA Pritchardia waialealeana HI 8341 PRPE6 Procris pedunculata AS pg.280 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 8343 PRJU Prosopis juliflora HI 8344 PRPA4 Prosopis pallida HI 755 PROSO Prosopis spp. HI 764 PRPE3 Prunus persica 8355 PSCA Psidium cattleianum NMI HI 8356 PSGU Psidium guajava AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL 8368 PSCA18 Psychotria carolinensis FSM 8413 PSCH4 Psychotria cheathamiana 8365 PSFA Psychotria fauriei HI 8366 PSGR Psychotria grandiflora HI 8369 PSGR3 Psychotria greenwelliae HI 8370 PSHA2 Psychotria hathewayi HI 8373 PSHA3 Psychotria hawaiiensis HI 8377 PSHE2 Psychotria hexandra HI 8382 PSHEO Psychotria hexandra ssp. HI oahuensis 8386 PSHO Psychotria hobdyi HI 8387 PSIN10 Psychotria insularum AS 8388 PSKA Psychotria kaduana HI 8390 PSYMAR Psychotria mariana NMI FSM GUM 8392 PSMA6 Psychotria mariniana HI 8393 PSMA7 Psychotria mauiensis HI 8398 PSRH2 Psychotria rhombocarpa NMI FSM HI PAL MAR 8399 PSRO2 Psychotria rotensis GUM 8400 PSYCH Psychotria spp. FSM HI 8401 PSWA2 Psychotria wawrae HI 6381 CAME35 Psydrax merrillii AS 8402 PSOD Psydrax odorata FSM HI 8404 PTKA Pteralyxia kauaiensis HI 8405 PTMA Pteralyxia macrocarpa HI 8406 PTERA Pteralyxia spp. HI 8407 PTIN2 Pterocarpus indicus FSM GUM PAL 8412 PTLE3 Ptychococcus ledermannianus NMI FSM HI PAL MAR 8415 PTMA8 Ptychosperma macarthuri FSM MAR 8416 PTPA Ptychosperma palauense PAL 8418 PTYCH4 Ptychosperma spp. PAL 800 QUERC Quercus spp. HI 8424 QUSU5 Quercus suber HI 8430 RAMY Rapanea myricifolia AS 8432 RAIN8 Rauvolfia insularis PAL 8434 RASA3 Rauvolfia sandwicensis HI 8435 RAUVO Rauvolfia spp. HI 8431 RAVO Rauvolfia vomitoria HI 8436 RAMA7 Ravenala madagascariensis PAL 8440 RELA Reynoldsia lanutoensis AS 8442 RESA Reynoldsia sandwicensis HI 8443 REYNO Reynoldsia spp. HI 8456 RHED4 Rheedia edulis AS 8458 RHAP2 Rhizophora apiculata NMI FSM GUM PAL 8460 RHLA12 Rhizophora lamarckii NMI FSM HI PAL MAR 989 RHMA2 Rhizophora mangle AS HI 8462 RHMU Rhizophora mucronata NMI FSM GUM PAL MAR 8463 RHIZO Rhizophora spp. FSM HI PAL 8464 RHST8 Rhizophora stylosa FSM 8465 RHODO2 Rhodomyrtus spp. HI 8466 RHTO10 Rhodomyrtus tomentosa AS NMI FSM HI PAL MAR 8467 RHSA2 Rhus sandwicensis HI 8468 RHUS Rhus spp. HI 8469 RHTA Rhus taitensis AS FSM GUM PAL

PACIFIC ISLANDS TREE LIST PACIFIC 8472 RICO3 Ricinus communis HI

: 8473 RICIN Ricinus spp. HI 8474 RICA16 Rinorea carolinensis FSM PAL 8480 RODE5 Rollinia deliciosa AS 8491 ROOL Roystonea oleracea PAL 8490 RORE2 Roystonea regia GUM 8503 SAIN13 Samadera indica PAL

Section B.1 pg.281 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 8505 SASA10 Samanea saman AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL 8506 SAMAN Samanea spp. HI 8509 SANIC4 Sambucus nigra HI 8510 SAMBU Sambucus spp. HI 8515 SAKO4 Sandoricum koetjape AS GUM 8518 SAAL16 Santalum album FSM 8516 SAEL2 Santalum ellipticum HI 8517 SAFR4 Santalum freycinetianum HI 8521 SAHA3 Santalum haleakalae HI 8522 SAPA7 Santalum paniculatum HI 8525 SASA8 Santalum salicifolium HI 8526 SANTA Santalum spp. HI 8528 SAOA3 Sapindus oahuense HI 8529 SASA4 Sapindus saponaria AS HI 8531 SAPIN Sapindus spp. HI 8532 SAVI17 Sapindus vitiensis AS 8534 SAIN2 Sapium indicum PAL 8544 SAPA35 Sarcopygme pacifica AS 8555 SCHAE Schaefferia spp. HI 888 SCAC2 Schefflera actinophylla GUM HI 8553 SCKR2 Schefflera kraemeri FSM 8559 SCSA10 Schefflera samoensis AS 8561 SCMO Schinus molle HI 8563 SCTE Schinus terebinthifolius GUM HI 7564 SCFO2 Schleinitzia fosbergii GUM 8577 SCHY5 Scyphiphora hydrophyllacea FSM PAL 8583 SEFL9 Securinega flexuosa AS 8585 SEKR3 Semecarpus kraemeri FSM 8586 SEVE4 Semecarpus venenosa FSM PAL 8588 SEAL4 Senna alata FSM HI 8590 SEGA2 Senna gaudichaudii HI 8591 SEMU5 Senna multijuga HI 8592 SEPE4 Senna pendula HI 8595 SESE13 Senna septemtrionalis HI 8596 SESI3 Senna siamea FSM HI 8598 SENNA Senna spp. FSM HI 8599 SESU10 Senna sulfurea HI 8600 SESU4 Senna surattensis HI 211 SESE3 Sequoia sempervirens HI 8601 SEKA2 Serianthes kanehirae FSM PAL 8603 SENE9 Serianthes nelsonii NMI GUM 8605 SEGR5 Sesbania grandiflora AS GUM PAL 8606 SESE8 Sesbania sesban HI 8607 SESBA Sesbania spp. HI 8608 SHIN Shirakiopsis indica PAL 8609 SIFA Sida fallax HI MAR 8610 SIDA Sida spp. HI

8628 SOAM Solanum americanum AS Appendix B: 8631 SOMA3 Solanum mauritianum HI 8635 SOLAN Solanum spp. HI 8636 SOTO4 Solanum torvum NMI HI 8639 SOAL10 Sonneratia alba NMI FSM PAL MAR 8641 SOCH Sophora chrysophylla HI 8642 SOPHO Sophora spp. HI 8643 SOTO3 Sophora tomentosa AS FSM GUM PAL MAR

8660 SOAM2 Soulamea amara FSM MAR TREE SPECIES LIST 8644 SPCA2 Spathodea campanulata AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL 8645 SPATH Spathodea spp. HI 8646 SPSA7 Spiraeanthemum samoense AS 8649 SPDU3 Spondias dulcis AS FSM PAL 8650 SPMO Spondias mombin PAL 8656 SPPI4 Spondias pinnata PAL 8653 SPOND Spondias spp. PAL 8655 STAM10 Stemonurus ammui PAL 8665 STFA5 Sterculia fanaiho AS 8667 STPA20 Sterculia palauensis FSM PAL pg.282 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 8868 STPO10 Sterculia ponapensis FSM 8669 STAN9 Streblus anthropophagorum AS 8670 STPE3 Streblus pendulinus NMI GUM HI 8671 STREB Streblus spp. HI 8676 SUMA2 Suriana maritima MAR 8679 SWMA Swietenia macrophylla AS FSM GUM HI PAL 940 SWMA2 Swietenia mahagoni FSM HI PAL 8678 SWIET Swietenia spp. FSM HI PAL 8687 SYRA6 Symplocos racemosa PAL 8689 SYGL Syncarpia glomulifera HI 8690 SYNCA Syncarpia spp. HI 8691 SYDU Synsepalum dulcificum AS 8694 SYAQ Syzygium aqueum PAL 8695 SYBR3 Syzygium brevifolium AS 8696 SYCA4 Syzygium carolinense AS FSM 8697 SYCL Syzygium clusiifolium AS 896 SYCU Syzygium cumini AS GUM HI PAL 8699 SYDE3 Syzygium dealatum AS 8700 SYIN2 Syzygium inophylloides AS 8701 SYJA Syzygium jambos AS HI 8702 SYMA2 Syzygium malaccense FSM HI MAR 8703 SYRI3 Syzygium richii AS 8704 SYSA3 Syzygium samarangense AS GUM 8705 SYSA6 Syzygium samoense AS 8706 SYSA Syzygium sandwicense HI 8708 SYZYG Syzygium spp. FSM HI 7099 SYST3 Syzygium stelechanthum NMI FSM GUM 8713 TAHE Tabebuia heterophylla NMI GUM 8714 TAPA10 Tabebuia pallida GUM 8716 TARO Tabebuia rosea GUM 8718 TABEB Tabebuia spp. HI 8719 TAAU3 Tabernaemontana aurantiaca PAL 8722 TAPA13 Tabernaemontana pandacaqui AS GUM 8723 TARO3 Tabernaemontana rotensis GUM 897 TAIN2 Tamarindus indica NMI FSM GUM HI 8737 TASA2 Tarenna sambucina AS NMI FSM GUM 8741 TECA9 Tecoma castanifolia HI 8743 TEST Tecoma stans HI PAL 8744 TEGR Tectona grandis FSM GUM HI PAL 8745 TECTO Tectona spp. HI 8749 TECA16 Terminalia carolinensis FSM 8750 TECA Terminalia catappa AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 8751 TECR3 Terminalia crassipes PAL 8752 TEED Terminalia edulis PAL 8755 TEKA4 Terminalia kaernbachii PAL 8753 TELI7 Terminalia litoralis FSM 8756 TEMY Terminalia myriocarpa HI 8758 TERI3 Terminalia richii AS 8759 TESA2 Terminalia samoensis AS FSM GUM PAL MAR 8748 TERMI Terminalia spp. PAL 8770 TEFL5 Tetraplasandra flynnii HI 8771 TEGY Tetraplasandra gymnocarpa HI 8772 TEHA2 Tetraplasandra hawaiensis HI 8773 TEKA3 Tetraplasandra kavaiensis HI 8774 TEOA Tetraplasandra oahuensis HI 8775 TETRA11 Tetraplasandra spp. HI 8776 TEWA Tetraplasandra waialealae HI 8777 TEWA3 Tetraplasandra waimeae HI 8779 TEBI Tetrazygia bicolor HI

PACIFIC ISLANDS TREE LIST PACIFIC 8784 THCA Theobroma cacao AS FSM GUM PAL : 8787 THPO3 Thespesia populnea AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 8788 THESP Thespesia spp. HI 8789 THPE3 Thevetia peruviana HI 8804 TIBOU Tibouchina spp. HI 8805 TIUR Tibouchina urvilleana HI 8799 TIAL2 Timonius albus FSM

Section B.1 pg.283 Code NRCS Code Scientific Name AMSAMOA CNMI FSM GUAM HAWAII PALAU RMI 8806 TICO7 Timonius corymbosus PAL 8800 TILE4 Timonius ledermanii FSM 8807 TIMO4 Timonius mollis PAL 8801 TIPO5 Timonius ponapensis FSM 8808 TIMON Timonius spp. FSM PAL 8809 TISU3 Timonius subauritus PAL 8810 TITI Timonius timon PAL 8812 TOCI Toona ciliata FSM HI 8811 TOONA Toona spp. HI 8822 TOLA Touchardia latifolia HI 8823 TOUCH Touchardia spp. HI 8824 TOAR2 Tournefortia argentea AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 8826 TOURN Tournefortia spp. HI 299 2TE Tree conifer FSM HI 998 2TB Tree hardwood AS NMI FSM GUM HI PAL MAR 8827 TRCA33 Trema cannabina AS PAL 8831 TROR Trema orientalis NMI GUM HI PAL 8832 TREMA Trema spp. HI PAL 994 TRSE6 Triadica sebifera HI 8837 TRIK Trichospermum ikutai FSM 8838 TRLE8 Trichospermum ledermannii PAL 8839 TRRI9 Trichospermum richii AS 8846 TROB7 Tristiropsis obtusangula GUM PAL 8849 TRCA7 Trukia carolinensis FSM 974 ULPU Ulmus pumila HI 8856 URGL Urera glabra HI 8857 URKA Urera kaalae HI 8858 URERA Urera spp. HI 8863 VAOA5 Vavaea pauciflora FSM 8869 VEMO3 Vernicia montana HI 8870 VERNI Vernicia spp. HI 8872 VICO17 Vitex cofassus AS PAL 8874 VIPA6 Vitex parviflora NMI GUM HI 8875 VITEX Vitex spp. HI PAL 8876 VITR7 Vitex trifolia FSM GUM HI 8884 WEBI Wedelia biflora AS 8886 WEAF Weinmannia affinis AS 8889 WIBI Wikstroemia bicornuta HI 8890 WIFU Wikstroemia furcata HI 8891 WIMO Wikstroemia monticola HI 8892 WIOA Wikstroemia oahuensis HI 8895 WIPH2 Wikstroemia phillyreifolia HI 8896 WIPU Wikstroemia pulcherrima HI 8897 WISA Wikstroemia sandwicensis HI 8898 WISK Wikstroemia skottsbergiana HI 8899 WIKST Wikstroemia spp. HI 8900 WIVI Wikstroemia villosa HI

8901 XIAM Ximenia americana NMI GUM PAL MAR Appendix B: 8903 XYGR Xylocarpus granatum FSM PAL 8904 XYMO2 Xylocarpus moluccensis AS FSM GUM PAL 8905 XYLOC2 Xylocarpus spp. PAL 8907 XYCR Xylosma crenata HI 8908 XYHA Xylosma hawaiiensis HI 8909 XYNE2 Xylosma nelsonii GUM 8911 XYSA Xylosma samoensis AS

8915 XYLOS Xylosma spp. HI TREE SPECIES LIST 8925 ZADI Zanthoxylum dipetalum HI 8929 ZAHA Zanthoxylum hawaiiense HI 8930 ZAKA Zanthoxylum kauaense HI 8933 ZAOA Zanthoxylum oahuense HI 8936 ZANTH Zanthoxylum spp. HI 8939 ZIMA Ziziphus mauritiana GUM pg.284 : pg.285 APPENDIX C TREE CODING GUIDE Previous Measurement Present Measurement PREVIOUS PRESENT RECONCILE STANDING CAUSE OF TREE TREE DEAD DEATH STATUS STATUS SAMPLE KIND 1 or 3

1 Live 1.0+DBH 1 Standing dead 1.0+ DBH 2 Null - Office Core inserts code optional 2 1 SAMPLE KIND 2 (Remeasurement)

3 Live 5.0+ DBH Live 5.0+ DBH 1 1 Live 1.0-4.9 DBH on Live 5.0+ DBH Note: this live 1 1 microplot tally tree should be referenced with a new distance and azimuth from the subplot 4 center. Live 1.0-4.9 DBH on Live 1.0-4.9 DBH on microplot 1 1 5 microplot Live 5.0+ DBH Live but shrank < 5.0 and on 1 1 microplot. Note: this live sapling should be referenced with a new distance and azimuth from the microplot 6 center. Live 1.0+ Live but land no longer 1 1 7 qualifies as forest 8 Live 1.0+ DBH Standing dead 5.0+ DBH 1 2 1 10-80 9 Live 5.0+ DBH Down dead 5.0+ 1 2 0 10-80 Live 1.0-4.9 DBH on Dead 5.0+ DBH (standing or 1 2 0 or 1 10-80 microplot down). Note: if standing, this dead tally tree should be referenced with a new distance and azimuth from the 10 subplot center. Live 1.0+ DBH Cruiser unable to locate tree 1 2 0 30 or 50-55 due to a weather geologic event (such as landslide) or fire event & assume tree is down dead or you can see tree and it is dead and off the 11 plot 12 Live 1.0+ DBH Cut and left in the woods 1 2 0 80

Live 1.0+ DBH Dead (standing or down) and 1 2 0 or 1 10-80 Appendix C: land no longer qualifies as forest (land clearing or conversion to nonforest land 13 use) Dead 5 inch + Dead and land no longer 2 2 0 or 1 qualifies as forest (land clearing or conversion to

14 nonforest land use) TREE CODING GUIDE Live 1.0+ DBH Tree removed (cut and hauled 1 3 80 15 away) Live 1.0+ DBH Gone (cut and removed) and 1 3 80 land no longer qualifies as 16 forest 17 Dead 5.0+ DBH Dead standing 5.0 DBH 2 2 1 18 Dead 5.0+ DBH Dead down 5.0+ DBH 2 2 0 pg.286 Previous Measurement Present Measurement PREVIOUS PRESENT RECONCILE STANDING CAUSE OF TREE TREE DEAD DEATH STATUS STATUS Dead 5.0+ DBH Cruiser is unable to locate 2 2 0 tree due to a weather geologic (such as landslide) or fire event & assume it is down dead or you can see tree and 19 it is dead and off the plot Dead 5.0+ DBH Tree removed (cut and hauled 2 3 20 away) Dead 5.0+ DBH Tree shrank <5.0 but ≥ 1.0 2 2 0 (e.g. bark loss) and is standing dead, located on subplot (not located on 21 microplot) Dead 5.0+ DBH Tree shrank <5.0 but ≥ 1.0 2 2 1 (e.g. bark loss) and is standing dead, located on microplot. Note: this dead sapling should be referenced with a new distance and azimuth from the microplot 22 center Live 5.0+ DBH Tree shrank <5.0 and live, 1 0 5 23 NOT on microplot Live 5.0+ DBH Tree shrank <5.0 but ≥ 1.0 1 2 0 10-80 (e.g., bark loss) and is standing dead, located on subplot (not located on 24 microplot) Live 5.0+ DBH Tree shrank <5.0 but ≥ 1.0 1 2 1 10-80 (e.g. bark loss) and is standing dead, located on microplot. Note: this dead sapling should be referenced with a new distance and azimuth from the microplot 25 center 26 Live 1.0-4.9 DBH Tree shrank <1.0 and live 1 0 5 27 Live 1.0-4.9 DBH Tree shrank <1.0 and dead 1 2 0 10-80 Live 1.0-4.9 DBH Live 1.0-4.9 DBH, shouldn’t 1 0 7 have been tallied—beyond 28 6.8—cruiser error Live 5.0+ DBH Live 5.0+ DBH, shouldn’t 1 0 7 have been tallied –beyond 29 24.0–cruiser error 30 Live 1.0+ DBH No longer a tally species 1 0 8 Live 1.0+ DBH Tree moved off plot/microplot 1 0 6 due to a geologic (i.e., slight earth movement) or weather event (i.e., hurricane) and you can still see it (live before, live 31 now) 32 Live 1.0+ DBH Nonsampled area now 1 0 9 33 Dead 5.0+ DBH No longer a tally species 2 0 8 Dead 5.0 DBH Tree moved off plot due to a 2 0 6 geologic (i.e., small earth movement) or weather event (i.e., hurricane) and you can 34 still see the tree 35 Dead 5 inch + Nonsampled area now 2 0 9 36 Missed live Live 1.0+ DBH - 1 3

: pg.287 Previous Measurement Present Measurement PREVIOUS PRESENT RECONCILE STANDING CAUSE OF TREE TREE DEAD DEATH STATUS STATUS < 5.0 liveDBH 5.0+ DBH live (not on the - 1 1 37 microplot) < 1.0 liveDBH 1.0-4.9 DBH live (on the - 1 1 38 microplot) < 1.0 liveDBH Standing dead 1.0-4.9 on 2 1 1 10-80 39 microplot DBH < 1.0 liveDBH 5.0+ DBH live (on the - 1 2 40 microplot) (through growth) 41 Nonsampled area before Live 1 inch DBH - 1 3 Nonsampled area before Live 1.0”+ 11 42 and tree is <1.0” 43 Nonforest before Forest now, live 1 inch+ DBH - 1 1 44 Missed dead Dead 1.0+ DBH - 2 4 1 45 Missed live Dead 1.0+ DBH - 2 3 1 10-80 < 5.0 live DBH 5.0+ DBH dead (standing, not - 2 1 0 or 1 10-80 46 on the microplot) < 5.0 live DBH 5.0+ DBH dead (standing or 1 2 0 or 1 10-80 47 down, on the microplot) 48 Nonsampled area before Standing Dead 1.0 + DBH - 2 3 1 10-80 49 Nonsampled area before Standing Dead 1.0 + DBH - 2 4 1 Nonforest before Forest now, Standing Dead - 2 1 10-80 50 1.0+ DBH 51 Live 5.0+ DBH Dead <5.0 inch DBH 1 2 0 10-80 Reference only (Witness Tree is no longer used for any 90 52 only) reason Live 1.0 inch + Tree diameter was 10 7 erroneously measured on a swell or damage, and now the nail must be moved to the correct location, and tree is not big enough to qualify as 53 tally at the new location Live 1.0 inch + Tree diameter was -1 1 erroneously measured on a swell or damage, and now the nail must be moved to the correct location (If the tree is now large enough to be tallied a new tree line should be created and reconciled as 54 ingrowth) Appendix C: No Status Tree moved onto plot due to a - 1 or 2 1 geologic (i.e., small earth movement) or weather event 55 (i.e., hurricane) Non-measurable nonforest Measurable nonforest now, -1 1 56 before, < 1.0 live DBH Live 1.0+ DBH Non-measurable nonforest Measurable nonforest now, -1 3 57 before, 1.0+ live DBH Live 1.0+ DBH TREE CODING GUIDE Non-measurable nonforest Measurable nonforest now, - 2 3 1 10-80 58 before Standing Dead 1.0+ DBH Non-measurable nonforest Measurable nonforest now, -2 4 1 59 before Standing Dead 1.0+ DBH pg.288 : pg.289 APPENDIX D DAMAGE CODES

SECTION D.1 DAMAGE CODES The REGION column means that only the region(s) listed are allowed to collect the specific code, and must do so when the damage is present and meets or exceeds the required threshold. CODE Common Name Scientific Name Threshold REGION 0 No Damage ALL 10000 General Insects Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ≥ ALL 20% of the roots or boles with > 20% of the circumference affected; damage > 20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with > 20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥ 20% of the foliage with ≥ 50% of the leaf/needle affected 10016 coconut rhinoceros beetle Oryctes rhinoceros Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ≥ PNW 20% of the roots or boles with > 20% of the circumference affected; damage > 20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with > 20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥ 20% of the foliage with ≥ 50% of the leaf/needle affected 11000 Bark Beetles Any evidence of a successful attack ALL (successful attacks generally exhibit boring dust, many pitch tubes and/or fading crowns) 12000 Defoliators Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ≥ ALL 20% of the foliage with ≥ 50% of the leaf/ needle affected 14000 Sucking Insects Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ≥ ALL 20% of the foliage with ≥ 50% of the leaf/ needle affected 14073 Asian cycad scale Aulacaspis yasumatsui Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ≥ PNW 20% of the foliage with ≥ 50% of the leaf/ needle affected 14075 lobate lac scale Paratachardina lobata Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ≥ PNW-IS 20% of the foliage with ≥ 50% of the leaf/ needle affected 15000 Boring Insects Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ALL >20% of the roots, stems, or branches 15078 black twig borer Xylosandrus compactus Any damage to the terminal leader; damage PNW-IS >20% of the roots, stems, or branches 17008 gall mite Eriophyidae Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ≥ PNW-IS 20% of the foliage with ≥ 50% of the leaf/ needle affected 17022 erythrina gall wasp Quadrastichus erythrinae Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ≥ PNW-IS 20% of the foliage with ≥ 50% of the leaf/ needle affected 19000 General Diseases Any damage to the terminal leader; damage > ALL Appendix D: 20% of the roots or boles with > 20% of the circumference affected; damage > 20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with > 20% of the circumference affected; > 20% of the branches affected; damage > 20% of the foliage with > 50% of the leaf/needle affected 21000 Root/Butt Diseases Any occurrence ALL DAMAGE CODES 21005 black root rot of pine, koa wilt Fusarium oxysporum Any occurrence PNW-IS 21008 Ganoderma rot of hardwoods Ganoderma lucidum Any occurrence PNW 21016 flame tree root disease Phellinus noxious Any occurrence PNW 22000 Cankers Any occurrence All 22087 nonrust canker unknown Damage ≥20% of bole circumference (in a PNW running 3-foot section) at point of occurrence 22500 Stem Decay Any visual evidence All pg.290 CODE Common Name Scientific Name Threshold REGION 23000 Parasitic/Epiphytic Plants Dwarf mistletoes with Hawksworth rating of ALL ≥3; true mistletoes or vines covering ≥ 50% of crown 23003 vine damage vine damage Vines covering ≥50% of crown PNW; NRS 23020 true mistletoe (other) True mistletoe covering ≥50% of crown IW; PNW 24000 Decline Complexes/Dieback/ Damage ≥ 20 dieback of crown area ALL Wilts 24006 coconut cadang-cadang viroid Cocadviroid coconut cadang- Damage ≥ 20% dieback of crown area PNW cadang viroid 24010 joga decline joga decline Damage ≥ 20% dieback of crown area PNW 25000 Foliage diseases Damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the ALL leaf/needle affected 26000 Stem Rusts Any occurrence on the bole or stems (on ALL multi-stemmed woodland species), or on branches ≤1 foot from boles or stems; damage to ≥ 20% of branches 27000 Broom Rusts ≥50% of crown area affected ALL 30000 Fire Damage ≥ 20% of bole circumference; >20% ALL of stems on multi-stemmed woodland species affected ≥20% of crown affected 41000 Wild Animals Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ALL ≥20% of the roots or boles with >20% of the circumference affected; damage > 20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with >20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥ 20% of the foliage with ≥ 50% of the leaf/needle affected 41013 deer Odocoileus spp. Any damage to the terminal leader; damage PNW ≥20% of the roots or boles with >20% of the circumference affected; damage > 20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with >20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥ 20% of the foliage with ≥ 50% of the leaf/needle affected 41014 feral pigs Sus scrofa Any damage to the terminal leader; damage PNW ≥20% of the roots or boles with >20% of the circumference affected; damage > 20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with >20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥ 20% of the foliage with ≥ 50% of the leaf/needle affected 42000 Domestic Animals Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ALL ≥20% of the roots or boles with > 20% of the circumference affected; damage > 20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with > 20% of the circumference affected; > 20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/needle affected 50000 Abiotic Damage Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ALL ≥20% of the roots or boles with > 20% of the circumference affected; damage > 20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with > 20% of the circumference affected; > 20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/needle affected

DAMAGE CODES

Section D.1 pg.291 CODE Common Name Scientific Name Threshold REGION 50001 air pollutants Any damage to the terminal leader; damage IW, PNW-IS ≥20% of the roots or boles with > 20% of the circumference affected; damage > 20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with > 20% of the circumference affected; > 20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/needle affected 50008 lightning Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ALL ≥20% of the roots or boles with >20% of the circumference affected; damage >20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with >20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/needle affected 50013 wind Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ALL ≥20% of the roots or boles with > 20% of the circumference affected; damage > 20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with > 20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥ 20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/needle affected 50020 saltwater injury - flooding/ Any damage to the terminal leader; damage PNW hurricane ≥20% of the roots or boles with > 20% of the circumference affected; damage > 20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with > 20% of the circumference affected; > 20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/needle affected 60000 Competition Overtopped shade intolerant trees that are not ALL expected to survive for 5 years or saplings not expected to reach tree size (5.0 inches DBH) 70000 Human Activities Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ALL ≥20% of the roots or boles with > 20% of the circumference affected; damage > 20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with > 20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/needle affected 70001 herbicides Any damage to the terminal leader; damage SRS, PNW-IS ≥20% of the roots or boles with > 20% of the circumference affected; damage > 20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with > 20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the Appendix D: leaf/needle affected 70007 logging damage Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ALL ≥20% of the roots or boles with > 20% of the circumference affected; damage > 20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with > 20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the DAMAGE CODES leaf/needle affected 71000 Harvest Removal of ≥10% cubic volume ALL pg.292 CODE Common Name Scientific Name Threshold REGION 90000 Other Damages and Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ALL Symptoms ≥20% of the roots or boles with > 20% of the circumference affected; damage > 20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with > 20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/needle affected 90001 broken top Not recorded for multi- When actual length is less than total length IW; PNW; NRPS stemmed trees 90002 dead top Any occurrence IW; PNW; NRS 90004 forked top Not recorded for non sawlog Any occurrence PNW trees 90005 forked below merch top Not recorded for non sawlog Damage when board foot defect is > 10% IW; PNW trees 90006 crook or sweep Not recorded for non sawlog Damage when board foot defect is > 10% IW; PNW trees 90007 checks, bole cracks Not recorded for non sawlog Damage when board foot defect is > 10% PNW trees 90008 foliage discoloration Damage > 20% of crown affected IW; NRS;PNW 90010 dieback Damage > 20% of crown affected IW, PNW, NRS 90011 open wound Damage ≥20% of bole circumference (in a IW; PNW running 3-foot section) at point of occurrence 90012 resinosis Damage ≥20% of bole circumference (in a PNW running 3-foot section) at point of origin; ≥20% of branches affected 90013 broken branches Damage ≥20% of branches affected PNW 99000 UNKNOWN Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ALL ≥20% of the roots or boles with > 20% of the circumference affected; damage > 20% of the multiple-stems (on multi-stemmed woodland species) with > 20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥ 20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/needle affected

DAMAGE CODES

Section D.1 pg.293 APPENDIX E HAWAII INVASIVE SPECIES

SECTION E.1 HAWAII INVASIVE SPECIES Scientific name Common name Code Lifeform Andropogon bicornis barbas de indio ANBI Gram Angiopteris evecta mules foot fern ANEV Forb Ardisia elliptica shoebutton AREL4 Tree Arthrostemma ciliatum pinkfringe ARCI2 Forb Bocconia frutescens parrotweed BOFR2 Tree Buddleja madagascariensis smokebush BUMA80 Shrub/vine Cestrum nocturnum night jasmine CENO Tree Chromolaena odorata Devil weed CHOD Shrub Clidemia hirta koster's curse CLHI3 Shrub Citharexylum caudatum fiddlewood CICA8 Tree Cotoneaster pannosus cotoneaster COPA14 Shrub Cyathea cooperi Australian tree fern CYCO18 Tree Delairea odorata cape ivy DEOD Forb/vine Falcataria moluccana peacocksplume FAMO Tree Ficus microcarpa Chinese banyan FIMI2 Tree Ficus rubiginosa Port Jackson fig FIRU4 Tree Grevillea banksii kahili flower GRBA Tree Grevillea robusta silkoak GRRO Tree Hedychium gardnerianum kahili ginger HEGA Forb Hiptage benghalensis hiptage HIBE2 Shrub/vine Lantana camara lantana LACA2 Shrub Leptospermum scoparium New Zealand tea tree LESC2 Tree Leucaena leucocephala koa haole LELE10 Tree Medinilla cummingii chandelier tree MECU6 Shrub Medinilla magnifica showy Medinilla MEMA20 Shrub Melastoma candidum (M. septemnervium) melastoma MECA9 Tree Melaleuca quinquenervia Punktree MEQU Tree Melia azedarach Chinaberry MEAZ Tree Miconia calvescens miconia MICA20 Shrub Morella faya Myrica faya MOFA Tree Passiflora tripartita var. mollissima banana poka PATRM Shrub/Vine Pennisetum setaceum fountaingrass PESE3 Gram Prosopis pallida kiawe PRPA4 Tree Psidium cattleianum strawberry guava PSCA Tree Psidium guajava guava PSGU Tree Rauvolfia vomitoria poison devil's pepper RAVO Tree Rhodomyrtus tomentosa downy rosemyrtle RHTO10 Tree Appendix E: Rubus argutus prickly Florida blackberry RUAR2 Shrub Rubus armeniacus Himalayan blackberry RUAR9 Shrub Rubus ellipticus var. obcordatus yellow Himalayan raspberry RUELO Shrub Rubus glaucus raspberry RUGL5 Shrub Rubus niveus hill raspberry RUNI4 Shrub Rubus sieboldii Molucca Raspberry RUSI4 Shrub Schinus terebinthifolius Brazilian pepper-tree SCTE Tree Schizachyrium condensatum Colombian bluestem SCCO10 Gram HAWAII INVASIVE SPECIES Senecio madagascariensis fireweed SEMA15 Forb Setaria palmifolia palmgrass SEPA6 Gram Spathodea campanulata African tulip tree SPCA2 Tree Tibouchina herbacea tibouchina TIHE2 Shrub Ulex europaeus gorse ULEU Shrub Verbascum thapsus common mullein VETH Forb pg.294

ASIVE SPECIES

AII INV

Section E.1 pg.295 APPENDIX F HAWAIIAN PLANT COMMUNITY TYPES

SECTION F.1 HAWAIIAN PLANT COMMUNITY TYPES Refer to the following list of plant community types from Wagner et. Al (1999) to aid in assigning the condition class PLANT COMMUNITY. Bold items on the list are valid entries for the PLANT COMMUNITY variable, also listed in Item 5.7.2.42 in the CONDITION CLASS chapter. For more detailed descriptions of individual plant communities, refer to The Manual of the Flowering Plants of Hawaii Volume 1 (Wagner et. Al 1999). Appendix F : HAWAIIAN PLANT COMMUNITY TYPES pg.296

TYPES

AIIAN PLANT COMMUNITY

Section F pg.297 Appendix F : HAWAIIAN PLANT COMMUNITY TYPES pg.298

TYPES

AIIAN PLANT COMMUNITY

Section F pg.299

very

date,

other

lands.

are

g are

future

area

RE II process

recreational

est Plan

e of law, with

on federal on

r way.

borders

the

xcept under

er (FSM

12 82.51). Study

erved.

is not allowed and

river on federal land

and

river

t impact on current

map

the Appendix G Appendix

size

wood production, most production, wood

as scenic as

the

by Congress

side

and

preclude

classified

either

objectives. If objectives.

do not do

from

anywhere

: : Reserved and and Reserved

segments

NSAs

NRAs

mile

1/4

management

anybody

OWNER AND LAND OWNER

some

be/have been "released"

of of

river

area

They can

further

default

TUS BY

legislation

conditions; harvest conditions;

be proposed be

A Administratively W Administratively

the

can

have

other bills.

allowed

Comments

Some of these are within National Parks, and are reserved eithe

These are areas that were established by Congress during the RA or in but until then are managed by the agency as wilderness. Areas recommended as wilderness through land management plannin managed as wilderness until Congressional action or revised For direction.

Managed as Wilderness pending possible designation

These fluid up until the time the bill is passed (or not). No apparen management.

Agencies have treated these executive orders as having the forc modifications requiring an act of Congress.

Although and given the emphasis is likely to be minor, so default to res

Wood production is not an objective for any wild and scenic riv 2354.42d). Harvest in segments classified as wild is excluded e emergency

only information is unavailable, use 1/4 mile on either side of the (1/2 mile in Alaska). Includes "eligible" or "suitable" study rivers. Wood production harvest restrictions are similar to designated rivers (FSH 199. rivers

Although and given the emphasis is likely to be minor, so default to res Purpose includes research and management

Purpose includes research and management

WN ST

unit

admin.

WITHDRA

Congress

groups, etc.

Federal unit,

Congress/WO

Designated by

recommended

recommended ithdrawn Status by Owner and Land Designation Designation Land and Owner by Status ithdrawn

not designated;

recommended by

legislators, interest

Executive Order or

Congress, proposed

Federal

tus, with actual and candidate areas grouped

TIVEL

RESERVCD

Rita,

(Santa

AND ADMINISTRA AND

(and example)

MI)

AZ)

Range

GA/TN)

River, WA)

Brook, NH)

VED

Pleasant, VA)

TION

wilderness, MT)

Canyon WSA, CO)

Primitive Area, AZ)

Proposed Wilderness

Canyon NRA, OR/ID)

scenic or recreational

(Lionhead recommended

Staircase-Escalante, UT)

Recommended Wilderness

Primitive Area (Blue Range

(wild, scenic or recreational

Volcanic Monument (Grand

National Monument/National

classification) (White Salmon

Wild and Scenic Rivers (wild,

Wild and Scenic Study Rivers

classification) (Au Sable River,

Wilderness Study Area (Browns

National Recreation Area (Hell's

Wilderness (Cohutta Wilderness,

Experimental

RESER

DESIGNA

all

all National Scenic Area (Mt.

all Experimental Forest (Hubbard

OWNCD Land designation

Note: Ordered by owner code, national to local, and reserve sta

10 all

10,20

OWNGRP

APPENDIX G

pg.300

with with

done done

agency agency

multiple multiple

those those

for for

of purposes, purposes, of

duction.

roduction.

for a wide wide a for

and and

land planning planning land ly, parts of of parts ly,

production.

"multiple use" use" "multiple

use the the use

red unreserved red

esignated by by esignated

g production of of production g

but timber timber but

ese are NOT NOT are ese

but but

goals preclude preclude goals

governing governing

groups, groups,

land planning planning land

variety variety

managed managed

a a

but but

laws laws

for for

and and

with WO, WO, with

base, base,

law, but but law,

conservation conservation

harvest harvest

with WO, WO, with

by by

for for

some some

timber timber

coordination coordination

suitable suitable

in the the in

coordination coordination

designated designated

as as

owned by by owned

be be

Plans Plans

those those

may not not may

or or

in Forest Forest in

including including

was established through through established was

may may

established through through established

broader group of landowner classes than OWNCD. than classes landowner of group broader

Rule Rule

A A

areas areas

may be be may

designated designated

jectives. See description for Reserved Status. Reserved for description See jectives.

private lands, lands, private

conservation easements, and tribal protected areas, are conside are areas, protected tribal and easements, conservation

All All

timber products timber

Usually managed by state agencies for multiple values, includin values, multiple for agencies state by managed Usually

mandate or defining Reserves preclude management for timber pro timber for management preclude Reserves defining or mandate

Specific Specific

mandate or defining Wild Rivers preclude management for timber timber for management preclude Rivers Wild defining or mandate

Specific Specific

mandate or defining Wilderness preclude management for timber p timber for management preclude Wilderness defining or mandate

Specific Specific

management for timber production timber for management

Rarely specifically designated by law, but laws defining agency defining laws but law, by designated specifically Rarely

protection; managed by NOAA by managed protection;

Established in Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972 for research for 1972 of Act Management Zone Coastal in Established

designation given by the land-owner to determine status . status determine to land-owner the by given designation

range of conservation purposes. Ignore the landmark status and and status landmark the Ignore purposes. conservation of range

Designated by USDI but managed/owned by various public entities public various by managed/owned but USDI by Designated

production is not goal of the agency. the of goal not is production

Not clear if all FWS refuges are designated by Congress or not, or Congress by designated are refuges FWS all if clear Not

as a goal a as

NCAs are focused on limited resources for protection, many have many protection, for resources limited on focused are NCAs

management units management

Authorized by Congress in FLPMA to protect significant areas, d areas, significant protect to FLPMA in Congress by Authorized

reserved.

Lake Roosevelt, Ebey's Landing, and National Historic Sites; th Sites; Historic National and Landing, Ebey's Roosevelt, Lake

Some NPS units/designations are on private land: Canyon de Chel de Canyon land: private on are units/designations NPS Some

use

Areas Areas

but not in the timber base timber the in not but

Areas Areas

and future changes are done at NF level NF at done are changes future and

Roadless Roadless

at NF level NF at

RNAs RNAs

belongs.

Dept

USDI

Congress

State Forestry Dept Forestry State

State or local Parks Parks local or State

1Dept Parks State

1 Order/ Executive

0unit BLM

1 Order/ Executive

0unit NFS

Agency for public lands) of the land in the condition class; class; condition the in land the of lands) public for Agency

imber harvest may still be allowed for other land management ob management land other for allowed be still may harvest imber

PR)

State Forests State

Perpetua, OR) Perpetua,

All private lands private All

The class in which the landowner (at the time of the inventory) the of time the (at landowner the which in class The

State Wild River Wild State

Reserve System Reserve

(Kings River, CA) River, (Kings

Smith Springs, IL) Springs, Smith

State or local Parks local or State

(Limestone Jags, AK) Jags, (Limestone

State or local Reserve local or State

Research Natural Area Area Natural Research

ALL National Park Service Service Park National ALL

National Natural Landmark Landmark Natural National

(Caledon Natural Area, VA) Area, Natural (Caledon

Suitable for Timber Harvest Timber for Suitable

Special Interest Area (Cape (Cape Area Interest Special

designations on federal land federal on designations

National Estuarine Research Research Estuarine National

National Conservation Areas Areas Conservation National

Special Recreation Area (Bell (Bell Area Recreation Special

Roadless Area (Carribean NF, NF, (Carribean Area Roadless

Suitable for Timber Production Timber for Suitable

Areas of Critical Environmental Environmental Critical of Areas

Concern (High Rock Canyon, NV) Canyon, Rock (High Concern

all

23 Service Wildlife and Fish ALL

VCD: Reserved from timber production. production. timber from Reserved VCD:

RESER

OWNCD: Owner class code. code. class Owner OWNCD:

OWNGRP: Owner group code. Ownership (or the managing managing the (or Ownership code. group Owner OWNGRP:

40 all

30 all

30 allWilderness local or State

30 all

10 all

10,20,30

: pg.301 APPENDIX H QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL (QA/QC)

SECTION H.1 QA/QC PLOT TYPES Blind Check - QA/QC personnel or a production crew remeasure a randomly selected, recently completed plot for the purpose of obtaining an estimate of measurement variability. The blind check is completed without the inspectors looking at the production crew's data. The results of blind remeasurements are analyzed at a regional and national level. The blind plot data are not used to evaluate a crew's performance. Cold Check - QA/QC personnel inspect a recently completed plot for the purpose of providing feedback about measurement quality and determining whether measurement quality objectives (MQOs) are being met by the production crew. This inspection is conducted by QA/QC personnel using the production crew's data. The plot is checked for proper installation and the data are checked for accuracy and completeness. Cold checks are documented and tracked, and an effort is made to give all crew members adequate checks and feedback. Feedback about the results of the inspection is given during a review session with the QA/ QC and production crews present after the inspection is complete. In addition, additional training should be given as needed based on the results of the cold check plots. Due to the unique logistics of the Pacific Islands Inventory, blind and cold checks may be co-located, if necessary. Co-location is used to maximize the efficiency of the QA/QC crew by combining blind and cold check measurements on the same plot and at the same time. Due to the logistical constraints of the Pacific Islands inventory, blind checks may be completed either by a production crew or by a QA/QC crew; blind checks do not require the presence of a QA/QC staff member. Because of the additional time required to conduct a co-located blind and cold check, only two randomly selected subplots will be fully checked. The other two subplots will have an abbreviated examination focusing on the key components of the subplot. The two thoroughly examined subplots are the same for both the blind and cold checks. Hot Check - A hot check is a location inspection where QA/QC personnel are present with the field crew during plot installation or re-measurement. The QA/QC crew will observe the production crew and check Appendix H: their data as the crew measures the plot. The purpose of this inspection is to provide on-the-spot feedback regarding procedural adherence, data quality, and safety; both positive and negative feedback is given

SECTION H.2 QA/QC CHECK PLOT SELECTION Co-located Blind and Cold Checks - A target of 4 percent of production plots is set for co-located blind and cold checks in PNW-FIA. The plots that are selected as QA/QC check plots will not be known to the field crew until the plot has been completed, uploaded to the MIDAS database, and written up. Blind check QUALITY plots should be chosen randomly if possible, although sometimes the unique logistics of the Pacific Islands inventory may prevent perfect random selection of blind plots. Cold check plots can be co-located with blind checks but they can also be conducted in a non-random fashion to provide specific feedback to certain

crews. Blind and cold checks should be completed as soon as possible after the production crew's visit. ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL Hot Checks - The target for hot checks is 3% of field visit plots. Each crew member should receive at least one hot check early in the season. Hot checks can also be used throughout the inventory as a training tool for field crew members with poor performance, or to foster measurement consistency among the field crew.

SECTION H.3 CO-LOCATED BLIND AND COLD CHECK PROCEDURES

SUBSECTION H.3.1 BLIND CHECK FIELD PROCEDURES The QA/QC crew can and should review any data available to the current year's production crew. However, aside from the travel description, the current production crew's data should not be referenced during the blind check. The QA/QC crew should measure all the needed data items as an independent measurement of the plot, and the same amount of care and attention to detail should be taken as on a standard production plot. If time constraints limit the completion of certain data items, the production crew's data should not be copied into the blind check file.

All Plot Level Data must be completed as well as RP and GPS information, with new GPS coordinates (QA/QC) collected by the QA/QC crew. All the Subplot Information and Condition Class data items must be completed for all four subplots. pg.302 Two randomly selected subplots are completely remeasured for the blind check. All data items for these two subplots are remeasured by the blind check crew. These subplots are done exactly as they would be done in a production setting. For the other two subplots, only the Subplot Information data items are filled out, as well as additional Condition Class information if a new condition is encountered. Notes: • Plots, subplots, and microplots are measured by the blind check crew at the location of the pin installed by the production crew, even if the pin was installed in the wrong location. Similarly, tree diameters should be measured at the nails installed by the production crew, regardless of if the nail was placed at the wrong location. • Length to diameter should be the length measured by the blind check crew to the point at which the diameter was measured by the production crew. • While completing a blind check, it is important that the tree numbers assigned by the blind crew correspond with the tree numbers assigned by the recent production crew. Tree numbers are marked with a paint stick by the recent production crew on all tally trees including saplings. If the blind check crew encounters a tree missed by the initial crew but picked up by the recent production crew, the tree should get the same tree number as given by the recent production crew. If the blind check crew finds a tree missed by the recent production crew, that tree should receive a number that will not interfere with any other tree number on the subplot. The missed tree should be added to the end of the blind check tree tally list for that subplot. If the blind check crew encounters a tree incorrectly tallied by either the initial or recent production crew, the tree number given to this tree should be skipped and not assigned to any of the newly tallied trees on this subplot. All tree numbers between the recent production crew tally and blind check crew tally must match for the analysts to properly analyze the blind check data. • The same RP as the production crew should be used by the blind check crew. • Record Vegetation Profile and Invasive Plants cover estimates as seen at the time of the blind visit. If it is apparent that trampling of understory vegetation has affected measurements, make a subplot level note.

SUBSECTION H.3.2 COLD CHECK PROCEDURES After the blind check is completed for both subplots, the file is exited and a new cold check file is opened in the PDR. Creating this file populates the cold check fields with the data collected during the blind check. The QA/QC crew reviews the data line-by-line and compares the blind check data to a printed copy of the recent production crew's data. Any discrepancies are noted, and those which are outside of tolerance are marked in red. Each of these identified variables is revisited and reassessed to establish if the error was on the behalf of the QA/QC crew or the production crew. QA/QC crew members should alternate when the variables in question are reassessed. For example, if one individual was measuring tree length during the blind check, a different individual should remeasure tree length as part of the checking procedure. Attention should be paid to the procedure of error checking and obtaining "true" values for the variables in question. Errors on the behalf of the production crew or the QA/QC crew are then "fixed" in the cold check file to reflect the "true" value. If time constraints limit the completion of certain data items, the production crew's data should not be copied into the cold check file.

AND COLD CHECK PROCEDURES Notes: • For the two subplots that are not measured in their entirety, subplot/microplot pin placement and condition class need to be checked. In addition, the subplots should be checked for added or missed trees and saplings. • As with the Blind Check, plots, subplots, and microplots are measured at the pin location installed by

TED BLIND the production crew. If a plot, subplot, or microplot was installed in the wrong location, make a note for the cold check report • If a tree diameter was measured at an incorrect location by the production crew, the diameter should be measured at the correct location by the QA/QC crew and given the appropriate length to diameter.

CO-LOCA

: Since diameters are measured at the production crews location for the blind check and that data is copied into the initial cold check file, it is important that the QA/QC notes if they have a tree where the diameter is measured at the incorrect location during the blind check so the proper diameter value can be entered for the cold check.

Section H.3 pg.303 • RP information, photowork (RP and PC pinpricks, distance/azimuth calculations, etc.), and plot location (in the case of a new install) must be checked carefully to ensure that plots can be relocated in the future. • The contents of the plot folder should be checked for completeness and accuracy, including: the plot card, photos, MIDAS errors and warnings, HT/DBH graph, and boundary viewer printout. • Benefit of the doubt, or tolerance in addition to the standards set in the manual, should only be given in situations in which the QA/QC crew is unable to demonstrate conclusive error on the part of the production crew, or in nebulous situations where the "true" answer is highly subjective (e.g., unclear condition class delineation).

SUBSECTION H.3.3 INTEGRITY OF QA/QC CHECK PLOT DATA It is fairly common to find some misplaced monumentation installed by the production crew during the QA/ QC check. It is the policy of the PNW QA/QC program to never alter the data collected or monuments installed by the production crew unless they represent a hazard to the safety of future crews. QA/QC crews do not move PC pins, microplot pins, subplot pins, renumber trees, move nails, etc. In addition, data are not altered in the blind check file/plot card, or in the production file/plot card. There are two exceptions to this rule: a safety hazard, or a major error in the travel directions that would result in significant navigation delay for the future crew.

SECTION H.4 DOWNLOADING BLIND AND COLD CHECK DATA Data from blind and cold checks must be edited and uploaded to MIDAS just as if they were production plots.

SECTION H.5 COLD CHECK REVIEW SESSION The review session following a QA/QC cold check is an opportunity for QA/QC personnel to provide

production crews with constructive feedback to help improve data quality. The review session should take Appendix H: place as soon as possible after the plot has been checked and recommendations for work quality improvement have been written. All positive and negative aspects of the production crew performance should be discussed and documented, with an emphasis on techniques the production crew can use to improve data collection quality in the future. A writeup documenting errors and crew feedback should be completed for every cold check plot using the provided template form. QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL (QA/QC) pg.304

COLD CHECK REVIEW SESSION

Section H.5 pg.305 APPENDIX I GPS OPERATING GUIDE

SECTION I.1 OVERVIEW Global Positioning Systems (GPS) technology uses signals from satellites to triangulate and compute the coordinates of locations on the ground. PNW-FIA uses coordinates to correlate plot information with remotely sensed imagery and data, and to relocate plots at future inventories. GPS units can also be used to create and navigate to waypoints. A waypoint is a fairly precise location that a GPS user may assign a number or label to identify. Waypoints can be entered into the GPS unit to navigate to, or they can be recorded while navigating to mark a particular location. The Pacific Islands inventory uses Trimble GEOXH 6000, Trimble Geo7x and Garmin GPSmap 64st GPS receivers. The Pacific Islands inventory uses the UTM (Universal Transverse Mercator) coordinate system. This format includes the following information: • Zone, a 2 digit number (01-60) with a letter (C-X) attached. All zones in the western U.S. will be a combination of the numbers 10 and 11, and letters U, T, or S. • Easting, a seven digit number (the first digit is often a zero) that represents distance from the eastern boundary of the particular zone. • Northing, a seven digit number that represents distance north of the equator (northing numbers are usually instrumental in determining what zone the coordinates are in).

SECTION I.2 TRIMBLE UNIT The TerraSync program is used on the Trimble to collect GPS data. The TerraSync software is arranged in the following five sections: Tapping the Section box displays the five program sections • Map (displays map view of waypoints and current position) • Data (screens used for GPS data collection) • Navigation (screens used for navigation and waypoint creation) • Status (displays current coordinates, elevation, precision of position) • Exit (used to close the TerraSync program) One of these sections is always active and visible. The Section list button shows the section that is currently active. You can move between sections at any time without closing any open forms or screens. To switch to a different section, tap the Section list button and then tap the section you

want from the drop-down list. Appendix I: For general questions on operation of the Trimble, crews can contact the FS GPS Front-Line Support at 1- 866-560-6200 toll free and by email at [email protected].

SUBSECTION I.2.1 COLLECTING A SUBPLOT ROVER FILE WITH THE TRIMBLE UNIT For each of the 4 subplots AT LEAST 15 minutes (900 observations) are collected. Please collect more readings if possible. GPS OPERA 1. Turn on the Trimble by depressing the green button. 2. On the screen, tap "GeoXH" for the GeoXH6000 or “TerraSync” for the Geo7x. 3. For the GeoXH6000, tap "GNSS Application Launcher" to start the TerraSync data collection program. 4. Wait until a position is displayed instead of "?" in the "Status" screen. TING GUIDE 5. Tap "Data" in the drop down menu. 6. In the File Name box, enter the rover file name in this format: pg.306 For production plots: st-cty-plot%-sp# (e.g. ca-029-05247-sp1 where st is the 2 character state code, cty is the 3 digit county code (including any leading zeros), plot% is the 5 digit plot number (including any leading zeros), sp# is "sp" followed by the 1 digit subplot number 1-4). For cold and blind plots: Add a C or a B to the end of the file name (e.g. ca-029-05247-sp1C, ca- 029-05427-sp1B). This will prevent the cold or blind rover files from overwriting the production rover file when loaded to the server. 7. Tap "Create" at the bottom of the screen. 8. At this point the next step depends on which unit you have. For the Geo7x, position the unit as described below and tap "Point_generic". The Geo7x will immediately start recording positions so make sure it is properly located. If an offset is necessary, it can be entered while the unit is recording. For the GeoXH6000, tap "Point_generic". This unit will not start recording until you tap the "Log" button on the next screen, described in step 18. 9. Position the Trimble unit so the antenna patch is relatively level and is touching the subplot center or just above it. Elevating it on a pack above vegetation is ideal. The unit should not be within 5 feet of a large diameter tree (over 20" DBH) if possible. The unit may be placed up to 30 ft from the subplot center. The unit should not be placed under heavy understory if possible. 10.It is preferable not to offset but if an offset is necessary, measure the horizontal distance (nearest 1/ 10th ft) and azimuth (0-359, nearest degree) FROM the center of the internal Trimble antenna to the subplot center. Record these values in the GPS screen in MIDAS as described in Subsection 4.4.4.

11.On the GeoXH6000, tap "Log" at the bottom of the screen to start logging satellite data. Notice that the number of recorded positions is displayed in the upper right corner of the screen. 12.Leave the Trimble collecting data for AT LEAST 15 minutes (at least 900 observations). If the unit is not in the way & there is adequate battery life, let it collect data the entire time you're on the subplot. The more readings recorded the better. Note: Don't stand over the unit as your body will block GPS signals.

TRIMBLE UNIT

: 13.After at least 15 minutes, tap "Done" at the bottom of the screen. 14.Tap "Close" at the bottom of the screen. 15.Tap "Yes" to confirm closing the rover file. 16.Tap "Data" in the upper left corner of the screen.

Section I.2 pg.307 17.Tap "Exit" from the drop down menu to exit the Terrasync program. GPS data collection for the subplot is completed. Repeat this procedure for remaining subplots. NOTE: Completely shutdown the Trimble power to conserve battery life between subplots. To do this, press and hold the green power button for 3 seconds, then tap "Shutdown".

SUBSECTION I.2.2 DISPLAYING COORDINATES FOR PLOT CENTER (OPTIONAL) Crews may choose to use the Trimble instead of the recreational grade GPS unit for realtime (not post- processed) plot center coordinates: 1. Turn on the Trimble by depressing the green button. 2. Tap "GeoXH" on the screen, or “TerraSync” on the Geo7x. 3. Tap "GNSS Application Launcher" to start the TerraSync data collection program. 4. If the Terrasync is already running, select "Staus" from the drop down menu in the upper left corner of the screen. 5. Wait until a position is displayed instead of "?" in the "Status" screen. 6. The current position (in UTM meters) and elevation (MSL, ft) is displayed under the satellite Skyplot graphic. The estimated horizontal precision of the position in feet is shown in the upper right corner of the screen with a double-ended arrow below the value. 7. Wait until the precision value drops below 70 feet, then enter the PC coordinates, elevation and precision in MIDAS on the Allegro.

SUBSECTION I.2.3 NAVIGATING WITH WAYPOINTS Crews may use the Trimble to create a waypoint or navigate to a way point. To create a waypoint: 1. With TerraSync already running, select "Navigation" from the drop down menu in the upper left corner of the screen. 2. To create a waypoint, tap the "Navigate" drop down menu (below the "Nav" menu in top left corner of screen) and tap "Waypoints". 3. Highlight the waypoint file that will be used, then tap "Open", alternatively, tap "New" to create a new waypoint file. 4. Tap "Options", then "New" from the drop down menu. 5. Enter the waypoint name. 6. Tap North, then enter the waypoint value. 7. Tap East, then enter the waypoint value. 8. Tap "Altitude", then enter the waypoint elevation. Alternatively, to use the current GPS location, tap "Create From" in the upper right corner, then tap "GNSS". 9. If an offset is needed (e.g., to create a waypoint from plot center to subplot 4, enter 240 degrees and Appendix I: 120 feet), enter the azimuth and horizontal distance (use 0.00 vertical distance default value). 10.Tap "Done". 11.To navigate to an existing waypoint, tap "Waypoint", then highlight the target waypoint. 12.Tap "Nav" in the upper left corner of the screen, then select "Navigate" from the second-row drop down menu. 13.The navigation screen appears, with the distance and heading from the current position to the GPS OPERA selected waypoint, along with an arrow indicating the direction to move to get to the waypoint. 14.Tap "Nav" in the upper left corner of the screen, then "Map" from the drop down menu to see the map view of the waypoints and current position.

SUBSECTION I.2.4 DOWNLOADING THE SUBPLOT TRIMBLE ROVER FILES TO A LAPTOP TING GUIDE 1. Connect the laptop to the Trimble with the Trimble USB cable. 2. Turn on the Trimble by pressing the green power button. 3. Start the "Data Transfer" program by either clicking on the desktop icon or by clicking on the Windows "Start" icon, then "All Programs", "Trimble Data Transfer", and “Data Transfer”. 4. Click "Add", then "Data file". pg.308 5. Highlight the files you want to transfer (hold laptop "Ctrl" key to select more than 1 file), then click "Open" 6. Click "Browse" and select the "C:\Midas\PlotPackets\PNWRS\GPS" folder (folder must already be created). 7. Click "Transfer All". 8. Click "Close" to exit the program. The file has now been moved to the laptop.

SUBSECTION I.2.5 CHARGING THE TRIMBLE BATTERY The Trimble battery life is about 10 hours continuous run time. The battery should be charged each night if possible. If not, conserve power by completely shutting down the unit when not in use by holding the green power button down for 3 seconds and then tapping "Shutdown". If camping for extended periods (1 week), a fully charged battery should allow GPS'ing of 5 full plots (20 subplots at 20 minutes run time per subplot is 6.7 hours, leaving 2 hours of battery life for navigation to plots). The battery can be charged in the unit or removed from the unit. 1. To remove the battery pack: Pinch the latches together until the latches disengage from the handheld, and then slide the battery out. 2. To install the battery pack: Insert the battery pack into the battery opening and then push the battery firmly into the handheld, ensuring that both battery latches click into place fully.

SECTION I.3 GARMIN GPSMAP 64ST

SUBSECTION I.3.1 GPS KEYPAD LAYOUT AND COMMANDS PWR: Hold down to turn the unit on and off. Press to adjust screen backlighting

64ST ENTER: Press and release to enter highlighted option. MARK: Press at anytime to create a new waypoint and mark your current location. MENU: Press and release to view the Options Menu for a page. Press twice to view main menu. QUIT: Cancels the operation of the last button pressed. Also brings up menu that allows user to scroll through menu pages. FIND: Press to go to the find menu. Options for finding waypoints, tracks, and other saved features will appear.

GARMIN GPSMAP PAGE: Press to move through main menu pages.

: IN: zooms in the display of the map screen. OUT: zooms out the display of the map screen. LEFT/RIGHT: Move the cursor left or right while entering data or selecting menu options. UP/DOWN: Mmove the cursor up and down while entering data or selecting menu options.

Section I.3 pg.309 SCREEN BACKLIGHT: to initiate, quickly press the PWR key. To adjust screen backlight, use the power key or the left and right arrow keys.

SUBSECTION I.3.2 GPS SETUP OPTIONS The parameters to set before collecting satellite readings are listed below. Once these parameters are set for the first time they will not need to be reset. Periodically (at least weekly) the unit should be checked to see that the settings have not been inadvertently changed.

SUBSECTION I.3.3 GPS UNIT SETUP To access the main menu, press PAGE or QUIT on any screen, and then continue to press PAGE or QUIT until MAIN MENU is highlighted. Press ENTER to access the MAIN MENU. Select SETUP and press ENTER. Check the following settings in the SETUP sub-menus before initial use of the unit and periodically throughout the field season. System: Set SATELLITE SYSTEM to "GPS + GLONASS", set WAAS/EGNOS to "On," and set AA BATTERY TYPE to "Alkaline." Display: Set BATTERY SAVE to "Off." Other items can be set to user preference. Units: Set DISTANCE AND SPEED to "Statute." Position Format: UTM/UPS MAP DATUM: WGS 84 Distance/Speed: Statute Elevation: Feet (ft/min) Time: set “TIME ZONE” to US Hawaii, set DAYLIGHT SAVINGS TIME to "No." Position Format: Set POSITION FORMAT to "UTM UPS," set MAP DATUM to "WGS 84." Heading: Set DISPLAY to "Numeric Degrees," set NORTH REFERENCE to "True", set GO TO LINE to "Bearing (Small)."

SUBSECTION I.3.4 MAIN MENU PAGES The Garmin has five main menu screens. Scroll through menus by pressing Page to scroll forward or Quit to scroll backwards. The menu screens are: Main Menu Map Compass Trip Computer Elevation Plot

SUBSECTION I.3.5 SETTING UP THE MAP SCREEN

While on a the MAP screen, press MENU to open the options menu. Appendix I: Highlight SETUP MAP and press ENTER. Change ORIENTATION to "North Up," GUIDANCE TEXT to "When Navigating," and DATA FIELDS to "2 small." Press QUIT to return to the MAP screen, then press MENU again, select "CHANGE DATA FIELDS," and press ENTER. This will return you to the main MAP screen and you will see the upper left

data field highlighted. GPS OPERA Press ENTER, select "Bearing," and press ENTER. Scroll right to highlight the other data field, press ENTER, select "Distance to Dest.," and press ENTER. Press QUIT to finalize these settings.

SUBSECTION I.3.6 OPERATING THE GPS ON PLOT TING GUIDE 1. Turn on the GPS unit 2. Check to see the satellite receiving status of the unit by navigating to the main menu and selecting SATELLITE. This screen will show how many satellites the receiver is tracking and will display the coordinates, accuracy, and elevation when the unit has a satellite fix and is ready for navigation. pg.310 SUBSECTION I.3.7 CREATING A WAYPOINT (WHEN COORDINATES ARE PROVIDED) A waypoint is a fairly precise location that a GPS user may assign a number or label to identify. For the Pacific Islands the location format is UTM coordinates. To create a new waypoint with given coordinates from existing plot data, turn on the GPS and hold down the MARK button. This will bring up the MARK screen with DONE highlighted. Scroll up until the waypoint number field is highlighted. Press ENTER to rename the waypoint (e.g., "12345NAV", see Subsection I.3.9, Naming Waypoints for naming guidelines). Hit OK on the keypad screen when done. Highlight Location and press ENTER. Edit both lines of the location field by using the pop up keypad to edit the NORTHING/ EASTING field. When the coordinates are displayed correctly, highlight OK and press ENTER. If you need to edit the icon, or note for a waypoint, use the UP/DOWN arrows to highlight the field you wish to change and press ENTER. Edit in same manner as just described. When you have entered all the necessary data, highlight the DONE button (bottom right of screen), and press ENTER. To navigate to a newly created waypoint, see Subsection I.3.10, Navigating With The GPS.

SUBSECTION I.3.8 MARKING (STORING) CURRENT LOCATION AS A WAYPOINT Storing the location(s) of a vehicle, LZ, RP, or starting point, are good examples of how this feature can be used in the field. Stored waypoints can be useful for approaching plots from a different direction, taking a different route back to the LZ, or when lost (Subsection I.3.10, Navigating With The GPS). To start, verify that the unit is receiving strong signals by checking the Satellite screen. Wait until the EPE (estimated position error) is 70 feet or less. Navigate to the MAIN MENU and go into WAYPOINT AVERAGING. Place the GPS at the location where you wish to average the waypoint. Select the CREATE WAYPOINT field and press ENTER. This will start averaging a waypoint. Let the waypoint average for at least one minute and then press SAVE. When the next screen pops up, note down the DISTANCE ADJUSTED (error) and then press DONE. Navigate back to the MAIN MENU and go into WAYPOINT MANAGER. Rename the waypoint that was just collected using accepted naming conventions (see following subsection).

SUBSECTION I.3.9 NAMING WAYPOINTS The Garmin waypoint name allows us up to 14 numbers/letters. The first five digits of the name should be the plot number displayed on the plot jacket (e.g., if the plot number is 30 then plot number is 00030). The next 2-3 digits would be NAV, LZ, TR, RP, PC, SP2, SP3, SP4, or OTH. When entering given coordinates (printed on the plot folder) as a waypoint for navigation, add the letters NAV to the waypoint name to distinguish the folder data from coordinates collected using the GPS unit (e.g., "12345NAV"). NAV: Navigation waypoints LZ/TR: Landing zone, or truck parking spot RP: Reference Point PC: Plot Center SP2: Subplot 2 SP3: Subplot 3

64ST SP4: Subplot 4 OTH: Other - describe in GPS NOTES and on the plot card

SUBSECTION I.3.10 NAVIGATING WITH THE GPS To begin navigation, a waypoint must be stored in the GPS unit (see Subsection I.3.8, Marking (Storing) Current Location as a Waypoint). A compass is needed (keep the compass away from the body of the GPS to keep it from affecting the magnetic accuracy). Once the unit has locked onto satellites, push the FIND

GARMIN GPSMAP button. Highlight WAYPOINTS in the menu, and press ENTER. A list of user-stored waypoints appears. : This list can be sorted by name or by nearest waypoint. To change the sorting press MENU and select the desired type of sorting. Scroll down through the list to find the name or number of the desired waypoint (e.g., a NAV waypoint as created in Subsection I.3.8). Highlight the desired waypoint and press ENTER.

Section I.3 pg.311 Highlight the GO tab on the bottom of the screen to begin navigation. This will take you to the map screen. Follow the bearing using a compass; the distance should steadily decrease as you approach the waypoint. Eventually, the distance will get very small (about 10-30 feet) and the bearing will begin to jump around dramatically. This means the destination is very close (look for the stake and witness trees if the waypoint is subplot 1).

SECTION I.4 RECORDING GPS INFORMATION GPS information is recorded in the PDR (see Section 4.4, GPS Coordinates). For recreational GPS receivers (i.e. Garmin 64st), record GPS UNIT TYPE code 2. The PDR requires that the number of averaged readings be entered. This information is only visible while the waypoint is being averaged and should be written down when the averaging is completed. One second of averaging equals one reading so if you average for one minute that would be recorded as 60 readings. Enter the measurement count for the NUMBER OF READINGS (Item 4.4.3.12) in the PDR.

SECTION I.5 BATTERIES Both Garmin GPSmap units use two AA alkaline, NiMH, or lithium batteries. Battery status and signal strength can be checked in the status bar at the top of all MainMenu/Navigation screens. Replace the batteries when the Power Indicator is low (the GPS unit may have trouble locating satellites when the battery is low). Carry extra batteries at all times. The AA-alkaline batteries begin to lose power after approximately eight hours of use. Appendix I: GPS OPERA TING GUIDE pg.312

BATTERIES

Section I.5 pg.313 APPENDIX J CRITERION RD 1000 ELECTRONIC RELASKOP USER GUIDE **See complete Criterion RD 1000 manual for additional information**

SECTION J.1 LOW BATTERY WARNING The RD 1000 monitors the incoming battery voltage. • When the voltage drops below 2.2V, the External LCD main display flashes “LobAt” every 5 seconds, alternating with the normally displayed information. • You should replace the batteries as soon as possible. • When the voltage drops below 2.0V, the “LobAt” message stops flashing and is displayed steady. At this point system operation is locked. • You must replace the batteries to return to normal system operation.

SECTION J.2 BUTTONS The RD 1000 has 11 buttons. Nine of these buttons are located on the keypad below the external LCD. The TRIGGER button is located at your index finger on the front of the unit, and the Scale Adjust button is Appendix J: located at your thumb on the back of the unit. CRITERION RD 1000 ELECTRONIC RELASKOP USER GUIDE pg.314 SECTION J.3 KEY PAD Figure below shows the keypad. The table below describes the function of each button. EDIT Activates the edit function. ↑ UP System Menu: Toggles value. Edit function: Increases the digit value. HUD brightness: Increases the value. HUD When the Heads Up Display (HUD) is active, controls the in-scope LED. Short Press: Activates the in-scope LED and displays the brightness value. Long Press: Toggles the illuminated in-scope LED Measurement Bar Scale from Solid to Gap or Gap to Solid. BACK← System Menu: Moves to the previous menu item. Edit function: Moves to the previous digit (right to left). Measurement: Moves to the previous step. ENTER ↵ Confirms function. Selects value. FWD → System Menu: Moves to next menu item. Edit function: Moves to the next digit (left to right). MODE Moves through the operating modes. DOWN ↓ System Menu: Toggles value. Edit function: Decreases the digit value. HUD brightness: Decreases the value. Measurement result: Downloads data. POWER When unit is OFF: • Press and hold for a minimum of 2 seconds turns ON the unit. For a brief time, all segments are displayed followed by the firmware revision number, and then the unit is ready for use. • Press and Hold: external LCD shows all display segments (10 seconds maximum). When unit is ON: • Short press turns the display backlight ON/OFF. • Long press (2 seconds minimum) turns OFF the unit. To conserve battery power, if no button presses are detected for a period of 15 minutes, the RD 1000 automatically turns itself OFF.

PAD

KEY

Section J.3 pg.315 SECTION J.4 OTHER BUTTONS Figure below shows the TRIGGER button and the SCALE ADJUST button. TRIGGER Short Press: (1) Activates the in-scope LED (stays lit for 30 seconds if no additional buttons are pressed). (2) Accepts in-scope target points (such as tree base, etc.). Press-and-hold: Activates the tilt sensor, and measurements are dynamically updated. Upon release, the inclination reading is locked. SCALE ADJUST (+) Increases the width of the illuminated in-scope LED Measurement Bar Scale. • Short Press: Increases the scale by one tick. • Press-and-hold: Continuously increases the scale width change. SCALE ADJUST (-) Decreases the width of the illuminated in-scope LED Measurement Bar Scale. • Short Press: Decreases the scale by one tick. • Press-and-hold: Continuously decreases the scale width change. Appendix J: SECTION J.5 DENDROMETER FUNCTIONS • Diameter Mode: Acquire a direct read-out of the height and diameter of a tree at any point (or multiple points) along the stem. • HT/Diameter Mode: Determine the height at which a specific target diameter is reached.

SUBSECTION J.5.1 DIAMETER MODE CRITERION RD 1000 ELECTRONIC RELASKOP Refer to the instructions below to acquire a direct read-out of the height and diameter of a tree at any point (or multiple points) along the stem from any convenient distance away. 1. Press the MODE button until the external LCD displays the DIAMETER Mode Indicator, the HD Measurement Prompt (flashing), the appropriate Units Indicator ("F" or "M"), and the EDIT Function Indicator. This is prompting you enter the horizontal distance to the target tree. 2. Enter the horizontal distance. • Valid Values: 1.65 - 999.90 feet or 0.51 - 304.76 meters. • To automatically fill-in: Aim and fire your LTI laser range finder • to download the measured HD value into the numeric display. The display will automatically advance to the next step. • To manually enter: Measure the distance using a tape measure, press the EDIT button, and use the arrow buttons to edit the value. a. Press the UP or DOWN button to increase/decrease the value. b. Press the FWD or BACK button to move to next/previous digit. c. Press the ENTER button to accept the HD value. • If you want to re-enter the horizontal distance (either manually or with a laser), press the BACK button and enter a new HD value. 3. The external LCD displays the DIAMETER Mode Indicator, the ANGLE Measurement Prompt Indicator

(flashing), the DEG Units indicator, and the message “bASE” is prompting you to take the base angle USER GUIDE measurement to the tree. This message is also displayed in the numeric area of the in-scope LED. 4. Looking through the sighting scope, press-and-hold the TRIGGER button to activate the illuminated in- scope LED Measurement Bar Scale. 5. Aim to the base of the target tree, and release the TRIGGER button to lock the inclination measurement. pg.316 • The inclination appears in both the in-scope LED and the external LCD, and is continuously updated as long as you hold the TRIGGER button. • Upon release of the TRIGGER button, the in-scope LED flashes the locked inclination reading. 6. The external LCD displays the DIAM Measurement Prompt Indicator (flashing), the appropriate Units Indicator (“I” or CM”), and the EDIT Function Indicator prompting you to enter a diameter value. Enter or edit the diameter value. • Valid Values: 0.1 - 1400.0 inches or 0.3 - 3500.0 cm. • If a previous diameter value was measured in the Diameter Mode, this value will appear in the main display. If you want to use this diameter value, go to step #7. • To manually enter, press the EDIT button and use the arrow • buttons to edit the value. a. Press the UP or DOWN button to increase/decrease the value. b. Press the FWD or BACK button to move to next/previous digit. 7. Press the ENTER button to accept the diameter value. 8. Press-and-hold the TRIGGER button to activate the tilt sensor and track up the tree from the base. • The tree height is dynamically updated in both the in-scope LED and the external LCD. 9. When the horizontal aiming marks align with the edges of the target tree, release the TRIGGER button to lock the inclination measurement. • The tree height is shown in both the in-scope LED and external LCD. • To re-check or re-position the height measurement point, press and hold the TRIGGER again to activate the tilt sensor and view the updated height measurement. 10.Once the desired tree height is showing in the displays: • To download a serial data string through the serial port to an external data collector, press the DOWN button. The external LCD displays the DIAM Measurement Prompt Indicator (see step #6). • In most situations, you will find that the Gap Bar Scale works best in the Height/Diameter Mode. However, you can toggle the illuminated in-scope LED measurement scale from Solid to Gap

DENDROMETER FUNCTIONS

Section J.5 pg.317 SECTION J.6 ERROR CODES An error code will be displayed if the RD 1000 detects a problem with a measurement. Depending upon the current function, error codes are displayed in either the in-scope LED or the external LCD display. The table below lists and explains the possible error codes. Code Explanation Remedy E01 Unstable inclination value. The Steady the instrument before instrument is too unsteady to releasing the TRIGGER button. produce an accurate reading. E02 Calculation error. There was an Re-enter or re-shoot the data. error in performing an internal calculation caused by improper measurement geometry. Likely caused by a incorrectly entered data value, or an incorrect target shot from an external laser device. E03 Data communication error. There Verify that the laser and the RD 1000 was an error in a received serial are using the same units. data string from an external device. Verify the laser mode (it should be in HD or VD) and re-shoot. E04 System memory error. There was If the error persists, contact Laser some type of failure of the internal Technology, Inc. system memory. This represents a memory checksum failure of factory

stored parameters. Appendix J: E05 Data entry error. An improper · Check value and re-enter data. value was entered during a manual data edit operation (the entered data was outside of acceptable value limits). E06 Unable to display the input value · Re-enter data. in the in-scope LED or external · Hold the instrument within CRITERION RD 1000 ELECTRONIC RELASKOP LCD. · tilt limits. Unable to display the calculated · Press the ENTER button to value. continue with the calculation. USER GUIDE pg.318 : pg.319 APPENDIX K TRUPULSE 200X OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

SECTION K.1 TRUPULSE 200X OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Appendix K : TRUPULSE 200X OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS pg.320

TING INSTRUCTIONS

TRUPULSE 200X OPERA

Section K.1 pg.321 Appendix K : TRUPULSE 200X OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS pg.322

TING INSTRUCTIONS

TRUPULSE 200X OPERA

Section K.1 pg.323 Appendix K : TRUPULSE 200X OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS pg.324

TING INSTRUCTIONS

TRUPULSE 200X OPERA

Section K.1 pg.325 APPENDIX L REFERENCE FIELD TECHNIQUES

SECTION L.1 MEASURING HEIGHTS USING A CLINOMETER Tree heights can be measured using a clinometer and a measuring tape. The clinometer is only accurate if you use the HORIZONTAL DISTANCE from you to the tree when measuring a tree height. To calculate a tree height, walk away from the tree and find a spot at least 1 tree length away where you can see both the top of the tree and the base of the tree. If the tree is 50 feet tall, then you need to be at least 50 feet away from the tree when you measure the height. Walk uphill of the tree when measuring a height if possible. It is easier to see both the top of the tree and the base of the tree if you are up hill of it. Also, you do not have to walk as far away from the tree if you go uphill. Look through your clinometer with one eye, and keep the other eye open. Keep both eyes open, and look up until the top of the tree is even with the horizontal line in the center of the clinometer. When the horizontal line in the clinometer is even with the top of the tree, read the number on the % (percent) scale of the clinometer that is touching the horizontal line in the clinometer. The % scale is usually on the right side on the inside of the clinometer. If you are unsure which scale to use, look into the clinometer and then tilt the clinometer up or down until the % symbol is visible on the scale. Make sure you are far enough away from the tree so that your reading is not over 120%. The clinometer is not accurate when readings above 120% are used. Now look through the clinometer with both eyes open and tilt the clinometer down until the horizontal line in the clinometer is even with the base of the tree. Read the number on the % scale that is touching the horizontal line in the clinometer. The % scale of the clinometer is divided into 1% increments from 0 to + or – 70%. The distance between each small tic mark on the scale is equal to 1%. From + or – 70% and greater, the scale is divided into 2% increments. The distance between each small tic mark on this part of the scale is equal to 2%. Most of the time you will read a positive number (+) while looking at the top of the tree, and a negative number (-) while looking at the base of the tree. ADD the number you observed while looking at the top of the tree with the number you observed while looking at the base of the tree. This gives you Total Percent. Special Case: If you have to go down hill or very far uphill, you may read in your clinometer that both the top of the tree and the base of the tree are positive numbers on the % scale. Or you may have both the top of the tree and

the base of the tree are negative numbers. If the top of the tree and the top of the root collar are the same Appendix L: sign (either both are positive or both are negative) on the clinometer % scale, then SUBTRACT the tree top number and the root collar number. This gives Total Percent. Measure the horizontal distance between where you took the readings with the clinometer and the tree. If you went up or down a hill to measure the height, then you must calculate the horizontal distance (see next pageError! Bookmark not defined.)

Multiply the Total Percent for your tree times the horizontal distance you just measured or calculated. Then REFERENCE FIELD TECHNIQUES divide this number by 100. This number is the height of your tree. pg.326 Example:

To calculate the height of this tree: (% Tree top) + or – (% Base of Tree) * (Horizontal Distance) 100% 88% + 20% = 108% (these 2 numbers are added, since tree top % is positive and tree base % is negative)

ANCE 108% * 30.4 feet = 3283.2

DIST 3283.2/100% = 32.8 feet is the height of this tree

SECTION L.2 CALCULATING HORIZONTAL DISTANCE When horizontal distance cannot be accurately measured it can be calculated by using percent slope, slope distance, and a slope correction table. To calculate horizontal distance, first measure the slope distance. Then use your clinometer to get a % slope. You should measure the % slope of the measuring tape. The

TING HORIZONTAL TING HORIZONTAL clinometer should be at the level of your slope distance measuring tape. Use the Slope Correction Table (see Appendix #) to look up the expansion factor reciprocal for the % slope of the measuring tape. Multiply the expansion factor reciprocal by the slope distance you measured.

CALCULA : This gives you the horizontal distance. The horizontal distance will always be less than the slope distance.

Section L.2 pg.327 Example:

What is the horizontal distance from subplot center to this tree? Expansion Factor Reciprocal for 50% slope = 89 .89 * 25.0 = 22.25 feet The horizontal distance is 22.25 feet. This tree is within 24.0 feet of subplot center and is over 5.0 inches dbh, so it will qualify as a tally tree. Slope distance = Horizontal distance when % Slope = 0

SECTION L.3 DETERMINING SCALES AND BASELINES FROM A MAP OR PHOTO

SUBSECTION L.3.1 DETERMINING SCALE MEASURING OBJECT OF KNOWN SIZE ON MAP OR PHOTO Appendix L: First you must measure the length of an object on the map or photo whose actual length you know. This might be a football field, a city block, or a section of a road. You need to go out to the location mapped or pictured and measure the distance between two identifiable objects. Once you have the two distances, you can find the scale For example, suppose you have a photo and you need to determine the scale of the photo. Find 2 points on the ground that are visible on the photo and are easy to identify on the ground. Road intersections usually work well because they are usually easy to find on the photos and on the ground. Measure the horizontal REFERENCE FIELD TECHNIQUES distance between these 2 points on the ground (ground distance). Then measure the distance between the 2 points on the photo (photo distance). If the distance between the 2 points is 1,200 feet ground distance, and .4 inches photo distance, then the scale of the photos is calculated: 1,300 feet ground distance 12 inches (1,300 * 12) 15,600 ground x = = =1:39,000 .4 inches photo distance 1 foot .4 .4 map This means that 1 inch on the photo is equal to 39,000 inches on the ground. Since 1 foot = 12 inches, then 39,000 inches/ 12 feet = 3,250 feet. Therefore, each inch on the photo is equal to 3,250 feet on the ground. One exception for aerial photos is that this method assumes the two locations are at the same elevation--or that the terrain is flat. If you are using aerial photos, the terrain may not be flat. If there are hills, even moderate ones, the calculations can be thrown off. Try to measure the distance between 2 points on the ground that are similar in elevation. pg.328 SUBSECTION L.3.2 DETERMINING SCALE BY COMPARING WITH ANOTHER MAP OR PHOTO OF KNOWN SCALE Another way to calculate scale on an unknown map or photo is to compare it to a map with a known scale. For example, suppose you have an aerial photo where the distance between two hills is 3.12 inches. You have a map of the same area at 1:24,000, and on the map the distance between the hills is 1.3 inches. The answer involves a little algebra. Since the ground distance is the same on both photo and map, we can create an expression for this ground distance for both, and then put them on either side of an equation. The ground distance can be found by multiplying the map/photo distance by the scale (in this case, by the inverse of the scale--notice how this makes the units cancel correctly). We need to find, for the photo, how many ground units are represented by one unit on the photo, so we use an x for this unknown quantity and solve for it: x ground 24,000 ground 3.12 in photo x = 1.3 in map x ; and 1 photo 1 map

3.12 in x x ground = 1.3 in x 24,000 ground

1.3 in * 24,000 x= = 10,000 3.12 in The scale for the photo is 1:10,000

SUBSECTION L.3.3 CALCULATING A BASELINE ON A MAP OR PHOTO

O A baseline is often used in thick jungle where gps coordinates are difficult to obtain and/or navigation by using maps and aerial photography is difficult. A baseline is used to measure an azimuth and distance from a known point to the plot center. To calculate a baseline: 1. Determine the scale of the map or photo. 2. Measure the photo or map distance from a point of departure to the plot center. The point of departure is a know location that can be identified on the map or photo and can also be identified on

MAP OR PHOT the ground (a tree, intersection, house, etc). 3. Calculate the ground distance using the photo or map scale and the photo or map distance. For example: The photo scale is 1:12,000 The photo distance from the corner of a house to the plot center is 1.13 inches. The house must be visible on the photo and identified on the ground. 12,000 ground 1.13 inches photo x = 13,560 inches ground distance 1 photo 1 foot 13,560 inches x = 1,130 feet ground distance 12 inches

AND BASELINES FROM A AND BASELINES FROM Therefore, you must measure 1,130 feet from the corner of the house to arrive at plot center. The azimuth from the house to the plot center can be calculated by: 1. Measure the azimuth between two points that are visible on the photos and the ground. Straight- line sections of road or power lines often work well for determining baselines. Shoot the azimuth down one side of the road. 2. Draw a line in pencil on the photo between the 2 points you just measured the azimuth between. Extend this line as far as necessary. 3. Find a place that can be identified on the ground and the photo from which you can measure azimuth and distance to find plot center. This is your point of departure. Draw a line between plot center and the point of departure. This is your baseline. Extend this line as far as necessary so that it intersects the line drawn previously in number 2.

DETERMINING SCALES

: 4. Calculate the azimuth from the known point of departure and the plot center using a protractor and the line drawn in number 2. Adapted from Bryan Baker, Sonoma State University, Principles of map scale, www.sonoma.edu/GIC/Geographica/Mapinterp/ Scale.htm, January, 1999, January, 1999

Section L.3 pg.329 APPENDIX M PLOT JACKET In this section, items that field crews are responsible for filling out are in bold and underlined. The plot jacket is used to store hard copies of all pertinent past and present information pertaining to an FIA plot. The outside cover contains labels with plot information, and inside contents include: plot card, edit sheet, past and present plot data printouts, landowner contact sheet and aerial photos, landowner permission letter (if needed), two new Digital Ortho Quad (DOQ) photos, an old DOQ or aerial photograph from previous visit, and a USGS map printout.The following provides a description of each part of a plot jacket and what is required of the field crew for plot completion.

SECTION M.1 PLOT LABELS

There is typically one label on the outside front cover of the plot jacket. The main label is located in the upper left hand corner of the plot jacket (see Figure M.1). It contains plot identification information such as: Plot Number, Reserved Status, County Code, Visit Year, Elevation, GPS Coordinates, Ownership, Permission, IP on Property, and Owner Notification. A crew leader’s initials must be recorded in the upper right hand corner of this label to indicate that all edits are complete and the plot jacket is ready for QA review; this part must be completed for every plot.

Figure M.1: Plot identification label Another label containing a Plot Hazard Report may be present (see Figure M.2).

Figure M.2: Plot hazard report

SECTION M.2 PLOT CARD The plot card serves as a cover sheet containing different pieces of information pertaining to an individual plot. A copy of the plot card can be found in Appendix M, Plot Forms. Appendix M: SUBSECTION M.2.1 HEADER This is the box at the top of the plot card on the front side and contains the following parts: PLOT NUMBER, Island, start date, end date, crew leader (name and number); and crew member(s) (name and number). This part must be completed for every plot.

SUBSECTION M.2.2 RP DATA PLOT JACKET This box is found directly under the header on the left side of the page and includes: species; diameter (to nearest inch); azimuth (from RP to PC); horizontal distance (to nearest foot); and, to what subplot the RP was measured (number). This item must be completed for all plots in which there is a reference point established. If visited/updated is N, and the data should match the plot printout and RP info on the back of the aerial photos. Also, indicate in this box if the RP data was updated with the current visit. pg.330 SUBSECTION M.2.3 PLOT TRAVEL TIME This box is located below the RP data box. It includes travel time to plot, measurement time, and travel time from plot. Travel time to plot should include the time it took to travel from the LZ/TR to the plot location and the travel time from plot should include the time it took to travel from the plot location back to the LZ/TR. Measurement time is the total number of hours spent working in the field on the plot regardless of the crew size (e.g., If it took four people 8 hours and 15 minutes to complete a plot in the field, then record 8:15). Note: These items are different than similar data items entered into the data recorder. This item must be filled out for every plot in which the crew occupied plot center.

SUBSECTION M.2.4 PLOT ACCESS DESCRIPTION This box is directly under the header and to the right of the RP data. Directions should be written so they are easy to read and understand, and include information that will aid future crews in relocating the plot. Directions must be filled out for every plot field visited (i.e., plot center occupied or nonforest/access denied/hazardous plots viewed from a distance). Directions should include the following: 1. Starting point: Select a permanent feature easily identifiable on the photos and on the ground. In most cases this will be a tree, but at times may include other features such as rock faces, stumps, logging road intersections, etc. 2. Identify the mode of travel (e.g., flying, driving, skiff, hiking). 3. Include the approximate distances of travel. 4. Give the direction of travel when turning onto a road or trail (e.g., ‘turn west [left] onto logging road and proceed’). Use compass references first in case the plot must be approached from a direction other than the way described. Wording such as left, right or straight should be included in parentheses. 5. Note all gates or other pertinent information that may aid future crews in re-locating the plot (e.g., there is an old road on the west [left] with a locked gate [contact BLM for combination]). 6. Describe any prominent features present in the plot area that are unlikely to change in the next ten years. Include details such as streams, rock outcrops, benches, man-made features, unusual or large trees, slope, aspect or topographic position. 7. If finding a place to park is difficult, provide directions for where to park the vehicle for road plots. This information can prevent numerous turn-arounds on potentially hazardous roads. 8. Include in the travel description any hazards encountered in accessing or measuring the plot.

SUBSECTION M.2.5 PLOT NARRATIVE DESCRIPTION This is the box directly under RP data and plot access description and it provides a written description of the plot as well as relevant information to land owners, analysts, crew supervisors, crew leaders and QA inspectors. Analysts use it to provide an explanation for any major changes that have occurred since the previous inventory, especially those related to condition class attributes, as well as any anomalies in the data. They also use the historical information to better understand why the plot conditions are what they are today. Crew supervisors and crew leaders review previous narratives to determine the overall level of difficulty of a plot, anticipate access problems, and explain any oddities about previously collected data. QA inspectors review narratives as part of overall plot quality. This item must be filled out for every plot. The plot narrative should observe the following guidelines: • Writing must be clear and legible. • Describe species, stand structure, damages, etc., with words rather than using the corresponding data item codes. • Exclude unprofessional comments. Plot cards are public documents being scanned to electronic files available for viewing by anyone. They are also copied and mailed to the landowner upon request.

PLOT CARD • Transfer relevant information written on the outside of the plot jacket.

: Provide documentation for the following information in the order listed under each category. Accessible Forest Land 1. RESERVED STATUS – If it is classified as reserved write the name of the park, wilderness area, national monument, etc. (e.g., plot is located in Sequoia National Park).

Section M.2 pg.331 2. Condition class – Write a description of each condition class present on plot. • Include changes to CONDITION CLASS STATUS (forest, nonforest, noncensus water, Census water, nonsampled). • Write a description of any changes to CONDITION CLASS STATUS since the previous visit (e.g., ‘at the previous inventory plot was called nonforest rangeland but now trees are regenerating and condition has 10 percent canopy cover; therefore it is now forest land’, or ‘at the previous inventory plot was accessible forest land, but has since been cleared for development’). • Stand description, including but not limited to, the following: age; stand size; physiographic information; tree species present; regeneration, including relative abundance and species; present and past treatments; present or past disturbances from insects, disease, weather, environment, human, etc.; and understory species of shrubs, forbs and graminoids using English or Latin names (codes change over time). • Pertinent information or plot anomalies – Describe any information pertinent to the plot including things that might not be represented in the data or errors made by the previous crew. 3. On remeasurement plots, if the crew determines there is a physical change to the previously mapped boundaries, describe why/how they have changed. 4. Ownership changes – If the owner has changed since the previous visit, note why (e.g., land swap, a park bought the land, last occasion had the wrong owner, etc.). 5. Hazards – Describe any human or environmental hazard[s] found on the plot (e.g., ‘subplot two has a bees nest near the microplot center’). 6. Inability to install any portion of the plot – These are typically human or environmental related and require an explanation as to why it was not installed. 7. Any deviation from prescribed monumentation – If unable to use monumentation described in the manual, explain why and what the crew did to work around the issue (e.g., ‘no squares, rounds, or DBH nails in trees per landowner’s request’, or ‘microplot 2 center fell on a large, sloped rock slab with no way to stabilize metal pin, instead used orange crayon to make a 2-inch circle with center dot showing where pin should have been’). Nonforest Land Describe the NONFOREST LAND USE class. Include a list of the species present on the condition and any disturbances that may have occurred since a previous visit, especially important if the condition was accessible forest land and is now nonforest. Note whether this condition has the potential to become forested in the future. If the entire plot is nonforest state whether plot center is occupied or viewed from a distance. If plot center was occupied and no pin was put in the ground, explain why. Field Visited With Marginal Canopy Cover Explain how the plot or condition did or did not meet the canopy cover requirement to meet the definition of forest land. If the subplot method was used to assess canopy cover and/or stocking, describe the details (including methodology for locating phantom subplots) and the results. Include the LIVE CANOPY COVER, LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER, STOCKING PERCENT, STOCKING MAXIMUM DBH, and TOTAL STEMS (if applicable). Noncensus or Census Water

State that the plot/subplot center (or the entire plot) lands in either noncensus or census water and Appendix M: provide a description of the body of water (e.g., lake, river, etc.). Nonsampled – Access Denied and Hazardous Access Denied and Hazardous Describe why the condition is non-sampled. If the condition is access denied, state this here and write the reason why, if given one by the landowner. If the condition is hazardous, explain why. Document attempted routes, unsuccessful hazard abatement strategies (e.g. different timing, resources, and/or special access such as boat/helicopter) and logic for making the hazardous determination. The hazard description (whether it applies to sole route to plot, entire PLOT JACKET plot itself, a subplot or a small condition on a plot) should be specific enough for any individual to clearly understand the hazard and to provide useful information for future crews. Special Studies pg.332 If the plot is being completed as part of a special study, identify the name of the study early in the narrative.

SUBSECTION M.2.6 PLOT DIAGRAM This item is located in the box directly under the plot narrative on the right side. It contains a diagram of the plot layout. It is used as a tool to help relocate plots. Roughly sketch in condition class changes as they appear on the ground, landforms, hazards and any other pertinent information that could aid a future crew in relocating the plot. Include all condition classes along with stand size and forest type for each forest condition on the sketch map. If phantom subplots were installed to determine canopy cover or stocking, record the location of the phantom subplots on the diagram. Use the back of the Plot Card if extra space is necessary. This item must be filled out for every plot in which the crew occupies plot center.

SUBSECTION M.2.7 FIELD NOTES This box is located on the backside of the plot card. Provide any additional details pertinent to future field crews (e.g., waders are needed to cross the stream, there is another possible LZ located at a lower elevation, etc.). Continue the plot narrative description in this space (if necessary). This item should be filled out when there is good information to share and/or more space is needed.

SUBSECTION M.2.8 LOCATION This box is located at the bottom on the backside of the plot card. Draw a sketch of the area traveled during the day; include as many features as you can that will be helpful in navigation. Use photos and visible features in your sketch without making it confusing (e.g., ponds, slopes, cliff faces, openings). Include LZ/ TR, RP and PC in your sketch map. This item must be filled out for every plot on which the crew occupies plot center.

SUBSECTION M.2.9 PHOTO WORK FORMATTING There are typically several different included in the plot jacket. Determine which photo is best to receive the reference point (RP)/plot center (PC) pinpricks; the best photo should include all necessary information for future crews to navigate successfully to the RP and PC. Occasionally, in the case of plot remeasurement, the newest photo will not be the best to use; in this situation, it is acceptable to reuse older photos. New orthophotos will be included in the plot jacket on reameaurement only if new or better imagery is available. New imagery will include crosshairs indicating the expected location of the PC. On remeasurement plots, the crosshairs are most often positioned on the imagery using the previously collected GPS coordinates. However, sometimes the location of the PC indicated by the previous GPS coordinates differs from the PC location pinpricked by the previous crew. In these cases, the location of the crosshairs should be adjusted in the office to match the pinprick location of the previous crew. Crew leaders should check to ensure that the crosshairs on the new photo matches the location of the pinprick on the old photo before going out to the field. On new plot installations, the crosshairs will indicate the location where the plot should be installed. If the previous crew pinpricked the incorrect location, pinprick the RP/PC in the correct location. Note that the location of the crosshairs indicated on the photo might not necessarily coincide with the correct location of the plot on the ground; in these cases the correct location should be pinpricked on the photo. Notes on the back of the photo should be used to describe circumstances in which a different location was pinpricked than either the crosshairs on the photo or the previous crew's pinprick. If a crew does not visit the old RP due to a time constraint, the crew should indicate that they did not visit the RP both on the plot card and on the back of the newest orthographic photo. Label the landing zone/vehicle-skiff parking with “LZ” or “TR” on the front of the photo; show any photo work calculations used to determine the locations of RP or PC on the back of the photo. The data written on the reverse of the photo should be in the following format:

PLOT CARD

: Both the RP & PC will be pinpricked and visible on the reverse. Each of these pinpricks should be circled and identified as either an RP or PC. If they are too close to each other to pinprick effectively, note this below the RP information. If there is no discernable RP, make note of that on the plot card and do not mark an RP. Write RP Information using the following format: RP Species = XXX

Section M.2 pg.333 Diameter = XXX (to the nearest inch) Azimuth = XXX Horizontal Distance = XXX (to the nearest foot) To Subplot = X (1, 2, 3, or 4) Notes: Below the RP data, explain any special circumstances relevant future access, such as: distance/ azimuth determined by chaining or GPS; a “new RP was established” (remeasure only); features around the RP helpful in relocating it. If the RP was not visited at the current inventory, write, "RP not visited in (year)" under the other RP information.

SECTION M.3 LANDOWNER PERMISSION LETTER Plots requiring permission will likely have some form of documentation in the plot jacket (e.g., the name and contact number of the person who granted permission). Review any documentation prior to visiting the plot to identify any special requests (calling before visit, photographs taken, minimal monumentation, etc.). Keep all documentation in the plot jacket when accessing the plot; it contains important information about landowner contacts and permissions. Appendix M: PLOT JACKET pg.334

LANDOWNER PERMISSION LETTER

Section M.3 pg.335

for the for

note

NOTES

Make

added.

Notes

condition was condition

the

SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT

why

note

Make a note in the PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NOTES describing which data item was changed and why it was an error. Make a note in CONDITION CLASS NOTES describing the error and why there is a discrepancy in previous condition data and current condition data. Make a note in SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT NOTES describing why the previous subplot center or previous microplot center changed on the affected subplot. Make a note in the PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NOTES describing why the condition was added. Make a note in SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT NOTES describing why the previous subplot center or previous microplot center changed on the affected subplot. Make a note in the PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NOTES describing BOUNDARY NOTES for all boundaries with BOUNDARY CHANGE code 2 describing why the boundary was added. Make a note in the CONDITION CLASS NOTES describing why the condition was added.

Make a note in BOUNDARY NOTES for all boundaries with BOUNDARY CHANGE code 2 describing why the boundary was added. Make a note in the CONDITION CLASS NOTES describing why the condition was added. Make affected subplot. Make a note in the PLOT NOTES describing the situation.

Make affected subplot. Make a note in the PLOT NOTES describing the situation.

Make a note in the PLOT NOTES describing the

situation.

for

boundary screens boundary

Fix Data?

and

current

the

both

Update the current and previous data to correct value/s.

Do not make any updates to previous data. Make sure data in the current condition screen is correct.

Add missed condition to the current and previous condition screens. Change PREVIOUS SUBPLOT CENTER CONDITION and PREVIOUS MICROPLOT CENTER CONDITION on the affected subplot/s to the correct value if applicable. Add missed condition to the current and previous condition screens. Add the boundary data to both the current and previous boundary screens for the affected subplot/s. Use BOUNDARY CHANGE CODE 2 for any missed boundaries. Change PREVIOUS SUBPLOT CENTER CONDITION and PREVIOUS MICROPLOT CENTER CONDITION on the affected subplot/s to the correct value if applicable. Do not make any updates to previous data. Add missed condition to the current condition screen only.

Do not make any updates to the previous data. Add missed condition to the current condition screen only. Add missed boundaries to the current boundary screen only. Use BOUNDARY CHANGE CODE 2 for any boundaries that were missed. Delete the condition from the current and previous condition screens. Change the PREVIOUS SUBPLOT CENTER CONDITION and PREVIOUS MICROPLOT CENTER CONDITION on the affected subplot/s to the correct value. Delete the added condition from the current and previous condition screens. Delete the boundary data from the affected subplot/s. Change PREVIOUS SUBPLOT CENTER CONDITION and PREVIOUS MICROPLOT CENTER CONDITION on the affected subplot/s to the correct value if applicable. Do not make any updates to previous data. Do not add

the erroneous condition to the current condition screen.

MAPER

Subplot

Level

MAPER

Plot

CLASS,

RESERVE

SIZE Appendix N Appendix

ABLE

an error an

STAND

GROUP, or GROUP,

GROUP, or

there

TYPE,

MAPER TABLE

condition based on CONDITION on based condition

Scenario

OWNER

MAPER T

: : Maper T Maper

FOREST

condition and condition

missed

STATUS,

one

crew

plot

plot able

SECTION N.1

The condition data in CONDITION STATUS, OWNER GROUP, RESERVE STATUS. The condition data condition REGENERATION STATUS, or TREE DENSITY Previous STATUS, OWNER GROUP, or RESERVE STATUS? (No subplot mapping needed / transitional boundary)

Previous STATUS, OWNER GROUP, or RESERVE STATUS? (Subplot mapping required)

Previous crew missed a condition based on FOREST TYPE, STAND SIZE CLASS, REGENERATION STATUS or TREE DENSITY. (No subplot mapping needed / transitional boundary) Previous crew missed a condition based on FOREST TYPE, STAND SIZE CLASS, REGENERATION STATUS or TREE DENSITY. (Subplot mapping required)

Previous crew erroneously added a condition based on CONDITION STATUS (No subplot mapping needed / transitional boundary)

Previous crew erroneously added a condition based on CONDITION STATUS (Subplot mapping required)

Previous crew erroneously added a condition based on

FOREST TYPE, STAND SIZE CLASS, REGENERATION STATUS or TREE DENSITY.(No subplot mapping needed / transitional boundary)

APPENDIX N

pg.336

the the

for for

NOTES NOTES

Notes

SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT

in in

note note

a a

BOUNDARY CHANGE CODE is 2. 2. is CODE CHANGE BOUNDARY

Make a note in BOUNDARY NOTES as to why why to as NOTES BOUNDARY in note a Make

subplot.

SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT NOTES for the affected affected the for NOTES SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT

BOUNDARY CHANGE CODE is 2. Make a note in in note a Make 2. is CODE CHANGE BOUNDARY

Make a note in BOUNDARY NOTES as to why why to as NOTES BOUNDARY in note a Make

BOUNDARY CHANGE CODE is 2. 2. is CODE CHANGE BOUNDARY

Make a note in BOUNDARY NOTES as to why why to as NOTES BOUNDARY in note a Make

subplot.

SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT NOTES for the affected affected the for NOTES SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT

BOUNDARY CHANGE CODE is 2. Make a note in in note a Make 2. is CODE CHANGE BOUNDARY

Make a note in BOUNDARY NOTES as to why why to as NOTES BOUNDARY in note a Make

error is close to the 10% threshold. 10% the to close is error

Make a note in SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT NOTES if the the if NOTES SUBPLOT/MACROPLOT in note a Make

Make Make

affected subplot. affected

Make Make

BOUNDARY CHANGE CODE is 2. is CODE CHANGE BOUNDARY

Make a note in BOUNDARY NOTES as to why the the why to as NOTES BOUNDARY in note a Make

MACROPLOT NOTES for the affected subplot. affected the for NOTES MACROPLOT

boundary was added. Make a note in SUBPLOT/ in note a Make added. was boundary

with BOUNDARY CHANGE code 2 describing why the the why describing 2 code CHANGE BOUNDARY with

Make a note in BOUNDARY NOTES for all boundaries boundaries all for NOTES BOUNDARY in note a Make

NOTES for any affected subplots. affected any for NOTES

situation. Make notes in SUBPLOT / MACROPLOT MACROPLOT / SUBPLOT in notes Make situation.

Make a note in the PLOT NOTES describing the the describing NOTES PLOT the in note a Make

that that

only. only.

CENTER CENTER

screen screen

boundaries boundaries

any any

SUBPLOT SUBPLOT

boundary boundary

for for

2 2

current current

CODE CODE

PREVIOUS PREVIOUS

Fix Data? Fix

to the the to

Change Change

boundaries boundaries

were updated were

BOUNDARY CHANGE CHANGE BOUNDARY

current boundaries to the corrected value/s. Use Use value/s. corrected the to boundaries current

Do not update the previous boundaries. Change the the Change boundaries. previous the update not Do

for any boundaries that were updated. were that boundaries any for

corrected value/s. Use BOUNDARY CHANGE CODE 2 2 CODE CHANGE BOUNDARY Use value/s. corrected

Update the current and previous boundaries to the the to boundaries previous and current the Update were updated. were

BOUNDARY CHANGE CHANGE BOUNDARY

the presence/absence of this boundary. Use Use boundary. this of presence/absence the

current boundaries only to boundaries to remove or add add or remove to boundaries to only boundaries current

Do not update the previous boundaries. Change the the Change boundaries. previous the update not Do

value if applicable. if value

CONDITION on the affected subplot/s to the correct correct the to subplot/s affected the on CONDITION

CONDITION and PREVIOUS MICROPLOT CENTER CENTER MICROPLOT PREVIOUS and CONDITION

were updated. updated. were

BOUNDARY CHANGE CHANGE BOUNDARY

or add the presence/absence of this boundary. Use Use boundary. this of presence/absence the add or

Update the current and previous boundaries to remove remove to boundaries previous and current the Update

Do not make any updates to the boundaries. the to updates any make not Do

boundary from the current boundary screen only. screen boundary current the from boundary

Do not make any updates to previous data. Delete the the Delete data. previous to updates any make not Do

correct value if applicable. if value correct

CENTER CONDITION on the affected subplot/s to the the to subplot/s affected the on CONDITION CENTER

CENTER CONDITION and PREVIOUS MICROPLOT MICROPLOT PREVIOUS and CONDITION CENTER

boundary screens. Change PREVIOUS SUBPLOT SUBPLOT PREVIOUS Change screens. boundary

Delete the boundaries from the current and previous previous and current the from boundaries the Delete

boundaries.

Use BOUNDARY CHANGE CODE 2 for any missed missed any for 2 CODE CHANGE BOUNDARY Use

missed missed

Do not make any updates to previous data. Add the the Add data. previous to updates any make not Do

value if applicable. if value

CONDITION on the affected subplot/s to the correct correct the to subplot/s affected the on CONDITION

CONDITION and PREVIOUS MICROPLOT CENTER CENTER MICROPLOT PREVIOUS and CONDITION

boundaries. Change PREVIOUS SUBPLOT CENTER CENTER SUBPLOT PREVIOUS Change boundaries.

BOUNDARY CHANGE CODE 2 for any missed missed any for 2 CODE CHANGE BOUNDARY

boundary screens for the affected subplot/s. Use Use subplot/s. affected the for screens boundary

Add the boundary data to both the current and previous previous and current the both to data boundary the Add Do not delete previous boundaries. previous delete not Do

Delete the boundaries in the current boundary screen. screen. boundary current the in boundaries the Delete

the erroneous condition to the current condition screen. screen. condition current the to condition erroneous the

Do not make any updates to previous data. Do not add add not Do data. previous to updates any make not Do

MAPER

Subplot Subplot

Level Level

MAPER

Plot Plot

to to

did did

subplot subplot

forgot forgot

at at

DENSITY.

or RESERVE RESERVE or

or TREE TREE or

condition condition

the the

GROUP, GROUP,

ABLE

all conditions but but conditions all

from from

STATUS STATUS

coded coded

Scenario

OWNER OWNER

differs differs

10% on one of the 3 radii which which radii 3 the of one on 10%

MAPER T MAPER

condition condition

crew correctly correctly crew

REGENERATION REGENERATION

result in a change of CONDITION STATUS, STATUS, CONDITION of change a in result

RESERVE STATUS, or OWNER GROUP. OWNER or STATUS, RESERVE

not

a mapping error of of error mapping a

Crew mapped on a macroplot/subplot/microplot but had had but macroplot/subplot/microplot a on mapped Crew

RESERVE STATUS, or OWNER GROUP. OWNER or STATUS, RESERVE

resulted in a change of CONDITION STATUS, STATUS, CONDITION of change a in resulted

a mapping error of of error mapping a

Crew mapped on a macroplot/subplot/microplot but had had but macroplot/subplot/microplot a on mapped Crew

CLASS, CLASS,

delineated based on FOREST TYPE, STAND SIZE SIZE STAND TYPE, FOREST on based delineated

absence scenario). The contrasting condition is is condition contrasting The scenario). absence

<10% area for any of the 3 radii (and it is a presence/ a is it (and radii 3 the of any for area <10%

Crew mapped on a subplot but has a mapping error of of error mapping a has but subplot a on mapped Crew

GROUP, or RESERVE STATUS. RESERVE or GROUP,

delineated based on CONDITION STATUS, OWNER OWNER STATUS, CONDITION on based delineated

absence scenario). The contrasting condition is is condition contrasting The scenario). absence

<10% area for any of the 3 radii (and it is a presence/ a is it (and radii 3 the of any for area <10%

absence scenario). absence Crew mapped on a subplot but has a mapping error of of error mapping a has but subplot a on mapped Crew

REGENERATION STATUS or TREE DENSITY. TREE or STATUS REGENERATION <10% area for any of the 3 radii (and it's not a presence/ a not it's (and radii 3 the of any for area <10%

center in FOREST TYPE, STAND SIZE CLASS, CLASS, SIZE STAND TYPE, FOREST in center Crew mapped on a subplot but has a mapping error of of error mapping a has but subplot a on mapped Crew

contrasting contrasting

erroneously mapped a condition on a subplot. The The subplot. a on condition a mapped erroneously

Previous crew correctly coded all conditions but but conditions all coded correctly crew Previous

RESERVE STATUS. RESERVE

center in CONDITION STATUS, OWNER GROUP, or or GROUP, OWNER STATUS, CONDITION in center

contrasting contrasting

erroneously mapped a condition on a subplot. The The subplot. a on condition a mapped erroneously

Previous crew correctly coded all conditions but but conditions all coded correctly crew Previous

STATUS or TREE DENSITY. TREE or STATUS

TYPE, STAND SIZE CLASS, REGENERATION REGENERATION CLASS, SIZE STAND TYPE,

differs from the condition at subplot center in FOREST FOREST in center subplot at condition the from differs

map a condition on a subplot. The contrasting condition condition contrasting The subplot. a on condition a map

Previous Previous

STATUS.

CONDITION STATUS, STATUS, CONDITION

differs from the condition at subplot center in in center subplot at condition the from differs

map a condition on a subplot. The contrasting condition condition contrasting The subplot. a on condition a map

Previous Previous (Subplot mapping required.) mapping (Subplot

REGENERATION STATUS or TREE DENSITY. DENSITY. TREE or STATUS REGENERATION

FOREST TYPE, STAND SIZE CLASS, CLASS, SIZE STAND TYPE, FOREST

Previous crew erroneously added a condition based on on based condition a added erroneously crew Previous

10 Section N.1 Section pg.337

Notes

Make a note in BOUNDARY NOTES as to why BOUNDARY CHANGE CODE is 1.

BOUNDARY

Use

values.

new

Fix Data?

the

boundaries

Do not update the previous boundaries. Change the current CHANGE code 1 Do not update the previous boundaries. Change the current CHANGE code 1

MAPER

Subplot

Level

MAPER

Plot

difference

difference Appendix N Appendix

resulting

the

and

Scenario

change

: : Maper T Maper

real

been

been able

There has There in the mapped area is <10 %.

There has There in the mapped area is >10 %.

pg.338

ABLE

MAPER T MAPER

: Section N.1 Section pg.339 APPENDIX O PLOT FORMS

SECTION O.1 PLOT FORMS

SUBSECTION O.1.1 PLOT LEVEL DATA Plot Number ______Year____ Month____ Day____

4.2.1.17 SURV GRD GPS COORD. COLLCTD 4.3.1.2 QA STATUS 4.3.1.3 CREW NUMBER (1-5) CREW NUMBER CREW NUMBER 4.3.3.1 TIME TO PLOT 4.3.3.2 MEASUREMENT TIME ON PLOT 4.3.3.3 TIME FROM PLOT 4.3.4.1 PLOT STATUS 4.3.4.8 PREVIOUS PLOT MAPPING OR CONDITION ERROR 4.3.5.2 HOR. DIST TO IMP ROAD 4.3.5.3 WATER ON PLOT 4.3.5.4 OHIA RUST SAMPLE COLLECTED

4.3.5.6 PLOT NOTES:

4.3.6.1 RP TYPE 4.3.6.2 RP SPECIES 4.3.6.3 RP DIAMETER 4.3.6.4 RP AZIMUTH 4.3.6.5 RP HOR DIST 4.3.6.6 RP AZM/DIST TO SUBPLOT NUMBER 4.3.6.7 RP NOTES: Appendix O: PLOT FORMS pg.340 SUBSECTION O.1.2 GPS DATA Plot Number ______Year____ Month____ Day____ Handheld GPS Record 1

SERIAL/UNIT # GPS LOCATION TYPE: UTM ZONE: EASTING: NORTHING: ELEVATION: ERROR: READINGS: GPS Note:

Handheld GPS Record 2

SERIAL/UNIT # GPS LOCATION TYPE: UTM ZONE: EASTING: NORTHING: ELEVATION: ERROR: READINGS: GPS Note:

Survey Grade GPS – Subplot 1 SERIAL/UNIT # GPS LOCATION TYPE: 15 AZM TO CENTER: DIST TO CENTER: NOTES: Survey Grade GPS – Subplot 2 SERIAL/UNIT # GPS LOCATION TYPE: 16 AZM TO CENTER: DIST TO CENTER: NOTES: Survey Grade GPS – Subplot 3 SERIAL/UNIT # GPS LOCATION TYPE: 17 AZM TO CENTER: DIST TO CENTER: NOTES: Survey Grade GPS – Subplot 4 SERIAL/UNIT # GPS LOCATION TYPE: 18 AZM TO CENTER: DIST TO CENTER: NOTES:

PLOT FORMS

Section O.1 pg.341 SUBSECTION O.1.3 CONDITION CLASS DATA Plot Number ______Year____ Month____ Day____ 5.7.0.1 CONDITION CLASS NUMBER 1 2345 5.7.0.2 PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS NUMBER 5.7.0.4 CONDITION CLASS STATUS 5.7.0.5 PREVIOUS CONDITION CLASS STATUS 5.7.0.6 COND CLASS STATUS RECONCILE CODE 5.7.0.7 COND CLASS STATUS PRCD CHG CD 5.7.1.1 RESERVED STATUS 5.7.1.2 PREVIOUS RESERVED STATUS 5.7.1.3 RESERVED STATUS RECONCILE CODE 5.7.1.4 RESERVED STAT PRCD CHG REASN CD 5.7.1.5 OWNER GROUP 5.7.1.6 PREVIOUS OWNER GROUP 5.7.1.7 OWNER GROUP RECONCILE CODE 5.7.1.8 OWNER GROUP PRCD CHG REASN CD 5.7.1.9 FOREST COMMUNITY 5.7.1.10 PREVIOUS FOREST COMMUNITY 5.7.1.11 STAND SIZE CLASS 5.7.1.12 PREV STAND SIZE CLASS 5.7.1.13 REGENERATION STATUS 5.7.1.14 PREV REGENERATION STATUS 5.7.1.15 TREE DENSITY 5.7.1.16 PREVIOUS TREE DENSITY 5.7.2.1 OWNER CLASS 5.7.2.2 PREVIOUS OWNER CLASS 5.7.2.4 ARTIFICIAL REGENERATION SPECIES 5.7.2.5 PREV REGENERATION SPECIES 5.7.2.6 STAND AGE 5.7.2.7 PREVIOUS STAND AGE 5.7.2.8 PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS 5.7.2.9 PREV PHYSIOGRAPHIC CLASS 5.7.2.10 DOMINANT TREE SPECIES 1 5.7.2.11 PREV DOMIN TREE SPECIES 1 5.7.2.12 DOMINANT TREE SPECIES 2 5.7.2.13 PREV DOMIN TREE SPECIES 2 5.7.2.14 DOMINANT TREE SPECIES 3 5.7.2.15 PREV DOMIN TREE SPECIES 3 5.7.2.16 DISTURBANCE 1 5.7.2.17 PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE 1 Appendix O: 5.7.2.18 DISTURBANCE YEAR 1 5.7.2.19 PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE YEAR 1 5.7.2.20 DISTURBANCE 2 5.7.2.21 PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE 2 5.7.2.22 DISTURBANCE YEAR 2

5.7.2.23 PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE YEAR 2 PLOT FORMS 5.7.2.24 DISTURBANCE 3 5.7.2.25 PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE 3 5.7.2.26 DISTURBANCE YEAR 3 5.7.2.27 PREVIOUS DISTURBANCE YEAR 3 pg.342 5.7.2.28 TREATMENT 1 5.7.2.29 PREVIOUS TREATMENT 1 5.7.2.30 TREATMENT YEAR 1 5.7.2.31 PREVIOUS TREATMENT YEAR 1 5.7.2.32 TREATMENT 2 5.7.2.33 PREVIOUS TREATMENT 2 5.7.2.34 TREATMENT YEAR 2 5.7.2.35 PREVIOUS TREATMENT YEAR 2 5.7.2.36 TREATMENT 3 5.7.2.37 PREVIOUS TREATMENT 3 5.7.2.38 TREATMENT YEAR 3 5.7.2.39 PREVIOUS TREATMENT YEAR 3 5.7.2.41 COVER CLASS 5.7.2.42 PLANT COMMUNITY 5.7.3.1 PRESENT NONFOREST LAND USE 5.7.3.2 PREVIOUS NONFOREST LAND USE 5.8.1.1 CANOPY COVER SAMPLE METHOD 5.8.1.2 LIVE CANOPY COVER 5.8.1.3 LIVE PLUS MISSING CANOPY COVER 5.8.1.4 CURRENT AFFORESTATION CODE 5.8.1.5 PREVIOUS AFFORESTATION CODE 5.8.1.6 TOTAL STEMS 5.9.0.1 CONDITION NONSAMP RSN 5.9.0.2 PREV COND NONSAMPLED REASON 5.9.0.3 NONSAMPLED FOREST TYPE Condition Class Notes:

PLOT FORMS

Section O.1 pg.343 SUBSECTION O.1.4 SUBPLOT DATA Plot Number ______Year____ Month____ Day____

6.1.1.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER 1234 6.1.1.2 PREVIOUS SUBPLOT MAPPING ERROR 6.1.1.3 SUBPLOT STATUS 6.1.1.4 SUBPLOT NONSAMP RSN 6.1.1.5 NONFOREST SUBPLOT STATUS 6.1.1.6 NONFOREST SUBPLOT NONSAMP RSN 6.1.1.7 PREVIOUS SUBPLOT CENTER CONDITION 6.1.1.8 SUBPLOT CENTER CONDITION 6.1.1.9 SUBPLOT CONDITION LIST 6.1.1.10 MICROPLOT CENTER CONDITION 6.1.1.11 PREVIOUS MICROPLOT CENTER CONDITION 6.1.1.12 P2 VEG SUBPLOT SAMPLE STATUS 6.1.1.14 INVASIVE PLANT SUBPLOT SAMPLE STATUS 6.1.2.1 SLOPE 6.1.2.2 ASPECT 6.1.2.3 SLOPE SHAPE 6.1.2.4 SLOPE POSITION 6.1.2.5 SNOW/WATER DEPTH 6.2.0.3 PERCENT OF PIG DAMAGE (condition 1) PERCENT OF PIG DAMAGE (condition 2) PERCENT OF PIG DAMAGE (condition 3) PERCENT OF PIG DAMAGE (condition 4) Subplot Notes: Appendix O: PLOT FORMS pg.344 SUBSECTION O.1.5 BOUNDARY DATA Plot Number ______Year____ Month____ Day____ 1234 7.2.2.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER 7.2.2.2 PLOT TYPE 7.2.2.3 PREV PLOT TYPE 7.2.2.4 BOUNDARY CHANGE 7.2.2.5 CONTRASTING CONDITION 7.2.2.6 PREV CONTRASTING CONDITION 7.2.2.7 LEFT AZIMUTH 7.2.2.8 PREV LEFT AZIMUTH 7.2.2.9 CORNER AZIMUTH 7.2.2.10 PREV CORNER AZIMUTH 7.2.2.11 CORNER DISTANCE 7.2.2.12 PREV CORNER DISTANCE 7.2.2.13 RIGHT AZIMUTH 7.2.2.14 PREV RIGHT AZIMUTH 7.2.2.15 BOUNDARY NOTES

SUBSECTION O.1.6 SEEDLING COUNT SUBPLOT 1 SUBPLOT 2 SUBPLOT 3 SUBPLOT 4 SPECIES CC # CC # CC # CC # COUNT COUNT COUNT COUNT

Seedling Notes:

PLOT FORMS

Section O.1 pg.345 SUBSECTION O.1.7 P2 VEGETATION PROFILE DATA Plot Number ______Year____ Month____ Day____ (status and level of detail) NOTE: Separate sheet for each subplot/condition pair. Subplot:__ Sbpt_Samp_Status: __ VEG_NS_Reason*:__ Cond_Num: __ Notes:

*: 04 – Time limitation; 05 – Lost data; 10 – Other

Vegetation Structure VS Growth Habit % COV Layer 1 % COV Layer 2 % COV Layer3 % COV Layer 4 % COV Total Tally Trees Non-Tally Trees Shrubs/Wdy Vines Forbs Graminoids Moss/Bryophyte

Species composition Species SPCD Sp Notes Specimen Collected? Growth Label Not % Cover Layer Habit Number Collected

Unique SP Number Reason Seedling/ sapling Shrubs/ woody vines Forbs Grass-like Specimen non-collected reasons: 01 – Species locally sparse

02 – No mature foliage or reproductive parts present Appendix O: 03 – Hazardous situation 04 – Time limitation 05 – Plant collection not allowed 06 – Collected for immediate / local id 07 – Not required by unit PLOT FORMS 10 – Other Vegetation Specimen Label Community Description notes: pg.346 SUBSECTION O.1.8 INVASIVE PLANTS DATA Plot Number ______Year____ Month____ Day____ SUBPLOT # CONDITION SPECIES UNIQUE SPECIES INVASIVE SPECIMEN CLASS # SPECIES # CANOPY SPECIMEN LABEL # COVER COLLECTED

Invasive Plant Data Notes:

PLOT FORMS

Section O.1 pg.347 SUBSECTION O.1.9 TREE & SAPLING DATA Plot Number ______Date______

SUBPLOT NUMBER TREE RECORD # TREE TAG # PREV TAG # CONDITION CLASS # PREV CONDITION CLASS # PREV STATUS PRESENT STATUS WITNESS STANDING DEAD RECONCILE SPECIES AZIMUTH HOR. DIST SLOPE DIST PREV DIAMETER DIAMETER DIAMETER CHECK LENGTH TO DIAMETER PREV ACTUAL LENGTH ACTUAL LENGTH PREV TOTAL LENGTH TOTAL LENGTH LENGTH METHOD PREV LENGTH METHOD COMPACTED LIVE CROWN CROWN CLASS DAMAGE AGENT 1 DAMAGE AGENT 2 DAMAGE AGENT 3 CAUSE OF DEATH DECAY CLASS EPIPHYTE LOADING PRIORITY DAMAGE PRIORITY DAMAGE SEV ROT/MISS CULL LENGTH TO CENTROID DIA ACT LENGTH TO CENTR DIA CENTROID DIA UPPER BOLE ROD SAMPLE COLLECTED Appendix O: ROD PATHOGEN PRESENT TREE NOTES PLOT FORMS pg.348 SUBSECTION O.1.10 SOIL DATA SHEET FIA Soil Sampling Site Measurements

Plot #: ______Public Plot #:______Island:______Date:______

Crew Member(s): ______

SOIL SAMPLE STATUS CODE Subplot Code Description Soil Visit # 1 Sampled Condition 2 Not sampled: standing water Sample Status 3 Not sampled: access denied 4 Not sampled: hazardous 5 Not sampled: other (enter reason in SOIL NOTES

Actual Depth Wet Weight Label # Notes (cm) (grams) 0-20 cm

Actual Depth Wet Weight Label # Notes (cm) (grams) 20-40 cm

Actual Depth Wet Weight Label # Notes (cm) (grams) 40-60 cm

Actual Depth Wet Weight Label # Notes (cm) (grams) 60-80 cm

Actual Depth Wet Weight Label # Notes (cm) (grams) 80-100 cm

PLOT FORMS

Section O.1 pg.349 SUBSECTION O.1.11 DOWN WOODY MATERIAL Plot Number ______Year____ Month____ Day____ Plot Number: Date: SEGEMENT Subplot Transect Segment Condition Beginning Ending SEGMENT SAMPLE NONSAMPLED STATUS Number (Azimuth) Number Class # Distance Distance REASON 90 ...... 90 ...... 1 90 ...... 90 ...... 270 ...... 270 ...... 1 270 ...... 270 ...... 360 ...... 360 ...... 2 360 ...... 360 ...... 180 ...... 180 ...... 2 180 ...... 180 ...... 135 ...... 135 ...... 3 135 ...... 135 ...... 315 ...... 315 ...... 3 315 ...... 315 ...... 045 ...... 045 ...... 4 045 ...... 045 ...... 225 ...... 225 ...... 4 225 ...... 225 ...... Appendix O: PLOT FORMS pg.350 SUBSECTION O.1.12 COARSE WOODY DEBRIS DATA FORM Plot Number ______Year____ Month____ Day____ Item 10.6.3.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER Item 10.6.3.2 COARSE WOODY DEBRIS ID Item 10.6.3.3 TRANSECT Item 10.6.3.4 CWD CONDITION CLASS Item 10.6.3.5 PIECE ON SUBPL/ANN PLOT Item 10.6.3.6 CWD SLOPE DISTANCE Item 10.6.3.7 CWD DECAY CLASS Item 10.6.3.8 SPECIES Item 10.6.4.1 DIAM AT POINT OF INT Item 10.6.4.2 DIAM AT HOLLOW PT OF INT Item 10.6.5.1 CWD LENGTH ≥3 FEET Item 10.6.5.2 IS THE PIECE HOLLOW Item 10.6.5.3 PIECE INCLINATION Item 10.6.5.4 CWD HISTORY Item 10.6.5.5 % CHARRED BY FIRE Item 10.6.5.6 NOTES

SUBSECTION O.1.13 FINE WOODY DEBRIS Item 10.8.0.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER 1 2 3 4 Item 10.8.0.2 TRANSECT 270 360 135 225 Item 10.8.0.3 COND CLASS NUMBER Item 10.8.0.4 TRANSECT SAMPLE STATUS Item 10.8.0.5 TRANSECT NONSAMP REASN Item 10.8.0.6 SMALL FWD COUNT Item 10.8.0.7 MEDIUM FWD COUNT Item 10.8.0.8 LARGE FWD COUNT Item 10.8.0.9 HIGH COUNT REASON Item 10.8.0.10 FINE WOODY DEBRIS NOTES

PLOT FORMS

Section O.1 pg.351 SUBSECTION O.1.14 DUFF AND LITTER DEPTH MEASUREMENTS Plot Number ______Year____ Month____ Day____ Item 10.9.2.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER 1 1223 344 Item 10.9.2.2 TRANSECT 90 270 360 180 135 315 45 225 Item 10.9.2.3 COND CLASS NUMBER Item 10.9.2.4 DUFF/LITTER SAMP STATUS Item 10.9.2.5 DUFF/LITTER NONSAMP RSN Item 10.9.2.6 DUFF DEPTH Item 10.9.2.7 LITTER DEPTH Item 10.9.2.8 DUFF AND LITTER METHOD es Item 10.9.2.9 DUFF AND LITTER NOTES

SUBSECTION O.1.15 RESIDUE PILES Item 10.7.0.1 SUBPLOT NUMBER Item 10.7.0.2 PILE NUMBER Item 10.7.0.3 PILE TRANSECT Item 10.7.0.4 PILE COND CLASS NUMBER Item 10.7.0.5 PILE BEGINNING DISTANCE Item 10.7.0.6 PILE ENDING DISTANCE Item 10.7.0.7 PILE COMP HGT OF CWD IN PILE Item 10.7.0.8 PILE DECAY CLASS Item 10.7.0.9 PILE SPECIES Item 10.7.0.10 RESIDUE PILE NOTES Appendix O: PLOT FORMS pg.352 : pg.353 APPENDIX P PLOT PHOTOGRAPHS

SECTION P.1 PLOT PHOTOGRAPHS

SUBSECTION P.1.1 INTRODUCTION In the Pacific Islands photos are valuable documentation aids for visualizing change over time, data analysis, verifying data, publications, documentation of vegetation types, and re-measurement of the location. Four photos are taken at each subplot to portray the vegetation profile and overall general vegetation types and various condition classes encountered. The instructions below have been adapted from the Coastal Alaska Periodic Inventory (1995-2003) procedures for plot photos of the Horizontal/ Vertical Vegetation (HV Veg) protocol.

SUBSECTION P.1.2 WHEN COLLECTED Photos will be taken on all accessible ground visited subplots regardless of Condition Status of the subplot. If a subplot center cannot be occupied (subplot is non-sampled) the crew will still attempt to take a photo looking toward the non-sampled subplot which shows the non-sampled condition. This section describes procedures for taking digital photographs of the plot area. Photos are taken from each subplot center looking outward toward each cardinal direction. It is important to photograph as much of the scene as possible and therefore photos should be taken with the widest focal length available.

SUBSECTION P.1.3 PROCEDURE A series of four photos will be taken at each accessible ground visited subplot. The first photo taken will be of the plot folder. It is assumed that all following photos are associated with this plot thus allowing for easier re-naming and organization at the end of the day. A typical plot photo record will therefore have up to 17 photos associated with it. To comply with FIA confidentiality requirements do not include the folder or anything in the vegetation photos that will divulge the actual plot id or location. Photos cannot be used for publications or otherwise publicly displayed if such information is contained in the field of view. Similarly, crew members depicted in photos should be wearing hardhats or other PPE as appropriate. • Take one close-up of the front of the plot folder which clearly shows the label. • Take 4 well-composed and in focus photos looking from subplot center outward toward the cardinal directions. Take photos in the order of: (N E S W). • To take the photos: the crew member with the camera stands at center while another person stands at the edge of the 24.0' subplot with the vegetation banner. The banner is a 6' tall banner gridded in 1 foot increments. The banner is designed to better help visualize the 0-2' and 2-6' P2 vegetation profile. The banner is held up facing the camera with the bottom edge touching the ground. • In dense vegetation it may not be possible to clearly see the banner at 24.0', in this case move the banner closer (or left/right) so it is more visible. If banner is moved closer, make an electronic subplot level note of the distance to the banner. Appendix P: • Whenever possible avoid trees and branches directly in front of the camera. It is better to move slightly sideways/up-down to better compose the scene. • In dense brush or thick regen it may be impossible to compose useful photos. In this case take one picture (do your best) that depicts the vegetation/condition and make an electronic subplot level note describing the situation, as well as the direction of view and distance to the banner (if shown). • If a subplot center cannot be occupied (subplot is non-sampled) the crew will still attempt to take a PLOT PHOT photo looking toward the non-sampled subplot showing the non-sampled condition. • Example - an entire subplot falls in census or non-census water. One photo should still be taken looking out toward the non-sampled subplot (condition) with the intent of showing the overall condition. It might be necessary to back up on the chain-line to obtain a photo that is

more meaningful (don't just take a picture of the water at the water's edge…back up a bit so OGRAPHS the composition shows more of the scene and better represents the overall landscape). • Make an electronic subplot level note describing the location of this photo. (Example: 53' on azimuth from sp1 - sp2…or…10' right of chain line @ 78' on azimuth from sp1 - sp4, etc.…). pg.354 • If additional miscellaneous photos are taken of the plot (especially from off plot or overlooking the plot from a distance, or from the LZ) it is essential to document on the plot card sketch map the location of these photos. Mark the location of the photo, draw the direction of view, and label the approximate distance and azimuth from the nearest subplot, or LZ as appropriate). (See figure 1.). • This step is necessary only if the miscellaneous photo is to be included in the photo record and attached to the plot files (not for general snapshots not intended for inclusion). They will be named and stored with the other plot photos and included in the electronic plot record at the end of the field season. • At the end of the day: download the plot photos to the field laptop and rename the photos with the following naming convention and save them to the folder C:\Midas\PlotPackets\PNWRS\Collected\ • Label the folder photo: MidasFileName_folder.jpg • Label subplot photos: MidasFileName_sp1_N.jpg • Label the next photo: MidasFileName_sp1_E.jpg, MidasFileName_sp1_S.jpg, MidasFileName_sp1_W.jpg…etc. • Non-sampled plots do not need a folder • Miscellaneous photos: MidasFileName_Misc1.jpg, MidasFileName_Misc2.jpg…etc. Compress or zip all photos for the plot into a single file. This ZIP file must be saved in the folder: C:\Midas\PlotPackets\PNWRS\Collected\. It is possible to upload the photos with the plot file via MIDAS Web but this will generally not be convenient in the Pacific Islands.

SUBSECTION P.1.4 TIPS FOR QUALITY PHOTOS • To comply with National Archives (NARA) standards on digital photo files (https://www.archives.gov/ records-mgmt/policy/transfer-guidance-tables.html#scannedtext), photos will only be taken with high quality digital cameras (no phones/tablets will be used). It is preferred to save photos in high quality uncompressed file formats (.tiff), but JPEG files are acceptable. Since most digital cameras output non-RAW images as JPEGs, this is the format we will use. • Off-site photos are not a requirement; however if taken, it is especially important to map the location of the photo and mark the direction of view on the location record. If this is not included, it will be extremely difficult for someone to replicate this scene in any future repeat photo attempts (Figure 1.). • Use wider focal lengths (to capture more of the scene) and stopped down apertures (f8, f16, etc…for more depth of field), and use sufficiently fast shutter speeds to reduce motion blur. • Keep close in foliage and other obstructions out of the frame whenever possible. Use manual focus or if using auto focus make sure the picture is clear.

OGRAPHS

PLOT PHOT

Section P pg.355 Appendix P:

Figure P.1: Example of location record sketch maps showing miscellaneous photo locations. PLOT PHOT OGRAPHS pg.356

OGRAPHS

PLOT PHOT

Section P pg.357 APPENDIX Q OWNER CONTACT

SECTION Q.1 HELLO LETTER United States Forest Pacific Anchorage Forestry Sciences Lab Department of Service Northwest Anchorage, AK 99501 Agriculture Research 161 East 1st Ave, Door 8 Station (907) 743-9414 File Code: 4810 Date: Winter 2019

To Whom It May Concern:

Hello, we are researchers from the USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Research Station. We are obtaining information on the forest resources of the Pacific Northwest from measurements taken on a large number of randomly located sample plots on forestland. We are visiting one of these plots in this general vicinity today.

We locate each plot from a sample selected on an aerial photograph. While at the site we record information pertaining to the type of terrain; tree species, heights, and diameters; insect and disease damage; mortality and regeneration; and the amount and kind of understory vegetation. Many of our field plots were first established in the early 1960's and have been revisited on a 10-year cycle.

With the measurements we take, analysts will develop basic information about the amount, condition, and change in the area's forest resource. Published reports contain data on forest land area and ownership, timber volume, forest growth, mortality and cut, potential productivity, and opportunities for silvicultural treatment.

If you are interested in learning more about our research plans, or care to see publications from previous inventories similar to this one, please contact Ashley Lehman at (907) 748-2091 by tele- phone or by writing to:

Anchorage Forestry Sciences Laboratory Forest Inventory and Analysis Program 161 East 1st Ave, Door 8 Anchorage, AK 99501

Sincerely, Appendix Q:

Ashley Lehman

Pacific Islands Coordinator Forest Inventory and Analysis OWNER CONT ACT pg.358 SECTION Q.2 LANDOWNER CONTACT LETTER/DATA CONFIDENTIALITY United States Forest Pacific Forestry Sciences Lab Department of Service Northwest P.O. Box Agriculture Research Portland, OR 97208 Station (503) 808-2000 File Code: 4810 Date: Winter 2014

Dear

The Pacific Northwest Research Station is continuing to collect basic information about forest resources in Hawaii. The Forest Inventory and Analysis (FIA) Program at the station participates in a national effort to evaluate the status and condition of our nations forest ecosystems. Data is collected on FIA field plots so that we can determine the amount, condition and trends of Hawaii forested resources. The data will also allow us to detect and understand changes in local and regional forest health.

Data we collect from the field plot(s) on your property are combined with other plot data from adjoining areas and counties to provide information about resource conditions in the state of Hawaii. The data will not be identified in any way with your name or property and will have no bearing on your property taxes. Collected data are summarized, analyzed, and published in statistical and analytical reports for the United States, for Hawaii alone, and for various geographic areas within Hawaii and are available to the public.

Our records show that this year there is a field plot(s) that falls on your land. We request your permission to access your land to measure the trees and the vegetation on this plot. We only request your permission to access your land. We do not ask you to change your management practices, nor will our measurements affect any ongoing or planned activities for this site.

Our field staff will be in your area in 2019-2021. If you wish, they will contact you before entering CONFIDENTIALITY your land. We realize that working on your land is a privilege and we will respect your landowner rights at all times. We are prepared to honor any special conditions that you may require of us. Enclosed is a reply postcard for your response and any concerns, such as locked gates or other access problems. If you have any questions regarding this letter or pertaining to this inventory, please feel free to contact Ashley Lehman at (907) 748-2091or [email protected].

We will be happy to share the resource information we gather from your property should you be interested.

ACT LETTER/DATA ACT LETTER/DATA

Thank you again for your cooperation in this study. Your participation is greatly appreciated.

Sharon Stanton

Program Manager Forest Inventory and Analysis

LANDOWNER CONT

: Enclosure County ______Plot ______

Section Q.2 pg.359 SECTION Q.3 RELEASE United States Forest Pacific Forestry Sciences Lab Department of Service Northwest P.O. Box Agriculture Research Portland, OR 97208 Station (503) 808-2000 File Code: 4810 Date: Winter 2019 R E L E A S E

The USDA FOREST SERVICE assumes liability, pursuant to the Federal Tort Claims Act, for any damages caused by negligence of Forest Service personnel while upon the landowner’s property in connection with the inventory of forest resources in the State of Hawaii, and the landowner shall not be liable for injuries occurring to Forest Service personnel for any reason except the negligent or wrongful acts of the landowner while they are on the property owned or controlled by the landowner.

County______

Plot Number______

Landowner______

Sharon Stanton

Program Manager Forest Inventory and Analysis Pacific Northwest Research Station US Department of Agriculture Appendix Q: OWNER CONT ACT pg.360

RELEASE

Section Q.3 pg.361 APPENDIX R OWNERSHIP PROCEDURES

SECTION R.1 INTRODUCTION This section describes the procedures used to associate detailed land ownership information with the conditions found on the plot. All landowners found to be associated with a plot during the prefield ownership process will be downloaded to the PDR from NOMS. The downloaded ownership information may not match the information on the printout from the previous visit if ownership is known to have changed. Every condition must be assigned to a landowner using the OWNER CONDITION LIST. If a landowner of a condition is not downloaded to the PDR, create a new landowner record and input as much information as possible. Verify the owner information in the PDR for every plot and update any incorrect information. Information downloaded from NOMS includes the name and subname of the owner along with the name and contact information for the primary contact (as designated in NOMS) for the owner and the plot. Only one set of contact information (phone/email/mail) is downloaded from NOMS. New owner contact events should be recorded in the notes, which will be later added to NOMS. Any changes made to the ownership information in MIDAS will later need to be reconciled in NOMS so that ownership information for each plot is consistent in MIDAS and NOMS. QA and IM staff will work to complete this reconciliation.

SECTION R.2 OWNERSHIP DATA ITEMS

Item R.2.0.1 DELETE OWNER (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.DELETE_OWNER] Indicate if ownership is correct or should be deleted from NOMS. When Collected: All ownerships recorded for a plot Field width: 1 character Values: N Owner is an active owner Y Delete owner in NOMS

Item R.2.0.2 NAME (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.OWNER_NAME] Record the primary name of the private owner, public agency, or organization.

When Collected: All owners Appendix R: Field width: 99 characters Values: English language words, phrases and numbers

Item R.2.0.3 OWNER SUBNAME (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.OWNER_SUBNAME]

Record the subname of the public agency, company, or organization. OWNERSHIP PROCEDURES When Collected: All owners Field width: 99 characters Values: English language words, phrases and numbers

Item R.2.0.4 OWNER CN (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.OWNER_CN] An auto-populated value unique to each record. When Collected: All owners Field width: 34 characters Values: Numbers pg.362 Item R.2.0.5 OWNER CODE (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.OWNCD] Record the OWNER CLASS for each owner. When Collected: All owners Field width: 2 digits Values: See Item 5.7.2.1

Item R.2.0.6 OWNERSHIP CONDITION LIST (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONDLIST] List all of the condition classes on which a landowner has land that falls on one of the subplots. A maximum of four conditions can be assigned to a landowner; if fewer than four conditions are associated with a landowner, complete the remainder of this field with zeros. Landowners must fall on a subplot. It is possible for multiple landowners to be assigned to the same condition (e.g., multiple private landowners within a condition that each own land that falls on a subplot). When Collected: All owners Field width: 4 digits Values: 0000 to 9876

Item R.2.0.7 PLOT CENTER OWNER (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.PLOT_CENTER_OWNER_YN] Record whether the ownership information corresponds to the ownership that owns plot center. When Collected: All owners Field width: 1 character Values: N Owner does not own land at plot center Y Owner own land at plot center

Item R.2.0.8 PLOT LAND OWNER (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.PLOT_LAND_OWNER_YN] Record if owner owns land on plot or is associated only with getting access to plot. When Collected: All owners Field width: 1 character Values: N Owner does not own land on the plot Y Owner owns land on the plot

Item R.2.0.9 PROPERTY ACCESS DESCRIPTION (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.PROPERY_ACCESS_DESC] Record the access status of the plot.

ITEMS When Collected: All owners TA Field width: 10 characters

DA Values: Denied Access is denied Granted Access is granted Pending Access is pending

Item R.2.0.10 OWNERSHIP REQUEST CONTACT (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.REQUEST_CONTACT_YN]

OWNERSHIP

: Record the code identifying if the ownership wants to be notified before we access their land. When Collected: All owners Field width: 1 character Values: N Owner does not need to be contacted before visit Y Owner requests to be contacted before visit

Section R.2 pg.363 Item R.2.0.11 KEY COMBO REQUIRED (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.KEY_OR_COMBO_REQUIRED_YN] Record if a key or lock combination is required to access plot. When Collected: All owners Field width: 1 character Values: N Key or combination not required for plot access Y Key or combination required for access to the plot

Item R.2.0.12 LAND PERMIT REQUIRED (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.LAND_ACCESS_PERMIT_REQUIRED_YN] Record if a land permit is required to access plot. When Collected: All owners Field width: 1 character Values: N Permit is not required to visit plot area Y Permit is required to visit plot area

Item R.2.0.13 ACCESS GRANTED DAY (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.ACCESS_GRANTED_DAY]

Record the day access was granted.

When Collected: All owners Field width: 2 digits Values: 1 to 31

Item R.2.0.14 ACCESS GRANTED MONTH (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.ACCESS_GRANTED_MONTH]

Record the month access was granted.

When Collected: All owners Field width: 2 digits Values: 1 to 12

Item R.2.0.15 ACCESS GRANTED YEAR (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.ACCESS_GRANTED_YEAR]

Record the year access was granted. Appendix R: When Collected: All owners Field width: 4 digits Values: >2000

Item R.2.0.16 CONTACT FIRST NAME (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_FIRST_NAME]

Record first name of owner contact. OWNERSHIP PROCEDURES When Collected: All owners Field width: 50 characters Values: English language words, phrases and numbers

Item R.2.0.17 CONTACT MIDDLE NAME (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_MIDDLE_NAME] Record middle name of owner contact. When Collected: All owners Field width: 50 characters Values: English language words, phrases and numbers pg.364 Item R.2.0.18 CONTACT LAST NAME (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_LAST_NAME] Record last name of owner contact. When Collected: All owners Field width: 50 characters Values: English language words, phrases and numbers

Item R.2.0.19 CONTACT PHONE COUNTRY CODE (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_PHONE_COUNTRY_CODE] Record the 3-digit country code (i.e "999-999-867-5309) for the contact phone number. When Collected: All owners Field width: 3 digits Values: Numbers

Item R.2.0.20 CONTACT PHONE AREA CODE (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_PHONE_AREA_CODE] Record the 3-digit area code (i.e "999-999-867-5309) for the contact phone number. When Collected: All owners Field width: 3 digits Values: Numbers

Item R.2.0.21 CONTACT PHONE EXCHANGE PREFIX (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_PHONE_EXCHANGE_PREFIX] Record 3-digit phone number prefix (i.e "999-999-867-5309) for the contact phone number. When Collected: All owners Field width: 3 digits Values: Numbers

Item R.2.0.22 CONTACT PHONE NUMBER (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_PHONE_NUMBER] Record the 4-digit phone number suffix (i.e "999-999-867-5309) for the contact phone number. When Collected: All owners Field width: 4 digits Values: Numbers

Item R.2.0.23 CONTACT PHONE EXTENSION (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_PHONE_EXTENSION] Record the extension for the contact phone number.

ITEMS When Collected: All owners

TA Field width: 10 digits

DA Values: Numbers

Item R.2.0.24 CONTACT PHONE TYPE (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_PHONE_TYPE_DESC] Record the contact phone type. When Collected: All owners

OWNERSHIP

: Field width: 10 digits Values: Fax Home Mobile Office

Section R.2 pg.365 Item R.2.0.25 CONTACT EMAIL SERVER DOMAIN NAME (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_EMAIL_SRVR_DOMAIN_NAME] Record the server domain name for the contact email. (e.g. yahoo.com, gmail.com, fs.fed.us, etc.). When Collected: All owners Field width: 99 digits Values: English language words, phrases and numbers

Item R.2.0.26 CONTACT EMAIL USERNAME (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_EMAIL_USERNAME] Record the username for the contact email. When Collected: All owners Field width: 99 digits Values: English language words, phrases and numbers

Item R.2.0.27 CONTACT ATTN C/O (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_ATTN_OR_CARE_OF_LINE] Record the contact “care of” or “attention” contact information. When Collected: All owners Field width: 99 characters Values: English language words, phrases and numbers

Item R.2.0.28 CONTACT MAIL NAME (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_MAIL_NAME] Record the primary name of the private owner, public agency, or organization as it should appear on any mailings. When Collected: All owners Field width: 99 characters Values: English language words, phrases and numbers

Item R.2.0.29 CONTACT STREET ADDRESS LINE 1 (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_STREET_ADDRESS_LINE1] Record the contact street address. When Collected: All owners

Field width: 99 characters Appendix R: Values: English language words, phrases and numbers

Item R.2.0.30 CONTACT STREET ADDRESS LINE 2 (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_STREET_ADDRESS_LINE2] Record the contact street address.

When Collected: All owners OWNERSHIP PROCEDURES Field width: 99 characters Values: English language words, phrases and numbers

Item R.2.0.31 CONTACT STREET ADDRESS LINE 3 (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_STREET_ADDRESS_LINE3] Record the contact street address.

Item R.2.0.32 CONTACT MAIL STATE (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_MAIL_STATE] Record the contact state. pg.366 When Collected: All owners Field width: 2 characters Values: Letters

Item R.2.0.33 CONTACT MAIL CITY (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_MAIL_CITY] Record the contact city. When Collected: All owners Field width: 99 characters Values: English language words, phrases and numbers

Item R.2.0.34 CONTACT MAIL COUNTRY (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_MAIL_COUNTRY] Record the contact country. When Collected: All owners Field width: 50 characters Values: English language words, phrases and numbers

Item R.2.0.35 CONTACT MAIL PROVINCE (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_MAIL_PROVINCE] Record the contact province. When Collected: All owners Field width: 50 characters Values: English language words, phrases and numbers

Item R.2.0.36 CONTACT MAIL POSTAL CODE (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.CONTACT_POSTAL_CODE] Record the contact postal code. When Collected: All owners Field width: 10 characters Values: Numbers

Item R.2.0.37 REQUEST INFO (AFSL, PACI) [OWNER_NOMS.REQUEST_INFO_YN] Record if the landowner requests a data report. When Collected: All owners Field width: 1 character Values: N Owner does not request information about the plot

ITEMS Y Owner requests information about the plot

TA Item R.2.0.38 TRS40 (AFSL, PACI) DA [OWNER_NOMS.TRS40] The Public Land Survey System Township, Range and/or Section (TRS) information for the property is downloaded from NOMS and cannot be updated in the field. When Collected: All owners Field width: 50 characters

OWNERSHIP Values: Letters and numbers

Section R.2 pg.367 APPENDIX S EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST

SECTION S.1 DATA RECORDING ITEMS • Previous plot records and photos • Plot jacket (previous and current plot records with subplot diagrams, and field photos) • Hand-held data recorder downloaded with plot records; extra AA batteries • Handheld GPS unit with fully-charged batteries (bring extra batteries) • Survey Grade GPS unit (if needed on that plot for the day) • Mechanical pencils, red photo pen, black pen, eraser • Note pad(s) made of "write-in-the-rain" paper • Blank forms for plot, subplot, condition class attributes; tree tally; veg profile; and subplot diagram • Calculator(s) • Tatum • Field procedures manual • Plant ID guide(s), plant association guides, plant disease guide

SECTION S.2 PHOTO INTERPRETATION ITEMS • Plot (road) map • Stereoscope(s) (2x and/or 4x) with case and sharp straight pins • Photo scale (Timber Survey Aid #16) • 6 inch ruler calibrated in 1/20th inches • Hand lens

SECTION S.3 PLOT MEASURING ITEMS • Compass (es) • Clinometer(s) • Diameter tape(s)-20 foot • Increment borer(s) with sheath • 100 foot tape(s) with carabineer(s) • Hand axe(s) with sheath • Laser height/rangefinder • Plant press or plastic bags for plant specimens Appendix S: SECTION S.4 PLOT REFERENCING ITEMS • Steel plot pins • Aluminum nails • Tree number tags

• Square aluminum tags EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST • Round aluminum tags • Flagging tape

SECTION S.5 FIRST AID ITEMS • First aid kits • Bee sting kits pg.368 SECTION S.6 PERSONAL AND SAFETY GEAR • Canteens with water • Lunches • Utility pouch • Vest and hardhat • Rain gear • Gloves • Flashlight and batteries • Extra clothing • Extra food • Iodine tablets • Headlamps

SECTION S.7 CAMPING GEAR WHEN APPLICABLE • Tarps • Extra water or water purifier • Stove with fuel and matches • Food • Cooking/eating dishes • Flashlight • Hammock tent • Camping backpack

GEAR

AND SAFETY

PERSONAL

Section S.6 pg.369 APPENDIX T RAPID OHIA DEATH SANITATION PROTOCOL FOR HAWAII

SECTION T.1 INTRODUCTION This appendix provides guidelines to limit transmission of the fungal pathogen Ceratocystis through field activity. Ceratocystis has been determined to be the pathogen causing Rapid Ohia Death (ROD) which is currently present across over 135,000 acres of Hawaii Island, including all 5 of the island's volcanos, as well as in small isolated patches of Kauai Island. Although multiple vectors are potentially responsible for transmission (e.g., transport of infected wood, heavy machinery, human traffic, ungulate activity, insect activity, wind events), our intention is to reduce the risk of spreading the disease as we proceed with our FIA plot protocols. As such the following steps will be taken to limit the unintentional spread of the fungus to new areas, or to further spread the disease within a given already infected area. Recommendations should routinely be checked against new information posted to www.rapidohiadeath.org. These protocols are adapted for FIA plot work based on the Big Island Invasive Species Council guidelines on preventing the spread of ROD.

SECTION T.2 WHEN TO APPLY THE ROD SANITATION PROCEDURES These procedures must be applied daily whenever the crew has worked in an area of known ROD infection, or any area where they believe ROD may have been present. Additionally, these sanitation procedures will be applied prior to travel between islands. Thorough vehicle cleaning procedures must be applied in the above listed situations, and also whenever the crew has driven off road in an area of known or suspected ROD infection, even if there was no ROD in the plot area. It is imperative that all gear and vehicles be sanitized before entering areas where ROD is not known to be present. Field crews will consult the latest ROD outbreak maps daily before travelling to plot locations and will also be vigilant for potential signs of

ROD when driving to plot and working in the field. Certain land ownerships may require more strict Appendix T: protocols than those outlined here; those will be followed when necessary as a condition of access to FIA plots. In some cases, when working on islands other than Hawaii, it will be required to use field gear that has not been previously used on Hawaii Island. See DOFAW and other landowner permits for more specific information.

SECTION T.3 STANDARD SANITATION PROCEDURES RAPID OHIA A. Sanitation of Outerwear: Soap and water Rinse all outerwear to remove visible dirt and other contaminants. Wash outerwear with soap and water. Rinse with clean water and hang to dry. Outerwear includes raingear, backpacks, vests, belts, and hats. All other clothing should be laundered on a daily basis when working in suspected or known ROD areas.

B. Sanitation of Tools and Boots: Disinfectant DEATH SANITATION PROTOCOL Pre-wash all items to remove visible dirt, plant material, sawdust, and other contaminants. Spray boots, measuring tapes, soil sampling gear, power drill bits, and cutting surfaces of machetes and hatchets with a spray bottle of 10% Chlorine bleach solution, 70% isopropanol alcohol, or denatured alcohol, and let sit for 15 seconds. Be sure coverage of the spray application is sufficient. Rinse with clean water, dry, and spray with oil based lubricant to prevent corrosion (if needed). This disinfectant procedure will be done daily when working in suspected or known ROD areas. C. Vehicle Sanitation Any vehicle that has driven off of a paved road surface within a known or potential ROD area will be pressure washed upon return from the field. Particular attention will be paid to removing dirt and organic material from the undercarriage, truck beds, bumpers and wheel wells. Tires will be sprayed with a 10% bleach solution. Whenever possible, vehicles will not be driven off road or parked in vegetation. In lieu of pressure washing, vehicles may be washed at the ROD-specific car wash that is under construction in Hilo, if this facility is determined to meet agency specifications for ROD decontamination. Vehicles will be

washed as described a minimum of once per week, even if the crew has not been working in suspected FOR HAWAII ROD areas. pg.370

ATION PROCEDURES ATION

STANDARD SANIT STANDARD

Section T pg.371 APPENDIX U SUMMARY OF MANUAL CHANGES 2018 to 2019 ISLANDS Manual* *2018 manual section/item numbers are listed Location Change Throughout manual Replaced, “measurable nonforest” with “accessible, measurable nonforest” for clarification. Chapter: Plot Layout and Referencing 3.2.2 Plot Integrity Added instruction regarding monumentation in Hawaii. 3.3 Monumenting and Added instruction regarding magnetized steel spike. Updated special note Referencing Plot Center regarding monumentation changes. 3.3.1 The Reference Point Updated special note regarding monumentation changes. 3.3.2 Witness Tress/Objects Added special note regarding monumentation changes. 3.4.1 Locate and Monument Updated Marking Plot Center instructions, and updated special note Subplot Center regarding monumentation changes. 3.4.3 Locate and Monument the Updated instructions regarding marking microplot center. Microplot Chapter: Plot Level Data 4.2.1.12 P2 Veg Sampling Status Updated description of code 2, replacing “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1” with “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2.” 4.2.1.13 Level of Detail Updated vegetation level of detail for the Pacific Islands from 2 to 3. 4.2.1.14 Invasive Plant Sampling Updated description of code 2, replacing “NONFOREST CONDITION Status CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1” with “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2.” 4.2.1.16 DWM Sampling Status Updated the Pacific Islands to DWM Sampling Status = 1. 4.3.4.3 Nonforest Sampling Changed, “downloaded” to “auto-populated.” Removed state specific text Status regarding sampling nonforest. Added, “MIDAS will set NONFOREST SAMPLING STATUS = 1 when at least one nonforest land condition class present on plot qualifies as measurable nonforest (NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1).” Reworded codes. 4.3.4.4 Nonforest Plot Status Changed, “downloaded” to “auto-populated.” Deleted second sentence regarding coding inaccessible plots. Removed code 2. Added clarifying language to codes 1 and 3. 4.3.4.5 Nonforest Plot Updated description of code 8, Skipped Visit. Nonsampled Reason Appendix U 4.3.5.1 Topographic Position Updated when collected for measured nonforest conditions from, “PLOT STATUS = 2 and NONFOREST SAMPLING STATUS = 1 and NONFOREST PLOT STATUS = 1” to “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2.” 4.3.5.2 Horizontal Distance to Updated when collected for measured nonforest conditions from, “PLOT

Improved Road STATUS = 2 and NONFOREST SAMPLING STATUS = 1 and :

NONFOREST PLOT STATUS = 1” to “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SUMMARY OF MANUAL STATUS = 2.” Added, “To qualify, a road must be currently maintained at the time of measurement, regardless of future intentions for maintenance. Straight-line distance should be measured regardless of potential barriers such as landforms, icefields, waterways, or developments.” 4.3.5.3 Road Access Deleted data item. 4.3.5.4 Recreation Use 1 Deleted data item. 4.3.5.4 Recreation Use 2 Deleted data item. 4.3.5.4 Recreation Use 3 Deleted data item. 4.3.5.7 Water on Plot Updated when collected for measured nonforest conditions from, “PLOT STATUS = 2 and NONFOREST SAMPLING STATUS = 1 and CHANGES NONFOREST PLOT STATUS = 1” to “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2.” Ohia Rust Sample Collected Added new data item. Ohia Rust Present Added new data item. pg.372 4.3.6 RP Attributes RP must be field visited and updated when PLOT STATUS = 2 or SAMPLE KIND = 1, otherwise the RP can be re-visited at the crew’s discretion. If an existing RP is not visited (acceptable when PLOT STATUS = 1 and SAMPLE KIND = 2), previous RP data must be entered, and an RP note should be entered to the effect "RP not visited at this cycle". 4.4.1 Survey Grade GPS Subplot Added sentence, 'If it is not possible to get suitable coordinates from subplot Coordinates center, attempt to obtain them from a location within 30 feet of subplot center. Obtain the azimuth and horizontal distance from the "offset" location to subplot center, to the nearest tenth of a foot. Record the azimuth and horizontal distance to the subplot center as described in Item 4.4.4.1 and Item 4.4.4.2.” 4.4.2 Realtime Plot Center GPS Added, “If suitable coordinates cannot be collected at plot center because Coordinates condition 1 is inaccessible (e.g. access denied or hazardous), then collect at least 180 GPS readings at the lowest numbered satellite subplot center that is accessible. Use GPS Location Type 4, 5, or 6 to identify the subplot where the GPS readings are collected.” 4.4.3.6 GPS Location Type Edited second bullet to clarify that real time coordinates are required to be collected at another subplot when plot center is not accessible. 4.4.3.7 UTM Zone Updated values. 4.4.4 Correction for Offset Updated description to allow for recording offset for survey grade GPS units. Location 4.4.4.1 Azimuth to Plot Center Updated to allow for recording offset azimuth for survey grade GPS units. Updated when collected to include GPS UNIT = 3. 4.4.4.2 Distance to Plot Center Updated to allow for recording offset distance for survey grade GPS units. Updated units in description to tenths of feet, recorded to the nearest foot for realtime coordinates, and to the nearest tenth of foot for survey grade units. Updated when collected to include GPS UNIT = 3. Updated field width to 4 digits. Updated values to allow for 4 digits. Chapter: Condition Class 5.1 Determination of Condition Added additional step, now Step 3, “Further subdivide nonforest land into Class measurable and non-measurable nonforest,” with descriptions of where nonforest is measured. Added additional step, now Step 4, Further subdivide measurable nonforest into accessible and nonsampled measurable nonforest.” Added clarifying, “accessible” to step 5. 5.2.2 Nonforest Land Reworded description of where nonforest is measured (no act”ual cprotocol hange), updated example When Collected from, “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1” to “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2”. Nonforest Cover Meets Added new data item. Threshold 5.7.0.8 Nonforest Condition Updated when collected to, “When NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS Class Status SAMPLING STATUS = 1”. 5.7.0.10 Nonforest Condition Moved data item to before Nonforest Condition Class Status. Reworded Class Sampling Status description of where nonforest is measured (no actual protocol change). Updated when collected from, “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 2” to “CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2.” Reworded descriptions for codes. 5.7.2.8 Physiographic Class Updated when collected to, “All measured land conditions (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2),” no actual protocol change. 5.7.2.16 Disturbance 1 Updated when collected to, “All measured land conditions (CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 1 or NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2),” no actual protocol change. Plant Community Added new data item. 5.7.3 Determining Condition Replaced, “NONFOREST SAMPLING STATUS = 1 and NONFOREST Classes on Nonforest Land CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1” with “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2.” in first sentence. 5.9 Condition Ownership Deleted section.

: pg.373 Chapter: Subplot Data P2 Veg Subplot Sample Status Replaced, “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1” with “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2,” in when collected. 14.2.1.2 Invasive Plant Subplot Replaced, “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1” Sample Status with “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2,” in when collected Chapter: Tree and Sapling Data Table 8.1 Replaced, “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1” with “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2.” 8.3.1 Subplot Witness Trees/ Updated instruction for measuring slope distance to witnesses without nails. Objects 8.4.1.3 Tree Tag Number Updated instruction for affixing tree numbers. 8.4.1.15 Slope Distance to Updated instruction for measuring slope distance to witnesses without nails. Witness Tree or Object 8.5.1 Marking Current Diameter Updated special note regarding using nails to mark diameter. Deleted from A, Trees Forked Below 1.0 foot: “The diameter and angle rules (see Trees forked between 1.0 foot and 4.5 feet, below) do not apply. However, lateral branches (e.g., a branch whorl) below one foot on a single-stemmed tree are not stems and should not be tallied.” 8.5.1 Marking Current Diameter Deleted from B, In order to qualify as a fork, the stem in question must be at least 1/3 the diameter of the main stem and must branch out from the main stem at an angle of 45 degrees or less. The size of the prospective fork is measured at the point of separation (crotch), above any abnormal swelling at the crotch. The angle of branching for the prospective fork is measured in the immediate vicinity of pith intersection. Figure 8.12 Deleted figure, Where to Measure DBH on Trees Forked Above 1.0 foot. 8.6 Root Measurements for Deleted section. Tropical Trees 8.6.0.1 Type of Rooting System Deleted data item. 8.6.0.2 Number of Trees in Deleted data item. Shared Root System 8.6.0.3 Root Diameter 1 Deleted data item. 8.6.0.4 Root Diameter 2 Deleted data item. 8.6.0.5 Rooting Height Deleted data item. 8.6.0.6 Prop Root Density Deleted data item.

8.6.0.7 Number of Buttresses Deleted data item. Appendix U 8.7.2.3 Branching Deleted data item. Characteristics 8.7.2.4 Aerial Root Density Deleted data item. 8.8.0.4 Epiphyte Loading Moved data item after PRIORITY DAMAGE SEVERITY. 8.8.0.5 Priority Damage Updated acceptable code list - dropped codes 2 and 3, added codes 10 - 15. : SUMMARY OF MANUAL 8.9.0.4 Previous Second Deleted data item. Diameter on Upper Bole 8.9.0.5 Second Diameter on Deleted data item. Upper Bole 8.9.0.6 Previous Length to Deleted data item. Second Diameter Rapid Ohia Death (ROD) Added new data item. Sample Collected Rapid Ohia Death Pathogen Added new data item. Present Chapter: Seedling Data CHANGES 9.1 General Instructions Replaced, “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1” with “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2,” in first paragraph. Chapter: Down Woody Materials pg.374 Added chapter. All variables match the Alaska field manual with two exceptions: CONDITION FUELBED TYPE is not recorded in the Islands, and SPECIES codes 0299 and 0998 are valid for CWD decay class 3 and higher. Chapter: Vegetation Profile Throughout Chapter For all data items that are collected on accessible, measurable nonforest, “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1” was replaced with “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2,” in the when collected. Added Core text throughout chapter that references Large Trees. 10.1 Vegetation Sampling Provided clarification by updating second sentence of second paragraph to, Design 'Vegetation data is collected on all accessible forest land and accessible, measurable nonforest conditions in all Island groups except Hawaii; and on all accessible forest land conditions in Hawaii.” 10.2 General Definitions Added, “(or outline of the live buds, twigs and stems, and partially leafed out foliage if early in the season)” to 5th paragraph of section. Species Growth Habit Added code LT as an allowable code. Chapter: Invasive Plants Protocol Throughout Chapter For all data items that are collected on accessible, measurable nonforest, “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS SAMPLING STATUS = 1” was replaced with “NONFOREST CONDITION CLASS STATUS = 2,” in the when collected. Table 12.1 Moved invasive species list to an appendix. Chapter: Soils Data - Measurements and Sampling Added new chapter. Appendix: Reference Information A.2 FIPS Codes, UTM Zones, Deleted section. and Declinations Appendix: Tree Species List Updated Hawaii Tree Species Lists. Appendix: Tree Coding Guide Added 4 new rows describing scenarios with previous non-measurable nonforest, measurable nonforest now. Removed one incorrect row describing nonsampled before, standing dead now, replaced with two corrected row. Appendix: Damage Codes Existing specific damages can now be collected in the Islands as regional additions: 14075, 15078, 17008, 17022, 21005, 50001, 70001 Appendix: Hawaii Invasive Species Added new appendix. Appendix: Hawaiian Plant Community Types Added new appendix. Appendix: Supplemental Protocols for Pandanus and Coconut Trees Deleted appendix. F.2.0.1 Length of 11 Leaf Scars Deleted data item. F.2.0.2 Length of Tree Bole Deleted data item. F.2.0.3 Tree Age Deleted data item. F.2.0.4 Coconut Fertility Deleted data item. F.2.0.5 Coconut Variety Deleted data item. F.2.0.6 Pandanus Functional Deleted data item. Group Appendix: Quality Assurance/Quality Control Updated QA procedures. Appendix: GPS Operating Guide

: pg.375 H.2 Trimble Unit Removed instruction to record offset in the rover file, added instruction to record offset in Midas. H.3 Garmin GPSMap 76cx Deleted section. Garmin GPSMap 64st Added new section. Appendix: Laser Operating Guide Deleted appendix. Appendix: TruPulse 200X Operating Instructions Added new appendix. Appendix: Reference Field Techniques K.3 Example of Banyon Tree Deleted section. Measurements Applied Core change from version 7.2 and 8.0 Appendix U : SUMMARY OF MANUAL CHANGES pg.376 : pg.377 APPENDIX V CORE 7.2 CHANGES These change pages are intended to highlight significant changes to the field guide. • 1.12 FIELD GUIDE REVISION. Changed the value from 7.0 to 7.2. • 2.5.28 LAND COVER CLASS. In the Land Cover Key, number 2.1. Corrected "Areas persistently and predominantly covered by water (census and noncensus water, permanent snow and ice) and with less that 10% cover of emergent vegetation. = 10 Water" to "Areas persistently and predominantly covered by water (census and noncensus water, permanent snow and ice) and with less than 10% cover of emergent vegetation. = 10 Water" • Appendix 7. Tolerance/MQO/Value/Units/Field Width/When Collected table. Changed Value of Field Guide Version from "7.0" to "7.2". • Appendix 11. Damage Codes. Activated the following damage codes for use in Alaska only (PNW-AK): Existing Common name Scientific name Existing threshold Added threshold from FIA the General Damage damage Agent Category code 11030 Ips engraver beetles Ips spp. Any evidence of a successful attack 12135 aspen leafminer Phyllocnistis Any damage to the populiella terminal leader; damage ≥ 20% of the foliage with ≥ 50% of the leaf/needle affected 121165 birch leaf roller Epinotia solandriana Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ≥ 20% of the foliage with ≥ 50% of the leaf/needle affected 21007 white mottled rot Ganoderma Any visual evidence applanatum 21009 Ganoderma rot of Ganoderma tsugae Any visual evidence conifers 22040 sterile conk trunk rot of Inonotus obliquus Any visual evidence birch, chaga 22048 aspen trunk rot Phellinus tremulae Any visual evidence 22059 red belt fungus/brown Fomitopsis pinicola Any visual evidence crumbly rot 22062 quinine fungus/brown Fomitopsis officinalis Any visual evidence trunk rot 22064 tinder fungus Fomes fomentarius Any visual evidence 22067 Phellinus hartigii Phellinus hartigii Any visual evidence 22068 false tinder fungus Phellinus igniarius Any visual evidence 22070 yellow cap fungus Pholiota spp. Any visual evidence Appendix V: 22081 birch conk Piptoporus betulinus Any visual evidence 23106 hemlock dwarf Arceuthobium tsugense Dwarf mistletoes with mistletoe Hawksworth rating of ≥3; true mistletoes or vines covering ≥50% of crown 25013 large-spored spruce- Chrysomyxa ledicola Damage ≥20% of the foliage

laborador tea rust with ≥50% of the leaf/needle CORE 7.2 CHANGES affected 25070 hemlock needle rust Pucciniastrum vaccinii Damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/needle affected 27001 spruce broom rust Chrysomyxa ≥50% of crown area affected arctostaphyli pg.378 Existing Common name Scientific name Existing threshold Added threshold from FIA the General Damage damage Agent Category code 41008 sapsuckers Sphyrapicus spp. Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ≥20% of the roots or boles with >20% of the circumference affected; damage >20% of the multiple-stems (on multi- stemmed woodland species) with >20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/needle affected. 41011 moose Alces alces Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ≥20% of the roots or boles with >20% of the circumference affected; damage > 20% of the multiple-stems (on multi- stemmed woodland species) with >20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥ 20% of the foliage with ≥ 50% of the leaf/needle affected 50004 flooding/high water Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ≥20% of the roots or boles with >20% of the circumference affected; damage >20% of the multiple-stems (on multi- stemmed woodland species) with >20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/needle affected 50015 avalanche Any damage to the terminal leader; damage ≥20% of the roots or boles with >20% of the circumference affected; damage >20% of the multiple-stems (on multi- stemmed woodland species) with >20% of the circumference affected; >20% of the branches affected; damage ≥20% of the foliage with ≥50% of the leaf/needle affected

: pg.379 APPENDIX W CORE 8.0 CHANGES Changes from the Phase 2 Field Guide version 7.2 to version 8.0 These change pages are intended to highlight significant changes to the field guide. Items in bold have associated change proposals. "1.12 FIELD GUIDE REVISION. Changed the value from 7.2 to 8.0. "2.5.28 LAND COVER CLASS. Variable title changed from "LAND COVER CLASS" to "COVER CLASS". Modified the introductory text. Deleted the following Full Cover Class Definitions: Natural vegetation; Semi- natural vegetation; and Anthropic Vegetation. Simplified the Cover Classification Key by deleting codes 06 (Agricultural Vegetation) and 07 (Developed, Vegetated). Also changed the following code names: "01 Treeland" to "01 Tree Cover"; "02 Shrubland" to "02 Shrub Cover"; "03 Grassland" to "03 Herbaceous Cover"; and "09 Developed" to "09 Impervious". Added text for clarification to codes 01, 02, 03, 08, and 09. "5.7.2 STANDING DEAD. The second sentence in paragraph 2 was deleted: "The degree of lean on dead trees with partially separated (i.e., 1 to 50 percent) boles is measured from the base of the tree to the top of ACTUAL LENGTH." "5.9 DIAMETER. Updated this section to signal the changes in the text and figures about the forking rules for measuring diameter. Additional text was added to the first paragraph, and as two new paragraphs under the heading "Remeasurement trees". "5.9.2 DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT (DBH). Additional text was added under special DBH situations: 1. Forked tree - general text and under "Trees forked between 1.0 foot and 4.5 feet. New figures were added: 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 30, 31, and 32. Replacement figures were added (new numbers): 28, 29, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, and 45 Note: the rest of the figures in the document following this section were renumbered. "5.24 LENGTH TO DIAMETER MEASUREMENT POINT. Changed from CORE OPTIONAL to CORE. "Appendix 3. FIA Tree Species Codes New download of PLANTS database for the non-Caribbean species in the species code list dated September 15,, 2017.There were only actual changes to the tree species code list in appendix 3.Added code 0376. Also designated code 7532 as woodland. "Appendix 6. Glossary. Added a definition for Measure Low Approach. "Appendix 7. Tolerance/MQO/Value/Units/Field Width/When Collected table. Changed Value of Field Guide Version from "7.2" to "8.0". Also, changed the designation of 5.24 LENGTH TO DIAMETER MEASUREMENT POINT from Core Optional to Core. Also, changed the name of 2.5.28 from LAND COVER CLASS" to "COVER CLASS" and the Values from "01-10" to "01-05; 08-10". "Appendix 11. Damage Codes. The Southern Research Station designation SRS was deleted from the REGION column for the following damage codes: 11003, 11011, 11030, 12028, 12082, 12089, 12093, 12154, 13006, 14003, 14004, 14041, 15026, 15052, 15082, 15087, 21001, 21010, 21019, 21028, 22006, 22037, 22042, 22086, 23011, 23017, 24014, 24022, 24031, 25010, 25015, 25020, 25024, and 90001. If SRS was the only region listed, the corresponding threshold was deleted also.

"Appendix 14. FIA Pacific Islands Tree Species Codes. Added the following species: 0211, 5261, 6206, Appendix W: 6266, 6329, 6367, 6445, 6645, 6685, 6772, 6859, 6868, 6870, 6934, 6974, 7442, 7472, 7894, 7953, 8225, 8284, 8368, 8518, 8585, 8660, 8713, 8753, 8800, 8801. Also deleted the following species: 0999, 6072, 6118, 6215, 6216, 6260, 6268, 6395, 6396, 6847, 6927, 7078, 7249, 7661, 7712, 7713, 7872, 7873, 7874, 7875, 7877, 7878, 7879, 7974, 8064, 8548, 8549, 8550, 8551, 8552, 8560, 8842. Also made changes to the following species: 6200, 6852, 6903, 7016, 7099, 7564, 7660, 7942, 8178, 8303, 8490. CORE 8.0 CHANGES pg.380

: pg.381 Glossary ACCESSIBLE FOREST LAND - LAND THAT IS WITHIN SAMPLED AREA (THE POPULATION OF INTEREST), IS ACCESSIBLE AND CAN SAFELY BE VISITED, AND MEETS THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: THE CONDITION HAS AT LEAST 10 PERCENT CROWN COVER BY TREES OF ANY SIZE, OR HAS HAD AT LEAST 10 PERCENT COVER IN THE PAST. ADDITIONALLY, THE CONDITION IS NOT SUBJECT TO NONFOREST USE THAT PREVENTS NORMAL REGENERATION AND SUCCESSION SUCH AS REGULAR MOWING, GRAZING, OR RECREATION ACTIVITIES. ACRE - A UNIT OF LAND CONTAINING 43,560 SQUARE FEET OF AREA. AGE AT BREAST-HIGH - THE NUMBER OF ANNUAL GROWTH RINGS BETWEEN THE BARK AND THE CENTER OF THE TREE AT 4.5 FEET ABOVE THE GROUND ON THE BOLE OF A TREE. Agricultural land - Land managed for crops, pasture, or other agricultural use. Evidence includes geometric field and road patterns, fencing, and the traces produced by livestock or mechanized equipment. The area must be at least 1.0 acre in size and meet the minimum width requirement of 120.0 feet to qualify. Aspect - Compass direction that a slope faces. AZIMUTH - ANGLE OR DIRECTION FROM 1 TO 360 DEGREES. THE AZIMUTH PLUS 180 DEGREES IS THE BACK AZIMUTH. BASAL AREA - (A) OF A TREE: THE CROSS SECTIONAL AREA OF A TREE AT BREAST HEIGHT ON THE STEM. (B) OF A FOREST OR STAND: THE CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA AT BREAST HEIGHT OF ALL TREES WITHIN A UNIT OF AREA. BASAL AREA FACTOR (BAF) - THE BASAL AREA PER UNIT OF AREA CORRESPONDING WITH A GIVEN CRITICAL ANGLE IN VARIABLE-RADIUS PLOT SAMPLING. BLIND VARIANCE - A RE-INSTALLATION DONE BY A QUALIFIED INSPECTION CREW WITHOUT PRODUCTION CREW DATA ON HAND; A FULL RE-INSTALLATION OF THE PLOT FOR THE PURPOSE OF OBTAINING A MEASURE OF DATA QUALITY. THE TWO DATA SETS ARE MAINTAINED SEPARATELY. DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE TWO SETS OF DATA ARE NOT RECONCILED. BLIND VARIANCES ARE DONE ON PRODUCTION PLOTS ONLY. BOLE - TRUNK OR MAIN STEM OF A TREE. BORDERLINE TREE - A TREE THAT IS AT OR NEARLY AT THE LIMITING DISTANCE ASSOCIATED WITH A GIVEN BASAL AREA FACTOR. BORDERLINE TREES REQUIRED PRECISE CHECKING TO DETERMINE IF THEY ARE TO BE SAMPLED.: A TREE THAT IS AT OR NEARLY AT THE LIMITING DISTANCE ASSOCIATED WITH A GIVEN BASAL AREA FACTOR. BORDERLINE TREES REQUIRED PRECISE CHECKING TO DETERMINE IF THEY ARE TO BE SAMPLED. BREAST HEIGHT - THE STANDARD HEIGHT, 4.5 FEET ABOVE GROUND LEVEL, AT WHICH DIAMETER OF A STANDING TREE OR SNAG IS MEASURED. ON SLOPING GROUND, BREAST HEIGHT IS MEASURED ON THE UPHILL SIDE OF THE BOLE. CANKER - LOCALIZED INJURY TO STEM, BRANCH OR ROOT; CAUSED BY DISEASE OR INSECTS. CANOPY - THE COVER OF FOLIAGE FORMED BY TREE CROWNS. CANOPY CLOSURE - THE PERCENTAGE OF GROUND AREA COVERED BY THE VERTICALLY PROJECTED CROSS-SECTIONS OF TREE CROWNS CENSUS WATER - PERMANENT AREAS OF WATER MORE THAN 4.5 ACRES OR WIDER THAN 200 FEET. Certification plot - A plot installed by a certification candidate. It may be a training plot or a production plot. The candidate working alone installs the plot. CLINOMETER - AN INSTRUMENT USED TO MEASURE PER CENT SLOPE COLD VARIANCE - AN INSPECTION DONE EITHER AS PART OF THE TRAINING PROCESS, OR AS PART OF THE ONGOING QC PROGRAM. NORMALLY THE INSTALLATION CREW IS NOT PRESENT Glossary AT THE TIME OF INSPECTION. THE INSPECTOR HAS THE COMPLETED DATA IN-HAND AT THE TIME OF INSPECTION. THE INSPECTION CAN INCLUDE THE WHOLE PLOT OR A SUBSET OF THE PLOT. DATA ERRORS ARE CORRECTED. COLD VARIANCES ARE DONE ON PRODUCTION PLOTS ONLY. pg.382 CONDITION CLASS - CONDITION CLASS IS DEFINED BY DIFFERENCES IN CONDITION STATUS, OR IN ONE OF THE SIX MAPPING VARIABLES: RESERVED STATUS, FOREST TYPE, OWNER GROUP, STAND SIZE, REGENERATION STATUS, AND TREE DENSITY. CONIFER - CONE-BEARING TREES, MOSTLY EVERGREENS, WITH NEEDLE OR SCALE-LIKE LEAVES BELONGING TO THE BOTANICAL GROUP GYMNOSPERMAE. ALSO REFERRED TO AS SOFTWOODS. CONK - THE FRUITING BODY OF A WOOD-DESTROYING FUNGUS WHICH PROJECTS FROM THE TRUNK, ROOTS OR OTHER TREE PARTS. CROOK - ABRUPT BEND OR CURVATURE IN THE BOLE OF A TREE; A CROOK IS A SOUND CULL DEDUCTION FROM GROSS MERCHANTABLE VOLUME. CROWN - THE PORTION OF A TREE CARRYING THE MAIN BRANCH SYSTEM AND FOLIAGE. CROWN CLASS - THE SOCIAL POSITION OF A TREE RELATIVE TO ITS ABILITY TO RECEIVE DIRECT SUNLIGHT. CROWN RATIO - THE PERCENT OF A TREE'S TOTAL HEIGHT WHICH HAS A LIVE CROWN. CULL - (A) TREES OR LOGS, OR PORTIONS OF LOGS THAT ARE OF MERCHANTABLE SIZE BUT ARE UNUSABLE FOR INDUSTRIAL WOOD PRODUCTS DUE TO DEFECTS (ROT OR FORM). (B) TO CULL A LOG OR PORTION OF A LOG WITH RESPECT TO GROSS MERCHANTABLE VOLUME (C) THE DEDUCTION MADE FROM GROSS VOLUME OF A TREE OR LOG TO ADJUST FOR SOUND OR ROTTEN DEFECTS. CULL ROT - LOSS OF GROSS MERCHANTABLE VOLUME DUE TO ROT. VISUALLY INDICATED BY CONKS, ROTTEN SEAMS, ETC., CODED AS A CATEGORY OF PERCENTAGE OF VOLUME AFFECTED BY THE ROT. CULTURALLY-KILLED TREE - A TREE TALLIED OR RECONSTRUCTED AS LIVE AT OC3 BUT SINCE KILLED BY DIRECT HUMAN ACTIVITY AND NOT UTILIZED. THE TREE CAN BE STANDING, DOWNED, OR FELLED. INCLUDED ARE TREES KILLED BY LOGGING INJURY AND STILL STANDING. A TREE IS CULTURALLY-KILLED ONLY IF IT SHOWS NO SIGN OF LIFE OR IS PARTIALLY UPROOTED, LIVE, AND LEANS >45 DEGREES. CULTURAL NONFOREST STRINGER - NONFOREST AREA OF CONSTRUCTED ROADS, RAILROADS, POWER-LINES, PIPELINES, AND CANALS WHICH ARE 1.0 ACRES OR LARGER WITH NO MINIMUM WIDTH REQUIREMENT. DEAD TREE - A TREE TALLIED OR RECONSTRUCTED AS LIVE AT OC3 BUT NOW DEAD. DEATH WAS NATURAL AND NOT DUE TO DIRECT HUMAN ACTIVITY. A TREE IS DEAD ONLY IF IT SHOWS NO SIGH OF LIFE OR IS PARTIALLY UPROOTED, LIVE, AND LEANS >45 DEGREES. DEFOLIATOR - AN INSECT, WHICH FEEDS UPON, OR STRIPS LEAVES AND NEEDLES FROM TREES. DIAMETER - THE LENGTH OF A STRAIGHT LINE THROUGH THE CENTER OF AN OBJECT Diameter at breast height (DBH) - The diameter of the bole of a tree at breast height (4.5 feet above the ground), measured outside of the bark. DOMINANT TREE SPECIES - THE TREE SPECIES THAT IS THE MOST ABUNDANT AND NOT OVERTOPPED IN A CONDITION CLASS EPIPHYTE - A PLANT THAT USES A TREE FOR PHYSICAL SUPPORT, BUT WHICH DOES NOT DRAW NOURISHMENT FROM THE TREE EVEN-AGED STAND - A STAND IN WHICH INDIVIDUAL TREES ORIGINATED AT APPROXIMATELY THE SAME TIME. SPECIFICALLY, THE STAND MUST NOT BE CLASSIFIED AS NONSTOCKED, AND AT LEAST 70 PERCENT OF THE LIVE TREES PRESENT MUST BE WITHIN 30 YEARS OF ONE ANOTHER IN TOTAL AGE. FIELD GRID LOCATION - THE CENTER OF SUBPLOT 1 ON THE STANDARD PLOT LAYOUT. THE FIELD GRID LOCATION IS PINPRICKED ON PLOT PHOTOS IF THE PLOT WAS PREVIOUSLY VISITED; THIS INCLUDES ESTABLISHED PLOTS THAT CAN'T BE FOUND. THE FIELD GRID LOCATION IS PINPRICKED ON THE NEW PHOTOS FOR PLOTS THAT WERE NOT VISITED PREVIOUSLY.

Glossary pg.383 FIXED-RADIUS PLOT - A CIRCULAR SAMPLED AREA WITH A SPECIFIED RADIUS IN WHICH ALL TREES OF A GIVEN SIZE, SHRUBS, OR OTHER ITEMS ARE TALLIED. FORB - A BROAD-LEAVED HERBACEOUS PLANT AS DISTINGUISHED FROM GRASSES, SHRUBS AND TREES. FOREST TYPE - CLASSIFICATION OF A FOREST SITE BASED ON THE TREE SPECIES PRESENT, PLANT COMMUNITY, AND OTHER SITE CHARACTERISTICS. GROUND LAND CLASS (GLC) - A CLASSIFICATION OF LAND BY USE. THE MINIMUM AREA FOR CLASSIFICATION IS 1.0 ACRE. EACH MAPPED CONDITION CLASS REQUIRES A GROUND LAND CLASS. HARDWOODS - BROAD-LEAVED AND DECIDUOUS TREES AS OPPOSED TO HAVING NEEDLES. TREES BELONGING TO THE BOTANICAL GROUP ANGIOSPERMAE. HARVESTED TREE - A TREE TALLIED OR RECONSTRUCTED AS LIVE AND >5.O IN. D.B.H. AT A PREVIOUS INVENTORY, BUT SINCE HARVESTED FOR INDUSTRIAL SUPPLY, FIREWOOD, LOCAL USE, OR INCIDENTAL REASONS. HEARTWOOD - THE INNER, NONLIVING CORE OF WOOD IN A TREE BOLE, GENERALLY DARKER THAN SAPWOOD. HECTARE - A METRIC UNIT OF AREA EQUAL TO 10,000 SQUARE METERS. 2.47 ACRES. HORIZONTAL DISTANCE - THE AMOUNT OF SEPARATION BETWEEN TWO POINTS THAT IS MEASURED AS IF BOTH POINTS ARE ON THE SAME PLANE; HORIZONTAL DISTANCE MUST BE CALCULATED FROM SLOPE DISTANCE IF THE 2 POINTS CANNOT BE MEASURED ALONG THE SAME PLANE HOT VARIANCE - AN INSPECTION NORMALLY DONE AS PART OF THE TRAINING PROCESS. THE INSPECTOR IS PRESENT ON THE PLOT WITH THE TRAINEE AND PROVIDES IMMEDIATE FEEDBACK REGARDING DATA QUALITY. DATA ERRORS ARE CORRECTED. HOT VARIANCES CAN BE DONE ON TRAINING PLOTS OR PRODUCTION PLOTS. Improved pasture - Land that is currently maintained and used for grazing. Evidence of maintenance, besides the degree of grazing, includes condition of fencing, presence of stock ponds, periodic brush removal, seeding, irrigation, or mowing. Inclusion - An area that would generally be recognized as a separate condition, except that it is not large enough to qualify. For example, a ½ acre pond within a forested stand. INCREMENT - THE INCREMENT IN D.B.H. OF A TREE IN A SPECIFIED PERIOD OF TIME. INGROWTH TREE - A TREE THAT HAS GROWN PAST A DIAMETER THRESHOLD ON A FIXED- RADIUS PLOT SINCE PREVIOUS INVENTORY. INSPECTION CREW - A CREW OF QUALIFIED QC/QA INDIVIDUALS WHOSE PRIMARY RESPONSIBILITY IS THE TRAINING, CERTIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF PRODUCTION CREWS. MAINTAINED ROAD - ANY ROAD, HARD TOPPED OR OTHER SURFACES, THAT IS PLOWED OR GRADED PERIODICALLY AND CAPABLE OF USE BY A LARGE VEHICLE. RIGHTS-OF-WAY THAT ARE CUT OR TREATED TO LIMIT HERBACEOUS GROWTH ARE INCLUDED IN THIS AREA. Measure Low Approach – A method of measuring DBH on trees where the following originate at the approximate same location on the bole preventing accurate and repeatable diameter measurement: multiple forks, prolific branching, or a combination of multiple forks and prolific branching. This method is also applied in situations where forked trees are grown together in such a fashion that an accurate and repeatable diameter cannot be measured OR estimated due to the deformation resulting from the presence of the above mentioned criteria. In such cases a single tree is tallied and the diameter is measured at the highest most repeatable location between the 1-foot stump and the initial pith separation. MORTALITY TREE - SEE DEAD TREE. MYCELIUM - THE VEGETATIVE PART OF A FUNGUS; A MASS OF THREAD-LIKE FILAMENTS. Glossary NONFOREST INCLUSION - AN AREA THAT IS NONFOREST BUT LESS THAN 1.0 ACRE IN SIZE. WHEN PART OR ALL OF A FIXED OR VARIABLE-RADIUS PLOT FALLS WITHIN A NONFOREST INCLUSION, THE INCLUSION IS SAMPLED AS PART OF THE SURROUNDING FOREST LAND. pg.384 NONSTOCKABLE - A FOREST LAND CONDITION CLASS IS NONSTOCKED IF: 1) THE AVERAGE DIAMETER OF LIVE TREES IN THE CONDITION CLASS IS <5.O IN. D.B.H. AND <100 FREE-TO-GROW SEEDLINGS AND SAPLINGS PER ACRE ARE DISTRIBUTED BROADLY ACROSS THE CONDITION CLASS. OR: 2) THE AVERAGE DIAMETER OF LIVE TREES IN THE CONDITION CLASS IS >5.0 IN. D.B.H. AND TREE CANOPY COVER IS < 10 PERCENT. OR: 3) THE CONDITION CLASS WAS RECENTLY CLEARCUT AND HAS NOT BEEN REPLANTED. PASTURE - PASTURE IS RANGELAND THAT HAS BE PLOWED AND ARTIFICIALLY SEEDED TO GRASS OR OTHER FORAGE SPECIES LIKE CLOVER TO FEED DOMESTIC LIVESTOCK. OFTEN, IT IS IRRIGATED AND FENCED. PI - PHOTO INTERPRETATION. PLOT CENTER (PC) - THE FIELD GRID LOCATION ON THE GROUND FOR EACH FIELD PLOT. ON ESTABLISHED PLOTS VISITED AT OC3, PLOT CENTER IS AT THE OC3 CEDAR STAKE. ON MISSING OR LOST PLOTS, PLOT CENTER IS THE PINPRICKED LOCATION ON THE OC3 PLOT PHOTOS. ON NEW PLOTS, PLOT CENTER IS THE PINPRICKED LOCATION ON THE OC4 PLOT PHOTOS. POLETIMBER - A TREE 5.0 TO 8.9 IN. D.B.H. POLETIMBER STAND - A STAND IN WHICH THE AVERAGE DIAMETER OF THE TREES PRESENT IS 5.0 TO 8.9 in. D.B.H. Production crew - A crew containing at least one certified individual. The crew is involved in routine installation and measurement of plots. PRODUCTION PLOT - A PLOT THAT BELONGS TO THE 6000-ACRE GRID DATABASE. IT MAY ALSO BE USED FOR TRAINING PURPOSES. RANGELAND - LAND DOMINATED BY NATURAL PLANT COVER COMPOSED PRINCIPALLY OF NATIVE OR EXOTIC GRASSES, FORBS, OR SHRUBS. NATURAL RANGELAND IS UNIMPROVED, I.E., IT IS NOT IRRIGATED, AND HAS NOT BEEN SEEDED ARTIFICIALLY. REFERENCE POINT (RP) - AN OBJECT (USUALLY A TREE), WHICH CAN BE LOCATED ON THE GROUND AND IDENTIFIED ON THE PHOTO. IT WILL BE TAGGED AND REFERENCED TO THE CEDAR STAKE IN ORDER TO FACILITATE RELOCATING THE PLOT. REGENERATION - A YOUNG, PRECOMMERCIAL-SIZED STAND, OR THE UNDERSTORY TREE COMPONENT OF A MULTISTORIED STAND. REGENERATION STATUS - A stand descriptor that indicates whether a stand has been naturally or artificially regenerated. REGIONAL DRIFT - THE TENDENCY FOR STANDARDS, METHODS AND INTERPRETATIONS TO DRIFT APART OVER TIME AS EACH UNIT IMPLEMENTS THE FIA CORE PROTOCOL. RELASKOP - AN INSTRUMENT USED TO ESTIMATE TREE DIAMETERS FROM A DISTANCE RELEASE - FREEING A TREE FROM IMMEDIATE COMPETITION BY REMOVING OTHER TREE OR NONTREE COMPETITION. RESIDUAL OVERSTORY - A TREE THAT HAS SURVIVED FROM THE PREVIOUS STAND AND IS USUALLY LARGER OR OLDER THAN TREES WHICH ORIGINATED AS PART OF THE PRESENT STAND. ROT - DECAY. DECOMPOSITION OF WOOD BY FUNGI OR BACTERIA. ROUGH CULL - PERCENTAGE DEDUCTION OF VOLUME LOST DUE TO BROKEN OR MISSING PARTS, FORKS OR CROOKS. ROUNDWOOD - SECTIONS OF TREE STEMS, WITH OR WITHOUT BARK. INCLUDES LOGS, BOLTS, POSTS, PILINGS AND OTHER PRODUCTS STILL "IN THE ROUND". Sapling - A tree 1.0 to 4.9 inches DBH. SAPWOOD - THE OUTER LAYERS OF WOOD BETWEEN THE HEARTWOOD AND INNER BARK. GENERALLY LIGHTER IN COLOR THAN HEARTWOOD. SAWTIMBER STAND, SMALL - A STAND IN WHICH THE AVERAGE DIAMETER OF THE LIVE TREES PRESENT IS 9.0 TO 21.0 IN. D.B.H.

Glossary pg.385 SAWTIMBER STAND, LARGE - A STAND IN WHICH THE AVERAGE DIAMETER OF THE LIVE TREES PRESENT IS GREATER THAN 21.0 IN. D.B.H. SDI - STAND DENSITY INDEX. SEEDLING - A LIVE TREE LESS THAN 1.0 IN. D.B.H. THAT IS AT LEAST 0.5 FEET IN HEIGHT (CONIFERS) OR 1.0 FEET IN HEIGHT (HARDWOODS) AND ESTABLISHED IN MINERAL SOIL. SEEDLING-SAPLING STAND - A STAND IN WHICH THE AVERAGE DIAMETER OF THE LIVE TREES PRESENT IS LESS THAN 5.O IN. D.B.H. SILVICULTURE - THE SCIENCE AND PRACTICE OF GROWING AND TENDING FOREST CROPS FOR SPECIFIED OBJECTIVES. SITE - THE AGGREGATE OF ALL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE SURVIVAL AND GROWTH OF A PLANT COMMUNITY ON A SPECIFIC AREA. SITE CLASS - A CLASSIFICATION OF POTENTIAL AVERAGE ANNUAL ABILITY OF A FOREST LAND SITE TO PRODUCE WOOD--FOR THE PERIOD BETWEEN THE TIME OF STAND ESTABLISHMENT AND THE TIME WHEN AVERAGE ANNUAL WOOD PRODUCTION PEAKS-- WERE THE SITE FULLY STOCKED WITH DESIRABLE TREES. SITE INDEX - A MEASURE OF PRODUCTIVITY INHERENT ON A FOREST SITE THAT IS SIMPLE NUMERICAL VALUE BASED UPON TREE HEIGHT AT A SPECIFIED AGE. SLOPE DISTANCE - THE AMOUNT OF SEPARATION BETWEEN 2 POINTS AS MEASURED ALONG AN INCLINE. SLOPE DISTANCE = HORIZONTAL DISTANCE WHEN THE % SLOPE BETWEEN THE 2 POINTS IS ZERO. WHEN MEASURING SLOPE DISTANCE FOR REFERENCE TREES, SLOPE DISTANCE IS MEASURED FROM THE HEAD OF THE NAIL AT THE BASE OF THE TREE TO SUBPLOT CENTER Softwoods - Coniferous trees, usually evergreen having needles or scale-like leaves. SNAG - A STANDING DEAD TREE. IN THE CURRENT INVENTORY, A SNAG MUST BE >5.O IN. DBH AND >4.5 FEET TALL, AND HAVE A BOLE WHICH DOES NOT TOUCH THE GROUND. A SNAG MAY BE EITHER SELF-SUPPORTED BY ITS ROOTS, OR SUPPORTED BY ANOTHER TREE OR SNAG. SPRIG - ANY WOODY OR NON-WOODY LATERAL GROWTH, WITHOUT SECONDARY BRANCHING, LESS THAN 1.0 INCH IN DIAMETER AT THE BASE ABOVE THE SWELLING AT THE POINT OF ATTACHMENT TO A BRANCH OR CROWN STEM. STAND AGE - THE TOTAL AGE OF A FOREST STAND THAT BEST CHARACTERIZED THE STAND. STANDS ARE EVEN- OR UNEVEN-AGED. STAND DENSITY INDEX - THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TREES PER UNIT AREA A FOREST SITE WILL SUPPORT WHEN THE STAND D.B.H. IS 10 INCHES RELATIVE TO THE MAXIMUM EXPECTED NUMBER IF THE SITE WERE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING A NORMAL STAND. STANDING DEAD TREE - SEE SNAG. STAND SIZE - A CLASSIFICATION OF STANDS BASED ON TREE SIZE. STAND SIZES ARE LARGE SAWTIMBER, SMALL SAWTIMBER, POLETIMBER, AND SEEDLING-SAPLING STANDS. IF LESS THAN 10 PERCENT STOCKED WITH LIVE TREES, THE SITE IS CALLED NONSTOCKED. STOCKING - A QUALITATIVE EXPRESSION BASED ON COMPARING THE EXISTING NUMBER OF TREES PRESENT ON A FOREST SITE TO THE NUMBER NEEDED TO ACHIEVE THE MOST OPTIMAL GROWTH, VOLUME, OR VALUE POSSIBLE ON THE SITE. SUNSCALD - DAMAGE TO THE CAMBIUM CAUSED BY OVEREXPOSURE TO SUN. SWEEP - A BROAD ARC IN A BOLE OR LOG. A SOUND CULL DEFECT. TALLY TREE - A TREE, SAPLING, OR SEEDLING THAT IS SELECTED TO BE MEASURED ACCORDING TO THE RULES IN THIS MANUAL. TERMINAL LEADER - THE TOPMOST SHOOT OF A TREE. Glossary TRACHEID - PART OF WOOD STRUCTURE: A LONG, TUBELIKE CELL IN WOOD TISSUE. TRACKABLE TREE - A SAMPLED TREE THAT IS REFERENCED AND REMEASURED IN SUCCESSIVE INVENTORIES ON PERMANENT PLOTS. pg.386 TRAINING PLOT - A PLOT ESTABLISHED FOR TRAINING OR CERTIFICATION PURPOSES ONLY. IT DOES NOT BELONG TO THE 6000-ACRE GRID DATABASE. TREE - A TREE IS A WOODY PLANT THAT HAS AN ERECT PERENNIAL STEM OR TRUNK AT MATURITY THAT IS AT LEAST 3.0 IN. DIAMETER AT BREAST HEIGHT (4.5 FEET) AND A TOTAL HEIGHT OF AT LEAST 12 FEET. (Ag. Handbook No. 541, 1979, ed., p. 3). TWIG - ANY WOODY LATERAL GROWTH, WITH SECONDARY BRANCHING, LESS THAN 1.0 INCH IN DIAMETER AT THE BASE ABOVE THE SWELLING AT THE POINT OF ATTACHMENT TO A BRANCH OR CROWN STEM. UNEVEN-AGED STAND - A STAND THAT IS NOT CLASSIFIED AS NONSTOCKED AND THAT HAS LESS THAN 70 PERCENT OF THE TREES PRESENT WITHIN 30 YEARS OF ONE ANOTHER IN TOTAL AGE. WILT - DROOPING OF FOLIAGE; OFTEN A DISEASE SYMPTOM.

Glossary pg.387 pg.388